Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/59?output=rss2 Mon, 08 Jun 2026 00:36:25 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSION ORDINANCE, 1908]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/962

Title

WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSION ORDINANCE, 1908

Description


No. 15 of 1908.
To provide for the transfer to the Governnient of the Widows' and
Orphans' Pension Flind and of the Management and
Control of the Pensions of 147idows aiid Orphans, and to
consolidate the laws in relation thereto.

[In force, 31st Dec., 1908.]
WHEREAS it is expedient that the Widows' and Orphans' Pension
Fund, constituted under the Widows' and Orphans' Pension Fund
Ordinance, 1900, should be transferred to and should vest in the
Government and that the Government should henceforward receive
the contributions of all persons who at the commencement of this
Ordinance were contributors to the said Fund wid also of all such
persons as would have thereafter become contributors to the said
Fund if this Ordinance had not been passed, and should continue
to pay all such pensions as may be payable at the commencement
of this Ordinance, and should pay pensions in respect of such
contributions as aforesaid to the widows and orphans of such con-

As amended by No. 22 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





tributors in manner provided by this Ordinance: AND WHEREAS it is
expedient that for the purpose of calculating the pensions to becom
payable under this Ordinance new tables should be substituted fo
tC tables in the schedule to the Widows' and Orphans' Pensio
Fund Ordinance, 1900: AYD WHEREAS it is desirable to repeal th
laws relatino, to the pensions of widows and orphans and to con
solidate the same:-
1. The Widows' and Orphans' Pension Ordinance, 1908.

2. In this Ordinance, - officer ' means a person permanently
employed in the service of the GoverDment or a member of the
police force of the rank of sergeant, or of higher rank, but does not
include any such person whose salary less than 240 dollars per
annum :

- Salary - means the salary of an officer's substantive appoint-
ment or appointments including'personal allowances in the nature
of salary :
- Directors - mean such persons as may be appointed by the
Governor to carry out the provisions of this Ordinance:

- Orphan - means the child of a deceased officer by his wife, born
after marriage :

- Pension - means any pension granted tinder this Ordinance,
except where the context implies that the pension of the contributor
himself is referred to:

- Pensioner - means any person entitled to a pension under this
Ordinance except where the context implies that the contributor
himself is referred to :

- Widow - means the wife of a deceased officer:

- Wife - means the lawful wife of any officer of the Christian or
Jewish religion, or, in the case of Chinese the Kit fat or tin fong,
or, in the case of any other Asiatic nation, the principal wife.
Is. 3, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

4. Pensions shall be paid out of the general revenue and are
hereby made charges upon such revenue.

5. All contributions and other revenues receivable from officers
tinder the provisions of this Ordinance shall be carried to the credit

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amneded by No. 50 of 1911, No. 21 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.





of the general revenue, provided tbat the sums so received shall not
be assessable for military contribution under the Defence Conlribu-
tion Ordinance, 1901.

6.-(1) It shall be lawful for the Glovernor to appoint any num-
ber of officers not exceeding 5 and not less than 3 as directors for
the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Ordinance, and to
cancel the appointment of any siich person.

(12) In the event of the death or absence from the Colony of a
director, or in the event of the cancellation of the appointinent of any
director, the Governor shall appoint another officer to be a director
in his place.

(3) Appointments of directors and cancellations thereof shall take
elfect from the notification thereof in the Gazette
(4) At every meeting of the' directors the senior officer present
sliall preside. Every question shall be decided 1 1 )v the vote of the
majority present at eh meeting; the chairman shall have a casting
vote in addition to his vote as director. There shall be no meeting
at which there shall not be at the feast 3 directors present
and voting.

7.-M Subject to the provisions of section 29, a monthly abate-
ment of 4 per cent. shall be amde from the salary or pension fo every
officer who has become a contributor to the said Fund before the
commencement of this Ordinance and of everv officer hereafter
appointed, and stich abatements shall be credited to the general
revenue : Provided that in the case of an officer holding or having
held a post the salary of which is on a sterling basis, the abatement
shall be made in dollars at 4 per cent. of stich salary or pension con-
verted into dollars at the average demand rate of exchange from the
15th of the preceding month to the 1.5th of the nionth of payment.
Such contributions shall continue to be made on the full salary
whenever an officer is on leave of absence with half salary or with-
out salary.

In the case of an officer holding a post the salary of which is on a
dollar basis the abatement shall be made in dollars at 4 per cent. of

A. amended by No. 12 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912,
No. l$ of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912..





his nominal salary, and if such officer is in receipt of exchange
compensation allowance it shall be calculated upon such nominal
dollar salary before the-abatement is made.

(2) Contributions made by officers holding or having held posts,
the salary of which is on a sterling basis, shall for the purpose of
cajetilating pensions, be deemed to be fixed sterling contributions,
and the pensions shall accordingly be fixed and payable in sterling,
or if paid in the Colony, shall be converted into dollars at the ave-
rage demand rate of exchange from the 1.5th of the preceding month
to the 15th of the month of payment.

(3) The abatement aforesaid shall be niade by the Treasurer, or
in case of payments made by the Crown Agents, by the Crown
Ao.ents on each occasion of pavinent of salary or pension and shall
cl 1 1
be, phaced to the credit of the general revenue : Provided always
that:-
(i) When a contributor on leave of absence is said by the Crown
Agents, he shall be entitled to recelve only 96 pet. cent. or 46 per
cent. of his norninal Palary, according as lie is on full or half pay
leave, converted (in the case of dollar salaries) into sterling at the
rate of exchange at which such contributor is entitled to receive
such salary.
(11) When a contributor pension is paid by the Crown Agents,
such pension (a) if a dollar pension shall be reduced by 4 per cent.
of Its noininal dollar value, and the balance thus reduced shall be
payable to him converted into sterling at the rate of exchange at
which lie is entitled to receive soch pension, and (b) if a sterling
pension shall be payable to him, reduced by 4 per cent.

(4) In the event of such abatement not bellig inade, every officer
shall pay to the Treasurer or Crown Agents, within 15 days after
the receipt by him of his monthly salary or pension, a sum equal to
4 per cent. thereof; and in the event of any officer being on leave
without salary, he shall pay, before the 15th day of every month
during the continuance of such leave, to the Treasurer or Crown
Agents, a stun equal to 4 per cent. upon the full salary which he
would have received monthly if he had not been on leave. All sums
due under this sub-section, and all arrears of contributions due and
payable under this Ordinance, shall be a debt due by the officer, and
shall be payable to the Treasurer or Crown Agents, with interest
at 6 per cent. forthwith or by such instalments as the directors may
determine. The Treasurer or Crown Agents shall, on the written





order of the directors or Of any two of them, deduct from any
moneys which may be or may become due or payable to the officer
by whom such debt is payabie the whole or any'part thereof.

8. The abatement aforesaid shall continue to be made until such
officer has either attained the age of 6.5 years, or has been subject
to the abatement for 35 successive years, whichever inay first
happen, and shall thereupon. cease and determine.

9.-M Subject to the provisions of this, sectioti and of section 29
an officer who from any cause whatever ceases to belong to the
public service and retires on pension shall not be called upon to
make any further contribution beyond a monthly abatement of 4
per cent. on such pension to commence from the date of his retire-
ment until he attairks 6.5 years of age or has been subject to abate-
nient for 3.5 years, when such abaternent shall cease.
(2) An officer who, beinl(y a bachelor, leaves the public servoce with
or without pension on transfer or on retirement or on or
otherwise shall, if he elects to discontlime being a contirbutor, re-
ceive back half the contributions which lie has niade undel. the pro-
visions of this or any Ordinwice repealed thereby without interest
thercon ; and if an officer who is a bachelor dies while in the service
one half. of the contributions made by blin shall. be paid without
interest to his legal representative.
(3) An officer being a, widower without children pensionable linder
this Ordinance who leaves the public service with or without pension
on retirement or on dismissal or otherwise, shall cease to contribute
and to have any rights tinder this Ordinance. In any such case one
half of the contributions made as aforesaid by him since, the death of
his last wife or, if at the death of such wife any child continued to
be pensionable, after the time when such child ceased to be pension-
able, shall be repaid without interest to such officer.
(4) An officer being a widower with children pensionable under
this Ordinance at the time when he leaves the public service shall
on the last of such children ceasing to be pensionable cease to con-
t)
tribute and to have any rights under this Ordinance.
(.5) An- officer, with children pensionable under this Ordinance at
the time when he leaves the public service, who subsequently be
comes a widower shall thereupon, or upon the last of such children

* As amended by No. 13 of 1912.





ceasing to be pensionable (whichever event shall last happen), cease.
to contribide and to have any rights tinder thlis Ordinance.
(6) If an officer, who is a widower without children entitled to
pension, dies while in the publicservice, one hall, of the contributions
made by lilin as aloresaid since the death of his last wife or, if at the
death of such wife any child continued to be pensionable, after the
tline when such child ceased to be pensionable, shall be repaid with.
out interest. to his legal representative.

M-M MI'Lenever the salary of art officer becomes reduced by
abatement of his ernoluinents or by retireinent on pension, he may
elect to continue to contribute upon the higher salary which he was
receiving previous to such reduction, and subject to the sarne terms
and conditions as if he bad continued to. draw the higher salary :
Provided that such officer shall notify his decision to the directors
within one month after the date of the abatement or within 4 months
after the date of his retirement, : Provided also that if such officer
fails to notify his decision to the directors within one nionth or 4
months, as the case may be, or it lie dies before he has notified his
decision lie shall be deenied to have elected to contribute on the
lower salary or pension.

(2) If such officer does not elect so to continue to contribute upon
the hiTher salary, and contributes on the lower salary or pension, any
pension to his widow or children shall be diminished by, the same
amount as it would have been increased had such officer's salary been
increased and not diminished.

10a. In the case of an officer retiring whose pension iS Daid on a

dollar basis and who elects to contribute on the basis of his former
dollar salary such pension shall be reduced by the amount of the
abatement at 4 per cent. of his former dollar salary, and the balance
shall be payable to him converted into sterling at the rate of ex-
change at which he is entitled to receive such pension.

11. An officer who retires or who is deprived of the office in respect
of which he contributed, but who is not granted a pension, may con-
tinue to contribute, from the date of his so retiring or being deprived
of his, office, on the salary which he was receiving at the date of
such retirement or deprivation, at the same rate and subject to the

As amended bv No. 51 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended 1)~.,\To. 1 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912
As amended b~, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





same terms and conditions as if he had continued in the public ser-
vice and continued to receive the salary which lie. was receiving at
the date of such retirement or deprivation.
In the event of his ceasing to contribute or in the event of ally
contributions due from him not having been paid for 6 months, his
widow or his widow and children, as the case may be, shall be
entitled on his death only to a penbion computed on the basis oll the
interest acquired by such contributor at the date of his ceasing to
contribute, in accordance with the Tables attached to this Ordi-
nance.

12. An officer who has been transferred prior to the commence-
inent of this Ordinance, or who may be hereafter transferred from
the service of this Government to anv other office under the Crown,
may continue to contribute from tile date of his ceasing to hold
office in the servIce of this Governtnent oil the sAary which he was
receiving at the date of such transfer, at the saine rate and subject
to the saine terms. as if he had continited in 1 he service of tills
Government and continued to receive the which he was
receiving at the date of such transfer.
In the event of his ceasing to contribute, or in the event of any
contribution due from him not having been paid for 6 months, his
widow or his widow and children, as the case inay be, shall
be entitled after his death only to a pension computed on the basis
of the interest acquired by such contributor at the date of his being
transferred or of his ceasing to coniribute, in accordance with the
Tables attached to this Ordinance.

11-M Every officer shall, within 3 niontlis of the date of his
becoming liable to contribute, forward to the directors a declaration
setting forth the date of his becoming so liable, his own nairle in full
and the date of his birth, and, if lie is married the date of
his marriage and the maiden Dame in full and the date of the birth
of his wife, and, if he has any children their naines in full and the
date of each of their births ; he shall furnish such proof of the state-
ments as may be required by the directors.
(2) Every officer who inarries shall, within 3 months of his
marriage, forward to the directors a, declaration setting forth the
date of such marriage and the maiden name of his wife and the
date of her birth.

f As amended by No. 12 of 19L.' and 'No. 13 of 1912.
* As amended by No. 18 of 1912.





(3) Every officer shall, within 3 months, notify to the directors
the date of the birth of each child born to him.
(4) Every officer whose wife dies or is divorced from him, or
whose child dies or whose female child is married, and the guardian
of every child who dies or of every female child who is married,
shall, within 3 months thereof, notify to the directors the date of
such death, divorce, or marriage.

1C-M Every officer who, in the judgment of the directors,-
(a) falls, omits, or refuses to perform any duty cast upon him, or
to do any act required of him by this Ordinance may be adjudged
by the directors to pay for each such default, oniission or refusal, a
fine not exceeding 2.5 dollars ; or
(b) furnishes any false information or makes any false declara-
tion, shall forfeit at. the discretion of the directors, subject to
the consent of the Governor, all or any part of his rights under this
Ordinance.
(2) The Treasurer shall, on the judginent of the directors being
notified to hini, deduct such penalty, from the first moneys payable
to the officer as or otherwise, and shall ay such amount into
p
the general revenue.

15-W No widow of an officer, whose marriage was contracted
after lie had ceased to contribute, and no child of such marriage
shall be entitled to a pension.
(22) No widow of an officer who dies within one Year from the
date of his marriage shall be entitled to a pension unless a child is
born of such marriage : Provided that it shall be lawful for the
directors, with the consent of the Governor, to award to such last
mentioned widow all or any part of the pension to which she would
have been entitled but for the provisions of this sub-section.

16. The allowance or pension to an orphan shall cease in the cease
of a niale at the age of 18 years, and 'In the case of a female
on marriage or at the age of 21 years.

M-M All pensions accruing in respect of increments of salary
of existing officers and in respect of original salary and increments
of salary of future officers shall be calculated according to the
Tables and Rules annexed to this Ordinance.

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As arneinded by No. 12 of 1910, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912,





(2) It shall be in the discretion of the directors to commute. the
pension payable to a widow residing in China or *in any other
country where the ' payment of pensions is impracticable, by the
payment of such amount as may be agreed on with the widow,
which shall vary according to the widow's age, and such widow or
the children of the contributor shall have no further rights under
this Ordinance: Provided always that such amount shall not
exceed such number of years' purchase of such pension as may be
fixed by the directors and approved by the Governor-in-Council
under the provisions of section 30.
Is. 18, rep. No. 12 of 1912.]

19. When orphans have no living mother or step-mother entitled
to a pension and their ages entitle them to a pension, the pension
to which the wife of the deceased contributor would have been en-
titled if she had survived him or which she was receiving at the
time of her death shall be divided equally among such orphans, and
if any one of such orphans ceases to be eligible for pension the por-
tion of the pension drawn by him shall be equally divided among
those remaining entitled.

20. The widow of an officer who marries again shall cease to
receive a pension from the date of such marriage; and the children
of such widow and officer shall thereupon be entitled to pension as
hereinbefore provided in the event of the death of both parents.

21. A wife against whom any officer has obtained a divorce in a
British Court of Justice shall, for the purposes of this Ordinance,
be considered as dead, but, where an officer has been separated from
his wife, either judicially, or by mutual consent, or otherwise, the
directors may, having regard to the grounds of the separation, and
the subsequent conduct of both parties, grant a pension either to the
widow or to the orphans, if any, as they shall think most desirable.

21-M When an officer dies leaving a widow and children, the
issue of a previous marriage existing when he becanie a contribu-
tor, or contracted after he became such contributor, and such
children are of ages which entitle them to pensions, such children
shall be entitled each of them to a share or portiofi of the half of the

For commutation rules see G. N. 197 of 1911.
As amended by No. 33 of 1909.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.





pension to which their mother, if she had survived their father,
would have been entitled, such share or portion being calculated in
accordance with the provisions of section 19.

(2) The widow of such officer shall be entitled to one~half of the
pension to which she would have been entitled if there had been Do
such children ; and if the officer dies leaving no sneh children, or
when they cease to be entitled to pension, then she shall be entitled
to the whole of such pension as she would have received if there had
been Do such children.

(3) If the widow dies leaving no issue of her marriage with the
officer, the children of the first marriage shall be entitled to such
pensions as if the officer had not contracted such subsequent
marriage.
(4) If the widow dies leaving children, the issue of her marriage
with the officer, such children shall be entitled each to a share or
portion of the pension to which their mother was entitled, such
share or portion being calculated in accordance with the provisions
of section 19.

23. The children of a widower who is or becomes a contributor
shall be entitled, on his death, and the children of a widower who
has contributed and has died prior to the commencement of thiz,
Ordinance, shall be entitled from the commencement of this Ordi-
nance, to the pension to which they would have been entitled if
their mother had been living at the time of his becoming liable to
contribute.

24. The pension payable to any person entitled thereto shall be-
gin upon the death of the officer or of his widow, as the case may
be, and shall -accrue daily and shall be paid monthly. But before
any such payrnent, it shall be lawful for the directors to require
proof that any widow or child is alive and entitled to the pension
claimed by such widow or child.

M-M In any case in which a ininor is entitled to payment
of a pension or portion of a pension, it shall be lawful for the
directors to appoint some fit and proper person to whom such pen-
sion shall be paid on behalf of such minor.
(2) Such appointment shall be in writing under the hand of
at least three of the directors, and the receipt of such person shall

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 19V.





be a legal discharge for the payment of such pension or portion
thereof.

26.-(1) If the widow of any officer ceases to assist, deserts or
abandons a child who would be entitled on her death to draw pen-
sion, and who may be in a state of poverty or destitution, the
directors may, in their discretion, pay to a fit and proper person on
behalf of such child such proportion of the pension as they may think
fit in each case, and the widow shall have no further claim on the
directors in respect thereof.

(1~)) This section shall apply to any cases of desertion that ma
have occurred before the commencement of this Ordinance.

27.-(1) No pension payable under this Ordinance shall be as-
signed or transferred, and every assignment or transfer thereof
shall be absolutely null and void and of no effect.

(2) No such pension shall be attached, or levied upon, or arrest-
ed, or taken. in execution on account of any debt or paYnient due
by the person to whom such pension is palvable.

28. If any question arises as to whether any person is an officer
within the meaning of this Ordinance, or as to whether any person
is entitled to any pension as the widow or child of an officer, or as
to the amount of pension to which any widow or child is entitled, or
as to the meaning or construction to be assigned to any section of
this Ordinance, or to any rule or regulation made under the pro-
visions thereof, it shall be lawful for the directors, and they are
hereby required, on the application of any such officer, widow, or
child, to submit, such question for decision to the Governor; and the
decision of the Governor thereon, with the advice of the Executive
Council, shall be final.

29. No person contributing to the Fund at the commencement of
this Ordinance shall be required to pay any higher contribution than
such as would entitle his widow or children to a pension of, in the
case of a dollar contributor, 1,500 dollars, in the ease of a sterling
contributor, 225 pounds sterling per annum, : Provided that every
such person may if he wishes contribute the full 4 per cent. of his
salary or pension referred to in sections 7 and 9.

* As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.





30. The directors may frame regulations, subject to the approval
of the Governor-in-Council, for the proper carrying out of this Ordi,
nance.

Is. 31, rel). No. 12 of -1912.1

'~12. This Orffinance shall not apply to any officer who is an Audi-
tor or Assistant Auditor, appointed on the recorninendation of the
t Director of Colonial Audit in London, unless before Ist January,
1912, or unless within 6 months alter the date of his arrival in Cle
Colony, he shall have stat6d in writing to the Treasurer that
lie desires this Ordinanc c to appiy to hirn, In which event it snall
apply accordingly froin the date of the receipt of the statement by
the Treasurer.

SCHEDULE A.

for calculting
to Widows and Orphan Children of Officers
SYNOPSIS OF RULES.

A.OFFICER WHO COMMENCED TO CONTRIBUTE WHILE A BACHELOR.

hood.

I-FIRST WIFE;S PROSPECTIVE PENSION
A-Pension in consideration of the contrubutions paid during bacholer

P-Pension in consideration of the annual contribntion. current at the
date of knarriage.
c.-Variations of pension consequent on increnients to, and de
crements from, the current annual contribation while the contributor is
married to his first wife,

11-SECOND, AND SUBSEQUENT, WIFF'S PROSPECTIVE PENSION.
A-Variations Of Pension consequent On increments to, and de.
crenients froin, the current annual contribution while the contributor is
a widower.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 27 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.





B-Variations of pension consequent on the re-marriage of the con
tributor.

c.-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and de-
crements from, the current annual contribution while the contributor is
married to his second, or subsequent, wife.

B-OFFICER WHO COMMENCED TO CONTRIBUTE WHILE MARRIE'D.
III-FIRST WIFE'S PROSPEXTIVE PENSION.
A-Peusion in consideration of the annual contribution cruuent at
the date of commencemetn of the contribution.

I3-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and de-
crements from, the current annual contribution while the contritor is
married to his first wife

IV-SECOND, AND SUBSEQUE.WIFE'S PROSPECTIVE PENSION.

A-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and de-
crements from, the current annual contributin while the contributor is
a widower.

B-Variations of pension consequent on the remarriage of the con tributor.

C-Variations of pension consequent on increments to , and de-
crements from, the current annual contribution while the ocontributo is
married to his second, or subsequent, wife.

C-OFFICER WHO COMMENCED TO CONTRIBUTE WHILE A WIDOWER.
V-SECOND, AND SUBSEQUENT, -WIFE'S PROSPECTIVE PENSION,

D-PENSIONS TO ORPHAN CHILDREN.

E-OFFICE-P TRANSFERRED TO THE, SERVICE OF ANOTHER COLONY.

F-CALCULATION OF QUANTITIES (OR TABULAR RESTULTS) FOR
AGES NOT GIVEN IN THE TABLES.

A. TO C-CALCULATION OF REGISTERED PENSIONS.

The calculation of the amount of the pension that will or may be
come payable at the death of a contributor should not be delayed until
such death has qetually occurred; but a register should be kept in
which full particulars respecting each contributor should be entered,
and in this register should be recorded against everv married and
widower contributor the amount of the pension which would become
payable should lie die immediately, leaving a widow or orphans en-
titied to such pension. The amount of the pension per annum so
entered in the register against a contributor, or in other words, his
registered pension ' should be calculated (and re-calculated as often
as may be necessary) in accordance with the following Rules:-

As arnended by No. 13 of 1912.





A-OFFICER WHO COMMENCED TO COXTRIBUTE WHILE A BACHELOR.
NOTE-No registered pension is to be recorded unless and until the
bachelor contributor marries.

I-FIRST WIFE'S PROSPECTIVE PENSION.

NOCE-The registered pension to be recorded oil marriage is fotnd by
adding together the two amounts calculated in accordance with the
following Rules 1 (a) and I (b) respectivel,N.
A-Pension in consideration of the contributions paid during bachelorhood.

RULE I (a)-Accuiritilate the Contributions at 6 per cent. -compound
interest, with yearly rests at each 31st December, and multiply the
result by the quantity found from Table -A corresponding to the respec-
tive next birthday of the husband and wife at the date of marriage.

The product gives the registered pension oil account of the contribu-
tions paid during bachelorhood.
B-Pension in consideration of the annual contribution Current at the date of marriage.


NOTE-The amount of the current annual Contribution is obtained by
multiplying by 12 the arnount of the last monthly contribution.
RULE 1 (b)-Turn to the section of Table B which contains in the
heading the age of the husband at. the date of completion of his period
of contribution, and multiply the amount of the current annual con-
tribution by the quantity found from section corresponding to the
respective ages next birthday of husband and wife at the date of
marriage.
The product gives the registered pension on account, of the annual
contribution current at the date of marriage.

Exantple
of the application of Rules I (a) and 1 (b).

Officer born on ............................. 31st July, 1858.

commenced to contribute oil Ist April, 1884.
married on ............................................ 30th June, 1888.
'Annual contribution, 1st April, 1884, to 31st
December, 1886 ......... $ 20.
Annual contribution, Ist Januan, 1887, to
date of marriage ....... $ 30.
Date of completion of contribution period 1 st April, 1919.
Wife born on .......** *---*------*.31st, August, 1868.
Officer's age next birthday at date of marriage 30.
Officer's age next completion of contribution-
period .............61.
Wife's age next birthday at date of marriage 20.

As amended by No. 13 of 1912.





Application of Rule I (a).
Accumulation of contributions paid during bachelorhood --
Contributions from '1st April to 31st Decem-
ber, 1.884 . ....................$ 15.00
Contributions during 1885 .
One year's interest at 6 per cent. on $1

Contributions during 1886 .
One year's interest at 6 per cent. on
$35.90 . ..........................2.15
................................-$ 58.05
..................................$ 30M

Contributions during 1887 . ........................
One year's interest at 6 per cent. oil
$58.05 . .......................

Contributions froni Ist January to 30th June,

20.00
.90
-$ 35.90
$ 20.00

3.48
-$ 91.53

1888 . ..................$ 15.00
Half-year's interest at 6 per cent. on
$91.53 . ................2.75

Total accumulation, $ 109.28

Quantity found froin Table A-Husband '30 346
WiW' 20 ~ -

$109.28x.346=$37.8l=regi-tered pension in consideration of con
tributions,Paid during bachelorhood.

Application of Rule I (b).
Annual contribution current at the date of marriage $30.
Quantity found frorn Table B, section for officers aged 61 next birth-
day at completion of period of contributions:-
Husband* 30 4.29
Wife*........................... 20 ~ ................... I.

$30 x 4.29 = $128.70 =registered pension in consideration of annual
contribution current at marriage.
Total registered pension to be recorded on the bachelor marrying:-

1

By Rule I (a),
By Rule I (b),

$ 37.81
........ 11 128.70

Total ....................................... $ 166.51

c.-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and de-
crements from, the current annual contribution while the contribufir
is married to his first wife.

Note-Where the ages are not given in the Table proceed as inustrated in the






general examples given in Section F.





NOTE-The cessation of the contribution from ally cause before the
completion of the full period of contribution must be regarded as
a decrement from the current annual contribution equal to the amount
of such current annual contribution.

RULE I (c)-Turn to the section of Table B which contains in the
heading the age of the husband at the date of completion of his period
of contribution, and multiply the amount of the increment to, or the
decrement from, the current annual contribution by tile quantity found
from that section corresponding to the respective ages next birthday of
the husband and wife at the date of the variation of the contribution.

The product gives the amount to be added to the registered pension
consequent oil the increment to the current annual contribution, or, as
the case may be, the amount to be deducted from the registered pension
consequent oil the decrement from the current annual contribution.

of the application of Rule I (c).

Example

Assume particulars as in the example subjoined to Rules 1 (a) and 1
(b).

Annual contribution increased on 31st
Mav, 1893, from $30 to .$50
Annual contribution decreased on 30th
April, 1898, from $50 to $40
Annual contribution ceased on 31st
March, 1903.
1893, _May 31st.-Increment to current
annual contribution ....$20

Quantity foulld from Table B, section for officers aged 61 next birth
day at completion of period of contribution:-

Husbancl 35
Wife..................... 25

$20 x 3.56 $ 71.20 = artiount to be added to the registered pension

Re-istered pension at marriage, see example
subJoined to Rules 1 (a) and 1 (b) $166~51

Registered pension at 31st _Hay, 1893 . $237.71

1898, April 30th-Decerement from current
annual contribution .......$10

Quantity found from Table B, section for officers aged 61 next birth
day at completion of period of contribution:-

Husband ....... 40
Wife........





$10x2.91=$29.10=amount to be deducted from the registered
pension:

Registered pension at 31st May, 1893, as
above . ........' - 11~237.'1
................
Deduct 2P.11-1

Registered pension at 30th April, 1893 . $2089.61

1903, March 31st-CessaGon of contribution re-
garded as a decrernentl from current annual
contribution . ..* ........$40

Quantity found from Table B, section for officers aged 61 next birth-
day at completion of period of contribution:-

Husband .4 5
Wife ....35

$40x2.30=$92.00=amouiit to be deducted from the registered
pension.

Recristered pension at 30th April, 1898, as
0
above . ................$ 92 08. 61
Deduct.................................................. ............ 92.00

Registered pension at 31~ --
0 IS116.61

II-SECOND, AND SUBSEQUENT,WIFE'S PROSPECTIVE PENSION.

A.-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and de-
creknents front, the current annval co)ttribiition while the contributor
is a widower.

RULE 11 (a)-Assume that the contributor is married to a wife of the
age that his last preceding wife would have been had she survived to
the date of the variation of the contribution, and proceed in accordance
with Rule 1 (c). '

of the application of Rule II (a).

Example

If the particulars be as in the Example subjoined to Rule 1 (c),
except that the first wife, who was born on 31st August, 1868, died
on 30th November, 1888, it would be assumed that the contributor was
at the date of each of the three variations of the contribution married
to a wife who was born on 31st August, 1868. The calculations will
then be identical with those given in the Example subjoined to Rule
1 (c).

13.-Variations of pension consequent on the re-marriage of the con-
tributor.





NOTE-No variation of the registered pension is to be recorded if the
second, or subsequent, wife was at the date of the re-marriage of the
same age next birthday as the last preceding wife would have been had
she survived to that date.

RULE II (b)-1f the second, or subsequent, wife was at the date of
the re-marriage of a less or greater age next birthday than the last pre-
ceding wife would have been had she survived to that date, multiply
the amount of the registered pension by the quantity found from Table
C corresponding to the age next birthday of the husband at the date of
re-marriage, and the age next birthday which the last preceding wife
would have attained had she survived to that date; multiply the pro-
duct so obtained by the quantity found from Table A corresponding to
the respective ages of the husband and of the second, or subsequent,
wife at the date of the re-marriage.
0

The result gives the registered pension to be recorded on the re-
marriage of the contributor.

of the application of Rule 11 (b).

Example

Assume particulars as in the example subjoined to the Rule I (a) and
I (b).

First wife died on ....30th November, ~.

Contributor re-married on 31st January, 1893.
Contributor's age next birthday at date of
re-marriage . ...............................

Second wife born on ......................

Second wife's age next birthday at dat
of the re-marriage ............

Agenext birthday which the first wife
would have attained had she survived
today of the re-marriage 25.

1 35.

.....30th June, 1873.

1893, January 31st-The second wife being of a less age next birth-
day, at the dati of the re-marriage than the first wife would have been'
had she survived, the registered 'pension $166.51 [see Example subjoin
ed to Rules I (a) and I (b)] is to be re-calculated.

Quantity found from Table C:-

Husband .35 3.224
Wife ....25 ~

Quantity found from Table A~.

Husband .35
Wife ....20





$166.51 x 3.224=$536.83.

$ 536.83 x .293 = $157.29 =registered pension at 31st January,
1893.

c.-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and de-
crements from, the cureetn annual contribution while the ocntributor
is married tohis second or subsequent, whife.

RULE 11 (c)-Proceed as in Rule I (c).

B-OFFICER WHO COMMENCEA) TO CONTRIBUTE, WHILE MARRIE.D.

ITI-FIRsT WIrE'S PRORPECTIVE, PENS10.N.
NOTE-11-1 every case of an officer who commenced to contribute
while married, tC wife at the date of commencement of the contribu-
tion is to be considered as the officer's first wife, and no particulars are
to be recorded respecting any former wife to wborn lie may have been
married, unless there is issue of such former wife of a penqionable age
(see D.-Pensions to Orphan Children).

A.-Pension in consideration of the annual contribution current at
the date of commencement of the contribution.

RULE III (a)-Turn to the sectioti of Table B which contains in the
heading the age of the husband at the date oi completion of his period
of contribution, and multiply the amount of the current arinual con-
tribution by the quantity foimd from that section corresponding to the
respective ages next birthday of the husband and wife at the date of
commencement of the contribution.

The product gives the registered pension on account of the annual
0
contribution current at the date of commencement of the contribution.

of the application of Rule III (a).
Officer born on
married on

Exam.ple

.... 31st August, 18,5
............................ 30th June, 1879.
commenced to contributeon ... 31~;t July, 1890.
Annual contribution current on 31st
July, 1890 ...

Date of completion of contribution-
period ........... 31st August, 1915.
Wife born on .......31st Octnber, -1860.
Officer's age next birthday on 31st
July, 1890 .......40.
Officer's age at completion of con-
tribution-period ...................
Wife's age next birthday on 31st
July, 1890 ..............

As amended by No. 13 of 1912.

65.

............ 30.





1890, July 31st.-Current annual contribution $100.

Quantity found from Table B, section for officers aged 65 next birth-
day at completion of period of contribution:-
Husbaud .40
Wife ....30

........................... 3.07

$100 x 3.07 = $307=registered pension in consideration of annual
contribution current at commencement of contribution.

w -Variat ions of pension consequent on increments to, and do-
crements from, the current annual contribution while the contributor
is married to.his first ivife.

RULE 111 (b)-Proceed as in Rule I (c).

IV-SECOND,AND SUBSEQUENT, WHIFE'S PROSPECTIVE PENSION.
A-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and-de
crements from, the current annual contribution while the contibutor
is a widower.

RULE IV(a)-Proceed as in Rule II(a)

B-Variations of pension consequent on the re-marriage of the con-
tributor.

RULE IV(b)-Proceed as in Rule II (b)

C-Variations of pension consequent on increments to, and de
Crements from, the current annual contribution while the contributor
is married to his second, or subdequent wife.

RULE IV(c)-Proceed as in Rule I(c)

V-SECOND, AND SUBSEQUENT,WIFE'S PROSPECTIVE PENSION.
RULE V-For the purpose of calculating the re gistered pension
asqume that the deceased wife survived to the date of commencement
of the contribution and died immediately afterwards; then proceed in
accordance with the Rules applicable to the case of officers who com-
menced to contribute while marfied (see B).

D-PENSIONS TO ORPHAN CHILDREN
Phogulated by sections 24, 25, 27 and 28 of the Ordinance.

E-OFFICER TRANSFERRED TO THE SERVICE. OF ANOTHER COLONY.
Throughout these Rules and Examples the calculations depend, not
on the official income of the. contributor, but on the amount of his con-
tribution so-thal-the transfer of an officer to the service of another

As arnended by No. 13 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 4,3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As ainended by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Colony does not affect his registered pension unless the amount of his
current annual contribution is varied, in which case.the proper adjust-
ment is to be made ill accordance with the preceding Rules.

F-CALCULATION OF QUANTITLES (OR TABULAR RESULTS)FOR AGES
NOT GIVEN IN TuE TABLES. i

TABLE A----The quantities are given for every age of the husband
from 15 to 64; and for every fifth age of the wife from 15 to 65. Ages
of husbands and wives below or beyond are to be treated as the
youngest and oldest ages given respectively.

For the intermediate ages of wives, interpolate by first differences, as
follows :-

To find the quaiititk- corresponding to the ages of a husband and wife
aged respectively 35 and 27 next birthday.
0

The quanfity for ages ;.3,5 and 25 given in the
n 0

The quantity for ages .85 and 30 given in the
.322
Table is ...............1. 1.

So that the addition of 5 years to tho, age of the wife, results in a
addition of .022 to the qualitity given ill tile Table for ages .35 and 25.
1 n n

All addition of 2 years to the age of the wife results in an
addition of .022 to the quantity given in the table of ages 35and 25


Two-fifths of .022=.009; which added to .310 gives .319, which is the

required quantity corresponding to ages 8,5 and 277.

TABLE B-This Table is divided into eleven sections respectively
applicable to officers who will be, aged ilext birthda-, 55, 56, 57 . . .
tip to 65, when they complete their period of contribution. Care should
in all cases be taken to turn to the section Ns-hich contains in the head
ing the age of the husband at the date of conipletion of his period of
c
contribution.

In each section the quantities are give,' for 3.5 consecutive ages of the
husband, terminating at the age precedina that at which the contribu-
tion ceases, and for every fifth age of the wife from 15 to 65.

Ages of the wife below or beyond are to be treated as the Youngest
and oldest ages given respectively. For the interniediate ages of wives
interpolate by first differences as explained above. Thus the quantity
found from the first section of the Table (age 55) corresponding to the
0
ages of a husband and wife aged respectively 45 and 38 next birthday
is three-fifths of 17, added to 1.78, which give 1.88.

For officers who commence to contribute at an earlier age than 20
next birthday tile method of calculation given in the subjoined.
examples is to be followed:-

U

c











. EXAMPLE (1)-An officer aged 17 next birthday, having a wife aged
15 next birtliday, commences -to contribute. Assume that the officer is
aged 20 next birthday, so that the quantity found from Table B will be
6.05.

This officer receives an increment of salary at age 22 next birthday,
0
when his wife's age is 20. Assume that his age is 25 next birthday,
i.e., his actual age 22, plus the difference between his actual age at
entry and 20, which is three yeiars. The quantity found from Table B
will be 5.16.

EXAMPLE (2)-All officer aged 19 next birthday commences to con-
tribute as a bachelor, and 5 Years later, wlien aged 24 next birthday,
niarries; his wife's age being 20 next birthday. The quantity found
from Table A in accordance with Rule I (a) will be taken for the actual
ages (husband 24 and wife 20) and will be .422. With respect to the
current annual contribution at marriage, assume that the officer's age
is 25 (his actual age plus 1) so that the quantity found from Table B
will be 5.16.

This officer receives an increment of salary when aged 39, when his
wife's age is 35. Assume as before that the ales are 40 and 35 respec-
0 0
tivelY, so that the quantity found from Table B will be 2.72.

NOTE-lt will be observed that this method takes account of the
actual number of Years for the annual contribution will run. In
Example (1), whin the officer receives the increment of salary at age
22 lie has contributed for 5 years, so that at the expiration of 30 Years
his contributions will cease; Similarly in Example (2) when the officer
marries at age 24, he also has contributed for 5 years, so that although
he is two years older than the officer in Example (1)m , yet the unexpired
peried of contribution is the same in each case. and the wife's age is in
eacli instance 20, so that no important error is involved in using the
saine tabular quantity for the two cases-

TABLE C-The quantities are given for the same ages as in Table A.
Ages of husbands and wives below and bevond are to be treated as in
using that Table.

For the intermediate ages of wives interpolate by first differences as
explained above, except that it must be noted that in this Table an
addition to the age of the wife results in a deduction from the quantity
given in the Table.

To find the quantity corresponding to the ages of a husband and wife
aged respectively 35 and 27 next birthday.
C1 1

The quantity for ages 35 and 25 given in the
0
Table is ..............................................

The quantity for ages 35 and 30 given in the
Table is .............................................

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.

3.224

.3.010





So that the addition of 5 years to- the age of the wife results in a
deduction of .214 from the quantity given in the Table for ages 35 and
25.

An addition of 2 years to the ane of the wife accordingly results by
proportion in a deduction of two-fifths of .214 from the quantity given
in the Table for ages 35 and 25.
0

Two-fifths of .214=.086, which deducted from 3.224 leaves 3:138.
which is the required quantity corresponding to ages 35 and 27.





Table A.
j
THE YEARLY PENSION, payable by Montlily Instalments, which a Single Contribution of 1 will secure.




WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. No.15 IF 1908 1763






Table B.
This sectionof Table B is applicable only to the case of Officers who will be aged, 55 next birthday when they complet
their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, payable by Monthly Instalments, which it Yearly Contribution of 1, payable also by Monthl
Instalments, will secure. The Yearly Contribution is to cease on the termination of 35 years from the date of th
*Officer's first contribution






WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS NO.15 OF 1980 1765




Table B

This section of B is applicable only to the case of officers who will be abed
65 next birthday when they complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, Payable by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of
1, payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure. The Contribution is to cease
on the termination of 35 years from the date of the *Officer's first Contribution.







WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. NO 15 of 1908 1767




Table B.
This sectim of Table B is applicable only to Ihe case of Offices who will be aged 57 next birthday when they complele
iheir period qf contribution.
THE YEARLY PENSION, payable by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of 1, payable also by Monthly
Instalments, will secure. The Yearly Contribution is to cease on the termination of 35 years from the date of the
*Officer's first Contribution.






WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS . NO 15 OF 1908. 1769




Table B

This section of Table B is applicable only to the case of Officers who will be aged 58
next birthday when they complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, payable by Monthly Iustalments, which a Yearly Contributio of 1,
payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure. The Yearly Contributopm is to cease
on the termination of 35 years from the date of the *Officer's first Coutribution.




WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. NO15 OF 1908. 1771



Table B

This section of Table B is applicable only to th case of OFficers who will be aged 59 next birthday when they complete
their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, payable by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Conytribution of1
payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure. The Yearly contribution is to cease on the termination of 35 years
from the date of the *Officer's first Contribution.

WINDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS, NO.15 OF 1908 1773




* As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





Table B.

This section of Table B is applicable only to the case of Offlicers who will be, aged 60 next birthday when they
complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, payable by Mionthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of 1, payable also by Monthly
Instalments, will secure. The Yearly Contribution is to cease on the termination of 35 years from the date of the
'Officer's first Contribution.





WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. NO 15 OF 1908 1775




Table B.

This section of Table B is applicable only to the case of Officers who will be aged 61 next birthday
when they complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, paybale by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of 1,
Payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure, The Yearly Contribution is to case
on the termination of 35 years from the date of the *Officer's first Contribution.




WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. NO 15 OF 1908 1777




Table B.

This section of Table B is applicable only to the case of Officers who will be aged 62 next birthday
when they complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, paybale by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of 1,
Payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure, The Yearly Contribution is to case
on the termination of 35 years from the date of the *Officer's first Contribution


WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS NO 15 OF 1908. 1779







Table B.

This section of Table B is applicable only to the case of Officers who will be aged 63 next birthday
when they complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, paybale by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of 1,
Payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure, The Yearly Contribution is to case
on the termination of 35 years from the date of the *Officer's first Contribution






WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS, NO 15 OF 1908 1781




Table B.

This section of Table B is applicable only to the case of Officers who will be aged 64 next birthday
when they complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, paybale by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of 1,
Payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure, The Yearly Contribution is to case
on the termination of 35 years from the date of the *Officer's first Contribution




WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. NO 15 OF 1908.


Table B.

This section of Table B is applicable only to the case of Officers who will be aged 65 next birthday
when they complete their period of contribution.

THE YEARLY PENSION, paybale by Monthly Instalments, which a Yearly Contribution of 1,
Payable also by Monthly Instalments, will secure, The Yearly Contribution is to case
on the termination of 35 years from the date of the *Officer's first Contribution or
or on his attaining the age of 65.





WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. NO 15 OF 1908 1785




Table C

THE SINGLE CONTRIBUTION which will secure a Yearly Pension of 1, payable by Monthly
Instalments.







WIDOWS' AND ORPHANS' PENSIONS. NO 15 OF 1908 1787
[Sched. B, rep. No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.]

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Pensions to be paid out of general revenue. Contributions to be credited to general revenue but exempt from military contribution. No. 1 of 1901. Appointment of directors. Substitution of director. Meeting of directors. Abatements from salaries and pensions. Period for which abatement shall be made. Contributions of offers leaving the service. Right to continue contributions in full on reduced income. Right of officer retiring and electing to contribute on former dollar salary. Right of officer retiring or deprived of his office to continue to contribute. Provisions for case of officers transferred to other employment under the Crown. Officer to furnish particulars. Penalty for non-compliance. Exclusion from benefits. Duration of pension to orphan. Calculation of pensions in respect of increments. Commutation of pensions in certain cases. Provision for case of motherless orphans. Provision for case of widow marrying. Provision for as of divorce or separation. Provision for case of widow and children of previous marriage. Pension to children of widower. Mode and condition of payment of pension. Appointment of person to receive payment on behalf of minors. Payment of pension to persons acting on behalf of minors in case of desertion. Pension not to be assigned or levied upon. Decision of questions under the Ordinance. Limit of compulsory contraction. Rules and regulations. Ordinance not to apply to Auditors and Assistant auditors unless they desire it.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Pensions to be paid out of general revenue. Contributions to be credited to general revenue but exempt from military contribution. No. 1 of 1901. Appointment of directors. Substitution of director. Meeting of directors. Abatements from salaries and pensions. Period for which abatement shall be made. Contributions of offers leaving the service. Right to continue contributions in full on reduced income. Right of officer retiring and electing to contribute on former dollar salary. Right of officer retiring or deprived of his office to continue to contribute. Provisions for case of officers transferred to other employment under the Crown. Officer to furnish particulars. Penalty for non-compliance. Exclusion from benefits. Duration of pension to orphan. Calculation of pensions in respect of increments. Commutation of pensions in certain cases. Provision for case of motherless orphans. Provision for case of widow marrying. Provision for as of divorce or separation. Provision for case of widow and children of previous marriage. Pension to children of widower. Mode and condition of payment of pension. Appointment of person to receive payment on behalf of minors. Payment of pension to persons acting on behalf of minors in case of desertion. Pension not to be assigned or levied upon. Decision of questions under the Ordinance. Limit of compulsory contraction. Rules and regulations. Ordinance not to apply to Auditors and Assistant auditors unless they desire it.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/962

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

94

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 15 of 1908

Number of Pages

50
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:46 +0800
<![CDATA[PHARMACY ORDINANCE, 1908]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/961

Title

PHARMACY ORDINANCE, 1908

Description






No. 11 of 1908, repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 87.

No. 12 of 1908.
To provide for the registration of Chemists and Druggists, and to
regulate the sale of Poisons. [26th June, 1908.]

1. The Pharmacy Ordinance 1908. *

2. In this Ordinance ---registered persons--- mean all persons
registered under this Ordinance.

3. No person shall sell or keep an open shop for retailing, dis-
pensing, or compounding poisons, or shall take, use, or exhibit the
name or title of chemist and druggist or chemist or druggist, unless
such person is a duly registered pharmaceutical chemist or chemist
and druggist tinder the Pharniacy Act, 1868, or a duly registered
pharmaceutical chemist within the ineaning. of the Pharmacy Act
(Ireland) 187-5, and registered under this Ordinance, or shall take,
use, or exhibit the naine or tithe of pharmaceutical chemist, pharma-
ceutist or pharmacist, unless such person is a duly registered pbar-
inaceutical chemist urider the said Pharmacy Act, 1866, or a duly
registered pharmaceutical chemist within the mcanim, of the Phar-
macy Act (lreland), 1875, and registered under this Ordinance, or
has been duly registered lit the inanner hereinafter provided.

4. When any person who at the time of the passing of this Ordi-
narice is in practice as a chemist and druggist and has satisfied the
Governor of his skill and competency to conduct the business of a
chemist or druggist, or when any person although not duly registered
under the said Pharmacy Act, 1868, or the Pharmacy Act (Ireland),
1875, shall prove to the satisfaction oil the Governor that he possesses
a similar qualification of some legally recognised British or foreign
smi 10 1 t~
pharmaceutical institution or examining body, or has passed through
a. course of study and examination similar to the course of study and
examination required for registration under the said Pharmacy Acts,
the Governor may cause such person to be duly registered as a phar-,
maceutical. chemist and druggist.

5. Nothing hereinbefore contained shall extend to -or interfere
with the business of wholesale dealers duly licensed under this

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As aincLid~d by No. 9 of 1910 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 9 of 1910.





Ordinance in supplying poisions in the ordinary course of wholesale
dealing, but subject nevertheless to any condition that may be im-
posed under their licences.

6. The Governor-in-Council may make regulations for any of the
following purposes :-
(a). prescribing the character and scope of the course of study and
examination required to have been passed by applicants for registra-
tion tinder section 4;
(b) the appointmeid of examiners tor the purposes of sneh exami-
itation and the fees payable by the applicants in respect of such
examination;

(c) the issne of certificates by such examiners;

(d) the amount of the fee (if any) payable on registration
1 n
(c)the keeping, dispensiong, and selling of polsons by registered
persons;
the issue of licences to wholesale dealers for supplying poisons
m
in the ordinary coarse of wholesaic dealing togethet. with the condi-
tionb. on which such licences are granted ;

(g) the payment of fees in respect of licences granted to wholesale
dealers; .

(h) the regualation of the sale, possession, importation and exporta
c
tion of poisons;

W the imposition of penalties not exceeding 500 dollars on the
violation of any of the conditions embodied in such licences or other-
wise on breach of any regulation made in pursitance of this section,
and the mode of recovery of the same,;

(j) generally for carrying ont this Ordinance.

7. The Colonial Secretary shall keep a register of all persons
entitled to be registered tinder this Ordinance in such form as he may
deem proper and make the necessary alterations therein, and a copy
of such register shall be published annually in the Gazette.

8. No recistered person shall cornpound any medicine of the
C
British Pharmacopeeia except according to the formularies thereof.

As amended by No. 9 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912,
. No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended bY No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.





9. The several articles named or described in schedule A are de-
clared to be poisons within the meanino, of this Ordinance, and the
Governor-in- Council may amend the schedule by adding thereto or
removing therefrom any article or by transferring any article from
one part of the schedule to the other part, and any such amendment
shall be published in the Gazette.

10. It shall be unlawful to sell any poison, either by wholesale or
by retail, unless the box, bottle, vessel, wrapper, or cover in which
such poison is contained be distinctly labelled in English and Chinese
with the name of the article and the word 'Poison', and with the
name and address of the seller of the poison; and it shall be unlawful
to sell any of the poisons which are specified in the first part of
schedule A, or may hereafter be added thereto under section 9, to
any person unknown to the seller, unless introduced by some person
known to the seller, and on every sale of any such article the seller
shall, before delivery, make or cause to be made an entry in a book
to be kept for that purpose stating, in the form set forth in schedule
B, the date of the sale, the name and address of the purchaser, the
narme and quantity of the article sold, and the purpose for which it
is stated by the purchaser to be required, to which entry the signa-
ture of the purchaser and of the person, if any, who introduced him
shall be affixed.

For the purposes of this section the person on whose behalf any
-- 1
sale 's made by any apprentice or servant shall be deemed to be the
seller.

11. The provisions of the last section shall not apply-

(1) to wholesale dealers in the ordinary course of whosesale deal-
ing who may be licensed by regulation of the Governor-in-Council
under section 6, provided always that poisons sold by such wholesale
dealers be labelled with the name of the article and the word
Poison--- in English and Chinese; or

(2) to an article when forming part of the ingredients of any
y ty
medicine dispensed by re istered persons ; or
1 9
(3) to any medicine supplied-
(a.) by a medical practitioner to his patient ; or

As amended by No. 9 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No.. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





(b) by any duly qualified licentiate of the Hongkong College of
Medicine to his patient; or

(c) to his patient by such other person holding such diploma of
some legally recognised British or foreign medical institution or
examining body as may be approved by the Governor; or

(d) for animals under his care by any nieinber of the Royal
College of Veterinary Surgeons of Great Britain or by such other
person holding such diploma of some legally recognised British or
foreign veterinary institution or examining body as niav be approved
by the Governor:

Provided that such medicine is labelled.with the name and
address of such seller and the ingredients thereof be entered, with
the Dame of the person to whom it is sold or delivered, in a book to
be kept by the seller for that purpose.

12. The G-overnor-in-Councll may direct the name of any person
who is convicted of an offence against this Ordinmice which in his
opinion renders him unfit to be on the register to be erased from
such register, and the Colonial Secretars. shall erase the same
accordingly, and shall publish a notice 'to stich effect in the
Gazette. .

13. Any person convicted of an offence-

(a) against section 3 or 10, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding
50 dollars for the first offence, and riot exceedino, 100 dollars for the
second or any subsequent offence;

(b) against section 8, shall be liable to a fine not- exceeding 50
dollars.

Such fines shall be recoverable summarily ; but nothing in this
Ordinance shall prevent any person from being liable to any other
penalty, damages, or punishment to which he would have been
.subject if this Ordinance had not been passed.
Is. 14, rep. No. 12 of 1912.]

15. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed as affecting the
provisions of the Opium Ordinance, 1909.

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 9 of 1910 and Xio. 12 of 1912.





SCHEDULE A.
The artieles herein described are herebY declared to be poisons under section 9



SCHEDULE B.



[4th June, 1910.]
2. In this Ordinance ---poison---means any article named or des-
cribed in schedule A of Ordinance No. 12 of 1908 which is named.
or described in the schedule to this Ordinance. Provided that it

Ordinance No. 9 of 1910 was, by section 1 thereof, amalgamated
with No. 12 of 1908.
Added by G. N. 9-4 of 1910.
Added by G. N. 80 of 1912.
+ As aniended by No. 13 of 11912.
Added by G. N. 201 of 1910.
As aniended by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





shall be lawful for the Legislative Council at any time by resolu-
tion to declare as follows:-

(a) that any article named and described in the said schedule A
shall be deemed to be a poison for the purposes of this Ordinance;

(b) that any article named and described in the schedule to this
Ordinance may be removed therefrom.

3. (1) Whenever it appears to any Justice of the Peace upon the
oath of any person that there is reasonable cause to believe that in
any dwelling-house, shop, or other building or place, or on board
any ship, not being or having the status of a ship of war, within
the Colony, there is concealed or deposited any poison as defined by
section 2 m respect of which an offence has been committed against
Ordinance No. 12 of 1908, or that. any person has conirnitted an
offence against such Ordinance, lie rnay by his warrant direeled to
any officer of police empower such officer by day or bY night-

(a) to enter such dwelling-house, shop, or other building or place,
or to go on board such ship, and there to search for and take
possesion of any such poision in such dwelling-house ,shop,build-
ing, place, or ship;and

(b) to arrest any person being in such dwelling-house shop, or
other buildirlg, or place, or ship, in whose possession, custody or
control such poison may be found, or whoin sneh officer may reason-
ably suspect to have concealed or deposited any such poison in such
dwell ing-bortse, shop, building, place, or ship or thereabout ; and

(c) to arrest any
j person named In such warrant.

(.2) ---Officer of police ' in this section shall be deenied to include
any European revenue officer holding a warrant under section 66
of the Liquors Consolidation Ordinance, 1911.

4. Such officer may, if necessary-
(a) break. open any outer or inner door of such dwelling-house,,
ship, or other building, or place, and enter therein;
(b) forcibly enter such ship and every part 'thereof';
(c) remove by force any obstruction to such entry, search,
seizure and removal as he is empowered to effect.

As amended by No. 29 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911,
No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp.
Sched.
As ainended by No. 12 of 1912.





(d) detain every person found in such dwelling-house, shop,
building, or place, or on board such ship, until such place or. ship
has been searched;
(c) seize and detain any such poison found in such place or ship:
and
(f) seize and detain any such poison found in the possession of
any of the persons against whom his warrant has been issued in any
place whatsoever within the Colony.

5. All informations to be laid, and all warrants to be issued, and
all arrests and seizures to be made under this Ordinance may be
had or done on any day including holidays.

6-W Every person who shall in contravention of this Ordi-
nance conceal or deposit any poison as defined by section 2, or who
shall sell, expose, or offer 10i. sale, any such poison in contravention
of Ordinance No. 1.2 of 1908, or who shall fall to conform with any
refrulation made thereunder as to the sale, possession, -Importation,
or exportation of such poison as aforesaild, shall in lieu of any
penalty prescribed by Ordinance NO.2 or 1908, be liable to a, fine
not exceeding 12,000 dollars, or in default of Payinent to imprison-
nient for any term not exceeding 1.2 months : and further, all such
poison in respect of which an offence has been committed shall be
forfeited; but nothing in this Ordinance shall prevenfany person
from being liable to any other penalty, damages, or punishment to
which he would have been subject if this Ordinance had not been
passed.

(.2) Any poison as defined by section 2) in respect of which any
breach of Ordinance No. 122 of 1908 has been committed other than
the breaches for which penalties are imposed in sub-section (1) of
this section may be forfeited by the Magistrate.

(3) All proceedings under this Ordinance to recover penalties or
to forfeit any poisons shall be taken summarily.

7.-M When any poison as defined by section 2 is found without
being apparently in the possession of any person, or when it
is proved to the satisfaction of the Magistrate that it is not possible
b
to proceed against any individual with respect to any'poison as to

* As aniended by No. 22 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and
No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





which an offence has been committed against Ordinance No. 12 of
1908 by reason of the fact that the offender is out of the jurisdiction
or cannot be found, the Magistrate may cause a notice in English
and Chinese to be affixed to the place where such poison has been
found or where. it is known to be stored calling upon the
owner thereof to claim the same.

(2) If no person makes such claim within one week from the
affixing of such notice, or if any such claim is made within one week
but is not subsequently substantiated to the satisfaction of a
Magistrate, such poison shall be forfeited.

8. The Magistrate may require the Government Analyst to report
upon any technical point which may be in dispute in any prosecu-
tion under this Ordinance, and may order the payment of tile, fees
due in respect of the Analyst's report by the party in fault, or out
of any fine recovered from either party, or out of the procceds of any
forfeiture ordered by such 'Magistrate.

At the hearing of any such prosecution the production of the certi-
ficate of the Government Analyst requested as aforesaid shall be
sufficient evidence of the facts therein stated, unless the defendant
requires that the Analyst should be called as a witness; but if the
Analyst is called by or at the request of the defendant the _Magis-
trate litay further order the defendant, if convicted, to pay a fee of
25 dollars for the attendance of the Analyst, such fee to be recover-
able in the same way as a penalty imposed under this Ordinance is
recoverable.

9. The Magistrate may dismiss any charge or complaint under
this Ordinance on the ground that it is frivolous or vexatious
although the commission of an offence be proved, and when a
charge or complaint is dismissed on the ground that it is frivolous
or vexatious, or when the Magistrate is of opinion that slich charge
or complaint was supported by evidence false to the knowledge of
the person bringing such charge, it shall be the duty of the Magis-
trate to impose on the person bringing the same a penalty not
exceeding that which the defendant would have lucurred if he had
been convicted, and such penalty shall be over and above any other
Penalties or liabilities which the said person may have likewise

As amended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Selld.





incurred in respect of his said charge or xomplaint or of his evidence
in support thereof.

10. Over and above all other liabilities and penalties to which
any person may beconie or be subject in respect of his suing out,
obtaining, issuing, or executing improperly and without sufficient
cause any search warrant under this Ordinance, the said person
shall be further liable, on summary conviction, to the following
penalties :-
( a) for every first offence, a fine not exceedin g 500 dollars,
or imprisonment, for any term not exceeding 3 mcvnths; and
(b) for every subsequent offence, a fine not exceeding 1,000
dollars or imprisonment for any term not exceedlinff 6 months.
n

11. In any proceedings before a, Magistrate or on appeal before
the Suprenic Court relating to the seizure of any poison the seizure
whereof is authorised by any of the provisions of this Ordinance,
it shall be lawful for such Magistrate and for the Judges and they
are hereby respectively- required to proceed in such cases on the
merits only without reference to matters of forin, and without
inquiring into the manner or form of making any seizure, except-
ing in so far as the manner and form of seizure may be evideDee on
such merits.

12.-(1) Excel)t as hereinafter mentioned, no information laid
nunder this Ordinance shall be admitted in evidence in any civil or
criminal proceeding, and no witness shall be obliged to disclose the
name or address of any informer or to state aDy matter which might
lead to his discovery ; and if any books, documents, or papers which
are in evidence or liable to inspection in any civil or criminal pro-
ceeding contain any entry in which any such informer is named or
described or which might lead to his discovery, the Court or Magis-
trate shall cause all such passages to be concealed from view or to
be obliterated so far as may be necessary to protect the informer
from discovery, but no further.
(2) But if in any proceedings before a Magistrate for any offence
against any provision of this Ordinance the Magistrate after full
inquiry into the case believes that the informer wilfully made in his
information a material statement which he knew or believed to be
false or did not believe to be true, or if in any other proceeding the

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.

Court or Magistrate is of opinion that justice cannot he fully done
between the parties thereto without the discovery of the informer,
it shall be lawful for the Court or Macyistrate to require the production
of the original information and to permit inquiry and require
full disclosure concerning the informer.

. [ss. 13-17, incorporated in No. 1.22 of 1908.]

SCHEDULE.

The articles herein described aredeclared to be poisons for the
purposes of this Ordinance:-

POISONS

Coca and preparations, and cocaine, eucaine, Benzocaine or anaesthe-
sin, holocaine, tropaeocaine, orthoform, acoine, nirvanin, alypin
novocaine, stovaine, their salts, poisonous derivatives and their pre-
parations.
Short title. Interpretation. Protection of titles and restrictions on sale of poisons. 31 & 32 Vict. C. 121. 38 & 29 Vict. C. 57. Governor may authorize registration in certain cases. 31 & 32 Vict. C. 121. 38 & 29 Vict. C. 57. Rights of wholesale dealers preserved. Regulations. Register of persons entitled to sell poisons. Formularies to be complied with. Articles to be deemed poisons. Regulations to be observed on sale of poisons. Exemptions from regulations. Governor-in-Council may order names to be erased from register. Penalties. Saving of Opium Ordinance No. of 1909. Interpretation. Search with warrant. No.9 of 1911. Powers of officer executing warrant. Process on holidays. Penalty. Forfeiture of poison seized. Unclaimed poison. Analysis may be ordered. Vexatious proceedings. Warrant improperly obtained. Procedure relating to case of seizure of poison. Rule as to information and informers.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Protection of titles and restrictions on sale of poisons. 31 & 32 Vict. C. 121. 38 & 29 Vict. C. 57. Governor may authorize registration in certain cases. 31 & 32 Vict. C. 121. 38 & 29 Vict. C. 57. Rights of wholesale dealers preserved. Regulations. Register of persons entitled to sell poisons. Formularies to be complied with. Articles to be deemed poisons. Regulations to be observed on sale of poisons. Exemptions from regulations. Governor-in-Council may order names to be erased from register. Penalties. Saving of Opium Ordinance No. of 1909. Interpretation. Search with warrant. No.9 of 1911. Powers of officer executing warrant. Process on holidays. Penalty. Forfeiture of poison seized. Unclaimed poison. Analysis may be ordered. Vexatious proceedings. Warrant improperly obtained. Procedure relating to case of seizure of poison. Rule as to information and informers.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/961

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

138

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 12 of 1908

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:46 +0800
<![CDATA[MAN MO TEMPLE ORDINANCE, 1908]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/960

Title

MAN MO TEMPLE ORDINANCE, 1908

Description


No. 10 of 1908.
For the transfer of the properties of the Man Mo Temple to the
Tung Wa Hospital.

[5th June, 1908.]
WHEREAS the severad leasebold hereditaments and premises set out
in the schedule hereto were granted to or became vested in certain
persons as trustees for and on behalf of the Chinese Community of
HongKong or for and on behalf of a Chinese Temple in Rongkong
situate upon some of the said hereditaments and premises and
known as---The Man Mo Temple -; AND WHEREAS the said persons
or the greater number of them are now dead or cannot be found;
AND WHERLAS the said hereditaments and premises and the affairs
of the said Temple have for many Years been managed by the
Directors of the Tung Wa Hospital, and it is desirable to vest the
said hereditaments and premises and the Temple in the Tung Wa
Hospital under and subject to the conditions and provisions herein-
after contained:-

1. The Man Mo Temple Ordinance, 1908.

2. All the messuages, lands, tenements and hereditaments des-
cribed in the schedule and all other properties and monies now
belonging to or in the possession or under the control of the Man
Mo Temple shall be and become and remain and continue vested
in the Tung Wa Hospital, as to the sald lands for the unexpired
residue of the servral and respective terms of years created by the
Crown leases of the said lands respectively, but subject to the
payment of the Crown rent or due proportion of the Crown rent
reserved by such leases respectively, and subject to the observance
and performance of the covenants and conditions and subject to

As amended by No. 30 of'1911 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 4~ of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 21 of 191~.,.





the provisions respectively contained in such Crown leases so far
as the same relate to the several hereditaments and premises com-
prised in the schedule. .

3. It shall be lawful for the Tung Wa Hospital at any time
hereafter (with the consent in writing of the Governor) to purchase
or otherwise acquire, hold, take and enjoy any messuages, lands,
tenements. and hereditaments whatsoever in this Colony for
the purposes of this Ordinance.

4. It shall be lawful for the Tung Wa Hospital (with the consent
in writing of the Governor) to sell, exchange, mortgage, or in any
manner dispose of, or (without such consent) to let or demise for
any term not exceeding 3 years any of the inessuages, tenements,
lands and nereditaments hereby vested in or hereafter acquired by
the Tung Wa Hospital for the purposes of this Ordinance., avid also
to do any other act, matter or thing in relation to any such
inessuages, lands, teDements and licreditaments the Tung
Wa Hospital shall deem necessary or expedient.

5. Upon any such sale, mortgage or disposition of any of the said
niessuages, lands, tenements and hereditanients the signature of
the Governor endorsed upon the deed or other doeuinent effectu-
ating such sale, mortgage or disposition, shall be sufficient evidence
that the consent require by the least section has been obtained.

6. Subject to the provisions of the Trustee Ordinance, 1901, the
Tung Wa Hospital may lend any moneys which are subject to the
provisions 0, this Ordinance on the security of mortgage of any
leasehold messuages, lands, tenernents or hereditanients and may
exercise all the ordinary rights, powers and privileges of a.
mortgagee as to foreclosure or sale of the mortgaged property or
otherwise.

7. All the messuages, lands, hereditarnents and premises, pro-
perties and monies by this Ordinance transferred to and vested in
the Tung Wa Hospital, and all other properties and monies
acquired by the Tung Wa Hospital under or by virtue of the
provisions of this Ordinance, or hereafter given or bequeathed to the
Tung Wa Hospital for the purposes of this Ordinance, shall form a

As aniended by No. 12 of 1912,
As amended bv No. 50 of 1911.
As amended Q No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





separate fund, which is hereinafter referred to as the - Man Mo
Temple Fund '.

8. The Man Mo Temple Fund shall be used for the followin
objects only :-
(a) To provide for the upkeep of the Man Mo Temple and the
maintenance of the dustomarv religious observances thereof.
v

9

'(b) To keep the buildings belonging to the fund in good repair.
or for the purpose of altering, adding to, pulling down or rebuilding
the said buildings or any of thein or of erecting any new or
additional buildings for the purposes of this Ordinance.
(c) Subject to the approval of a special meeting of the Chinese.
coninitinity of Elongkong to be convened by the Directors of the
Tung Wa Hospital to be publicly advertised and to be held in the
last month of each Chinese year, to pay out of the surplus revenue
of the said fund an annual subsription of not less than 2,500 doilars
to be applied to such of the purposes of the Tting Wa Hospital as the
Directors thereof may direct.
(d) To maintain frec schools in Hongkong for the purpose
of giving an education in Chinese to persons of Chinese race.
(e) To assist any charitable or philanthropic institution of benefit
to the Chinese community of Hongkong.

9. The Directors of the Tung Wa Hospital shall have power to
make regulations for their procedure in the transaction of business
tinder this Ordinance and generally for. all matters relating to the
administration and discipline of the Temple and the Temple Fund :
Provided always that a copy of such regulations shall be furnished
to the Colonial Secretary, and every such regulation shall be subject
to disallowance at any tinie by the Governor-in-Council.

10. The Directors of the Tting Wa Hospital shall

(1) keep a separate account of the Man Mo Temple Fund and
cause proper books of account of such fund to be kept, which shall
be open during the first inonth of each Year of the Chinese calendar
to the inspection of any person interested therein, and at, any tune
to the inspection of any person whom the Governor-in-Council may
appoint
in that behalf ; and,

As amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended b~ v No. 50 of' 11)11 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended t~y No. 40 of 1912.





(12) within one month after the expiration of every year of tire
Chinese calendar, transmit to the Colonial Secretary a true state~
ment of the assets and liabilities of the Man Mo Temple Fund and
an account of its receipts and disbursements during the previous~
year; such statement shall include a schedule of all niessuages,
lands, tenements, hereditaments, mortgages and other investments
inclu-aed in the fund, and such statement shall, if required, be
verified upon oath before a Justice of the Peace by two members of
the Board.

11. In case it is at any tline shown to the satisfaction of
the Governor-in-Council, that the Tung Wa Hospital has ceased, or
neglected, or failed to carry out in a proper rnanner the objects arid
purposes of this Ordinance or to fulfil the conditions thereof or that
sufficient funds cannot be obtained by voluntary. contributions or
otherwise to defray the necessary experses of maintaining the sald
Temple, or that the Man Mo Temple Fund is insolvent, or, in case
the Tung Wa Hospital shall cease to exist as a corporation, it shall
be lawful for the Governor, with the advice of the
Council, by air Ordinance to be passed for that to repeal this
Ordinance: Provided always that 6 months notice of the Governor's
intention to introcloce such air Ordinance into Coutwil sliall be,
previously given to the Tung Wa Hospitnl unless it has ceased to
exist as a corporation.

12. In the event of the remal of this Ordinance all the property
and assets of the Mna Mo Temple Fund shall become vested in the
Crown, subject to the rateable payinent thereout of the just debts
and liabilities of the sald fund to the extent of such property and
assets and in such manner as may be provided by the repealing Or-
dinance or by any order to be made in that behalf by the Governor-
in-Council.

13. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect or be deemed to affee
the rights of His Majesty the King.

1. Section K of Marine Lot 140.
2. Inland Lot No. 338.
3 Inland Lot No 338A.

SCHEDULE.
5. Inland Lot No. 39.5.
6 Inland Lot No. 396.
7. Section A of Inland Lot. No, 85,3,4. Sub-section 1 of Section A of Inland 8. Inland Lot No. 854.
Lot No. 381 and the Remainin-
Portion of Inland Lot No. 38

As ainended' by No. 21 of 1912.
As araended by No. 12 of 1912.
Cf. No. 1 of 1870. Short title. Property of Temple vested in Tung Wa Hospital. Power to acquire and hold lands. Power to sell, etc., and to demise. Consent of Governor how evidenced. Power to lend money on mortgage. No.5 of 1901. Properties transferred to form a separate fund. Man Mo Temple Fund. Regulations. Keeping of books of account, etc. Provision for repeal of the Ordinance in certain cases. Disposal of property in case of repeal of Ordinance. Saving of rights of Crown.

Abstract

Cf. No. 1 of 1870. Short title. Property of Temple vested in Tung Wa Hospital. Power to acquire and hold lands. Power to sell, etc., and to demise. Consent of Governor how evidenced. Power to lend money on mortgage. No.5 of 1901. Properties transferred to form a separate fund. Man Mo Temple Fund. Regulations. Keeping of books of account, etc. Provision for repeal of the Ordinance in certain cases. Disposal of property in case of repeal of Ordinance. Saving of rights of Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/960

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

154

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 10 of 1908

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:46 +0800
<![CDATA[HONGKONG AND KOWLOON WHARF AND GODOWN COMPANY'S ORDINANCE, 1908]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/959

Title

HONGKONG AND KOWLOON WHARF AND GODOWN COMPANY'S ORDINANCE, 1908

Description


No. 6 of 1908.

To authorise the making of By-laws by the Hongkong and Kow--
loon Wharf and Godown Comany.

[22nd April, 1908.]
1. The Hongkong and Kowloon Wharf and Godown Company's
Ordinance, 1908.

2. In this Ordinance,-


The company---means the Hongkong and Kowloon Wharf an
Godown Company, Limited, their successors and assigns

An Offcial of the company---includes only the persons acting in
the following capacitles:-director, general manager, manager,
b ~D
secretary, chief clerk, berthing master, superintendeDt engineer,
cargo superintendent, wharfinger.

3. The company shall have power, subject to the approval of the
Governor-in-Council, to make by-laws in connection with the con-
duct of its business and the maintenance of order on its premises,
and such by-laws may prohibit conditionally or otherwise the user
by passengers or by the public of the company's piers and premises,
anything contained in section 12 of the Piers Ordinance, 1899, to
the contrary notwithstanding.

4. A copy of every by-law clearly printed in English and Chinese
in large type shall be posted in a conspicuous place on the
company's business premises and on each of the company's piers.
Is. 5,,rpp. No. 12 of 1.919---]

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No.42 of 1912 -and No. 4.3 of 1912 Supp, Sebed.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
6. Every person who commits a breach of any such by-law shall,
on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars
for the first offence, and for every subsequent offence to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars.

Short title. Interpretation of terms. By-laws. No.11 of 1899. Copies to be posted. Penalty.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. By-laws. No.11 of 1899. Copies to be posted. Penalty.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/959

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1023

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 6 of 1908

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:45 +0800
<![CDATA[FIRE INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, 1908]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/958

Title

FIRE INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, 1908

Description



No. 3 of 1908.
To authorise the removal of Fire Insurance Companies front the
Register of Companies in certain cases.
[7th February, 1908.1
1. The Fire Insurance Companies Ordinance, 1908.

2. In this Ordinance,-
---Fire insurance company'shall include any corporate association

registered under the Companies Ordinance which issues or is or
becomes liable tinder policies of fire insurance within the Colony.
- Registrar - means the Registrar of Companies.

1-M The Governor may upon such grounds as he may deem
sufficient appoint one or more inspectors to examine into the affairs
of any fire insurance company registered under the Companies
Ordinance.

(2) It shall be the duty of all officers and agents of the company
to producQ for examination by the inspector all books and documents
in their custody or power.
(3) Any inspector may examine upon oath the officers and agents
of the company in relation to its business and may administer such
oath accordingly.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As arnerided by No. 30 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





(4) If any officer or agent refuses to produce any book or docu-
ment hereby directed to be produced or to answer any question
relating to the affairs of the company he shall be liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine not exceeding -50 dollars for each offence.

4.-M On the conclusion of the examination the inspector shall
report his opinion to the Colonial Secretary, and if it shall appear
to the satisfaction of the Governor-in-Council from such report that
such company is unable, to rneet its liabilities and pay its debts the
Governor-in-Cotinell may authorise the Registrar to strike such
e
company off the register of companies.

(2) The. Registrar shall forthwith strike the. name of such com-
pany off the register and shall publish notice thereof in the Gazette,
and on such publication the company whose name is so struck off
shall be dissolved : Provided that the liability, if any, of every
director, managing officer, and member of the company shall con-
timic and inav be enforced as if the company had not, been dis-
solved.

0A copy of such notice shall be sent. to such company and may
either be sent by post or be delivered by hand addressed to
the company at its registered office, or, if no office has been
registered, addressed to the care of some director or officer of the
company, or, if there is no director or officer of the company whose
name and address are known to the Registrar, the notice may be
sent, or delivered to each of the persons who subscribed the memo-
randum of association, addressed to him at the address mentioned
in that memorandum.

(4) In the execution of his duties under this section the Registrar
shall conform to any regulations made by the Governor-in-Council.

5. If any company or member or creditor thereof feels aggrieved
by the name of such company having been struck off the register
in pursuance of the last section, the company or member or creditor
may apply to the Court, and the Court, if it is satisfied that the
Company is able to meet its liabilities and pay its debts or other-
wise that it is just to do so, may order the name of the company to
be restored to the register, and thereupon the company shall be
deemed to have continued in existence as if the name thereof had

As antended by No. 19 of 1908, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
As arnended by No. 19 of 1908 and 1Co. 50 of 1911.

never been struck off; and the Court may, by the order, give such
directions and make such provisions as may seern just for placing
the company and all other persons in the same position, as nearly
as may be, as if the name of the company had never been struck
off.

Short title. Interpretation of terms No.58 of 1911. Examination of affairs of fire insurance companies. No.58 of 1911. Governor-in-Council may order delinquent fire insurance companies to be struck off the register. Court may restore the name of company.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms No.58 of 1911. Examination of affairs of fire insurance companies. No.58 of 1911. Governor-in-Council may order delinquent fire insurance companies to be struck off the register. Court may restore the name of company.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/958

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

41

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 3 of 1908

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:45 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINESE PUBLICATIONS (PREVENTION) ORDINANCE, 1907]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/957

Title

CHINESE PUBLICATIONS (PREVENTION) ORDINANCE, 1907

Description


No. 15 of 1907.

To preuent the publication in the Cololiy of matter calculated to
disturb the peace of China. [I1th October, 1907.]
WHEREAS, owing to the proximity of the Colony of Hongkong to the
mainland of China and to the tendency to create internal dissen-
sion in that country it is deemed expedient to prohibit within the
Colony the publication of matter calculated to excite such dissen-
sion:-

1. The Chinese Publications (Prevention) Ordinance, 1907.

2. Every person who within the Colony prints, publishes, or
offers for sale or distributes any printed or written newspaper or
book or other publication containing matter calculated to excite

As amended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
; As amended by No. 80 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
tumult or disorder in China or to excite persons to crime in China
shall be guilty of an offence and be liable to imprisonment for any
term not exceeding 2 years and to a, fine not exceeding . 500 dollars.
Is. 3, rep. No. 12 of 1912.]

Short title. Publication of matter calculated to excite disorder in China.

Abstract

Short title. Publication of matter calculated to excite disorder in China.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/957

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

268

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 15 of 1907

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:44 +0800
<![CDATA[LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, 1907]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/956

Title

LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, 1907

Description


No. 11 of 1907.
Relating to Life Insurance Companies. [27th July, 1907.]
1. The Life Insurance Companies Ordinance, 1907.

2. In this Ordinance,-

Life insurance company,' (hereinafter referred.to as ---com-
pany -) except where otherwise stated, shall include any person
whatsoever or any association, corporate or unineorporate, not

As arnended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No.12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.





being established under any Ordinance relating to friendly societies,
who issue or are or become liable under policies of insurance upon
human life within the Colony, or who grant armuities upon human
life within the Colony, or by any other means carry on the business
of life insurance within the Colony; and shall include companies
established out of Hongkong as well as those established in Hong-
kong, companies registered in Hongkong which carry on the busi-
ness of life insurance in China, and also mutual associations as well
as proprietary.

---Carryon the business of life insurance' shall include the receipt,
either directly or through an agent, of applications for policies of
insurance on human life, or for annuities upon human life, and the
receipt, either directly or through an agent, of premiums or other
payments for or in respect of such policies or annuities, whether
such policies or annuities are or are not issued or payable the
Colony, and whether the company has or has not an office within
the Colony.

Chairman--- means the person presiding over the board of
11

directors of any company.

---Policy holder ' means the legal holder of a policy for securing

the life insurance, endowment, annuity or other contract with the

company.

Policy ' includes a contract for a policy for securing a life

insurance, endowment, or annuity.
---Financial year---means each period of 12 months at the end of
which the balance of the accounts of the company is struck ; or if
no such balance is struck, then each period of 12. months ending
with 31st December.
---Registrar ' means the Registrar of Companies under the
Companies Ordinance, 1911.
' Official Trustee ' means the Official Trustee appointed under
the Trustee Ordinance, 1.901.

PART I.
Conditions to be complied with by life assurance companies.
1-M Every company, wherever established, which shall begin
to carry on the business of life insurance within the Colony, and

As amended by No. 12 of 1910, NO. 50 Of 1911, No. 8 of 1912,
No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and No. 23 of
^12.





every company registered in Hongkong which shall begin to carry
on the business of life insurance in China, shall deposit with the
Registrar securities to be approved by the Governor-in-Council to
the value of 50,000 dollars.

(2) Every company, wherever established, which before the pass-
ing of this Ordinance carried on the business of life insurance in
Hongkong, if it continues to carry on such business in Hongkong,
and every company registered in Honokong which before the
passing of this Ordinance had carried on the business of life insur-
ance in China,, if it intends to carry on such business in the Colony
or in China, shall deposit, within 6 months from the commence-
ment of this Ordinance, with the Registrar, securities approved as
aforesaid to the value of 50,OOD dollars.

(.3) Provided that a company which had before the commence-
ment of this Ordinance commenced to carry on the business of life
insurance in Hongkong, or being registered in Hongkong had
commenced to carry on the business of life insurance in China,
shall not be deemed to continue to carry on such business by reason
only of receiving premiums in respect of policies or other contracts
made before the commencement of this Ordinance but if any such
conipaity, after the commencement of this Ordinance, carries on
the business of life insurance except in respect of a. policy
contracted for before the coininencenient of this Ordinance, such
compans- shall be subject to the provisions of this section as if It.
were a life insurance company commencing to carry on the
business of life insurance.

(4) ln augmentation of the deposit mentioned in sub-sections (1)
and (2), every company liable to make a. deposit under this section
shall be required to make further deposit up to 200,000 dollars, and
until such further deposit is made it shall send in yearly to
the Registrar returns under the oath of the such policies
secreatry, or other principal officer of the company of the amount


of premiums received by the company on account of such policies
issued, granted, or entered into in Hongkong, and in the case of a
company registered in Hongkong, entered into in China, by such
company whether before or after the commencement of this Or-
dinance, as the company is, for the tinie being liable in respect of.
And the company shall after deducting 25 per cent. therefrom. and
the net amount of losses or claims actually paid in respect of such
policies, deposit with the Registrar securities of such kinds as;





aforesaid, to the value of such balance of premiums, until the
deposit equals 200,000 dollars.
(5) The whole or any part of such deposit may be a deposit
receipt given by any bank in Hongkong incorporated or regulated
by or under any Ordinance or approved by the Governor in the
name of the Official Trustee:. and such deposit shall be deemed a
security deposited with the Registrar.
(6) If any securities deposited under this Ordinance with the
Registrar are, while so deposited, lost, stolen, destroyed, or
damaged, the injury sustained by the persons making suel) deposit,
or by any other person interested therein, shall be made good out
of moneys to be appropriated for the purpose by the Legislative
Council.
(7) All securities deposited with the Registrar shall be lodged by
him with the Treasurer for safe custody.

4. Any company may, on giving due notice to the Reo---istrar,
withdraw from his custody any securities so deposited, on deposit-
ing with him approved securities of an equal value, and such
0
substituted securities shall for all purposes be treated as securities
originally deposited.

5. The Covernor shall in any case, whether of original or sub-
stituted deposit, be the sole judge of the value of such securities
for the purposes of such deposit, and his decision shall be final and
conclusive.
Is. 6, rep. N1o. 8 of 1909, s. 2.]

7. The Registrar shall, annually, half yearly, or at shorter
periods, as shall be prescribed, prepare a report of each company
which shall have made any deposit of securities, showing the
nature and value of the securities deposited.

8. The Registrar shall not issue a certificate of incorporation to
a company intending to carry on the business of life insurance in
the Colony or in China unless such deposit as aforesaid shall have
been made to the extent of 50,000 dollars.
Such deposit may be made by the subscribers of the memorandum
of association of such coinpany, or any of them, in the name of

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





the proposed company, and such deposit upon the incorporation of
such company shall be deemed to have been made by and to be
part of the assets of such company.

9. Any company which may have made a deposit of securities
.Under this Ordinance may, on ceasing to carry on the business of
life insurance in Hongkong or in China, as the case may be, and
on the following conditions being complied with or performed,
withdraw froni such deposit any or all of the securities so
deposited
- (1) on the expiration of a notice in writing which shall be given
to the Registrar by such company at least 6 months before, the
intended withdrawal; and
(2) on satisfying the Registrar that, from the time of giving such
notice until the date of the intended withdrawal, such company has
not, except as to policies or contracts made before the giving of
such notice, carried on the business of life insurance in Hongkong
or in China, as the case may be:
Provided always that none of the securities so deposited shall be
withdrawnuntil such company shall have satisfied the Registar, 1

that it has no existing life insurance business whatever in the
Colony.
The Registrar shall cause, every notice so given as in this section
provided, and also his decision with regard to every such proposed
withdrawal, to be published at the cost of the company as he may
think fit.

10. No company having given any such notice as in the preced-
ing section provided shall thereafter recomniertce to carry on the
business of life insurance in Hongkong or China, as the case may
be, unless it shall first make the deposit provided for in section 3
as in the case of a com any beginning to carry on such business;
p 1
but such new deposit shall be treated as a separate deposit from any
securities remaining deposited under section 9. Provided that the
receipt of premiums or other moneys in respect of policies made
before such. notice and the discharge of liabilities thereon, and 11e
doing of other acts relating to such policies, shall not be deemed
to be a recommencement of a carrying on of business- within the
meaning of this section.

As aniended by No. 8 of 1909, No. 8 of 1912 and Xo. 13 of 1912.
As arriended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and
No. 4-3 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





11. In the case of a. company, established before or after
the commencement of this Ordinance, transacting other business
besides that of life insurance, a separate account shall be kept of all
receipts in respect of the life insurance and annuity contracts of
the company, and the said receipts shall be carried to and form a
separate fund, to be called the life insurance fund, of the company,
and such fund shall be as absolutely the securitY of the life-policy
and annuity holders as though it belonged to a, company carrying on
no other business than that of life insurance, and shall not be liable
for a ny contracts of the company for which it would not have been
liable had the business of the coinpany been only that of life
insurance: and in respect to all existing companies, the exemption
of the life insurance fund from liability for other obligations than
to its life-policy holders shall have reference only to the contracts
entered into after the commencement of this Ord'inance, unless by
the constitution of the company such exeniption already exists
but this Ordinance shall not diminish the liability of any life
insurance fund for any contracts of such conipany entered into
before the commencement of this Ordinance : Provided alwavs that
this section shall not apply to anly contracts made by any life
insurance company existing at the commencement of this Ordi-
nance by the terms of whose deed of settlement the whole of the
profits of all the. business are paid exclusively to the life-policy
holders, and on the face of which contracts the liability of the
insured distinctly appears.

12. Every company shall, at the expiration of each financial Year
of such conipany, prepare a statement of its re ' venue account for
such year, and of its balance sheet at the close of such Year, in the
forms respectively contained in the Ist and 2nd scheddes.

13. Every company which, concurrently with the granting of
policies of insurance or annuities on human life, transacts any other
kind of insurance or other business, shall at the expiration of each
such financial year as aforesaid prepare statements of its revenue
account for such year, and of its balance sheet at the close of such
year, in the forms respectively contained in the 3rd and 4th
schedules.

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 8 of 1912.





14. Every company shall, once in every 5 years if established
after the commencement of this Ordinance, and once in every 10
years if established before the commencement of this Ordinance, or
at such shorter intervals as may be prescribed by the instrument
constituting such conipany, or by its regulations or by-laws, cause
an investigation to be made into its financial condition by an
actuary and shall cause an abstract of the report of such actuary to
be made in the form in the 5th schedule.

15. Every company shall, within 9 months after the date of each
such investigation as aforesaid, prepare a statement of its life
insurance and annuity business, in the form contained in the 6th
schedule; each of such statements to be made up as at the date of
the last investigation : Provided that 'If such investigation be made
annually by any company, it may prepare such statement at any
time, so that it be made at least once in every 3 years.

The expression ---date of each such investigation--- means the
date to which the accounts of each company are inade up for the
purposes of each such investigation.

16. The Governor-in-Councll may alter the forms in the sche-
dules, for the purpose of idaptiDg them to the circumstances of
any company, or of better carrying into effect the object of this
Part of the Ordinance.

17. Every statement or abstract bereinbefore required to be made
by a coinpany shall be signed by the principal officer thereof
managing the life insurance business in HoncIong and shall be
printed ; and the original, so signed as aforesaid, together with 3
printed copies thereof, shall be deposited with the Registrar within
9 months of the dates respectively hereinbefore prescribed as the
dates at which the same are to be prepared. Every annual state-
ment so deposited shall be accompanied by 3 printed copies of the
abstract required to be made by section 14.

18. The Registrar shall make an examination into each statement
c)
or abstract deposited as.aforesald either alone or with an actuary
appointed by the G9vernor for the purpose ; and the Registrar, or

As amended by 'No. 50 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended b ' ~ No. 50 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and
No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sehed.
As an-tended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended bv N. 12 of 1910 and No. 12 of 1912.





if an actuary be appointed then the Registrar and such actuary,
shall make such report to the Governor on such statement or
abstract as he or they may think fit, and every such report shall be
published in the Gazette.

19. A printed copy of the last-deposited statement, abstract, or
other document by this Ordinance required to be printed shall be
forwarded by the company, by post or otherwise, on application, to
every shareholder and policy holder of the company.

20. Every company not registered under the Conipanies Ordi-
nance, 1865, or the Companies Ordinance, 1911, shall keep a register
of shareholders in like form and containing like partictilars in the
manner provided by such Ordinances respectively, and shall
furnish, on application, to every shareholder and policy holder of
the company, a copy of such book, on paynient of a suin not
exceeding 50 cents for every 100 words required to be co[)led for
such purpose.

21. Every company not registered as aforesaid shall cause a
sufficient rtuniber of copies of its (teed of settlenieril, or other the
Act, Ordinance, charter, or instrument constituting and regulating
the mode of business of such company, to be printed, and shall
furnish, on-application, to every shareholder and policy holder of
the company, a copy of such deed of settlen-ient, Act, Ordinance,
charter, or instrument on payment of a sum not exceeding 1 dollar
and 25 cents.

22. Any printed or other documents required by this Ordinance
to be kept by the Registrar may, on payment of such fees as the
Registrar may direct, be inspected by any person, who may also,
n
on payment of such fees as shall be directed, obtain copies thereof.

23. Every statement, abstract, or other document deposited with
the Registrar shall be receivable in evidence, and every document
purporting to be certified by the Registrar to be such deposited
document, and every document purporting to be similarly certified
to be a copy of such deposited document, shall, if produced out of
the custody of the Registrar, be deemed to be such deposited

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amendel by No. 8 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and to. 43 of 1912
Supp. Selled.





document as aforesaid or a copy thereof, and shall he received in
eidetice as if it were the original document, unless some variation
vi 1
between it and the original document shall be proved.

24. Any life insurance company registered under the Companies
Ordinance, 1865, or the Companies Ordinance, 1911, may be wound
tip by the Court in accordance with the provisions of the Com-
panies Ordinance, 1911, on the application of one or more policy
holders or shareholders, upon its being proved to the satisfaction
of the Court that the company is insolvent ; and in determining
whether or not the conipany is insolvent the Court shall take into
account, upon what it deems, tinder expert advice, to be the proper
bases as to mortality and interest, the value of the contingent and
prospective liabilities of the company: but the Court shall not hear
the petition until security for costs, for such amount as the Judge
shall think reasonable, shall beand until a primd facie case
shall also be established to the satisfaction of the Judge; and in
the case of a proprietiry life insurance company having an uncalled
capital or an amount sufficient, with the future premiums receiv-
able by the life insurance company, to make up the actual invested
assets equal to the amount of the estimated liabilities, the Court
shall stispend further proceedings on the petition for a reasonable
time (In the discretion of the Court) , to enable the uncalled capital
or a sufficient, part thereof to be called up ; and if, at the end of the
original or arty extended time for which the proceedings shall have
been suspended, such amount shall not have been realised by
means of calls as with the already-in vested assets to be equal to
the liabilities, an order shall be made on the petition as if the life
insurance company bad been proved insolvent.

25. The Court, in the case of a company registered as aforesaid
which has been proved to be insolvent as aforesaid, may, if
it thinks fit, reduce the amount of the contracts of the company
upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Court thinks
just, in place of making a winding-up order.

26. Any notice which is by this Ordinance required to be sent to
any policy holder may be addressed and sent to the person to whom
notices respecting such policy are usually sent ; and any notice so
addressed and sent shall be deemed and taken to be notice to the
holder of such policy.

As amended by No. 8 of 1909 and No.. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912,





27. There shall be laid annually before the Legislative Council
the statements and abstracts of reports deposited with the
Registrar under this Ordinance during the preceding year, although
the Registrar may be of opinion that they are not such statements
or abstracts as are required to be prepared by this Ordinance.

PART II.
28. Every company which makes default in complying with any
of the requirements of this Ordinance, where no other penalties are
expressly provided, shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding .50
dollars for every day during which the default continues; and the
chairman, agent, secretary, or other principal officer of the coin-
pally shall be liable to such penalty as well as the company, and in
the case of a company registered under the Companies Ordinance,
1865, or the Companies Ordinance, 1911, if default continues for
a period of 3 months after notice of such default shall have been
published in otie or more newspapers as the Registrar may direct,
the Court mav order the winding-up of such company in accordance
with the provisions of the Companies Ordinance, 1911, upon the
application of one or more policy holders or shareholders.

29.-(15 Where the Registrar has reasonable' cause to believe
that a company registered in Hongkoug under the Companies
Ordinance, 186.5, or the Companies Ordinance, 1911, is earrying on
the business of life insurance in China without having complied
with the requirements of this Ordinance, lie shall publish in the
Gazette and send to the company a notice that at the expiration of
3 months from the date of that notice the name of the company
mentioned therein will, unless cause be shown to the contrary, be
struck oft the register and the company will be dissolved.

(2) At the expiration of the time mentioned in the notice the
Registrar may, unless cause to the contrary is previously shown by
the company, strike the name of the company off the register, and
shall publish notice thereof in the Gazette, and on such publication
the company whose name is so struck oiT shall be dissolved: Pro-
vided that the liability, if any, of every director, managing officer,
and member of the company shall continue and may be enforced
as if the company had not been dissolved.

As amended by No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1909, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





(3) If any company or member or creditor thereof feels aggrieved
by the name of such company having been struck off the register
in pursuance of this section, the company or member or creditor
may apply to the Court, and the Court, if it be satisfied that it is
just to do so, may order the name of the company to be restored
to the register and thereupon the company shall be deemed to have
continued in existence as if the name thereof had never been
struck off, and the Court may, by the order, give such directions
and make such provisions as seem 1
< just for placing the company and
all other persons in the same positions, as nearly as may be, as if
the name of the company ha`d never been struck off.

(4) A letter or notice authorised or required for the purposes of
this section to be sent to a company may either be sent by post or
be delivered by hand addressed to the company at its registered
office, or, if no office has been registered, addressed to the care
of some director or officer of the corripany, or, if there is no director
or. officer of the company whose name and address are known to
the Registrar, the letter or notice (in identical form) may be
sent or delivered to each of the persons who subscribed the
memorandum of association, addressed to him at the address men-
tioned in tbat memorandum.
(.5) In the execution of his duties under this section the
Regustrar shall conform to any regulationis which may be made by
the Governor-in-Counell.

310. If ,
try statement, abstract, or other document required by
this Ordinance is false in any particular to the knowledge of any
person who signs or deposits the same, such person shall be liable,
on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for any term not,
exceeding 2 Years, and to a fine not exceeding .500 dollars, or, on
summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars.

31. Where by this Ordinance any statement or abstract is
required to be made or furnished by any company the Governor
may, if lie thinks fit, direct that such statement or abstract shall
be submitted to an independent aettiary for investigation. The
cost of such investigation shall be notified to the company by the
Treasurer and shall be paid forthwith by the company to the
Treasurer.

As aniended bv No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended Q N1o. 12 of 1910, No. 50 of 1911 and No. 8 of 1912.





32. Every penalty imposed by this Ordinance shall, unless other-
wise provided, only be recovered summarily

The provisions of this Ordinance shall not apply to any life
any '*f e
1
insurance company which has wade a deposit in Great Britain
nd
io
under the provisions of the Life Assorance Acts, 1870 to 1872, and
8
the Governor-in- Council may at any time, in his discretion and for

In '
such period and on such conditions as he may think fit, exempt
from any or all the provisions of this Ordinance -any life insurance
company.

34. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Counell to make regula-
tions for carrying into effect the purposes of this Ordinance.

FIRST SCHEDULE

REVENUE ACCOUNT of the

19
(Date.)

for the Year ending 19



As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1909 and No. 12 of 1912.





19 .
(Date.)



Note1-Companies having separate accounts for annuities to return
the particulars of their annuity business in a separate statement.
Note 2-Itenis in this and in the accounts in the 3rd and 5th
schedules should be the net amounts, after deduction of the amounts
paid and received in respect of reassurance-,.
Note 3------Premiums received on New Policies--- mean premiums
of the first year actually received or falling due within the year of
account.

SECOND SCHEDULE

BALACE SHEET OF THE ,on the ,19


1910.







These items are included in the corresponding items in the Ist
schedule.

THIRD SCHEDULE.

~REVENUE ACCOUNTS of the , for the


~ As amended by No. 8 of 1903 and No. 12 of 1912.






Note-Companies having separate accounts for annuities to return
the particulars of their annuity business in a separate state-
ment. ---Premiums received on new policies--- mean pre-
miurns of the first Year actually received or fallin. due within
the Year of accoun.

(No. 2) PROFIT AND Loss AcCOUNT.


Note.-This account is not required if items have been incorporated
in the other accounts of this schedule.





FOURTH SCHEDULE.

BALANCE SHEET Of the



As amended by No. 8 of 1909. No. 12 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912
also G. N. 2 of 1910.





FIFTH SCHEDULE.

STATEMENT RESPECTING THE VALUATION OF THE LIABILITIES UNDER
LIFE POLICIES AND ANNUITIES OF THE
TO BE MADE BY THE ACTUARY

(The answers should be numbered to accord with the numbers of the
corresponding questions.)



c

1. The date up to which the valuation is made,

2. The principles upon which the valuation and distribution of profits
among the policy holders are made, and whether these principles were
c
determined by le instrument constituting the company, or by its re-
gulations or by-laws,or otherwise.
3_ The table or tables of mortaity used in the valuation.

4. The rate or rates of interest assumed in the calculations.

5. The proportion of the annual premium income reserved as a
provision for future expenses and profit. (If none, state how this
provision is made.)
6. The consolidated revenue account since the last valuation, or, in
case of a company which has made no valuation, since the commence-
ment of the business. (This return should be made in the form
annexed.)
'4. The liabilities of the company under life policies and annuities at
the date of tile valuation, showing the number of policies, the amount
assured, and the amount of premiums payable annually under each

class of policies, both with and without participation in profits, and also
the net liabilities and assets of the company, with the amount of
surplus or deficieney. (These returns should be made in the forms
annexed.)

8. The time during which a policy must be in force in order to entitle
it to share in the profits.

9. The results of the valuation, showing---
0
(1) The total amount of profit made by the company,
(2) The amount of profit divided among the policy holders, and the
number and amount of the policies which participated.
(3) The amount of profit brought forward from the previous valua-
tion, the profits allotted to whole life assurances and endowment
assurances respectively, and also the profits divided amongst the share
holders.
(4) Specimens of bonuses allotted to policies for 1,000 dollars effected
at the respective -ages of 20, 30, 40 and 50, and having been respectively
in force for 5 years, 10 years, and upwards at intervals of 5 years
respectively, together witfi the amounts apportioned under the various
modes in which the bonus might be received.

As aniended by No. 8 of 1909 and No, 12 of 1912.





(Form referred to under heading No. 6 in the 5th schedule.)
Consolidated Revenue Account of the for years, coin-
mencing and ending

(Form reffered to under heading No.7 in the 5th schedule.)
Summary and Valuation of the Policics of the, as at, 19





The term ' extra premium - in this Ordinance be taken to mean
the charge for any risk not provided for in the minimum contract pre-
mium.

Separate schedules similar in form to the above must be furnished in)
respect of policies; valued by different mortrality tables, or at different
rates of interest.

(Form referred to under heading No. 7 in 5th schedule.)
?3

Valuation Balance Sheet of






SIXTH SCHEDULE.

STATEMENT OF THE LIFE ASSURANCE AND ANNUITY BUSINESS OF THE
, ON THE ' 19 .

(The answers should be numbered to accord with the numbers of the
corresponding questions. Statements of re-assurances, correspond-
ing to the statements in respect of assurances under headings 2, 4,
6, 7, and 8, are to be given).

1. The published table or tables of premiums for assurauces for the
whole term of life which are in use at the date above meutioned and
the office rates of premium for endowment assurances published and in
force at thedate of the valuation.

2. The total amount assured on lives for the whole term of life with
uniform premiums throughout life or for whole term of life with limited
premiums which are in existence at the date above mentioned,dis-
tinguishing the portions assured with and without profits, stating
separately the total reversionary bonuses, and specifying the sums
assured for each year of life from the youngest to the oldest ages.

3. A separate statement is to be given of premiums pavable for a
limited number of vears classified accordin- to the number of years'
payment to be made.

4. The amount of premiums receivable annually for each Year of life,
after deducting the abatements made by the appleation of bonuses in
respect of*the respective assurauces mentioned under heading, No. 2,
distinguishing ordinary from extra. premiums.

5. The total amount assured under endowinent assurances specifying
. 0
sums assured, reversionay bonuses, and office yearly premiums
separately in respect of each calendar year in which such assurances
will mature for payment, and stating also the average age, as at the
valuation date, in respect of each sucli calendar 'Year of maturity, dis-
tinguishing assurances with and without participation in profits
0

6. The total amount assured under classes of assurance business
other than for the whole term of life, and other than endown-ient.
assurances, distinguishing the sums assured under each class, and
stating separately the amount assured with and without profits, and
the total amount of reversionary bonuses.

1*

7. The amount of premiums receivable annuall in respect of each
such special class of assurauces mentioned under lwadine, No. 6 dis-
tinguishing ordinary from extra premiums.

8. The total amount of premiums which has been received from the
commencement upon all policies under each special class mentioned
under hea-ding No. 6 which are in force at the date above mentioned.

As amended by No. 8 of 1909 and No. 22 of 1912 also by G. N. 2 of
1910.

9. The total amount of immediate annuities oil lives, distinguishing
the amounts for each year of life.
10. The amount of all annuities other than these specified under
heading No. 9 distinguishing the amount of annuities payable under
each class, the amount of premiums annually receivable, and the
amount of consideration money receivable in respect of each such class,
and the total amount of premiums received from the commencement
upon all deferred annuities.

11. The average rate of interest yielded by the assets whether
invested or uninvested constituting the Life Insurance Fund of the
company, calculated upon the mean fund of each year during the period
since the last investigation.
0
12. A table of minimurn values, if any, allowed for the surrender of
policies for the whole term of life, and ior endowninent assurances, or
a statement of the method pursued in calculating such surrender values,
with instances of its application to policies of different standing and
taken out at various interval age, from the youngest llo the oldest.
Z~
Separate statements to be furnished for business transacted accord-
ina to different office rates of premium together with a statement of the
manner in which policies on unhealthy lives are dealt with.

Short title. Interpretation of terms. No. 58 of 1911. No. 5 of 1901. Deposit [ 33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 3.] Existing companies, before continuing business, must deposit, etc. Deposits may be withdrawn and others substituted. Decision as to value of securities. Registrar to make periodical report showing value of securities. Certificate of incorporation not to be given till deposit made. Withdrawal of deposit. After notice given of withdrawal of deposit company not to carry on business. Life funds to be separate from receipts of other business. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 4.] Statements to be made by companies. [ib. s. 5.] Statements by company doing other than life business. [ib. s. 6.] Actuarial report and abstract. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 7.] Statement of life and annuity business. [ib. s. 8.] Forms may be altered. [ib. s. 9.] Statements, etc., to be signed and deposited with the Registrar. [ib. s. 10.] Statements and abstracts to be examined by the Registrar and his report to be published. Copy of statement to be given to shareholders, etc. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 11.] List of shareholders. [ib. s. 12.] Deed of settlement to be printed. [ib.s. 13.] Documents may be inspected . [ib. s. 16] Documents to be received in evidence. [ib. ss 17.] Circumstances under which company may be wound up by the Court [33 & 34 Vict. C.61 s. 21.] Power of Court to reduce contracts. [ib.s. 22.] Notices to policy holder. [ib. s. 23.] Statements, etc., to be laid before Legislative Council. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 24.] Penalty for non-compliance with Ordinance. [ib. s. 18.] Procedure for striking off register a company contravening provisions of Ordinance. Penalty for falsifying statements, etc. [33 & 34 Vict c. 61 s. 19] Investigation by actuary. Recovery of penalties. Ordinance not to apply to company with deposit in Great Britain. Regulations.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. No. 58 of 1911. No. 5 of 1901. Deposit [ 33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 3.] Existing companies, before continuing business, must deposit, etc. Deposits may be withdrawn and others substituted. Decision as to value of securities. Registrar to make periodical report showing value of securities. Certificate of incorporation not to be given till deposit made. Withdrawal of deposit. After notice given of withdrawal of deposit company not to carry on business. Life funds to be separate from receipts of other business. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 4.] Statements to be made by companies. [ib. s. 5.] Statements by company doing other than life business. [ib. s. 6.] Actuarial report and abstract. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 7.] Statement of life and annuity business. [ib. s. 8.] Forms may be altered. [ib. s. 9.] Statements, etc., to be signed and deposited with the Registrar. [ib. s. 10.] Statements and abstracts to be examined by the Registrar and his report to be published. Copy of statement to be given to shareholders, etc. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 11.] List of shareholders. [ib. s. 12.] Deed of settlement to be printed. [ib.s. 13.] Documents may be inspected . [ib. s. 16] Documents to be received in evidence. [ib. ss 17.] Circumstances under which company may be wound up by the Court [33 & 34 Vict. C.61 s. 21.] Power of Court to reduce contracts. [ib.s. 22.] Notices to policy holder. [ib. s. 23.] Statements, etc., to be laid before Legislative Council. [33 & 34 Vict. C. 61 s. 24.] Penalty for non-compliance with Ordinance. [ib. s. 18.] Procedure for striking off register a company contravening provisions of Ordinance. Penalty for falsifying statements, etc. [33 & 34 Vict c. 61 s. 19] Investigation by actuary. Recovery of penalties. Ordinance not to apply to company with deposit in Great Britain. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/956

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

41

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 11 of 1907

Number of Pages

21
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:44 +0800
<![CDATA[NEDERLANDSCH-INDISCHE HANDEL-MAATSCHAPPIJ ORDINANCE, 1907]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/955

Title

NEDERLANDSCH-INDISCHE HANDEL-MAATSCHAPPIJ ORDINANCE, 1907

Description


No. 10 of 1907.

For giving to the Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij certain
facilities for carrying on its business in the Colony.
[24th July, 1907.]
WHEREAS a company has been incorporated in the Netherlands for
the transaction of trading, banking, and financial business under
the name of the Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij under
Royal Decrees of the late King of the Netherlands whereby the
liability of the shareholders is limited to the amount of their shares
respectively: AND WHEREAs an agency of the said company has
been established in this Colony: AND WHEREAS it appears tCt the
said company has in accordance with with the law of the Netherlands
no common seal and is therefore unable to exercise divers of the
powers which corporations havin. comynon seals can and may
exercise: AND WHEREAS it is expedient-to enable the said company
to carry on its business in the Colony in like ni.anner as though it
had been incorporated under the law of this Colony:-

1. The Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij Ordinance, 1907.

2. The said company shall be capable in law ;,o take, hold, and
dispose.of property, movable or immovable, within the Colony for
the purpose of its business.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





3.-M The said company inay sue and be sued and take all legal
proceedings in the Courts of the Colony bY the name of the
Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij.

(2) All writs of summous, notices, and legal process may
he served on the said company by being left, at the office in Hong-
kong hereinafter mentioned, or at any other office in the Colony
where. the husiness of the said company shall be carried on.

4.-(1) All conveyances, powers of attorney, deeds and other
instruments of whatsoever nature which if the said company were
an English corporation would re(julre to be scaled with the common
seal of the said corporation, shall be vAid and effectual for all
purposes if the same be. executed and signed in the name or on
behalf of the said company under the hand and seal of the rnanager
of the said company's agency in Hongkong.

(2) Nothing in this section shall render invalid any other mode
of execution which may bc prescribed by the statutes of the said
company and which would be valid by the law of the Colony had
this Ordinance not. been passed.

5. The manager of the agenes, in Hongkong of the said company
c
shall have an office in Hongkong for the transaction of the business
n
of the company, on the outside of which shall be kept painted and
affixed in a consplcious position in letters easily legible the name
of the said company.

6.-(1) Such manager shall cause a memorial in the form and
to the effect set forth in schedule A, or as near thereto as the cir-
cumstances of the case will admit, verified by a statutory declaration
in writing to be filed in the office of the Registrar of Companies.

(2) Such memorial shall, prior to being filed, be signed by the
said manager and shall be accompanied by or have annexed. thereto
or endorsed thereon copies of the. decrees, notarial acts, articles and
other instruments, under which the company is established, and
copies of the varlous rules under which the business of the company
is conducted, and -also translations into the. English language of
such copies, such translations being verified by statutory declaration
or otherwise to the satisfaction of such Registrar.

7. No memorial shall be filed unless the authority of the manager
by whom it is signed and the copies of the decrees, acts, deeds and

As aniended by No. 12 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 43 of 1912.





other documents accompanying the memorial shall be authenticated
either by the signature, and seal of offlice of one of the Ministers of
the Government of the Netherlands at the Hague, such signature
and seal being verified by a British Ambassador or Consular Officer,
or nDless the same shall be authenticated by the signature and scal
of one of the 'Secretaries of the Governillent of -'Netherlands India
at Batavia and countersigned by the British Consul at Batavia.

8. Whenever any new or other manager of the agency in Hong-
kong of the said company shall be appointed or ally change in or
~n
addition to any of the facts stated in any memorial which may have
been filed shall take place, a like memorial in the form and to the
effect set forth in schedule B, verified as aloresald, shall, as soon as
may be after suell appointment, change or addition shall hase been
made be filed as aforesaid, specifying the name and description of
such new or other manager, and containing a statement of the
change or addition which may have taken placc in the facts afore-
said.

9.-M Until such memorial as first hereinbefore mentioned shall
have been filed the provisions of section 4 shall not come into
operation

Until the memorial by this Ordinance required to be verified
and filed in the event of the appointment of a new manager shall
have been duly verified and filed the person who name shall
appear in the last memorial which shall have been duly filed in
the office of the Registrar of Companies as.aforesaid shall for the
purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to be the manager of the
agency in Hongkong of the said company as if no new manager had
been appointed.

10. An examined copy of every memorial filed pursuant to this
Ordinance certified to be a true copy under the hand of the
Registrar of Companies shall be received in evidence as proof of the
contents of such memorial, and proof shall not be required that the
person by whom the memorial purports to be verified was at the
time of such verification manager of the agency in Hongkong of
the said company.

As amended by No~ 13 of 1912.
As amended by No, 12 of 1912.

SCHEDULE A.

Memorial made the day of 19 , by the
Manager of the agency at Hongkong of the Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij pursu-
ant to Ordinance, No. 1.0 of 1901 , entitled ---Ati Ordinance for giving to the Neder-
landsche Handel-Maatschappij ceitain facilities for carrying oil its business in the
Colony--- setting forth the particulais required by seetion 6 of tile Ordinance.
Situation of office of Manager.
Entire nominal capital of the Company.
Paid up capital.
Numbel. of shares.
Aniount of each Aiaie.
Amount of capital (if an.\) set aide for operations in the Colony.
Manager of file agency ill llongkong )f 4.e.
Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij do solemnly and sincerely declare that the above
written memorial is true in all repsects: And i make this solemu declaration con-
scientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the provisions of the Statu-
tory Declarations Act, 1835.

SCHEDULE B

Memorial made the day of1 19 , by the Manager of the
agency at HongKOng of the Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij pursuant to Ordinance
No.10 of 1970 entitled 'An Ordinance for giving to the Nederlandsche Handel-
Maatschappij certain facilities for carrying onits business in the Colony 'setting forth
the particulars of change or changes as required by section 8 of the ordinance.

Name and deseription of new manager.
Situation of office of new Manager
Changes (if any) in such situation.
Entire nominal captial of the Company.
Paid up capital of the Company.
Number of each share.
Amount of each share.
Amount of capital (if any) set aside for operations in the Colony.

I, newly appointed Manager of the angency in Hong-
kong of the Nederlandsche Handel-Maatschappij do solemnly and sincerely declare that
tion conseientiously beleving the same to be ture and by virte of the provisions of the
Statutory Declarations Act,1835

Short title. Company may hold and dispose of property. Company may sue and be sued under its name. Deeds signed by manager to be as valid as if under common seal of company. Manager to have an office in Hongkong. Manager to file memorial with Registrar of Companies. Authority of manager to be authenticated. Memorial of change of manager or infects to be filed. Section 4 not to come into operation until memorial filed. Examined floppy of memorial to be proof. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62.

Abstract

Short title. Company may hold and dispose of property. Company may sue and be sued under its name. Deeds signed by manager to be as valid as if under common seal of company. Manager to have an office in Hongkong. Manager to file memorial with Registrar of Companies. Authority of manager to be authenticated. Memorial of change of manager or infects to be filed. Section 4 not to come into operation until memorial filed. Examined floppy of memorial to be proof. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/955

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 10 of 1907

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:44 +0800
<![CDATA[NEDERLANDSCH-INDISCHE HANDELSBANK ORDINANCE, 1907]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/954

Title

NEDERLANDSCH-INDISCHE HANDELSBANK ORDINANCE, 1907

Description






No. 5 of 1907, incorporated ill No. .5 of 1906.

No. 6 of 1907, incorporated in No. 2 of 1866. -

No. 7 of 1907, incorporated in No. 3 of 188.5.

No. 8 of 1907, incorporated in No. 1 of 1903.

No. 9 of 1907.

For giving to the Nederlansch-Indische Handelsbank certain
facillities for carrying on its business in the Colony.
[21st June, 1907.]
WHEREAS a company has been incorporated in the Netherlands for
the transaction of trading, banking, and financial business under
the name of the Nederlandsch-IndischeHandelsbank under Royal
Decrees of the late King of the Netherlands whereby the liability
of the shareholder., is limited to the amount of their shares respec
tively: AND WHEREAS an the said company has been
established in this Colony: WHEREA S it appears that the said
company has in accordance with the law of the Netherlands no
common seal and is therefore unable to exercise divers of the
power which corporations having common -eals call and may
exercise: AND WREREAS it is expedient to enable the said company
to carry on its business in the Colony, in like manner as though it
had been incorporated under the kaw of this Colony:-
1. The Nederlandsch-Indische Bandelsbank Ordinance, 1907.

2. The said company shall be capable in law to take, hold, and
dispose of property, movable or immovable, within the Colony for
the purpose of its business.

3.-M The said company may sue and be sued and take all legal
proceedings in the Courts of the Colony by the name of the
Nederlandsch-Indische Handelsbank.

(2) All writs of summons, notices, and legal Drocess may
be served on the said company by being left at the office in Hong-
kong hereinafter mentioned, or at, any other office in the Colony
where the business of the said company shall be carried on.

4.-M All conveyances, powers of attorney, deeds and other
instruments of whatsoever nature which if the said company were

As anielided by ~,o. 12 of 1912.





an English corporation would require to be sealed with the common
seal of the said corporation, shall be valid and effectual for all
purposes if the same be executed and signed in the name or
on behalf of the said company under the hand and seal of the
manager of the said company's agency in Hono-kong.
Rn

(2) Nothing in this section shall render invalid ally other mode
of execution which. may be prescribed by the statutes of the said
company and which would be valid by the law of the Colony had
this Ordinance not been passed.

5. The manager of the agency in Hongkong of the said company
shall have an office in Hongkong for the transaction of the business
of the company, on the outside of which shall be kept painted and
affixed in a. conspicuous position in letters easily legible the name
of the said company.

6.--(1) Such manager shall cause a, memorial in the form and
to the effect set forth in schedule A, or as near thereto as the cir-
cunistances of the case will admit, verified by a statutory declaration
in writing to be filed in the office of the Registrar of Companies.

(2) Such memorial shall, prior to being filed, be signed by the
said manager and shall be accompanied by or have annexed thereto
or endorsed. thereon copies of the decrees, notarial acts, articles and
other instruments, under which the company is established, and
copies of the various rules under which the business of the company
is conducted, and also translations into the English language of
such copies, such translations being verified by statutory declaration
or otherwise to the satisfaction of such Registrar.

7. No memorial shall be filed unless the authority of the manager
by whoin it is signed and the copies of the decrees, acts, deeds and
other documents accompanying the memorial shall be authenticated
either by the signature and seal of office of one of the Ministers of
the Government of the Netherlands at the Hague, such signature
and seal being verified by a British Ambassador or Consular Officer,
or unless the same shall be authenticated by the signature and seal
of one of the Secretaries of the Government of Netherlands India
at Batavia and countersigned by the British Consul at Batavia.

8. Whenever any new or other manager of the agency in Hong-
kong of the said company shall be appointed or any change in or

As aniended by No. 12 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 43 of 1912.





addition to any of the facts stated in any memorial which may have
been filed shall take place, a like memorial in the form and to the
effect set forth in schedule B, verified as aforesaid, shall, as soon as
may be after such appointment, change or addition shall have been
made be filed as aforesaid, specifying the name and description of
such new or other manager, and containing a statement of the
change or addition which may have taken place in the facts
aforesaid.

9.-(1) Until such memorial as first hereinbefore mentioned
shall have been filed the provisions of section 4 shall not come into
operation.

(2) Until the memorial by this Ordinance required to be verified
and filed in the event of the appointment of a new manager shall
have been duly 'verified and filed the person whose name shall
appear in the last memorial which shall have been duly filed in
the office of the Registrar of Companies as aforesaid shall for the
purposes of this Ordinance be deemed to be the manager of the
agency in Hongkong of the sadd company as if no new manager had
been appointed.

10. An exanmined copy of every memorial filed pursuant to this
Ordinance certified to be a true copy under the hand of Ale
Registrar of Companies shall be received in evidence as proof of the
contents of such memorial, and proof shall not be required that the
person by whom the memorial purports to be verified was at the,
time of such verification manager of the agency in Hongkong of
the said company.

SCHEDULE A.
Memorial made the day of 19 , by the

Manager of the agency at Hongkong of the Nederlandsch_Indische Handelsbank
pursuant, to Ordinance No. 9 of 1907, entitled ' Art Ordinance for -giving to the
Nederlandsch-Indische Handelsbank certain facilities for carrying on its business in
the Colony - setting forth the particulars required by section 6 of the Ordinance.
Situation of office of Manager.
Entire nominal capital of the Company.
Paid up capital.
Number of shares.
Aniount of each share.
Amount of capital (if any) set aside for operations in the Colony.

As airiended by No. 13 of 1912.
As arnerided by No. 12 of 1912.

I, , Manager of the agency in Hongkong of the
Nederlandsch-Indische Handelsbank do solemnly and sincereiy declare that the above
written memorial is true in all respects : And 1 make this soleinn declaration con-
scientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the provisions of the
Statutory Declarations Act, 1835.

Memorial made the day of

SCHEDULE B.

, 19 , by the Manager of the
agency at Hongkong of the Nederlandsch-Indische Handelsbank pursuant to ordinance
NO.9 of 1970 entitled 'An Ordinance for givign to the Nederlandseh-Indusche Handles-
bank certain facilities for carrying on its business in the Colony ' setting forth the
particulars of change or changes as required by section 8 of the Ordinance.

Name and description of new Manager.
Situation of office of new Manager.
Changes (if any) in such situation.
Entire nominal capital of the Company.
Paid up capital of the Company.
Number of shares.
Aisiount of each sliare.
Amount of capital (if any) set aside for operations in the Colony.

1, , newly appointed Manager of the agency in Hong-
kong of the Nederlandshe-Indische Handelsbank do solemnly and sincerely declare that
the above written memorial is trne in all respects: And I make this solemn declara-
tion conscientiously believing the saine to be ture and by virtue of the provisions of the
Statutory Declarations Act, 1835.
Short title. Company may hold and dispose of property. Company may sue and be sued under its name. Deeds signed by manger to be as valid as if under common seal of company. Manager to have an office in Hongkong. Manager to file memorial with Restorer of Companies. Authority of manager to be authenticated. Memorial of change of manager or in facts to be filed. Section 4 not to come into operation until memorial filed. Examined copy of memorial to be proof. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62.

Abstract

Short title. Company may hold and dispose of property. Company may sue and be sued under its name. Deeds signed by manger to be as valid as if under common seal of company. Manager to have an office in Hongkong. Manager to file memorial with Restorer of Companies. Authority of manager to be authenticated. Memorial of change of manager or in facts to be filed. Section 4 not to come into operation until memorial filed. Examined copy of memorial to be proof. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62. 5 & 6 Will. IV c. 62.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/954

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 9 of 1907

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:44 +0800
<![CDATA[HONGKONG COLLEGE OF MEDICINE INCORPORATION ORDINANCE, 1907]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/953

Title

HONGKONG COLLEGE OF MEDICINE INCORPORATION ORDINANCE, 1907

Description



No. 2 of 1907.

For the incorporation of the Hongkong College of Medicine.
[28th Alay, 1907.]

1. The HongKong College of Medicine Incorporation Ordinance,
1907.

2. The Hongkong College of Medicine shall be a body corporate
(hereinafter called---the said corporation -) and by that name shall
have perpe tual succession and shall and may sue and be sued in all
Coarts; and shall and may have and use a common seal, and the
said seal may break, change, alter, and make anew, -as to the said
corporation may seem fit, and the said corporation shall have full
power-to acquire, accept leases of, purchase, take, hold and enjoy,

As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.





any lands, buildings, messuages, or tenements of what nature.or
kind soever and wheresoever situate in this Colony or elsewhere:
and also to invest moneys on deposit in any bank in this Colony,
or on mortgage of any lands, buildings,messuages, or tenements,
in this Colony or elsewhere, or in or upon the inortgages, deben-
tures, stocks, funds, shares, or securities, of any corporation or
company carrying on business in this Colony or elsewhere ; and
also to purchase-and acquire all manner of goods and chattels
whatsoever; and the said corporation is hereby further enipowered
by deed under seal to grant, sell, convey, assign, surrender, and
yield up, mortgage, demise, reassign, transfer, or otherwise dispose
of, any lands, buildings, niessuages, and tenements, mortgages,
debentures, stocks, funds, and securities, goods and chattels, vested
in the said corporation on such terms as to the said corporation May
seem fit.

3. The lands, buildings, niessuages, and tenements in this Colony
vested or purporting to be vested in the corporting , and all
moneys, securities for money, goods, chattels, and effects whatso-
ever the property of the corporation or purporting so to be, are
1 r,
hereby transferred to and vested in the said corporation, but
subject as regards the said lands, buildings, niessuages, and
tenements, to the payment of the rents and observance and
performance of all the covenants, conditions, and reservations,
contained in the Crown leases under which the sanre are respec-
tively held.

4. All deeds, documents, and other instruments requiring the
seal of the said corporation shall be sealed in the. presence of, and
shall also be signed by, the Rector, or during his absence the
Rector's Assessor, and by the Secretary, and such signing shall be
taken as sufficient evidence of the due sealing- of such deeds,
documents,, and other instruments.

5. Nothing in this Ordinance'shall affect or be deemed to afrect
the rights of His Majesty the King.

No. 3 of 1907, repealed by No. 8 of 191.2 s. 87.

No. 4 of 1907, repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 86.

As aniended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
Short title. Incorporation of College. Vesting of property. Sealing of deeds. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Abstract

Short title. Incorporation of College. Vesting of property. Sealing of deeds. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/953

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 2 of 1907

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:43 +0800
<![CDATA[CRIMINAL EVIDENCE ORDINANCE, 1906]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/952

Title

CRIMINAL EVIDENCE ORDINANCE, 1906

Description






No. 12 of 1906, incorporated in No. 3 of 1888.

No. 13 of 1906, repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 87.

No. 14 of 1906.
To aviend the law of Evidence in Criniinal Cases.

1. The Criminal Evidence Ordinance, 1906.

[12th October, 1906.]

2. Every person charged with an offence, and the wife or
husband, as the case may be, of the person so charged, shall be a
competent witness for the defence at every stage of the pro-
ceedings, whether the person so charged is charged solely or jointly
with any other person. Provided as follows:-

(a) a person so charged shall not be called as a, witness in
pursuance of this Ordinance except upon his own application;

(b) the failure of any person charged with an offence or of the
wife or husband, as the case may be, of the person so charged, to
give evidence shall not be made the subject of any comment by the
prosecution .1

(c) the wife or husband of the person charged shall not, save
as in this Ordinance mentioned, be called as a witness in pursuance
of this Ordinance. except upon the application of the person so
charged

(d) nothing in this Ordinance shall make a husband compellable
to disclose any communication made to him by his wife during the
marriage, or a wife com-pellable to disclose any communication
made to her by her husband during the marriage;
0
(e) a person charged and being a. witness in pursuance of this
Ordinance may be asked any question in cross-examination not-
withstanding'that it would tend to criminate hiin as to the offence
charged;

(f) a person charged and called as a witness in pursuance of this
Ordinance shall not be asked, and if asked shall not be required to





answer, any question tending to show that he has committed or
been convicted of or been charged with any offence other than that
wherewith he is then charged, or is of bad character, unless-

(i) the proof that he has committed or been convicted of such
other offence is admissible evidence to show that lie is gnilty of the
offence wherewith he is then charged ; or

(ii) he has personally or by his advocate asked questions of the
witnesses for the prosecution with a, view to establish his own good
character, or has given evidence of his good character or the nature
or conduct of the defence is such as to involve imputations on the
character of the prosecutor or the witnesses for the prosecution ; or

(iii) be has given evidence against any other person charged with
the same offence ;

(g) every person called as a witness in pursuance of this Ordi-
ria.nce shall, unless otherwise ordered by the Court, his evi-
dence from the witness box or other place which the other
witnesses give their evidence.
i C>

3. Where the only witness to the facts of the case ealle(l bY the
defence is the person charged, lie shall 1)e called as a witness
immediately -after the close of the evidence for the prosecution.

4. In cases where the right. of reply depends upon the question
whether evidence has been called for the defence the fact that the
person charged has been called as a witness shall not of itself confer
on the prosecution the right of reply.

5.-M The wife or husband of a person charged with an offence
tinder any enactment mentioned in the schedule inay be called as
a witness either for the prosecution or defence arid without
the consent of the person charged.

(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect a case where. the wife
or husband of a person charged with an offence may at common
law be called as a witness without the consent of that person.

6. This Ordinance shall apply to all criniinal proceedings, not-
withstanding any enactment in force at the con-iniencement A this
Ordinance.

* As 8nLCUded by No. 50 of 1911.

SCHEDULE.
EuactLiielits refeered to in s. 5 (1).

No. of Ordinance Short Title.

No. 4 of 18
No. 10 of 1905.

No. 5 of 1906.

Enactmenth referred to.

The Protection of Women and Girls The whole Ordinance.
Ordinance, 1897.
The Married Women (Desertion) 1 Do.
Ordinance, 1905.
The Married Women's PropertySee. 1 C and see. 2 1.
Ordinance, 1906.
Short title. Competency of witnesses in criminal cases. [61 & 62 Vict c. 36 s. 1.] Evidence of person charged. [61 & 62 Vict. C. 36 s. 2.] Right of reply. [ib. s. 3.] Calling of wife or husband in certain cases. [ib. s. 4.] Application of Ordinance. [ib. s. 6.]

Abstract

Short title. Competency of witnesses in criminal cases. [61 & 62 Vict c. 36 s. 1.] Evidence of person charged. [61 & 62 Vict. C. 36 s. 2.] Right of reply. [ib. s. 3.] Calling of wife or husband in certain cases. [ib. s. 4.] Application of Ordinance. [ib. s. 6.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/952

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

221

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 14 of 1906

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:43 +0800
<![CDATA[NAVAL AND MILITARY WORKS ORDINANCE, 1906]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/951

Title

NAVAL AND MILITARY WORKS ORDINANCE, 1906

Description


No. 8 of 1906.

To authorise the consturction and maintenance of certain Naval
and Military Works upon and over certain portions of the
Crown foreshore and sea bed.F29th June, 1906.]
L

1. The Naval and Military Works Ordinance, 1906.

1-M It shall be lawful for the Admiralty to constryt upon
and over the Crown foreshore and bed of the sea between Mur-
ray Pier and Arsenal Street in Victoria. the works shown and
delineated generally in red upon a plan signed by Arebibald Deacon
Shortridge, Esquire, Superintendent Civil Engineer of such works
and countersigned by the Director of Public Works, dated 12th
April, 1906, and deposited in the Office of the Director of Public
Works.

A. aniended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As a~ilded 6s, No. 12 of 1912.
As aLnended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





(2) The Admiralty may make such alterations in the said works
as they may deem expedient so long as such works, so altered, shall
not extend,beyond the limits shown in red on the said plan and
marked---Harbour Boundary,' ---Eastern Boundary---and---West-
ern Boundary--- respectively.
.(3) During the construction of the said works, such cofferdams,
stagings, and other accessory works as may be necessary or
convenient for the execution of the said works, may be temporarily
constructed and maintained- within the linilts specified in sub-sec-
tion (2).
(4) Such works when constructed may be maintained so long as
they may be required for the use of His Majesty's services.

3. A duplicate of the said plan signed and countersigned as alfore-
said shall be deposited in the Land Registry Office.

4. So far as the saidworks (including any accessory works) have
heretofore been constructed and maintained, such construction and
maintenance is hereby validated and legalized,for all intents and
purposes, as if the same had been duly effecled iinder this Ordi-
nance.

5. All public rights, privileges and easements in, upon, and over
such portions of the Crown foreshore and sea bed as are or shall be
occupied by the said works, are hereby determined, and shall be
deemed to have ceased to exist prior to the commencement of the
said works.

6. Nothing in this Ordinance shall he deemed to affect the said
works except so far as they are upon or over the said foreshore or
sea bed.

7. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be in derokation of any of the
powers or rights of the Crown in respect of the said foreshore or
sea bed.

No. 9 of 1906, inewporated in No. 3 of 1906.

No. 10 of 1906, repealed by No. 34 of 1910.

.NO, 11 of 1906, consolidated. with No. 6 of 1889.
1
Short title. Authority to construct and maintain certain works over the foreshore and sea bed. Duplicate pan. Past work legalized Determination of certain public rights. Ordinance only to affect works over foreshore and sea bed. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Abstract

Short title. Authority to construct and maintain certain works over the foreshore and sea bed. Duplicate pan. Past work legalized Determination of certain public rights. Ordinance only to affect works over foreshore and sea bed. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/951

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 8 of 1906

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:42 +0800
<![CDATA[PROSPECTING AND MINING ORDINANCE, 1906]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/950

Title

PROSPECTING AND MINING ORDINANCE, 1906

Description


No. 7 of 1906.

To empower the Goxernor to grant lice?iceg to search for and-
* prove Minerals, and to grant licences and leases of land
for the pwrpose of working Mines and Minerals.
[29th June, 1906.]
1. The Prospecting and Mining Ordinance, 1906.

2. The Governor-in-Council may, at his absolute discretion, and
upon such terms and conditions as he thinks fit, grant licence and
authority to any person to search for and procure in and from any
Grown land specimens of such metals or minerals as may be
specified. in such licence, whether such land be tben held under
lease from the Crown or otherwise, provided that no such licence
.shall be granted for a period longer than 6 nionths, renewable or
not as to the Governor-in-Council may seem fit.

3. The Governor-in-Council may, at his absolute discretion, and
upon such terms and conditions as he thinks fit, grant licence and
authority to any person to get and carry away in and from any
Grown land such metals or minerals as may be specified in -such

As amended by No. 21 of 1912.
As arne`nded by No. 50 of 1011.

licence, whether such land be then ' held under lease from the Crown
or otherwise, provided that no such licence shall be granted for a
period longer than one year, renewable or not as to the Governor-
in-Council may seem fit.

4. It shall be lawful for the Governor to grant and agree to grant,
for any terni not exceeding 7.5 years (or for such longer term as a
Secretary of State may authorise), in the name and on behalf of
the King, such leases as may be declared by the (Governor-in-
Council to be expedient to be granted for the purpose of working
such mines, metals or minerals as may be specified in such leases,
upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Governor-in-
Council may in each case determine.

5.-(1) It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council, to make
regulations for the purposes of this Ordinance. Such regulations
may fix the fees and rents and royalties to be paid in respect of
such licences or leases, and may provide for the recovery of such
fees, rents and royalties.

(2) Such regulations may impose for any breach thereof such
fine not exceeding 200 dollars as the. Governor-in-Council may think
fit, and any such fine may be recovered summarily.
Short title. Power to grant prospecting licenses. Power to grant mining licenses. Power to grant mining leases. Regulations.

Abstract

Short title. Power to grant prospecting licenses. Power to grant mining licenses. Power to grant mining leases. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/950

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

285

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 7 of 1906

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:42 +0800
<![CDATA[ASYLUMS ORDINANCE, 1906]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/949

Title

ASYLUMS ORDINANCE, 1906

Description


No. 6 of 1906.
To prov ide for the establishment of Asylums for the detention,
custody and care of persons of Unsound Mund, and others.
[22nd Tune, 1906.]

1. The Asylums Ordinance, 1906.

2. In this Ordinance, ---asylum--- ineans any institution or place
which the Governor may declare to be an asylum for the detention,
custody, and care of persons of unsound mind.

3. For the purposes of this Ordinance every 1)erson shall be
deemed to be of unsound mind who is so far deranged in mind as
to render it either necessary or expedient that such person, either
for his own sake or in the public interests, should be placed and
kept under control.

[S
L_ . 4, rep. No. 12 of 1912.]

5. The Governor may declare that certain institutions or places
shall be asylums for the detention, custody and care of persons of
unsound mind, and the Governor-in-Council may make regulations
for the management and conduct of asylums.

6. The Governor may appoint fit and proper persons to be visitors
of any such asylums. Such visitors shall be at liberty to enter any

As amended by No. 5 of 1907, l~-~,o. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912
As amended by No. 50 -of 1911 and -No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by.No. 12 of 1912.





such asylum at all tinies and make such enquiry or examination
therein as may be deemed necessary and shall make such reports to
the Colonial Secrehiry as inav be required by order of the Governor.

7. Any medical practitioner, or officer of police or any private
person, having reason. to believe that a person is of unsound mind
inay on the written order of any Magistrate or Justice of the Peace
cause such person to be conveyed usinor such force as may be
necessary, to an asylum.

8. It shall be lawful for anY rnedical practitioner in charge of any,
asyluin to detain under observation for 7 days any person taken to
such asylum under the provisions of section 7 or section 11.

9. If before the expiration of the said 7 days, two medical
practitioners shall be of opinion that the person detained under
observation is in fact a person of unsound mind, they shall each
sign a certificate in form A in Ithe schedule and forward it to
a Magistrate who shall countersign it if it shall appear to hirn that
stich person is of unsound mind.

Every such certificate when so countersigned shall constitute a
valid order of such Magistrate for the. detention in an asylum of the
person named therein as being of unsound mind. Thereupon he
inav be detained m anv asvIum until released by order of the
Governor or until discharged upon the authority of the medical
practitioner in charge of such asylum, or until lie be otherwise
released in due course of lasy : Provided that the certificate
required by this section shall not be countersigned by such 'Magis-
trate unless it be established to his satisfaction that neither of the
medical practitioners signing such certificate is the husband or wife
or a near relative, or a partner, or an assistant, of the person to
whoni it refers.

10. In the event of two medical practitioners certifying in form
B in the schedule that it is necessary to detain a person in
an asyluni for purposes of observation for a longer period than 7
days but not exceeding 14 days in all, such certificate shall
be forwarded to a Magistrate and be countersigi~ed by him if he

As amended by No. 51 of 1911.
As amended 1~ v No. 12 of 1912.
As amended b ' v \o. 50 of 1911. No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 191,1, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and
No. 21 of 1912.





be satisfied that it is necessary that such person be so detained,
whereupon he rnay be detained for a further period of 7 days. If
before the expiration of the said second period of 7 days two medical
practitioners shall be of opinion that the person detained under
observation is in fact of unsound mind, the procedure laid down in
section 9 shall be followed.

11.Any person taken to the Government civil Hospital suffering
from delirium tremens, or developing delirium tremens while in
such Hospital may, if thesuperimtendent considers it to be neces-
sary or desirable, be removed to an asylum and be there detained
under the provisions of this Ordinance relating to detention for
observation.

12. Nothing in this Ordinance shall prevent a medical practitioner
on charge of an asylum from delivering any person detained therein
under the provisions of this Ordinacce to the care of any party or
parties to whom in him opinion it is expeient to deliver such peerson.

13. Every order of a Magistrate made under section 9. 10 or 16
shall be subject to an appeal by or on behalf of the person ordered
to be detained thereunder to a Judge sitting in Court or in Cham-
bers

14. No action shall be brought against any Medical practitioner

or officer of police or against any person whomsoever for anYthing
done in good faith and with reasonable cause in pursuance of the
powers conferred by this Ordinance.

15. If any person be ordered by the Supreme Court to be detained
as an insane person during the king's pleasure, or if any person
under imprisonment in any pface of confinement shall become of
unsound mind, the Governor may by warrant under his hand direct
that such person be removed to any asylum narned in such warrant
there to be detained during the King's pleasure or until the
expiration of the sentence under which such person shall have been
imprisoned. If such person shall become of souncl mind before the
explration of his sentence, of which the period of his detention in
such asylum shall be reckoned as part, the Governor shall there-
upon by warrant under his hand direct such person to be removed

As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amen(ttd by No. 51 of 1911.





back to the place of confinement from which he shall have been
taken, or shall give such other order thereon as to him shall seem
proper.

16. If at the expiration of the sentence of any-prisoner detained
in an asylum under the preceding section lie is still of unsound
inind such prisoner may on the written order of a 11agistrate be
detained in such asylum until discharged by order of the Governor
or otherwise released lu due course of law.

SCHEDULE.

FORM A.

_We'
lhat

Cerlificatc of Medical Practitoncers, under section 9.
alld (medical practitioners) hereby certify
at present detained for observation under tile
authority of the Asylums Ordinance, 1906, is in our opinion a person of unsound mind.

The facts observed by me indicating that the said
as follows :-
(Here state facts.)

Dated the day. of 191 .
The fact~ observed by me indicating that the said
tire as follo~ S : -
(Here state facts.)

Dated the day of

Countersigned.

Dated the day of

We

is of unsound mind are

(Signed)...

(Signed)...

191 .

EW

Folon B.

(Medical Piactitioncr.)

is of unsound mind

(Medical Practitioner )

Certificate ol Medical under section 10.
and (medical practitioners) hereby certify that it
is in our opinion necessary to detain in an asylum for a further period of days'
observation now detained for observation under the authority

As amended by No. 21 of 1912.
of the Asylums Ordinance, 1906.

The reasons which in iny opinion render it necessary to detain the said
for further observation are as follows:-
(Here state reasons.)

(signed)

Dated the day of 191
The reasons which in nly opinion render it to detain the said
for further observation are as follous
(Elcre state reasons.)

(Signed)

Dated the day of
Countersigned.

Dated the day of

191 .

............................ ..........

(MagistTate.)

' 19 .

(Medical Practitioner.)

(Medical Practitioner.)
Short title. Definition of 'asylum'. Definition of 'persons of unsound mind'. Establishment and management of asylums. Visitors of asylums. Who may cause person of unsound mind to be detained. Detention for observation. Procedure where person detained found to be of unsound mind before expiration of period of detention for observation. Medical certificate countersigned by Magistrate to be a valid order for detention in any asylum. Extension of period of detention for observation. Person suffering from delirium tremens may be detained in asylum for observation. Medical practitioners may deliver persons of unsound mind to persons for custody. Appeal. Limitation of action. Prisoner ordered by Supreme Court to be detained during King's pleasure or becoming of unsound mind while under imprisonment may be removed to asylum. Detention of prisoners after expiration of sentence.

Abstract

Short title. Definition of 'asylum'. Definition of 'persons of unsound mind'. Establishment and management of asylums. Visitors of asylums. Who may cause person of unsound mind to be detained. Detention for observation. Procedure where person detained found to be of unsound mind before expiration of period of detention for observation. Medical certificate countersigned by Magistrate to be a valid order for detention in any asylum. Extension of period of detention for observation. Person suffering from delirium tremens may be detained in asylum for observation. Medical practitioners may deliver persons of unsound mind to persons for custody. Appeal. Limitation of action. Prisoner ordered by Supreme Court to be detained during King's pleasure or becoming of unsound mind while under imprisonment may be removed to asylum. Detention of prisoners after expiration of sentence.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/949

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

136

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 6 of 1906

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:42 +0800
<![CDATA[MARRIED WOMEN'S PROPERTY ORDINANCE, 1906]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/948

Title

MARRIED WOMEN'S PROPERTY ORDINANCE, 1906

Description

No. 5 of 1906.

To amend the law relating to the Property of Married Women
[15th JUDe, 1906.]

1. The Married Women's Property Ordinance, 1906.

2. In this Ordinance,~

As arnended by No. 9 of 1906, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amentled by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Contract - includes the acceptanc6 of anv trust, or of the office
of executrix or adininistratrix, and the provisions of this Ordinance
as to liabilities of married women shall extend to all liabilities by
reason of any breach of trust or derastquit committed by any
married woman being a trustee. or executrix or adininistratrix either
before or after her marriage, and her husband shall not be subject
to such liabilities unless he has acted or internieddled in the trust
or administration :

' Property ' includes a chose in action.

3.-M A married woman shall in accordance with the provisions
of this Ordinance be capable of acquiring, holding, and disposing
by will or otherwise, of any immovable or movable property as her
separate property, in the same manner as if she were a feme sole,
without the intervention of any trustee.

(`2) A married woman shall be capable of entering into and
rendering lerself liable in respect of and to the extent of her
separate property on any contract, and of suing, and being sued,
either in contract or in tort, or otherwise, in all respects as if she
were a feme sole, and her husband need not be joined with her as
plaintiff or defendant, or be made a. party to any action or other legal
proceeding brought by or taken against her; and any damages or
costs awarded to her in any -action or proceeding shall be her
separate property; and any damages or costs awarded against her
in any such action or proceeding shall be recoverable out of her
separate property, and not otherwise.

4. Every contract hereafter entered into by a married woman,
otherwise than as agent,-

(a) shall be deemed to be a contract entered into by her with
respect to and to bind her separate property whether she is or is
riot. in fact possessed of or entitled to any separate property at the
time when she enters into such contract;

(b) shall bind all separate property which she mav at that time
or thereafter be possessed of or entitled to; and

(c) shall also be enforceable by process of law aguinst all property
which she may thereafter while discovert be possessed of or entitled
to :

As arnended by No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Provided that nothing in this section contained shall render
available to satisfy any liability or obligation arising out of such
contract any separate. property which at that thne or thereafter she
is restrained from anticipating.

5. Every married woman carrying on a trade separately from her
husband shall, in respect of her separate property, be subject to the
bankruptcy laws in the same way as if she were a feme sole.

6. Every woman who marries after the coniniencement of this
Ordinance shall be entitled to have and to bold as her separate
property and to dispose of in manner aforesaid all real and personal
property, whether held by her as a trustee or beneficially, which
shall belong to her at the time of marriage, or shall be acquired by
or devolve upon her after marriage, including any wages, earnings,
money, and property gained or acquired by her in any, employment,
trade, or occupation in which she is engaged, or she carries
on separately from her husband, or by the. of literary ,
artistle, or scientific skill.

7. Any money or other estate of the wife Ient or entnisted by her
to her husband fbr the purpose of ans, trade or business carried on
by him, or otherwise, shall be treated as assets of her husband's
estate in case of his bankruptcy, under reservation of the wife's
claim to a dividend as a creditor for the amount or value of such
money or other estate after, but not before, all claims of the other
creditors of the, husband for valuable consideration in money or
money's worth have been satisfied.

8. The execution of a general power by will by a married woman
shall have the effect of making the pro-perty appointed liable for her
debts and other liabilities in the same manner as her separate estate
is made liable under this Ordinance.

9. Every woman married before Ist January, 1883, shall be
entitled to have and to bold and to dispose of in manner
aforesaid as her separate property all real and personal property
her title to which, whether-vested or contingent, and whether in
possession, reversion, or remainder shall have accrued after Ist
January, 1883, including any wages, earnings, money, and property
so gained or acquired by her as aforesaid.

For date of commencement of the Ordinance see post s. 27.
As ainendgd by No. 5 of 1907.





10. All deposits in any savings. bank, or in any other bank, all
annuities granted by any person, and all sunis forming part of any
stock or funds transferable in the books of any bank, which at the
commencement of this Ordinance are standing in the sole name of
a married woman, and all shares, stock, debentures, debenture
stock, or other interests of or 'in any corporation, company,
or public body, municipal, commercial, or otherwise, or of
or in any industrial, provident, friendly, benefit, building,
or loan society, which at the commencement of this Ordi-
nance are standing in her naine, shall be deemed, unless and
untfl the contrarY be shown, to be the separate property of such
married wonian : and the fact that any stich deposit, annuity,
suni forming part of any stocks or funds transferable in the books
of an.~ bank, share, stock, debenture, debenture stock, or other
interest as aforesaid, is standing in the sole nanie of a married
woman, shall be sufficient prima facie evidence that she is bene-
ficially entitled thereto for her separate use, so as to authorise and
einpowei. her to receive or transfer the sanie, and to receive the
dividends, and to indemnify all directors, nianagers ' and trustees
of every such bank, corporation, company, public body., or society as
aforesaid, in repsect thereof


11. -All sums forining part of any other stocks or funds transfer-
able in the books of anv bank, and all such deposits and annuities
respectively--- as are mentioned in the last section, and all shares,
stock, debentures, debenture stock, and other interests of or in
any such corporation, company, public, body, or society as afore-
said, which after the commencenient of this Ordinance shall be
allotted to. or placed, registered, or transferred in or into or
made. to stand in the sole name of any married woulan shall be
deemed, unless and until the contrary be shown, to be her separate
property, in respect of which, so far as any liability may be
incident thereto, her separate estate shall alone be. liable, whether
the same shall be so expressed in the document whereby her title
to the same is created or certified, or in the books or register
wherein her title is entered or recorded, or not...

Provided always, that nothing in this Ordinance shall require or
authorise any corporation or joint stock company to admit any
married woman to be a holder of any shares or stock therein

.1

For date of commencement of the Ordinance see post s. 27.
As ainended by No. 50 of 1911.





to which any liability may be incident, contrary to the provisions
of any Act of Parliament, Ordinance, charter, by-law, articles of
association, or deed of settlement regulating such corporation or
company.

12. All the provisions hereinbefore contained as to deposits in
any savings bank, or in any other bank, annuities granted by any
person, sums forming part of any stocks or funds transferable in
the books of any bank, shares, stock, debentures, debenture
stock, or other interests of or in any such corporation, company,
public body, or society as aforesaid respectively, which at the coin
mencenient of this Ordinance shall be standing in the sole naine of
a married woman, or which, after that time, shall be allotted to,
or placed, registered or transferred to or into or made to stand in,
the sole naine of a, married wonian, shall respectively extend and
apply, so far as relates to the estate, right, title, or interest of the
married woman, to any of the particulars aforesaid which, at. the
commencement of this Ordinance, or at any tinie, aflerwards, shall
be standing in, or shall be allotted to, placed, or trans-
Z3
ferred to or into, or made to stand in, the nanic of any married
wonian jointly with any persons or person other than her husband.

13. It shall not be necessary for the husband of any married
woman, in respect of her interest, to Join in the transfer of any
such annuity or deposit as aforesaid, or any stun forming part of
any stocks or funds transferable as aforesaid, or any share, stock,
debenture, debenture stock, or other benefit, right, claun, or other
interest of or in any such corporation, company, public body, or
society as aforesaid, which is now or shall at tiem hereafter be
standing in the sole name of any married wornan, or in the joint
names of such married woman and any other persons or person not
being her husband.

14. If any investment in any such deposit or annuity as aforesaid,
or in any stocks or funds transferable as aforesaid, or in any share,
stock, debenture, or debenture stock of any corporation, company,
or public body, municipal, commercial, or otherwise, or in any
share, debenture, benefit, right, or claim whatsoever in, to, or upon
the funds of any industrial', provident, friendly, benefit, building,
or loan society, shall have been made by a married woman by means

For date of coinniencenient of the Ordinance see post s. 27.
As ainende~ by No. 12 of 1912.





of moneys of her husband, without his consent, the.Court may,
upon an application under section 22, order such investment, and
the dividends thereof, or any part thereof, to be transferred and
paid respectively to the husband and nothing in this Ordinance
contained shall give validity as against creditors of- the husband
to any gift, by a husband to his wife, of any property, which ,after
Such gift, shall continue to be in the order and disposition or
reputed ownership of the husband, or to any deposit or other
investinent of moneys of the husband made by or in the name of
his wife in fraud of his creditors; but any moneys so deposited or
Invested may be followed as if this Ordinance had not passed.

15. A married wonian inay by virtue of the power of making
contracts hereinbefore contained effect a policy upon her own life
or the life of her husband for lier sellarale use ; and the same and
all benefit thereof shall enure accordingly

A policy of assurance effected by any man on his own life and
expressed to be for the benefit of his wife,, or of his children, or
of his wife and children, or any of thein, or by any woman on her
own life, and expressed to be tot. the benefit of her husband, or
of her children, or of her husband and children, or any of them,
shall create a trust in favour of the objectstherein named, and the
moneys payable under any such polic, shall not, so long as any
object of the trust remains unperfornied, form part of the estate
of the insured, or be subJect to his or her debts: Provided that
if it shall be proved that the policy was effected and the premiums
paid with intent to defraud the creditors of the insured, they shall
be entitled to receive, out of the inoueys payable under the policy,
a sum equal to the premiums so paid. The insured may by the
policy, cr by any niemoranduni tinder his or her hand, appoint a
trustee or trustees of the moneys payable tinder the policy, and
roin time to time appoint a new trustee or new trustees thereof,
and may make provision for the appointment of a new trustee or
new trustees thereof, and for the mvestnient of the moneys payable
under any Auch policy. In default of any such appointment of a
trustee, such policy, immediately on its being effected, shall vest
in the insured and his or her legal personal representatives, in trust;
for the purposes aforesaid. If, at the time of -the death of
the insured, or at any tinie afterwards, there shall be no trustee, or
it shall be expedient to appoint a new trustee or new trustees, a

~1

* As amended by No. 12 of 1912.





trustee or trustees or a new trustee or new trustees may be
appointed by any Court having jurisdiction under the provisions
of the Trustee Ordinance, 1901. The receipt of a trustee or trustees
duly appointed, or in default of any such appointment, or in
default of notice to the insurance office, the receipt of the legal
personal representative of the insured shall be a discharge to the
office for the sum secured by the policy, or for the-value thereof, in
whole or in part.

16. Every wonian, whether married before or after this Ordi-
nance, shall have in her own nanie against all persons whonisoever,
including her husband, the same civil remedies, and also (subject,
as regards her husband, to the proviso hereinafter contained) the
same remedies and redress by way of criminal proceedings, for the
protection and security of her own separate property, as if such
property belonged to her as feme sole, but, except as aforesaid,
no husband or wife shall be entitled to sue the other for a tort. In
any indictment or other proceeding, under this section it shall be
sufficient to allege such property to be her and in any
proceeding under this section a husband or wife shall be competent
to give evidence against each other, any statute or rule of law to
the contrary notwithstanding: Provided always, that no criminal
proceeding shall be taken by any- wife against her husband by
virtue of this Ordinance while they are living together, as to.
or concerning any property claimed by her, nor while they are
living apart, as to or concerning any act done by the husband while
they were living together, concerning property claimed by the wife,
unless such property shall have been wrongfully taken by the
husband when leaving or deserting, or about to leave or desert, his
wife.

17. In any action or proceeding by a woman or by a next friend
on her behalf, the Court before which such action or proceeding is
pending shall have jurisdiction by Judgment or order from time to
time to order payment of the costs of the opposite party out of
property which is subject to a, restraint on anticipation, and may
enforce such payrnent by the appointment of a receiver and the
sale of the property or otherwise as may, be just.
18. A woman after her ma'rriage shall continue to be liable in
respect and to the extent of her separate property for all debts

For date of coiillnelleelliellt of the Ordinance see post s. 27.
As ameeded by No. 12 of 1912.





contracted, and all contracts entered into or wrongs committed by
her before her marriage, including any sums for which she may be
liable as a contributory, either before or after she has been placed
on the list of contributories, under and by virtue of any Ordinance
relating to Joint stock companies; and she may be sued for any
stich debt and for any liability in daniages or otherwise under any
such contract, or in respect of any such wrong; and all sums
recovered against her in respect thereof, or for any costs relating
thereto, shall be payable out of her separate property ; and, as
between her and her husband, unless there be any contract between
them to the contrary, her separate property shall be deenied to be
primarily liable for all such debts, contracts, or wrongs, and for all
damages or costs recovered in respect thereof: Provided always,
that nothing in this Ordinance shall operate to increase or diminish
the liability of any woman married before the conimencement of
this Ordinance for any such debt, contract, or wrong, as aforesaid,
except as to any separate property to which she may become
entitled by virtue of this Ordinance, and to which she would not
have been entitled for her separate use if this Ordinance had not
passed.

19. A husband shall be liable for the debts of his wife contracted,
and for all contracts entered into or wrongs committed by her,
before marriage, including any liabilities to which she may be so
subject under any Ordinance relating to joint stock companies as
aforesaid, to the extent of all property, whatsoever belonging to his
wife, which lie shall have acquired or become entitled to from or
through his wife, after deducting therefroin any payments made
by him, and any sums for which Judgment may have been
bond fide recovered against him in any proceeding at law, in respect
of any suell debts, contracts, or wrongs for or in respect of which
his wife was liable before her marriage as aforesaid; but he shall
not be liable for the same any further or otherwise; and any Court
in which a husband shall be sued for any such debt shall have power
to direct. any inquiry or proceedings which it may think proper for
the purpose of ascertaining the nature, amount or value of such
property: Provided always, that nothing in this Ordinance con-
tained shall operate to increase or diminish the liability of any
husband married before the commencement of this Ordinance for or
in respect of any such debt or other liability of his wife. as aforesaid.

* For date of commencement of the Ordinance see post s. 27.





20. A husband and wife may be jointly sued in respect of any
such debt or other liability (whether by contract or for any wrong)
contracted or incurred by the wife before marriage as aforesaid,
if the plaintiff in the action shall seek to establish his claim, either
wholly or in part, against both of them; and if in any such action,
or in any action, brought, in respect of any such debt or liability
against the husband alone, it is not found that the husband is liable
in respect of any property of the wife so acquired by hini or to
which he shall have become entitled as aforesaid, lie shall have
judgment for his costs of defence, whatever may be the result of
the action aea.inst the wife if jointly sued with him; and in any
such action against husband and wife jointly, if it appears that
the husband is liable for the debt or damages recovered, or any
part thereof, the judgment to the extent of the amount for which
the husband is liable shall be a joint judgment against the husband
personally and against the wife as to her separate property . and
as to the residue, if any, of such debt and the 'judgment
shall be a separate judgment against the wife, as- to her separate
property only.

21. Any wife doing any act with respect to property of her
husband, which, if done by the husband with respect to property
of the Wife, would make the husband liable to criminal proceedings
by the wife, tinder this Ordinance, shall in like manner be liable to
criminal proceedings by her husband.

22. In any question between husband and wife as to the title to
or possession of property, either party, or any such bank, cor-
poration, company, public body, or society as aforesaid in whose
books any stocks, funds or shares of either party are standing, may
apply by summons or otherwise in a suinniary way to a Judge, and
he inay make such order with respect to the, property in dispute,
and as to the costs of and consequent on the application as
he thinks fit, or may direct such application to stand over from
time to time, and any inquiry touching the matters in question to
be made in such manner as he shall think fit: Provided always,
that any such order shall be subject to appeal in the same way as
an order made by the Judge in a suit pending in the said Court
would be: Provided also, that any such application or any such
appeal may be heard by the Judge in his private room or by the

* As amWided by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.





Supreme Court in camera. as the circumstances of the case may
require. Provided also, that any such bank, corporation, company,
public body, or society as aforesaid, shall in the matter of any such
application for the purposes of costs or otherwise, be treated as a
stakeholder only.

23. A married woman who is an executrix or administratrix alone
or jointly with any other person or persons of the estate of any
deceased person, or a trustee alone or J . ointly as aforesaid of property
subject to any trust, may sue or be sued, and may transfer or join
in transferring any such annuity or deposit as aforesaid, or any sum

forming part of any stocks or funds transferable as aforesaid, or any
share, stock, debenture, debenture stock, or other benefit, right,
claim or other interest of or in anY such corporation, company,
public body, or society in that character, without her husband, as
is she were a feme sole.

24. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall interfere with or
affect any settlertient or agreement for a settlement. made or to be
made, whether before or after marriage, respecting the property of
any married woman, or shall interefere with or render inoperative
any restriction against anticipation at present attached or to be
hereafter attached to the enjoyment of any property or income by
a woman under any settlement, agreement * for a settlement, will, or
other instrument ; but no restriction against anticipation contained
in anv settleinent or agreement for a settlement of a woman's own
property to be inade or entered into by herself shall have any
validity acrainst debts contracted by her before, marriage, and no
settlement or agreement for a settlernent shall have any greater
force or validity acyalrist creditors of such woman than a like
settlement or aerreen-tent for a settlement made or entered into by
a man would have against his creditors.

25. For the purposes of this Ordinance the lecral personal repre-
c)
sentative of any married woman shall in respect of her separate
estate have the same rights and liabilities and be subject to the
same jurisdiction as she would be if she were living.

26. Section 24 of the Wills Act, 1837, shall apply to the will of
a married woman made during coverture whether she is or is not
possessed of or entitled to any separate property at the time
of making it, and such will shail not require to be re-executed or
republilshed after the death of her husband.

27. This Ordinance shall be deerned to have been in force lit this
Colony on and from Ist January, 1883, the date when the Married
Women's Property Act, 1882, came into force in England.

Provided always that nothing in this Ordinance contained shall
affect-
(a) any judgment or order of any Court
(b) any charge validly created;
(c) any trust validly created ; or
(d) any disposition duly made or effected,
if such judgment or order was pronounced or inade or such charge
or trust created or such disposition made or effected prior to 1.51h
June, 1906.
Short title. Interpretation. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s.24.] Married woman to be capable of holding property and of contracting as feme sole. [45 & 46 Vict. C.75 s. 1(1) & (2).] Effect of contracts by married women. [56 & 57 vict. C. 63 s. 1.] Bankruptcy of married separate trader. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 1 (5).] Property of a woman married after the Ordinance to be held by her as feme sole. [ib. s. 2.] Loans by wife to husband. [ib. s. 3.] Execution of general power [ib. s. 4.] Property acquired after 1st January, 1883, by a woman married before to be held by her as a feme sole. [ib. s. 5.] As to stock etc. to which a married woman is entitled. [45 & 46 Vict. C.75 s. 6.] As to stock, etc., to be transferred, etc., to a married woman. [ib.s. 7.] Investments in joint names of married woman and others. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 8.] As to stock, etc., standing in the joint names of a married woman and others. [ib. s. 9.] Fraudulent investments with money of husband. [ib. s. 10.] Moneys payable under policy of assurance not to form part of estate of the insured. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 11.] No.5 of 1901. Remedies of maried woman for portection and security of sparate property [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 12.] cf. No.14 of 1906 s. 5. Costs may be ordered to be paid out of property subject to restraint on anticipation. [56 & 57 Vict. C.63 s. 2.] Wife's ante-nuptial debts and liabilities. [45 & 46 Vict. c. 75 s. 13.] Husband to be liable for his wife's debts contracted before marriage to a certain extent. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 14.] Suits for ante-nuptial liabilities [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 15.] Act of wife liable to criminal proceedings. [ib. s. 16.] cf. No. 14 of 1906 s. 5. Questions between husband and wife as to property to be decided in a summary way. [ib. s. 17.] Married woman as executrix or trustee. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 18] Saving of existing settlements. [ib.s. 19.] Legal representative of maried woman. [ib. s. 23.] Will of married woman. [56 & 57 Vict. C. 63 s. 13.] [7 Will. 4 & 1 Vict. C. 26.] Coming into force of Ordinance. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75.] Saving of existing judgments, etc.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s.24.] Married woman to be capable of holding property and of contracting as feme sole. [45 & 46 Vict. C.75 s. 1(1) & (2).] Effect of contracts by married women. [56 & 57 vict. C. 63 s. 1.] Bankruptcy of married separate trader. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 1 (5).] Property of a woman married after the Ordinance to be held by her as feme sole. [ib. s. 2.] Loans by wife to husband. [ib. s. 3.] Execution of general power [ib. s. 4.] Property acquired after 1st January, 1883, by a woman married before to be held by her as a feme sole. [ib. s. 5.] As to stock etc. to which a married woman is entitled. [45 & 46 Vict. C.75 s. 6.] As to stock, etc., to be transferred, etc., to a married woman. [ib.s. 7.] Investments in joint names of married woman and others. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 8.] As to stock, etc., standing in the joint names of a married woman and others. [ib. s. 9.] Fraudulent investments with money of husband. [ib. s. 10.] Moneys payable under policy of assurance not to form part of estate of the insured. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 11.] No.5 of 1901. Remedies of maried woman for portection and security of sparate property [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 12.] cf. No.14 of 1906 s. 5. Costs may be ordered to be paid out of property subject to restraint on anticipation. [56 & 57 Vict. C.63 s. 2.] Wife's ante-nuptial debts and liabilities. [45 & 46 Vict. c. 75 s. 13.] Husband to be liable for his wife's debts contracted before marriage to a certain extent. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 14.] Suits for ante-nuptial liabilities [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 15.] Act of wife liable to criminal proceedings. [ib. s. 16.] cf. No. 14 of 1906 s. 5. Questions between husband and wife as to property to be decided in a summary way. [ib. s. 17.] Married woman as executrix or trustee. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75 s. 18] Saving of existing settlements. [ib.s. 19.] Legal representative of maried woman. [ib. s. 23.] Will of married woman. [56 & 57 Vict. C. 63 s. 13.] [7 Will. 4 & 1 Vict. C. 26.] Coming into force of Ordinance. [45 & 46 Vict. C. 75.] Saving of existing judgments, etc.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/948

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

182

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 5 of 1906

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:41 +0800
<![CDATA[LUNACY ORDINANCE, 1906]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/947

Title

LUNACY ORDINANCE, 1906

Description



No. 3 of 1906.

Relating to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court with respect
to the care and commitment of the custody of the persons
and estates of Lunatics.
1. The Lunacy Ordinance, 1906.

[1st June, 1906.]

2. In this Ordinance and in the Limacy Act, 1890, (hereinafter
called the Act), in so far as it is applied to this- Colony by
this Ordinance :-



This Ordinance was repealed by No. 49 of 1911; but revived retro-
1 spectively by No. 8 of 1912 s. 89.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 18 of 1912.
- Lunatic ' means an idiot or person of unsound mind:

- The Treasury ' in section 148 of the Act shall be interpreted
to include the Governor-in-Council:

- Great Seal - in the Act shall he interpreted to include the seal
of the Supreme Court, and the provisions of the Act with respect
to the Lord Chancellor or the Court of Chancerv or any Judge in
England shall be interpreted to incmde the said Supreme Court in
its equity jurisdiction and the Judges thereof ; and every officer
(however designated) of the said Supreme Court or Judge thereof
having or executing functions of the like kind or analogous to the
functions of any officer (however designated) acting under the
direction of the said Lord Chancellor, of the Court of Chancery, or of
any Judge in England shall be deemed to be within the meaning of
any of the provisions of the Act, respecting such last mentioned
officers.

3. The Supreme Court. in relation to the persons and estates of
lunatics shall have, in addition to the powers conferred upon it by
the Supreme Court Ordinance, 1873, such jurisdichion as may be
exercised in England by the Lord Chancellor or other Judge or
Judges of the Supreme Court of Judicature under the provisions
of the Act, or any Act amending the same.
4. The forms contained in the schedule to the Act may be used
in the Colony in the cases to which they respectively have refer-
ence with such variations and additions as circurn stances may
require.
Is. 5, rep. No. 12 of 1912.]
Short title. Interpretation. [53 Vict. C. 5.] Jurisdiction of Supreme Court No. 3 of 1873. Forms

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. [53 Vict. C. 5.] Jurisdiction of Supreme Court No. 3 of 1873. Forms

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/947

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

4

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 3 of 1906

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:41 +0800
<![CDATA[RAILWAYS LOAN ORDINANCE, 1905]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/946

Title

RAILWAYS LOAN ORDINANCE, 1905

Description


No. 11 of 1905.

For raising the sum of Two Million Pounds by Loan for
the purpose of defraying the cost of a Railway from Kow-
loon, and for other Railway purposes.
WHERES it is expedient to give autbority to the Governor to raise as
oceasion requires loans )iot exceeding
purpose of defraying the cost of a Railwat from Kowloon and for
otber railwaY purposes:-
1. The Railways Loan Ordinance, 1.90.5.

2. The Governor may-, as occasion requires, borrow sums not
exceeding
provtsions of the General Loan anti Inscribed Stock Ordinance,
1893.

3. The contribution to the. sinking fund as contemplated in
C
sections 7 and 8 of the said Ordinance shall commence at the
expiration of 5 years from the date on which the interest on the
inscribed stock to be issued under this Ordinance shall begin to
accrue.

Short title. Power to Governor to borrow L2,000,000. No. 1 of 1893. Contribution to sinking fund.

Abstract

Short title. Power to Governor to borrow L2,000,000. No. 1 of 1893. Contribution to sinking fund.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/946

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 11 of 1905

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:41 +0800
<![CDATA[MARRIED WOMEN (DESERTION) ORDINANCE, 1905]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/945

Title

MARRIED WOMEN (DESERTION) ORDINANCE, 1905

Description






- 190~. -

No. 1 of 1905, incorporated in No. 14 of 1904.

No. 2 of.1905, incorporated in No. 9,of 1897.

No. 3 of 1905, repealed by No. 34 of 1910.

No. 4 of 1905, repealed by No. 8 ol 191.2 s. 87.

No. 5 of 1905, incorporated in No. 10 of 1899.

No. 6 of 1905, incorporated in No. 4 of 1897.

No. 7 of 1905, incorporated in No. 1 of 184.5.

repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 87
No. 8 of 1905t

No. 9 of 1905, repealed by No. 34 of 1910.

No. 10 of 1905.
Relatinq to the maintenance of Married Romen deserted by
their Husbands. [6th October,' 1905.]

1. The Married Wonien (Desertion) Ordinance, 1905.

2. In this Ordinance, niarried woman--- includes the first wife
(kit fat) or second wife (tin fong) of and Chinese man married to
him in accordance with the laws and customs of China, and any
wornan married to a nian of Asiatic race (not being Chinese) in
accordance with the rites and cerernonies of his religion.

3. Any married wonian whose husband shall have deserted her,
or whose husband shall have been guilty of persistent cruelty to
her, or of wilful neglect to provide reasonable maintenance for her
or for her infant children whom he is legally liable to maintain, and

As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selied.
+ Asamended by No. 50 of 1911. For evidence of parties in pro-
ceedings under this Ordinance see No. 14 of 1906 s. 5,






shall by such cruelty or neglect have caused her to leave and live
separately and apart from him, may apply to a Magistrate for an
order under this Ordinance.

4. The Magistrate may make an order containmig all or aily of
the provisions following
(a) that the applicant be no longer bound to cohabit with her
husband (which provision while in force shall have the effect of a
decree of judicial separation o n the ground of ectietty under the law
of England) ;
(b). that the legal custody of any children of the marriage
between the applicant and her husband, while under the age of
16, be committed to the applicant;
(c) that the husband shall pay to the applicant personally, or to
some person on her behalf, for her use, such weekly sum not
exceeding 20 dollars as the Magistrate shall, having re'lard to the
c
means both of the husband and wife, consider reasonable;
(d) that the costs of the application be paid by the applicant or
by the husband or by both.

5. No order shall be made under tlits Ordinance. if it be proved
that the applicant has committed an act of adultery, provided that
the husband has not condoned or connived at, or by his wilful lieg-
lect or misconduct conduced to, the act of adultery.

6. A Magistrate may on the application of the inarried wonian or
her husband, and upon cause being shown on fresh evidence, alter,
vary, or discharge any order made under this Ordinance, and
may from time to time diminish the amount of any weekly paynient
ordered to be made, or increase stich amount so ;hat it shall not in
any case exceed the weekly sum of 220 dollars: Provided always
that if any married woman upon whose application an order shall
have been made under this Ordinance shall voluntarily resume
cohabitation with her husband or shall commit an act of adultery,
such order shall upon proof thereof be discharged.

7. All applications under this Ordinance shall be made and be.
dealt with and all orders be enforced and all appeals be made in
accordance with the Magistrates Ordinance, 1890.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911, and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912 Supp, Sched.
-v
Short title. Interpretation. Power of Magistrate to make orders for maintenance. What orders may be made. Limitation as to orders. Power to vary or discharge order. Procedure. No.3 of 1890.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Power of Magistrate to make orders for maintenance. What orders may be made. Limitation as to orders. Power to vary or discharge order. Procedure. No.3 of 1890.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/945

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

16

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 10 of 1905

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:41 +0800
<![CDATA[CHURCH PROPERTY VESTING ORDINANCE, 1904]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/944

Title

CHURCH PROPERTY VESTING ORDINANCE, 1904

Description






No. 16 of 1904.
To enable the Trustees of Saint John's Cathedral to hold pro-
perty for the purpose of promoting the work of the
Church of England in Hongkong and China.
[5th November, 1904.]
WHEREAs by tile Saint John's Cathedral Church Ordinance, 1899, a
body corporate m-as constituted under the name of - The Trustees
of Saint John's Cathedral Church ill Hongkong ': A-CI) WHEREA,--
in addition to the powers conferred by the said Ordinance it is
desirable to confer upon the said body corporate power to acquire,
hold, deal with, and dispose of land and other property for the
purpose of promoting the work of the Church of England in Hong-
kong and China --
1. The Church Property Vesting Ordinance, 1904.

2. The Trustees of Saint John's Cathedral Church in Noiigkotig
shall have power to acquire, accept 'leases of, purchase, take, hold
and enjoy, any lands, buildings, messuages, or teneinenis, and any
other property, of what nature or kind soever and ~%-liei.esoever
situate, for the purpose of endowing, supportlog, maintain ill g '
carrying on, or otherwise promoting the -work of the Church of
England ill llongkong or ill China, whether such work be of
a religious, educational or social nature, or otherwise.

3. The said Trustees shall further have power by deed or writing
under seal. to grant, sell, convey, assign, surrender, yield up,
mortgage, demise, re-convey, re-assign, transfer, or otherwise dis-
pose of or deal with any la~nds, buildings, rnessuages, tenements,
or other property vested in or belonging to theni upon such terms
as to theni. may seem fit : Provided that nothing ill this section
contained shall be construed so as to authorise any breach of trust
on the part of the said Trustees.

4; All deeds and other documents requiring the seal of the cor-
.poration shall be sealed with such seal in the presence of the
Bishop, or of the Chaplain of Saint John's Cathedral Church, and
shall also be signed by such Bishop or Chaplain, and by the
Secretary of the corporation.

5. Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect or be deemed to affe
the rights of His Majesty.

As amended b~. No. 12 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and Eo. 13 of 1912.
t As ameWed by No, 18 of 1912.
No.5 of 1899. Short title. Additional powers conferred on the Trustees. Power to dispose of property. Use of seal. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Abstract

No.5 of 1899. Short title. Additional powers conferred on the Trustees. Power to dispose of property. Use of seal. Saving of rights of the Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/944

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1014

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 16 of 1904

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:40 +0800
<![CDATA[SUGAR CONVENTION ORDINANCE, 1904]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/943

Title

SUGAR CONVENTION ORDINANCE, 1904

Description






No. 12 of 1904, repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 87.

No. 13 of 1904, repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 86.

0

No. 14 of 1904.
To give effect to Article VIII of the Grussels Sugar Convetion,
1902. [31stOctober, 1904.],
WHEMEAS, on 5th March, 1902, a convention bwtween His Majesty
the King and divers Foreign Powers was entered into at Brussels
in relation to sugar: AND WHEREAS pursuant to the said Convention
a permanent commission (referred to in this Ordinance as the Per-
rnanent Cornmission) has been established to watch the execution
of the provisions of the said Convention; AND W11FRFAS it is desired
to give effect in this Colony to Article VIII of the said Convention;
AX1) WHERFAq for that purpose it is, expedient to prohibit the im-
portation of all bounty-fed sugar:-

1. The Sugar Convention Ordinance, 1.904.

2. When it has been reported by the Permanent Commission and
notified in the Gazette that. any direct or indirect bounty on the
production or export of sugar is granted in any foreign country, no
sugar in respect of which such bounty is granted shall be imported
into the Colony. Any person. importing sugar in respect of which
such bounty is granted shall be liable, on summary conviction, to
a fine not exceeding 500 dollars, and further to the forfeiture of
any article in respect of which such breach of this Ordinance is
committed. This section shall not apply to snorar In transit.
n

3. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to make regula-
tions for the purposes of this Ordinance, and in particular for the
purpose of requiring that the origin of all sugar imported into the
Colony shall be proved by such certificate or other evidence as the
said regulations shall provide.

Is. 4, rel). No. 13 of 1912.]

No. 15 of 1.904, incorporatcd in No. 1 of 1904.

As amended by No. 1 of 1905 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by' No. 12 of 1912.
Short title. Prohibition of importation of bounty-fed sugar. Regulations.

Abstract

Short title. Prohibition of importation of bounty-fed sugar. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/943

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 14 of 1904

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:40 +0800
<![CDATA[PEAK DISTRICT RESERVATION ORDINANCE, 1904]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/942

Title

PEAK DISTRICT RESERVATION ORDINANCE, 1904

Description


No. 4 of 1904.

For the reservation of a Residential Area in the Peak- District.

[In force 15th July, 19094]

1. The Peak District Reservation Ordinance, 1904.

2. In this Ordinance, ---Peak District--- means all that area in
the Island of Hongkong situated above the 788 feet contour and
to the west of a line drawn in a north and south direction through
Middle or Cemetery Gap, including the hills known as Mount
Cameron, Mount. Gough, Mount Kellett and _Victoria Peak.

3. It shall not be lawful (save in accordance with the provisions
of this Ordinance) for any owner, lessee, tenant, or occupier of any
land or building within the Peak District to let such land or

0

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





building or any part thereof for the purpose of residence by any but
non-Chinese, or to permit any but non-Chinese to reside on or in
such land or building.

4. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to exempt any
Chinese from the operation of this Ordinance 4&n such terms as the
Governor-in-CouDeil shall think fit.

5. This Ordinance shall not apply to servants of the residents in
the Peak District living on the prernises of tbeir employers,
to licensed chair colies and jinricksha coolies plying for hire in
such District, to contractors or labourers temporarily residing and
actually employed in such District, to inmates of hotels or hospitals
in such District, or to visitors at the house of resident in the
said District.

6. If it be made to appear to the Supreme Court that anything
has been or is being done by any person In violation or contraven-
tion of this Ordinance it shall be lawful for suefl Court to restrain
such person by injunction from further continuing such violation
or contravention.

Is. 7, Tel). No. 12 of 1919---]

No. 5 of 1904, 111corporated in No. 9 of 1899.

No. 6 of 1904, repealed by No. 8 of 191.2 . 87.

No. 7 of 1904, repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 86.

No. 8 of 1904, incorporated in No. 6 of 188.5.

No. 9 of 1904, amalgamated with No. 1 of 1870.

No. 10 of 1904, repealed by No. 15 of 1906.

No. 11 of 1904, incorporated in No. 4 of 1-897.

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amerL~ed by No. 12 of 1912.
Short title. Peak District defined. Lands or houses in Peak District not to be let for purposes of residence by Chinese. Power of exemption. Application of Ordinance. Contravention may be restrained by injunction.

Abstract

Short title. Peak District defined. Lands or houses in Peak District not to be let for purposes of residence by Chinese. Power of exemption. Application of Ordinance. Contravention may be restrained by injunction.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/942

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 4 of 1904

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:39 +0800
<![CDATA[PILOTS ORDINANCE, 1904]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/941

Title

PILOTS ORDINANCE, 1904

Description


No. 3 of 1904.

To provide for and regulate the employment of Pilots.

1. The Pilots Ordinance, 1904.

[29th April, 1904.]

2. The Harbour Master may grant certificates of coinpetency to
persons duly qualified to act as, and may license under his hand,
pilots who shall not exceed such number as he may direct, for the
purpose of conducting ships within the waters of the Colony:
Provided that-

(1) no person shall be granted a certificate of competency or be.
licensed as a pilot unless he has satisfied a Board of Examiners
appointed by the Governor that he is capable of performing such
duties. Any application for a certificate must be accompanied by A
declaration to this effect ;

(2) any person acting as a pilot upon any ship to which lie does
not belong without being duly licensed, shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars for each ollence.

Nothing in this Ordinance shall be held to make the employment
of pilots by masters and owners of ships compulsory.

3. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to fix by
notification the rates of fees to be paid by pilots for licences.

There shall be paid to every member of the Board of Examiners,
not being a salaried officer of the Government, a fee of 5 dollars
out of the public revenue for every examination conducted by him.

4. The Harbour Master may, subject to the sanction of the
Governor, make regulations for the proper conduct of pilots in all
matters relating to their duties, including, among other things,
matters relating to the distinguishing marks and tlags of pilot boats
and the means of making themselves known as licensed pilots to
persons. in charge of ships entering or leaving the waters of

Asamended by No. 30 Of 1911, NO. 50 of 1911, ~,o. 8 of 1912,
No. 13 of 1912 and No. 22 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912
an^o. 21 of 1912.





the Colony; and every person infringing any such regulation shall
be liable to have his licence suspended by the Harbour Master for
a period not exceeding 3 months, and, on summary conviction, to a
fine not exceeding 50 dollars..

5-M Every licensed pilot when acting in that capacity shall
be provided with his licence and shall produce the same to every
person by whorn he is employed or to whom lie offers his services as
pilot.

(2) If a licensed pilot refuses, on the request of any such person,
to exhibit his licence and a copy of pilotage dries authorised under
this Ordinance, he shall be liable, on sunirnarv conviction, to a
fine not exceeding .50 dollars, and shall further be liable to have his
licence suspended or cancelled by the Harbour 'Master.

(3) If an unlicensed person for the ptirpose of inaking himself
appear to be a licensed pilot uses a licence which he is no entitled
to use, he shall for each offence be liable, oil summary conviction,
to a fine not exceeding -500 dollars or, to linprisoninent for any term
riot exceeding 6 months.

(4) If a licensed pilot
(a) when not engaged as pilot refuses, without reasonable
excuse to the satisfaction of a 'Magistrate, to take charge of a vessel
entering or leaving a harbour ; or
(b) when not engaged as a pilot reftises or. neglects, without
reasonable excuse to the satisfaction of a Magistrate, to go and
take charge of a, vessel carrying the signal for a pilot ; or.
(c) acts as a pilot when in a state of intoxicat loll, or is guilty of
any violent or disorderly conduct whilst oil dirty ;-or
(d) refuses on the request of the niaster to conduct the ship
which he is piloting into ally water ill which he is qualified
to conduct the same, except on reasonable ground of danger to the
ship; or
(e) quits the ship of which he has the charge without the consent
of the master, before the service for which lie was hired has been
performed,
he shall for each offence, in addition to arty liability for-damages at
the suit of the person aggrieved, be liable, on summary conviction,
tb a fine not exceeding 500 dollars, or to imprisonment for any

Asainended by No. 80 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912,
No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





term not exceeding 6 months, and he shall also be liable to have his
licence cancelled or suspended by the Tlarbour Master.

6. If any licensed pilot, when in charge of any ship, by wilful
breach of duty or by neglect of duty, or by reason of drunkenness,
does any act tending to the immediate loss, destruction, or serious
damage of such ship,or tending immediately to endanger the life
or limb of any person on board such ship: or bY wilful breach of
duty, or by neglect of duty, or by reason of drunkenness, refuses or
omits to do any lawful act proper and requisite to be done by him
for preserving such ship from less, destruction or serious damage,
or for preserving any person belono.ing to oil oil board of such ship
from danger to life or libm, he shall be guilty of a nilsdemeanor
and shall be liable to imprisonment for any term not exceeding
one year, and to a fine not exceeding .500 dollars: the Harbour
Master may further cancel or suspend his licenCe.

7. Such sums as may be directed by order of the Governor-
in-Council may be demanded by licensed pilots, and shall be
recoverable by them before a Magistrate in a summary way, by
proceeding,against the master or person in charge of the ship, for
the service to which the dues became paYable, and on adjudication
the sum declared to be due shall be leviable by distraint on the ship,
her tackle, and furniture . Provided further that it sliall be lawful
for the Harbour Master to withhold the port clearance of any ship
as to which a claim for pilotage dues may be inade, till such dues
are paid.

8. Any licensed pilot demanding higher rates of pilotage than
those authorised by this Ordinance, shall be liable, oil summary
conviction, to a fine not exceedino- -50 dollars, and shall also
be liable to have his licence suspended or cancelled by the Harbour
Master.

9. Any Magistrate shall have authority to hear and determine all
claims brought against any ship carrying, a pilot for damage done
by the ship to any beacon, buoy, harbour mark, inooring, or other
Government property. Such claims shall be made by the Harbour
Master by way of complaint in writing setting out the damage and

As an-Lended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 12 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 12 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
~ As aiiieii(kod by No. 13 of 1912.

the claim in respect thereof on which the Magistrate may issue a
summons requiring the attendance of the persons complained
against : and, in default of appearance, or in the first instance, if
it appears to the Magistrate necessary for any reason to secure the
due attendance of the pers6ns complained against, a warrant may
be issued to compel their appearance.

10. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be held to excuse or
indemnify any licensed pilot for any damage arising from his
neglect or incapacity in performing the duties of his office.

11. All summary proceedings tinder this Ordinance shall be
heard before a Magistrate, who may, if he thinks fit, call upon the
Harbour Master or Assistant Harbour Master to sit with him
as assessor.

12. The word ---ship--- as used lin this Ordinance shall include
every kind of vessel of over 100 tons register tonnage propelled
by sails, and steam-vessels of 60 tons and upwards.

13. Noibing in this Ordinance shall be beld to apply to vessels-
of-war or vessels belonging to the Colonial Government.
Short title. Number of pilots. Examination and licensing of pilots. Penalty on unlicensed pilots. Pilotage not compulsory. Fee for licence. Fee for examination. Regulations. Pilot to produce licence to his employer. Penalty for refusing to produce licence. Penalty for fraudulent use of licence. Offences by licensed pilots. Offences by licensed pilots punishable by Supreme Court. Pilotage dues how recoverable. Pilots demanding higher dues. Claims for damages to Government property. Negligence or incapacity of pilots. Summary proceedings. Interpretation of 'ship'. Exceptions.

Abstract

Short title. Number of pilots. Examination and licensing of pilots. Penalty on unlicensed pilots. Pilotage not compulsory. Fee for licence. Fee for examination. Regulations. Pilot to produce licence to his employer. Penalty for refusing to produce licence. Penalty for fraudulent use of licence. Offences by licensed pilots. Offences by licensed pilots punishable by Supreme Court. Pilotage dues how recoverable. Pilots demanding higher dues. Claims for damages to Government property. Negligence or incapacity of pilots. Summary proceedings. Interpretation of 'ship'. Exceptions.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/941

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

84

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 3 of 1904

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:39 +0800
<![CDATA[IMBECILE PERSONS INTRODUCTION ORDINANCE, 1904]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/940

Title

IMBECILE PERSONS INTRODUCTION ORDINANCE, 1904

Description


No. 1 of 1904.
To provide for the recovery of charges incurred on account of
Imbecile Persons introduced into the Colony.
[23rd February, 1904.]

1. The Imbecile Persons Introduction Ordinance, 1904.

2. In this Ordinance,-

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 43 of 1912 and No. 4.3 of 1912
Supt Sched.
ri
As amen ed by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Solied.





- Person - means any passenger by any vessel, and also any
member of the crew of any vessel, and includes all other persons on
board and belonging in any capacity to any vessel :

- Vessel - includes any ship or boat, or any other description of
vessel used in navigation, British or foreign.
>3

1-M The owner, charterer, agent, consignee, and master of
every vessel from which is landed 'Nvithout permission from the
Principal Civil Medical Officer or Health Officer any person not
ordinarily resident in the Colony who, being at the time of landing,
lunatic, idiotic, or imbecile, shall beconte within a period of 3
nionths from the date of landing a charge upon the public or upon
any public institution, shall be liable to repay to the Government
any expense on account of such person by reason of his care,
maintenance, or repatriation, unless such owner, charterer, agent,
consignee, or master can prove that such person becanle lunatic,
idiotic, or imbecile, after einbark-ation. at the port or place from
which he shipped: Provided that such expense shall in no case
exceed the suin of 5,000 dollars in the aggregate.

(2) In every case where permission to land any person frorn any
vessel is refused every such person shall be detained by the master
oil board such vessel and shall be prevented, by force if need be,
from landing.

(3) In every case in Which permission to land from any vessel is
refused the officer refusing shall give a certificate of such refusal to
the master of such vessel if so required by him.

(4) No action shall lie against the master of any vessel or any
person wbomsoever for anything done in execution of the provisions
of this Ordinance.

4. The provisions of this Ordinance shall not apply to ship-
wrecked mariners or other shipwrecked persons brought to the
Colony without charge by the master of a ship other than that in
which they were wrecked, nor to His Majesty's land and sea, forces,
nor to distressed British seamen, nor to Datives of the Colony, nor
to persons of Chinese nationality, nor to persons deported from
China under the provisions of the Orders in Council applicable to
China.

Asamended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912, No. 21 of
and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As anieuded by No. 15 of 1904 and No. 18 of 1912.

Short title. Interpretation. Owner, charterer, etc., liable in certain cases for expenses incurred by the Colony on account of lunatics becoming a charge on the public. Master to detain persons on board in certain cases. Certificate of refusal of permission to land. No action for anything done in execution of Ordinance. Exceptions.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Owner, charterer, etc., liable in certain cases for expenses incurred by the Colony on account of lunatics becoming a charge on the public. Master to detain persons on board in certain cases. Certificate of refusal of permission to land. No action for anything done in execution of Ordinance. Exceptions.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/940

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 1 of 1904

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:39 +0800
<![CDATA[CROWN COUNSEL'S FEES ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/939

Title

CROWN COUNSEL'S FEES ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 24 of 1903.

To provide for payment of Counsel's Fees in certain cases
in which the Attorney General appears.
[30th Dec., 1903.]

1. The Crown Counsel's Fees Ordinance, 1903.

1-M If in any cause or proceeding before alls. Court or
Tribunal any party, for whom the Attorney General appears or
acts as counsel, obtains an. order for costs wrainst any other party,
such costs shall, unless the Court or Tribunal otherwise orders,
include counsel's fees and shall be taxed against and payable by
the party against whom the order is made.

(2) If by reason of any custom, rule, regulation or arrangement
any Attorney General so appearing or acting as aforesaid is not
allowed to retain such fees, the fees included in such costs so
taxed when recovered shall be paid into the general revenue.

3. 1X0 action shall lie for the recovery of any such counsel's fees
heretofore taxed against and paid by any part ^
1 y in any case or pro-
ceeding before any Court or Tribunal before the passing of this
Ordinance.
Short title. Taxation of Attorney General's fees in costs against parties to actions.

Abstract

Short title. Taxation of Attorney General's fees in costs against parties to actions.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/939

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

87

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 24 of 1903

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:39 +0800
<![CDATA[WATERWORKS ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/938

Title

WATERWORKS ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 16 of 1903.

To proride for and regulate the Supply of Water.

1. The Waterworks Ordinance, 1903.

2. In this Ordinance,-

Excess consumption,' means-

[25th Sept., 1903.]

- (a) in the case of a tenement which is not rated, any quantity of
water ascertained by meter as having been used in such tenement;
(b) in the case of a tenement which is rated, any quantity of
water ascertained by meter as having been used in such tenement
in excess of a quarterly allowance which, at 40 cents per 1,000
gallons, would be equal to one-half per centuni of the annual rate-
able value of the said tenement;
(c) in the case of hospitals or charitable institutions, any
quantity of water ascertained by mater as having been used. in
excess of 20 gallons or 15 gallons per head per day respectively:

Gathering ground ' means any surface of land or otherwise
which collects the rainfall for the purposes of the waterworks:

* As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 1.3 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 191% No. 13 of 1912, No. 2t of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
~~e





---General rates---mean rates determined pursuant to the Rating
Ordinance. or by any resolution of the Legislative Council under
section 31 of that Ordinance :

---Meter--- means any appliance used to measure, ascertain, or
regulate the amount of water taken or used froni the waterworks
by ineans of any service, as well as any orifice or gauge or
other appliance used in estimating the flow of water in or from any
part of the waterworks:

---Owner ' ineans the holder of any tenement direct from the
Crown whether. under lease, licence, or otherwise, or the iminediate~
landlord of any lenement, or the agent of any such holder or
landlord who is absent or under disability, or if there is no such
agent the occupier of the tenement :

' Principal main '. ' means any other than a rider-niain.

---Public fountain--- ineans any fountain, stand-post, valve, tap,
or appliance used or intended to be used for or in connection with
the supply of water to the public from the waterworks, and erected
or hereafter to be erected by the Water Antliorlly, and which Is the
property of the Government
---Rider-main---means any main within a ---rider-main district
so arranged as to facilitate the control by the Water Authority of
the water supply to any tenement or tenements :
---Rider-main district--- means any district defined by the
(yovernor-in-Council as a district within which the water supply is
to be controlled by means of rider-mains:
---Service--- means all pipes, valves, cisterns, cocks, fittings, and
other appliances (excepting any meter as herein defined) by or
through which water flows or is intended to flow from the water-
works, or which are or may be used for the purpose of supplying
any tenement from the waterworks, and which service is the
property of the owner or occupier of such tenernent :
---Tenement ' means any land with or without buildings which
is held or occupied as a distinct or separate holding or tenancy, or
any wharf or pier in the waters of the Colony:

---Water Authority---means the Director of Public Works or such
other person or persons or body corporate as the Governor-in-
Council may appoint to manage or supervise the watetworksor
water swply:





---Waterworks'mean all reservoirs, dams, weirs, tanks, cis-
terns, tunnels, filter beds, conduits, aqueducts, mains, pipes,
fountains, sluices, valves, pumps, steam engines, and all other
structures or appliances used or constructed for the storage,
conveyance, supply, measurement or regulation of water which are
so used or have been constructed by or on behalf of the Government
and are the property thereof, or which shall hereafter be used or
constructed by the Water Authority.

Custody of Waterworks
3. The Water Authority shall have the custody and administra-
tion of the waterworks and of the water therein and the manage-
merit of the supply or distribution of such water, subject to the
general authority of the Grovernor-in- Council.

4. The Governor shall appoint. sintable officers to carry out the
provisions of this Ordinance, who shall be under the control of the
Water Authority, subject to the generai authority of the Governor.

Poicers of Water Authority.
5. It shall be lawful for the M`ater Authority to disconnect the
service to any tenement which is not connected with a rider-main
and to refuse to re-connect the saine unless the owner shall give.
an undertaking to pay quarterly to the Treasurer the amount due
for excess consumption and for meter rent as ascertained in accord-
ance with the provisions of any regulations made hereunder. If
any owner declines or neglects to give such undertaking within a,
period of 14 days from the date of notice in writing having been
served on him by the Water Authority, or within such extended
period as may be conceded by the later Authority, it shall
be lawful for the said Water Authority to disconnect the service of
the said tenement as aforesaid.

6. It shall be lawful for the Water Authority to lay rider-mains
in any rider-niain district and thereafler to disconnect. all services
from the principal ma ins and to connect the same to such rider-
mains, unless the sanctio'n of the Governor-in-Council shall have
been obtained for the retentionof any such service connected with
the principal main.

As arnended by No. 12 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As ameni~ed by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 18 of 1912,





7. It shall be lawful for the Water Authority or any person duly
authorised in writing by him at any time between 6 a.m. and 6
or in the case of urgency at any other time, for the purposes
hereinafter mentioned to enter into and upon any tenement into or
upon which any service has been laid or into or upon which water
from the waterworks is supplied or flows:-
(1) to inspect any service and to ascertain whether there is any
waste, leakage, obstruction, or dainage to any service or meter
therein and anything in connection therewith ; or
(2) to regulate, repair, alter, or inake additions to any service
or meter; or

(3) to ascertain the amount of water taken or used; or

(4) to disconnect the service of water to any tenement or to
diminish, withhola, or suspend, stop, turn off, or divert the supply
of water to any tenement through oi by meaus of any service either
wholly or in part.

8. It shall be lawful for the M.Tater Authority to diminish,
withhold, or suspend, stop, turn off, or dIvert the supply of water
through or by means of any service or public fountain either wholly
or in part, or whenever such NVater Authority may think fit, and
without prejudice to any water rate, ineter rent, or other sums due
or to become due under this Ordinance:-

(1) whenever the available supply of water from the waterworks
shall in the opinion of the Water Authority be insufficient; or
(22) whenever it may be expedient or necessary for the purpose
of extending altering, or repairing the waterworks or for the
purpose of the connection of services.; or
(3) whenever any public fountain is damaged or the waters
thereof are polluted or wasted and the person by whose act,
neglect, or default such damage, pollution, or waste has occurred
cannot be found; or

(4) if the construction or laying of any service by the owner of
anv tenement is not made, altered, or readjusted in accordance with
the provisions of this Ordinance,; or
(5) if default be made in the payment of any moneys due under,
this Ordinance from the owner of any tenement, or so long as such

As arnended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912..





default continues, or at the request of the owner of the tenement;
or

(6) in case of fire; or
(7) if any act or thing be done or Omitted contrary to the
provisions of this Ordinance in relation to any damage, waste,
pollution, or abuse of the waterworks or any service, meter, or
public fountain:

Provided that in the case of tenements supplied by rider-mains,
the Water Authority shall have power to diminish the, supply of
water whenever and to such extent as in his opinion it may
be desirable to do so.

9. It shall be lawful for the Water Authority to construct rider-
mains in or over any lane or street over land held under lease from
the Crown, provided that such lane or street is situated in a rider-
main district.

10. It shall be lawful for the Water Authorily lo construct public
fountains and connections with the n4ains in or over any lane or
street over land held under lease from the Crown.

Payment of Cost of Rider-mains
11. The cost of constructing any rider-main shall be borne in
equal shares per tenement by the owners of the tenements which
such rider-main is designed to serve, whether services to such
tenements are subsequently connected with it or not. The cost of
disconnecting any service from any principal main and connecting
it with any rider-main shall be borne by the owner of the tenement
to which such service is laid. The Watei Authority shall
determine what tenements are designed to be served by any rider-
main, and the cost of such rider-main shall be apportioned by the
Water Authority among the owners of such tenements. The cost
of the rider-mains and connections shall include a sum not
exe6eding 15 per centum on the, cost of the labour and materials to
defray the cost of supervision and other charges.

Construction of Serrices.
12. Any person owning or occupying any tenement may construct
a sevice thereto for the supply of water from the waterworks. The
construction of the service and the nature, size and quality of the

* As amei~ded by l~o. 12 of 1912.





materials and fittings shall be in accordance with regulations, and
on the completion thereof to the satisfaction of the Water Authority
it shall be connected by the Water Authority to the waterworks
subject to payment of the fee specified for such connection in the
regulations, and in the case of any tenement situate outside a
rider-ina.in district, or in the, case ef any tenement situate within
a ride-main district in respect of which the sanction of the
Governor-in-Council for a.connection with any principal main has
been obtained, subject to the owner giving the undertaking required
by section 5.

Provided always that,-
(1) in the case of a tenement situate within a. rider-main district
the service to any tenement shall be connected with a rider-main
unless the sanction of the Governor-in-Council for a connection
with any principal main shall have been obtained; or

(2) in the case of a, tenement sittiate. outside the Critv of Victoria
or situate in Kowloon or the INew Territories, save and except when
so directed by the Governor-in-Coucil, the Water Authority shall
be tinder no obligation to connect the service with the waterworks
where in 'the opinion of the Water Authority there is an adequate
provision of public fountalns.

13. The expenses of constructing, altering, or readjusting all
services shall be borne by the owner of the tenement to which such
services are laid.

14. The Water Authority may, in Ins, discretion, construct, alter,
and repair any service at the request of the owner or occupier, and
on completion thereof the person so requesting shall pay the cost
and expenses thereof at such tinie and place as may be prescribed
by regulations.

15. In the case of any existing service or J any service that may
hereafter be constructed, the stop-cock and length of piping between
such stop-cock and the main shall be the property of the Govern-
ment.

Meten.
16. Water supplied to any tenement through any service which
is not connected with. a rider-main shall be measured by matter.
Such meter shall be kept in repair by the Water Authority.

* As arnended by No. 12 of 1912.





17. All payments. for excess consumption shall be final, and no 1
person shall be entitled to set off an excesscomsumption in one

quarter against a less amount used in ans other quarter.

[s.' 18, rep. No. 12 of 19121.]

Gathering

19. The Governor shall cause the limits or areass of all existing 1
gathering grounds to be marked out and defined by boundary stones
or . in some conspicuous and perniatient manner ,and thereafter no
land not then already leased by the Crown shall be granted,
demised, or sold within such limits or areas for any purpose
whatsoever, provided that if the Director of Public Works shall be
satisfied that it is praticable to drain any land situated either wholly
or partially within the limits of any gathering ground in such a way
as to obviate the possibility of any portion of the waterworks
becoming contaminated, the Governor-in-Council rnay grant,,
dernise, or sell such land, subject to such conditions and restrictions
as to drainage as may be deen-ted advisable.

A map showing clearly such limits and areas shall be made and
kept for public reference in the office of the Water Authority.

20. Whenever the Governor-in-Council decides that a gathering
ground is required for the purpose of extending or augmenting the
water supply the Water Authority shall cause the limits or area
thereof to be Anarked out, defined, and mapped as in the last
section, and thereafter no land not then already leased by the Crown
shall be granted, deniised, or otherwise disposed of within such
limits or area for any purpose whatsoever except upon the express
condition that such land may be resunied by the Crown at any time
without compensation for such resumption upon. 3 years' notice of
such intention having been first given to the owner thereof.

Recovery of Moneys.
21. All moneys, other than penalties or fifies, payable or
recoverable under this OrdiDance shall be recoverable at the suit of
Treasurer in, the Summary Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court
together with interest thercon at a rate not exceeding 8 per cent.
per annum, and any judgment given or order made shall be

As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 12 of 1912.
~M





enforced in the same manner in which any judgment or order may
be enforced in any other action in the Supreme Court.

22. In any such action a certificate under the hand of the Water
Authority that any sum of money is due shall in the absence of
evidence to the contrary be conclusive evidence of such debt and
of the non-payment thereof.

Regulations.
23. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to make
regulations for the better carrying out of the provisions of this
Ordinance in respect of all or any of the following matters:-

(1) The price of water supplied by meter, such price not
to exceed one dollar per 1,000 gallons.

(2) The amount of rent to be paid for meters.

(3) The method and manner in which water may be taken from
the public fountains.

(4) The price to be paid for all services constructed or laid by
the Water Authority.

(5) The time and place for the payment of all moneys due or
to become due under this Ordinance.

(6) The suspension of the water supply.

(7) The construction, laying, fitting, alteration or readjustment
of services, and the nature, quality, size and pattern thereof and
of meters used therewith.

(8) The prevention of waste of water.

(9) The duties of the officers and servants of the Water
Authority, their proper behaviour and conduct, and the means of
summarily enforcing the same if necessary by fines not exceeding
in any case 25 dollars.

(10) The forms of all notices required to be given or sent under
this Ordinance and the issuing and service thereof.
(11) In respect of all such other matters not hereinbefore speci-
fically mentioned as may conduce to the better and more effective.
carrying out of this Ordinance.

* As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. M of 1911 and No. 12 i)f 1912.





Offences and Penalties.
24. Whosoever shall wilfully and negligently injure the water-
works, public fountains, services, or meters, or shall unlawfully
draw off, divert, or take water from the saine or from any streams
or waters by which the waterworks are supplied, and whosoever
shadl pollute any such water or shall allow any foul liquid gas or
other noxious or injurious- matter to enter into the waterworks or
any services connected therewith, shall for every such offence be
liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars, and to a further penalty
not exceeding 5 dollars for each day whilst the offence continues.

25. Any person who shall wilfully or negligently misuse or waste
or cause or allow to be -misused or wasted an.y water passing into,
through, or upon, or near any tenement from the waterworks shall
be liable to a fine not exceeding 25 dollars. The liability to such
fine shall not prejudice the remedy by suspension of supply or other-
wise as provided by section 8.

26. Every person who shall alter, or cause or permit to be altered,
any service without the consent of the Water Authority or contrary
to any regulations shall be liable to a fine not exceeding .50 dollars.

27. Whosoever shall alter, or cause or permit to be altered, any
service with intent to avoid the accurate measurement or register ot
water by means of any meter, or to obtain a greater supply of water
than be is entitled to and to avoid payment therefor, or who shall
wilfully or negligently injure any meter, shall be liable. to a. fine
not exceeding 200 dollars, and any service so altered or meter so
injured shall be replaced or repaired by the Water Authority at the
expense of the person convicted, and the cost of replacing or
repairing any such service` or meter may be recovered upon the
order of a Magistrate in the same manner as any penalty herein
provided may be recovered upon conviction.

28. Whosoever shall put, or allow to be put or to remain or to
accumulate, on any tenement occupied or owned by him or his
servants, or who shall not remove or cause to be removed or take
such steps as may be necessary to prevent, upon notice in writing
from the Water Authority, any foul, noisome, or injurious matter

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and 2',,7o. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 -of 1911.
As amended by No. 30 of l~ll and _No. 13 of 1912.





or any earth, deposit, or excavated material in such manner or place
that it may be washed, fall, or be carried into the waterworks or
the gathering grounds thereof, shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars, and for every day during which such matter,
earth, deposits or excavated materials are 1 allowed to remain after
notice in writing from the Water Authority requiring the same to
be removed, to a further penalty of 10 dollars for each day whilst
the offence continues.

29. Any person-

(1) who bathes in any part of the waterworks; or
(2) who washes, throws, or causes to enter therein any horse,
(log, goat, pig, or other animal, or any clothes, material or thing;
or

(3 who wrongfully opens or closes any cock, valve-, or sluice
beloncring to the waterworks;
0
shall he liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

30. The breaches of any regulations inade under this Ordinance
1 m
the penalty for which is not. otherwise hereby specially provided
sliall be punishable by fines not exceeding -2.5 dollars.

31. All penalties under this Ordinance may be recovered on
summary conviction and shall be in addition to any other taken
y
or proceeding, whether civil or criniinal, which may be taken
pursuant to any other enactment in force in Ifle Colony.
Is. 32, rep. INTo. 12 of 1912.1

No. 17 of 1903, repealed by No. 8 of 1912.

No. 18 of 1903, repealed by No. .5 of 190.5.

No. 19 of 1903, repealed by No. 42 of 1912.

. No. 20 of 1903, repealed by No. 31 of 1911, s. 50.

No. 21 of 1903, repealed by No. 34 of 1910.

As amended by 'No. 30 of 1911.
As -amended by No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 21 of 14)12.
Short title. Interpretation of terms. No.6 of 1901. Custody and administration of waterworks. Appointment of officers. Power to disconnect service. Power to lay rider-mains. Power of entry. Power to suspend, etc., supply of water. power to construct rider-mains over land leased from the Crown. Power to construct fountains in private streets. Cost of construction rider-mains. Construction and connection of services. Expenses by whom borne. Services may be constructed by Water Authority. Stop-cocks and connections to be the property of the Government. Water supplied only by meter. Payments for excess consumption to be final. Demarcation of gathering grounds. Reservation of gathering ground. Recovery of moneys. Proof of moneys due. Regulations. Injury, pollution, etc. Waste, etc. Altering service. Fraudulent measurement. Foul accumulation of earth. Bathing, washing, etc. Penalties for breaches not provided for. Recovery of penalties.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. No.6 of 1901. Custody and administration of waterworks. Appointment of officers. Power to disconnect service. Power to lay rider-mains. Power of entry. Power to suspend, etc., supply of water. power to construct rider-mains over land leased from the Crown. Power to construct fountains in private streets. Cost of construction rider-mains. Construction and connection of services. Expenses by whom borne. Services may be constructed by Water Authority. Stop-cocks and connections to be the property of the Government. Water supplied only by meter. Payments for excess consumption to be final. Demarcation of gathering grounds. Reservation of gathering ground. Recovery of moneys. Proof of moneys due. Regulations. Injury, pollution, etc. Waste, etc. Altering service. Fraudulent measurement. Foul accumulation of earth. Bathing, washing, etc. Penalties for breaches not provided for. Recovery of penalties.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/938

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

102

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 16 of 1903

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:37 +0800
<![CDATA[LIVE STOCK IMPORT AND EXPORT ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/937

Title

LIVE STOCK IMPORT AND EXPORT ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 15 of 1903.

For regulating the finpod and Export of Cattle and other
Live Stock. - [2.5th Sept., 1903.]

1. The Live Stock Import and Export Ordinance, 1903.

2. In this Ordinance,-

- Cattle ' includes bulls, cows, oxen, heifers, calves, and
buffaloes;

- Live stock - includes sheep, swine, and poultry.-

As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 51 of 1911 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched
~lf As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
3. The Governor-in-Council may make regulations for control-
ling the import and export of cattle and other live stock.

4. Every act, failure, neglect, or omission whereby any require-
ment of any such regulations is contravened, and every refusal to
comply with any such requirement, shall be deemed a contraven-
tion of this Ordinance.

5. Every person guilty of a contravention of this Ordinance shall
be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 100
dollars.

6. Where such a contravention is committed by a company or
corporation the secretary or manager thereof sliall be liable to be
convicted.
Short title. Interpretation. Regulations as to import and export of cattle, etc. Contravention of regulations. Penalty. Offence by company.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Regulations as to import and export of cattle, etc. Contravention of regulations. Penalty. Offence by company.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/937

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

169

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 15 of 1903

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:37 +0800
<![CDATA[SERVANTS' QUARTERS ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/936

Title

SERVANTS' QUARTERS ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 11 of 1903.

To prevent intrusion by persons other than the Servants of the
Occupier of premises into the portion of such Premises
used as Servants' Quarters. [15th Aug., 1903.]
1. The Servants' Quarters Ordinance, 1903.

As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 42 of 1909, No. M of 1911 and No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 4 of 1909, No. 42 of 1909, ',\,o. 50 of 1911,
No. l# of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.

2. In this Ordinance, - occupier - means any person in actual
occupation of any premises.

3. It shall be unlawful for any person other than a servant of the
occupier of any premises to be in or remain in or in any way to
Imake use of any portion of such premises as is provided by such
occupier for the use of his servants excetp with the permission of
such occupier.

4. It shall be lawful for the occupler of any premises to detain


any person offending against the. provisions of this Ordinance until
he can be handed over to the custody of the police, and it shall be
lawful for any officer of police upon the complaint. of such occupier
to take into custody without warrant any such person so offending
as aforesaid and take him before a Maorisirate to be dealt with under
.this Ordinance.

5. Every person guilty of an ffence against this Ordinance shall,
on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 25 dollars.

Short title. Interpretation. Prohibition of intrusion into servant's quarters. Power to detain and take before Magistrate. Penalty for intrusion.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Prohibition of intrusion into servant's quarters. Power to detain and take before Magistrate. Penalty for intrusion.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/936

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 11 of 1903

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:37 +0800
<![CDATA[WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/935

Title

WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 7 of 1903.

To authorise and regidate the estabishment and use of instal-
lations for the purpose of wireless Telegraphy.

[11th Feb., 1903.]

1. The Wireless Telegraphy Ordinance, 1903.

2. The Governor may, whenever he shall deern it expedient to
do so, licence the establishment and use within the Colony., of
installations for the purpose of wireless telegraphy.

3. No person shall establish or use within the Colony any
inst allation for the purpose of nireless telegraphy unless authorised
to do so by a licence under this Ordinance.

4. A licence under this Ordinai-ice may be issued subject to such
conditions and stipulations as the Governor may find desirable tn
the public interest.

5. If any person establishes or uses witbin the Colony any
installation for the purpose of wireless telegraphy without. a
licence under this Ordinance lie shall be guilty of a misdemeanor
and shall be liable to imprisonment for anY term not exceeding one
year, wid to a. fine riot exceeding 1,000 dollars, and be shall further
be liable to forfeit tiny apparatus for wireless telegraphy installed
or worked without a licence; but no proccedings shall be taken
against any person under this seclion excet,l by order of the.
G
fovernor.

6. The Governor may make regulations as to the use of wireless

telegraph apparatus on nterchant ships whether Brititsh or foreign
while in the waters of'the Colony, and may by such regulations
inipose penalties for the breach thereof not exceeding 100 dollars
for each offence, and may provide for the forfeiture on any such
breach of any apparatus for wireless telegraphy installed or worked
on such ships.

Short title. Power to Governor to licence installations. Prohibition of unlicensed installations. Conditions of licence. Penalty. Regulations.

Abstract

Short title. Power to Governor to licence installations. Prohibition of unlicensed installations. Conditions of licence. Penalty. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/935

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

106

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 7 of 1903

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:37 +0800
<![CDATA[FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/934

Title

FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 6 of 1903.

To give effect to an Order in Council of 12th Maarch, 1903, relating
to the Marriages of British Subjects in Foreign Countries.
[11July, 1903.]
WFIERFAs His Majesty the King, by ,- virtue of the authority vested ;in
him by the Foreign Marriage Act, 1892, and with the advice of His

Privy Council, has been pleased, by an Order in Council dated 12th
march 1903, to order that certai modifications of the require-
ments of the said Act as to residence and notice shall have effect
in cases where one only of the parties has dwelt within the district
of the marriage officer mentioned in the said Act and the other of
such parties has dwelt in a Colony, provided that the law of such
Colony shall give effect to such Order in Council; AND WHEREAS it
is expedient, to give effect within this Colony to such Order in
Council:

1. The Foreign Marriage, Ordinance, 1903.

2. Notice of a; marriage intended to be solemnized under the For-
eign Marriage Act, 1892, may be given in writing signed by the
party giving such notice to the Registrar General by one, of the
parties intending such marriage who has had his or her usual place
of abode in the Colony for 3 consecutive weeks immediately preced-
ing such notice.

As amended by No. 80 of 1911, NO. 50 Of 1911 and No. 4.3 of 1912.
As amended by 1No. 12 of 1912.
As timyded by No. 13 of 1912.
3. Before the issue of such certificate or licence as hereinafter
mentioned, the said party shall appear personally before the
Registrar General, and shall make affidavit, which the Registrar
General is hereby authorised to take, that he or she believes there
is not any impediment or objection which should obstruct the
solemnization of the marriage.

4. The Registrar General shall file every such notice as aforesaid
in his office, and shall, unless such notice has been published by
proclamation of banns, exhibit one copy thereof at his office, and
may, if he thinks fit, exhibit copies in other conspicuous places open
to the public, and shall enter a copy of the said notice with the date
of such entry in the - Marriage Notice Book - kept under the
Marriage Ordinance, 1875, and shall allow any person to inspect
such book during office hours without fee.

5. At any time not less than 15 davs (except when the Governor
shal 1 grant a licence as hereinafter provided) after the giving of
such notice the Registrar General, unless he is aware of any
impedurient or objection which should obstruct the solemnization of
the marriage, shall, on payment by the party giving such notice of
a fee of 1 dollar, give to such party a certificate that the said notice
has been given and published as aforesaid.

6. At any time after the giving of such notice the Governor,
unless he is aware of any impediment or objection which should
obstruct the solemnization of the marriage, may grant a licence
-uthorising the Registrar General to Issue his certific te on or after
any day named in such licence. The fee for such licence shall be
10 dollars.
55 & 56 Vict. C. 23 s. 21. Short title. Notice of intended marriage. Affidavit before issue of certificate or licence. Notice to be filed, etc., by Registrar General. No.7 of 1875. Registrar General's certificate. Governor's licence.

Abstract

55 & 56 Vict. C. 23 s. 21. Short title. Notice of intended marriage. Affidavit before issue of certificate or licence. Notice to be filed, etc., by Registrar General. No.7 of 1875. Registrar General's certificate. Governor's licence.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/934

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

180

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 6 of 1903

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:36 +0800
<![CDATA[STOWAWAYS ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/933

Title

STOWAWAYS ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 5 of 1903.

To provide for the more effectual prevention of frauds on Owners
and Charterers of Ships by Stowaways, their aiders and
abettors.

[24th June, 1903.]

The Stowaways Ordinance, 1903.
[s. 2, rep, No. 12.of 1912.]




As ainended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912, No. 13 of 1912~,qnd
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.
3. Every person found on board any ship with intent to obtain
a passage therein without the consent of the owner, charterer,
agent, master, or other person in charge thereof, and every person
arriving in this Colony on board any ship who, without the consent
of the owner, charterer, agent, master, or other person in charge
thereof, has obtained a passage therein, and the alder and abettor
of every such p~rson, shall respectively be liable, on summary
conviction, to a line not exceeding 1,000 dollars, and to imprison-
ment for any terni not exceeding 9 months.

4. Every person so on board any such ship may be detained and
may be handed over to the police and be taken without a warrant
before a Magistrate.

5. The onus of proving the required consent shall lie tipon the
accused.
Short title.
Penalties on stowaways and their aiders and abettors. Power to detain and take before Magistrate. Onus of prof.

Abstract

Short title.
Penalties on stowaways and their aiders and abettors. Power to detain and take before Magistrate. Onus of prof.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/933

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

83

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 5 of 1903

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:36 +0800
<![CDATA[MALAY STATES EXTRADITION ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/932

Title

MALAY STATES EXTRADITION ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 4 of 1903.

To provide for the surrender of Fugitive Criminals from the
Malay States. [3rd March, 1903.]

WHEREAS persons who have cominitted cortain crimes within any of
blie Alalay States may escape to the Colonv wid it is expedient to
provide for the, apprehension of such from justice
and for their surrender to the Governnient of such States respectively : --

1. The Malay States Extradition Ordinance, 1903.

2. In this Ordinance,-

Extradition crime--- means any crime or offence which, if
conirflitted in this Colony, would be one of the crimes or offences
mentioned in the Ist schedule.

---Fugitive criminal--- means any person accused or convicted of
an extradition crime committed. within the Jurisdiction of any of
the Malay States who is or is suspected of being in this Colony:
Malay State ' means any one of the following States:-Perak,
Selangor, Pahang, Negri Senibilan, Kelantan, Trengganu, Kedab,
and Perlis :
1 ---British Resident,' iticans any person lawfully discharging the
duties of the office of British Resident in any Malay State from
which a criminal is a fugitive.
The extradition crinies ineutioned in the Ist schedule shall be
construed according to the 'taw in force in the Colony at the date of
the alleged extradition crime.


*.As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
+ As amended by Nio. 8 of 1912 and No. 12 of 1912~
As amended by No. 13 1912.
U aniended ~v NO. 50 Of 1911, NO. 8 of 1912, -No. 12 of 1912,
Mo. 13 of 1.912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selled.





Provided always that the Governor-in-Council may by order
declare that any crime or offence specified in such order and - not
included in the 1st schedule shall form part thereof, and the crime
or offence specified therein shall come within the operation of this
Ordinance as if the same had been originally included in the said
schedule: Provided, also, that the Govern or-in -Council -may, by
order declare that any crime or offence specified in the Ist schedule
or which may hereafter be added to the said schedule shall no
longer form part thereof, and such crinie or offence shall cease to
come within the operation of this Ordinance.

3. The following restrictions shall be observed with respect to
the surrender of fugitive criminals :-

(1) A fugitive criminal shall not be surrendered if the crime
or offence in respect of which his surrender is demanded is one of a
political character, or if lie proves to the satisfaction of the Magis-
trate, or of a Judge, if bro ught before. the Court on a writ
of habeas corpus or of the Governor, that the requisition for his
surrender has in fact been made with a view to try or punish him
for a crime or offence of a political character or for a crime
or offence which is not an extradition crime ; and

(2) A fugitive criminal, who has been licensed of a crime
or offence in Hongkong, not being the extradition crime for which
his surrender is demanded, or who is undergoing sentence tinder
conviction in this Colonv shall not be surrendered until after he
bas been discharged, whether by acquittal or on expiration of his
sentence or otherwise.

4. Every fugitive criminal shall be liable to be apprehended and
surrendered in the manner provided by this Ordinance, whether the
extradition crime in respect of which the surrender is demanded
was committed before or after the commencement of this Ordi-
nance, andwhether there is or is not any concurrent jurisdiction in
any Court in this Colony over that crime.

5. Whenever the requisition for the surrender of a fugitive
criminal is made to the Governor by the British Resident in any
A1alay State the Governor may,. by order under his hand and seal,

As antended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 1.3 of 1912.
As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 8 of 1912 aud No. 12 oA~ 1912.





signify to a Magistrate that.such requisition has been made, and
require him to issue his warrant for the apprehension of the fugitive

6. A Magistrate, on receipt of the said order, shall issue his
warrant for the apprehension of the fugitive criminal or, if the
fugitive -criminal be already in custody, shall issue his order to all
necessary persons to bring the fugitive criminal before him to be,
dealt with according to this Ordinance.

1.-(1) A Magistrate inay also issue his warrant for the appre-
hension of a fugitive criminal on such inforination or complaint
as would, in his opinion, justify the issue of a warrant if the alleged
extradition crime has been committed in the Colony.

(2) A fugitive criminal apprehended on a warrant so issued
shall be discharged by the Magistrate, unless the Magistrate, within
such tline as, with reference to the circumstances of the case, he
may think, reasonable, receives froni the Governor an order
signifying that a requisition has been rnade for the surrender of
such fugitive criminal.

8.(1)- When a fugitive criminal is brought before a Magistrate,
lie shall .hear the case in the same, nianner and have the same
jurisdiction and powers, as nearly as may be, as if the prisoner were
brought before him charged with an indictable offence committed
in the Colony

Provided always that-

(a) copies, of depositions signed or taken before any Judge
or other competent Magistrate having authority in the Malay State
in question to take cognizance of the crime charged, and authen-
ticated in the manner hereinafter provided, may be received in
evidence of the criminality of such fugitive criminal;

. (b) in the case of a person convicted in any Malay State of an
extradition crime, a copy of the conviction, authenticated in the
manner hereinafter provided, may be received in evidence, and
shall, where the Magistrate is satisfied that such person is,
according to the law of the Malay State in question, unlawfully at
large, justify the Magistrate in committing such person to the

~ As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
f As' amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912,
No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp, Sched.
1*





Gaol to await the further order of the Governor without re-opening
the case;
(c) in every case proof of the identity of the fugitive criminal
must be given to the satisfaction of the Magistrate;
(d) warrants of arrest and copies of depositions, signed or taken
before any such Judge or other competent Magistrate as aforesaid,
and copies of convictions, shall be received in evidence, if the
warrant of arrest purports to be signed by such Judge or Magistrate,
and if the copies of depositions purport to be certified under the
hand of such Judge or Magistrate to be true. copies of the original
depositions, and if the copy of the conviction purports to be
certified under the hand and official seal of the British Resident to
be a true copy of the. original conviction. The signature of every such
Judge or Magistrade and his authority to take cognizance of the
crinie or offence ebarged sball be sufficiently proved if the. document
purports to be sealed with the official seal of the British Resident
and all Courts of Justice in this Colony shall take judicial notice of
such seal, and admit the document so authenticated by it to
be received in evidence without further proof : and
- (e) the warrants of arrest and the copy of the depositions, or, as
the case nia.v be, the copy of the conviction, shall be read to the
fugitive criminal, if he so desires, and he shall be asked if he has
any valid canse to show why lie should not be committed to gaDI to
await the ordeiof the Governor.

(22) The Magistrate shall receive any evidence which may
be tendered to show that the crime or offence of which the fugitive
criminal is accused is a crime or o1Tence of a political character, or
is not an extradition crime.

9.-0) If, at the hearing before a. -Magistrate, such evidence is
produced as would, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance,
justify the committal of the fugitive criminal for trial at the
Supreme Court if the extradition crime of which he is accused had
been committed in the Colony, and in cases of conviction provided
for by section 8 (1) (b) , the Magistrate shall commit him to the
Gaol to await the further order of the Governor, but otherwise shall
order him to be discharged.

(2) If the Magistrate commits the fugitive criminal to the Gaol,
he shall thereupon inform the fugitive criminal that he will not

As wriended by No. 50 of 1911, -\,o. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of J912
Supp. Sched.





be surrendered until after the expiration of 15 days from the date
of such committal, and that he has a right to apply to the Supreme
Court for a writ of habeas corpus, and such Magistrate shall
forthwith send to the Governor the depositions and other evidence
in the case together with a report thereon.

10. Before ordering a fugitive criminal to be discharged the
Magistrate shall cause notice of his intention to make such order
to be served on the Crown Solicitor.

11. The Magistrates Ordinance, 1890, so far as it relates to appeals
from the decisions of Magistrates, shall not apply to proceedings
under this Ordinance.

12.-(1) On the expiration of 15 days from the date of the
Magistrate's order of committal or, if a writ of habeas corpus has
been issued and if, upon the return to the writ, the Stipreme Court
has not discharged the fugitive criminal, immediately after the
decision of the Court, or after such further period in either case as
the Governor may allow, the Governor may, by warrant under his
hand and seal, order the fugitive criminal to be surrendered to such
person as the Governor considers to be authorised to receive him
on behalf of the authorities of the Malay State in question, and
the fugitive criminal shall 6e surrendered accordingly.

(2) If the fugitive criminal while in the, Colony escapes out of
any custody into which he has been delivered in pursuance of
a Magistrate's warrant as aforesaid, it shall be lawful for any police
officer to take him without warrant and to restore him to the
custody from which he has escaped, and for the person from whose
custody the fugitive criminal has escaped to retake hirn or receive
him from such police officer and to hold him at all times as upon
the original warrant.

13. Except where any proceedings are actually pending upon a
writ of habeas corpus before the Supreme Court, and in such case
with the concurrence in writing of the Judge having cognizance
thereof, the Governor may at any time, by order tinder his hand
and seal, discharge a fugitive criminal from custody.

14. If a fugitive criminal who has been committed to prison under
this Ordinance to await the order of the Governor is not surrend-

As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 51 of 1911 and No. 8 of 1912.
As amendd by No. 12 of 1912.





ered and conveyed out of the. Colony within 2 months after such
committal, or within 2 months after the determination of any
proceedings upon a writ of habeas corpus, as the case may bo, any
Judge may, upon application made to him by or on behalf of the
fugitive criminal and on proof that reasonable notice of the
intention to make such application has been given to the Grown
Solicitor, o rder the fugitive criminal to be discharged out of
custody, unless sufficient cause is shown to the contrary.

15. Every person who is accused or convicted of having coun-
selled, procured, cornmanded, aided, or abetted the commission of
any extradition crime or of being accessory before the fact to any
extradition crime shall be deemed, for the purposes of this Ordi-
nance, to be accused or convicted of having committed such crime,
and shall be liable to he apprehended and surrendered accordingly.

16. If any action or suit be brought against a Magistrate,
Superintendent of the Gaol, gaoler, police officer, or any other person
for anything done under or nii obedience to any warrant or order
issued under the provisions of this Ordinance, the proof of such
warrant or order shall he, a sufficient answer to such action or suit,
and the defendant, on such proof as aforesaid, shall be entitled to
a verdict or Judgment accordingly, and shall also be entitled to all
costs of suit.

17. The forms in the 2nd schedule or forms to the like effect,
with such variations and additions as circumstances require, may
be used for the purposes therein indicated and according to the
directions therein contained, and instruntents in these forms shall
(as regards the form thereof) be valid and sufficient.

FIRST SCHRDULE.

EXTRADITION
1. A1Vrder and attempt to murder.
2. Manslaughter.
3. Malicious wounding.

[s. 2. ]

As amended by No. 13 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 51 of 1911.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





4. Counterfeiting or altering money, or uttering or bringing into
circulation, counterfeit or altered money.
5, Forgery, or counterfeiting' or altering, or uttering what is forged,
or counterfeited, or altered, comprehending the crimes designated in
the laws of Hongkong as counterfeiting or falsification of paper money,
bank notes, or other securities, forgery, or other falsification of other
public gr private documents, likewise the uttering, or bringing into
circulation, or wilfully using such counterfeited, forged, or falsified
papers.
6. Embezzlement or larceny.
7. Receiving stolen goods.
8. Obtaining money or goods by false pretences.
9. Crimres against bankruptcy law.
10. Fraud committed by a bailee, banker, agent, factor, trustee, or
director, or member, or public officer of any company, made criminal
by any law for the time being in
11. Rape.
12. Abduction.
13. Child-stealing,
U Kidnapping
15. False imprisonment.
-16. Burglary, or house-breaking.
17. Arson.
18. Robbery -with violence.
19. Threats by letter or otherwise, with intent to extort.
20. Piracy whethere by the law of nations or by municipal law.
21. Sinking or destroying a vessel at sea, or attempting to do so.
22. Assaults on board a ship on the high seas, with intent to destroy
23. Revolt, or conspiracy to revolt, by two or more persons on board
a ship on the high seas, against the aulorit of the master.

24. Perjury or subornation of per'

25. Malicious injury to property, if the offence is indictable,
26. Any indictable offence under,-
(a) The Offences against the Person Ordinance, 1865.
(b) The, Forgery Ordinance, 1865.
(c) The Larceny Ordinance, 1865.
(d) The Coinage Offences Ordinance, 1865.

* As aniende~p#by No. 12, of 191.2 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





SECOND SCHEDULE. IS.
FROM No. 1.
Order by the Governor to a Magistralc to issue his Warrant.

BY His Excellency
the Colony of Hongkong and its Dependencies.
To Police Magistrate

WHEREAS requisition has been rnade to rile by
for the surrender of
accus.ed of the couttnission of the crinie of within the
jurisdiction of insert the Malay State front which the critninal is a jugitivej Now 1
hereby, by hhis, order under my hand and seal, signigy to You that such requisition has
been noide, and require you lo issue your warrant for. the apprehension of such fugitive.

, Governor and Cot nurander-in-Chif f of

late of

GIVEX under lily liand and seal at Victoria, Hongkong, this day of
19 .

(11)

(Signed.)

FORM NO 2.
Warrant of Apprchension by Order of the Governor.

HongKong

LN THE POLICE COURT AT

To fill and ench of the Constables ol the Colony.

Governor.

WHEREAS Tlis Fxcelleney the Governor by
order under his hand arid seal, has signified to me that requistiion has been duly made
to him for. the surrender of
accused of the commission of the crime of within
the jurisdiction of [insert the Malay State front which the criminal is a fugitive] This
is therefore to command . on in His Majesty's )tame forthwith to apprehend the said
wherever lie inay be found in the Colony, avid bring him before me
or sorne other Magistrate sitting in this Court, to show cause why lie should not be
surrendered in purquance of the Afalay States Extradition 1903; for which
this shall be your warrant.

late of

Dated this day of

. cl ).

Hongkong

To lite Superintendent of
Colony.

WHEPEAS His Excellency the Governor, by
order under his hand arid seal, bath signified to me that requisition has been duly made
to him for the surrender of
mission of the criffle of

' 19 .







(Signed.)

Magistrate.

FORm NO. 3,
Order lo bring before a Magisirate a Fugitive Criminal already in Custody.

IN THE POLICE COURT AT

Gaol, arid to all and each of the Constables of the



late. ofaccused of the com
within the jurisdiction of

As amended by No. 12 oi 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sch*ed.
As amended by No. 13* of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





the Malay State fronz which the criminal is a fugitive] This is, therefore, to command
you in His Majesty's name, forthwith to bring the said
before me or some other MAgistrate sitting in this Court, to be dealt with according to
the provisions of the Malay States Extradition Ordinance, 1903, for which this shall be
your warrant. -

Dated this day of

911

HONGKONG.

' 19 .

(Signed.)

FoRM No. 4.
R'arrant of Apprehension without Order of 1he Governor.

IN THE POLICE COURT AT

Magistrate.

To all and rach of the Constables of the Colony.
WHEREAS it has been shown to the undersigned, a Magistrate in and for the Colony of
Hongkong, that
of the critne ofwithin the jurisdiction of [inscrt the Mulay State fron,
which the crintinal is a fugitive', -
This is, therefoie, to command you, in His Majesty's naine, fortImith to appreheiid
the saidan,] to be him before me or sonic other Magistrate sitting
at this Court, to be further dealt with according to law; for which this sliall be your
warrant.

Dated this day of

(1)-
Fowm No. 5.
HONGKO\G. IN THE POLICE COURT AT
To one of the Constables of the colony, and the Superintcndent
of Gaol.

On this day of 19 late of , is brouhght
before me, a Magistrate of the Colony of Hongkong, to cause whay he Aiould not be
surrendered in pursuance of the Ilialay States Extradition Ordinance, 1903, on the
ground of his beffig accused of the commmission of the criminal of witbin
the jurisdiction of [insert the Malay State frooi irhich flie crimiwil is a fugitive]and
forasmuch as no sufficient cause has been sbown to ine why he should not be surrender
ed in pursuance of the said Ordinance :
This is, therefore, to coininand You, the said Coustabie, in His Majesty's name forth-
with to convey and deliver the b~dy of the said
into the custody of the said Superintendent of
Gaol, and you the said Superintendent, to receive the said
into your custody. And him there safeb, to keep until he is thence
delivered pursuant to the provisions of the said Malay States Extradition Ordinance,
1903; for which this shall be your warrant.

late of.

' 19 .

(Signed.)


Warrant of Commuttal







IN THE POLICE COUPT AT

is accused of the commission

Magistrate.

opic of the CoRistables of the Coloply, and the Superintendent

Dated this day of

' 19 .

(Signed.)

Magistrate.

As amended by No' 50 of 1911, No. 13 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched..
As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
FORM No. 6.
Warrant of the Governor for the Surrend of a Fugitice Criminal

By His Excellency
the Colony of 1-longkong and its Dependencies.
To lite Saperintendelit of Gaol, and
HONGKONG to wit.

, Governor and

to


isithin the jurisdiction of linsert the Malay

WHEREAS late of accused of the commission of tile
crime of within the jurisdiction of [inscrt the Malay
state from which the criminal is a fugitice] was delivered into the custody of you
, the Superintendetn of Gaol, by warrant dated the
pursuant to the malay States Extradition Ordinance, 1903, Now I do
hereby, in pursuance of the said Ordinance, order you the said Superintendetn, to
deliver th body of the sai
into the custody of the said and I command you the said

into your custody, and to convey hirn
the custody of

to receive the said

and 1 command you the said

. and there place him into
who is antliorised by the authorities of
[inscrt the Malay State fron, lchl`ch the criniinal is a fugitice]to receive him; for which
this shall be your warrant.

Given under my hand and seal this day of
G D

(Signed.)

Foum No. -7.
Order of discharge by the Gorcrnor.

By- His Excellency
tbe Clony of Hongkong and its Dependencies.

To the Superintendent of Gool.
WHEREAS one is now in vour custody as a fugidve criminal
kinder the provision,.of the 'Malay States, Extradition Ordinance, 19(3 : and whereas it
lias been determined that no warratn shall be granted for the surrender of the said
Now 1. do hereby order and require 'you to disellarge the said
custody under the said Ordinance.

GIVE\ under my hand and seal at Victoria, Hougkong, this
19

' 19

Governor.

, Governor and Cominander-in-Chief of

C)







(Siglied.)

from

Governor, (-c.

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Power to add to or expunge from the schedule of extradition crimes. Restrictions on surrender of fugitive criminal. Liability of fugitive criminal to be surrendered. Requisition to the governor and order to Magistrate for warrant. Duty of Magistrate on receipt of order. Magistrate may also issue warrant as in ordinary cases. Procedure on fugitive criminal being brought before Magistrate. Committal to prison or discharge. Notice to Crown Solicitor before discharge. Barring of appeal. No.3 of 1890. Warrant for surrender, etc. Power of Governor to order discharge. Discharge if not surrendered within 2 months or on application to a Judge. Aiders and abettors in extradition crimes. Protection of Magistrate and others acting under warrant. Forms. No.2 of 1865. No.4 of 1865. No.5 of 1865. No.7 of 1865.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Power to add to or expunge from the schedule of extradition crimes. Restrictions on surrender of fugitive criminal. Liability of fugitive criminal to be surrendered. Requisition to the governor and order to Magistrate for warrant. Duty of Magistrate on receipt of order. Magistrate may also issue warrant as in ordinary cases. Procedure on fugitive criminal being brought before Magistrate. Committal to prison or discharge. Notice to Crown Solicitor before discharge. Barring of appeal. No.3 of 1890. Warrant for surrender, etc. Power of Governor to order discharge. Discharge if not surrendered within 2 months or on application to a Judge. Aiders and abettors in extradition crimes. Protection of Magistrate and others acting under warrant. Forms. No.2 of 1865. No.4 of 1865. No.5 of 1865. No.7 of 1865.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/932

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 4 of 1903

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:35 +0800
<![CDATA[FLOGGING ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/931

Title

FLOGGING ORDINANCE, 1903

Description


No. 3 of 1903.

To amend the law relating to the Punishment of Flogging.
[3rd Mlarch, 1903.]

WHEREAS it is expedient to repilate sentences of flogging, and to limit
the number of strokes which may be awarded bv sentences of the
Gourts or under the regulation., in force in the Prisons of the
Colony:-

1. The Flogging Ordinance, 1903.

2. In this Ordinance, ' flogging ' includes whipping , and

flogged ' includes whipped.

3. Where any person is convicted before the Supreme Court-
(1) of any crinie, and was, at the time of the 'commission
thereof, armed with any offensive weapon or instrument; or

(2) of any felony not punishable with death, committed after two
previous convictions for felony, 'and the sentence for each of which
has been at least 6 months imprisonment with hard labour; or

(3) of any crime made punishable under sections 20, 44 or 45
of Ordinance No. 2 of 186.5 ; or
-:1~
(4) of the crime of stealing any chattel, money, or valuable
security froin the person of any wornan or child; or

(5) of any crime made punishable under sections 31, 32, 33, 34,
35, or 36 of Ordinance No. 5 of 1865 ; or

As amended by No, 50 of 1911 and No 48 of 1912 Supp. Sched '
As amended by No. 12 of 1911, No. 14,1 of 1411, No. 12 of 1912 and
No~ 4.3 0 19U1





(6) of piracy ; or

(7) of indecent assault,
the Court may, in addition to any other punishment awarded for
such crime, direct that the offender, if a male, be flogged once.

4.-(1) Tn the case of any crime made punishable under section
31 of Ordinance No. 5 of 1865, where the punishment of flogging is
awarded by the Supreme Court on an offender whose age exceeds
16 years, the following provisions shall have effect:-
(a) the sentence shall prescribe the number of strokes to be
inflicted,
(b) the number 'of strokes shall not exceed 24, and the
instrument used shall be either the instrument commonly known
as the cat -, or else a birch, as the Court, in its. sentence, may
specify
(c) the flogging shall be inflicted in prison and within 6 months
of the sentence.

(2) In all other cases where the punishment of flogging is

awarded by the Supreme Court or by a, Magistrate the following
provisions shall have effect:-
(a) the sentence shall prescribe the number of strokes to be
inflicted,
(b) in the case of an offender whose age does not. exceed 16 years
the number of strokes shall not exceed 12 ;
(c) in the case of any other offender the number of strokes shall
not exceed 24 ;
(d) the flogging shall be inflicted with a birch on the breech in
prison and within 6 months of the sentence.

5. When a person is convicted at one trial of any two or more
distinct offences, any two or more of which are legally punishable
by flogging, the combined sentences awarded by the Supreme
Court or Magistrate for any such offences shall not exceed a total
number of 24 strokes in the case of adults and 12 strokes in the case
of offenders whose age does not exceed 16 years.

6. Where, by any Ordinance in force, save in so far as it
is modified by this Ordinance, the Supreme Court or any

As amended by No. 12 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912, No. 12 of 1912 and
No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1912 and No. 13 of 1912.

A
Magistrate is authorised to sentence an offender to flogging such
Ordinance shall be conAtrued and have effect as if the instrument
of flogging had been specified to be the birch and the Maximum
number of strokes had been specified to be 24.

7. In no case shall a sentence of flogging be passed upon a
female, either by the Courts or in any prison.
Is. 8, rep. No. 1.2 of 191T]
Short title. Interpretation. Supreme Court may award flogging in certain cases. Conditions under which flogging may be awarded and inflicted. Twenty-four strokes the maximum for combined offences. Construction of other Ordinances authorising flogging. females not to be flogged.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. Supreme Court may award flogging in certain cases. Conditions under which flogging may be awarded and inflicted. Twenty-four strokes the maximum for combined offences. Construction of other Ordinances authorising flogging. females not to be flogged.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/931

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 3 of 1903

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:35 +0800
<![CDATA[PUBLIC HEALTH AND BUILDINGS ORDINANCE, 1903]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/930

Title

PUBLIC HEALTH AND BUILDINGS ORDINANCE, 1903

Description



No. 1 of 1903.

To consolidate and amend the laws relating to Public health and
to Buildings

PART I.

[21st Febrtiary, 1903.]

PRELIMINARY.
1. The Public Health and Buildings Ordinance, 1903.

2. The by-laws contained in schedule B shall be deenied to have
been duly made by the Sanitary Board, approved by the Legislative
Council, and gazetted, tinder this Ordinance, and shall remain in
force until altered, amended or revoked.

Is. 3, rep. No. 8 of 1912.]

4~ As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
+ As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No, 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 2 of 1912,
; As affiended by No. 1 of 1912.





4. The provisions. of this Ordinance with reference to wells, the
construction of buildings, and the carrying out of works shall not
apply in the case of wells, buildings or works belonging to the
Crown or to the Colonial Government or upon any land vested in
any person on behali of the naval or military departments of His
Majesty's service; but all the provisions of this Ordinance in relation
to hoardings, scaffoldings, and verandahs, balconies and areas on or
over or into unleased Crown land shall apply without exception tb
all buildings throughout the Colony.


15. Nothing herein contained shall vary or affect the rights or
liabilities as between landlord and tenant under any contract be-
tween them.

6. In this Ordinance-

1. ---Adjoining owner--- ineans the owner or one of the owners,
and ' adjoining occupier--- means the occupi of the

occupiers, of land, buildings, storeys or rooms adjoining those of
the building owner '.
2. Author of a milsance--- means the person by whose act,
delault, permission, or sufferance the nuisance arises or continues.
3. ' Authorised architect' means any individual whose name
ai)t)ears in the hs'. of authorised architects hereinafter provided for.
4. ' Bake-house--- means any premises on which bread, biscuits
or confectionery are baked ior sale as food for man, and also includes

any premises on which such food is prepared for baking, or on which
the materials for the preparation of such food are stored.
5. ' Balcony---means any stage, platform, oriel or other similar
structure projecting from the main wall of any building and support-
ed by brackets or cantilevers.
6. ' Basement---means any cellar, vault, or underground room or
any room any side of which abuts on or against the earth or soil.
7. Board---means the Sanitary Board.
8. Building--- includes any domestic building, house, school,
verandah, balcony, kitchen, latrine, gallery, chimney, arch, bridge,
out-house, stable, shed, matshed, warehouse, factory, $bop, work-
shop, brewery, distillery, godown, or place of secure stowage, also
any wall, roof, covered way, and any sunshade over any street.

~1 As amended by 'No. 8 of 1912.
f As an'iende-d by No. 1 of 1912.
5 As anlended by l.,'o. 14 of 1908 and No. 43 of 1912.





9. ---Building Authority.' means the Director of Public Works
orsuch other person as the Governor-in-Couricil may appoint to give
effect to the provisions of Part 111 of this Ordinance.
10. ---Building line---means, in* the case of land leased from the
Crown after the commencement of this Ordinance, the. line which
shall be determined by the Building Authority up to which the main
wall of a new building including any buttresses or projected party
walls abutting on any street may lawfully extend; and, in the case
of land held under lease from the Crown at the date of the com-
mencement of this Ordinance, it shall mean the boundary of the
lot, except that, where buildings front an existing private street,
any new building abutting thereon shall conform to the provisions
of this Ordinance.
11. ' Building owner ' means such one of the owners of adjoin-
ing land as is desirous of building, or stich one of the owners of
buildings, storeys, or rooms, separated from-one another by a party
wall -or party structure as does or is desirous-of doing a work affect-
ing that party wall or party, structure.
112. ---Cattle ' means bulls, cows, oxen, heil'ers, calves and
buffaloes.

13. ' Cement ' means Portland cement.

[para. 14, rel). 20 of 1903:. rel). No. 31 of 1911.]

15. ' Common lodging-house---includes any house or part thereof
or other permanent structure where male persons of the labouring
artizan or mechanical classes, riot being members of the same
family, to the number of 10 persons or upwards are housed, but does
not include a house or permanent structure where shopmen or
domestic servants are housed by their employers.

15. ' Colonial Veterinary Surgeon--- includes any veterinary
surgeon or medical practitioner authorised by the Governor to per-
form the, duties of the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon under this
Ordinance.

16. ' Cross wall ' mean~ any wall of brick, stone, concrete or
other incombustible material, other than a partition wall of the
height of one storey only, used, or built in order to be used, as a

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and
+ As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and
As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amenlled by No. 8 of 1912.





separation of one part of any building (including the yard) from
another part of the same building, such parts being accessible
through a common entrance.
17. ---Cubicle---means any portion of a room which is partitioned
off for the purpose of being used as -- sleeping place and which is
not provided with a skylight, window or windows of its own
(independently of the window area of the roorn. in which such
cubicle is erected) opening either directly or across a verandah or
balcony into the external air and having a total area equal to at
least one-teDth of the floor area of such portion of such room and
capable of being opened to the extent of one hall at least, and having
a glazed area equal to one half at least of the total area of such
window or windows.
18. ---Dairy--- ineans and include3 any farm-house, cowshed,

milk-store, milk shop or other place from which milk is supplied
or in which milk is kept for purposes of sale.

19. ---Dairyman--- includes any cowkeeper, purveyor of milk, or

occupier of a dairy, and in cases where a dairy is owned by a
corporation or Company, the secretary or other person actually
managing such dairy.
20. ---Dangerous building---means a building in such a condition
as to cause risk of injury either to the occupiers of such building or
to the occupiers of any neighbouring building, or to passengers.
2L ---Dangerous trade--- ineans any wanniacturing process or
handicraft in which lead, arsenic, mercury, phosphorus or any
other poisonous substance whatsoever is used.
21a. ---Department--- nicans the Sanitary Department.
22.'---Domestic building---ineans any building constructed, used,
or adapted to be used, wholly or partly, for human habitation, but
does not include any building where caretakers only, not exceeding
two in number, pass the night.
23. ---Drug--- means any medicine for internal or external use.
24. ' European Reservation--- means that portion of the City of
Victoria which is situated on the soidhern or south-eastern side
of a dividing line beginning from a point on the Pokfulam Road
at No. 1 Bridge and passing along Pokbilam. Road, High Street,
Bonham. Road, and Caine Road as far as Ladder Street, thence

As amended by No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of.1912
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





along Ladder Street to the north-western corner of Inland Lot 398,
thence along the north-eastern boundary of the said lot and-
the northern boundary of Inland Lot 574 and bisecting Inland Lof s
523, 423, 157 and 94, thence along the northern boundaries of
Inland Lots 100, 1086, 122 and 123, thence along Shelley Street and
the northern boundary of Inland Lot 125, thence along Chancery
Lane, Arbuthnot Stel)s, Wyndham Street, Lower Albert Road, and
Ice House Lane, thence along Queen's Road Central and Queen's
Road East to the eastern boundary of War Department land, thence
along the western boundary of Inland Lots 47A, 47 and 1211 until
it meets the southern boundary of Inland Lot 1210 produced, thence
in a strairht line to the south-east corner of Inland Lot 12,10, thence
in a straight line to the north-west corner of Inland Lot 1593, and
thence along Wanchal Gap Road and Kennedy Road terminating
at the junction of Rennedy Road with Queen's Road East. The
lateral boundaries to be formed by lines drawn southward froin the
beginning and terinination of the aforesald dividing line until they
meet the southern boundary of the City of Victoria. It also in-
eludes any such other area as the Governor-in-Council ina,y define
and notify in the Gazette.

25. ---Exceptional building---means any public building, factory,
work-shop, pawn-shop, or building intended for special uses, or any
building of glass, iron or other material not provided for in this
Ordinance, and includes any warehouse or godown and also the fire-
places, kilns, furnaces, chimneys, flues and shafts of any bakery,
opium boiling-house or factory.

26. ---External air--- means the air of any space- which is verti-
cally open to the sky and unobstructed and which, when measured
from and at right angles to the external surface of a wall, or where
there is a verandah or balcony when measured from the external
surface of such verandah or balcony, has a dimension of not less
than 13 feet throughout the extent of any window opening in such
wall, and when measured parallel to the external surface of such
wall, verandah or balcony and in a horizontal direction has a dimen -
sion of not less than 5 feet.

27. ---External wall---means any wall or vertical enclosure of any
building, not being a party wall, cross wall or other partition, nor
the external wall of a verandah.

* As amended by No. 23 of 1903.





drugs or water.

28. ---Factory '' means any building or part of a building. in which
machinery is worked by steam, water, or other mechanical power,
f6r purposes of trade.
29. ---Floor ' includes any horizontal platform forming the base
of any storey, and every joist, board, timber, stone, brick, or other
substance, connected with and forming part ol such platform.
---Food---means any article used for food or drink other than

31. ---Hill-side--- means the face of the natural hill, or the face
of any semp or retaining-wa.11 built to support the sarne, or any
artificial filling in or terracing, with earth behind such scarp or
retaining-wall inade with the object ol suporting a street or form-
ing a. site for a building.
32. ---Fill District--- rueans any part ol the island of Hongkong
abov(5 the 700 feet contour, excer)t Chinese villages
33. ---Householder--- means the actual tenant or occupier ol any
building, or in cases where there is no such person, then the owner
of such building, and, in the case ol corporations, companies, and
associations, the secretary or manager thereof.
34. ---Eeeper ol. a common lodging-house -. means any person
licensed to keer) a common lodging-house.
3.5. ---Latrine,--- includes---privy -.
[para. 36, rel). No. 8 of 1912.1
37. ---Main wall---means either an external or a party wall.

38. ---Mezzanine floor -, or---Cockloft ', Includes any floor, other
than a ground floor, and any platform or landing, of a. greater length
than 7 feet and of a greater breadth than 3 feet, which has not a
clear space of 9 feet ineasured vertically, both above and below it,
and which is not separately provided with a window or windows
opening directly into the external air and having a total glazed area
equal to at least one-tenth of the floor area.
39. ' New building ' includes any building begun after the com-
mencement of this Ordinance; and any existing building hereafter
altered to such an extent as to necessitate the reconstruction of the
whole of any two of its main walls or the removal of the roof and
the re-construction of at least one half of each of any two of its

As amended by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 8 of 1912.





main walls, whether at the same time or by instalments at different
times; and any existing building raised to such an extent that its
total height exceeds one and a half times the original height of the
building. It also includes the conversion into a dofflestic building
of any building not originally constructed for human habitation, and
the conversion into more than one domestic building of a building
originally constructed as one domestic building only.
lparas. 40, 41, rep. No. 8 of 1912.]

42. ' Occupler--- means any person in actual occupation of an
premises.

43. ---Offensive trade--- includes the trade of blood-boiler, bone-
boiler, fellmonger, soap-boiler, tallow-melter, tripe-boller, and any
other noxigus or offensive trade, business or manufacture whatso-
ever.

44. ' Owner ' includes any person holding premises direct frorn
the Crown, whether under lease, licence or otherwise, and also any
person for the tirne being receiving the rent of any solely
or as joint-tenant, or tenant in common with others, or receiving
the rent of any premises whether on his own behalf or that of any
other person; and, where such owner as above defined cannot be
found or ascertained or is absent from the Colony or is under dis-
ability, the agent of such owner; and if there is no such agent, the
occupier; and for the purposes of this Ordinance, every mortuagee
in possession shall be deemed an owner.

44a. ---Partition-wall--- means any wall of the height of one
storey only, or of a less helg-lit, used or constructed to be used for
separating one part of a building from another part of the same
building, and not coming under the deflifition of ---cross wall
11 external wall ', ---main wall ' or ---party wall -.

45. ---Party wall---means a wall forming part of a building and
used or constructed to be used in any part of the height or length
of such wall for the separation of ddjoining buildings belonging to
different owners or occupied or constructed or adapted to be occupied
by different persons.
46. ' Party structure---means a party wall, and also a partition
floor or other structure separating, vertically or horizontally, build-
ings, storeys or rooms which belong to different owners.

14 by No. 14 of 190SI
As amende





47. Person--- includes a body corporate., a partnership, and all
association of persons unincorporated.
48. ---Premises---includes any land, building, or structure of any
kind, footway, yard, alley, court, garden, stream, nullah, pond,
pool, paddy-field, marsh, drain, ditch, or place open, covered or
enclosed, cesspool or foreshore, also any vessel lying within the
waters of the Colony.
48a. ---President---incans the President of the Sanitary Board.

49. ---Public building---includes any building, riot in the occupa-
tion of the Naval or Military Departments, used for public worship,
public instruction, public assembly or public recreation ; and also
any building used as a hotel or as a ptiblic hall or hospital, -or for
any other public purpose whatsoever.
50. ---Public latrine--- rneans any latrine to which the public are
admitted on payment or otherwise.
51. ---Room--- includes sub-division of any storey of any
domestic building other than---
(1) a ctiblelc :
(11) a drying-room, store-roont, pantry, lobby or landing
is not used for sleeping purposes.
52. ---Secretary---and---Assistant Secretary mean the secretary
and assistant secretary of the Sanitary Board respectively.

53. -. Storey--- means the space between the upper surface of
every floor and the, upper siirface of the floor next above it, or, if
there be no such floor, of the roof next above the said floor, but does
not include any space which is provided for the purpose of ventilu
tion or any space which has a less height tban 9 feet.
54. ---Street---includes any square, court or alley, highway, lane,
road, or passage whether a thoroughfare or not.

55. ---Tenant---
householder the whole or any part of any floor or floors of any
building.
56. ---Tenement house---means any domestic building construct.
ed, used, or adapted to be used for hunian habitation by more than
one tenant.

means any person who holds direct frorn any

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908.





5 7. ---Urban district---includes the City of Victoria and any such
other area as the Governor-in- Council may define and notify in the
Gazette.

158. ---Verandah ' means any stage, platform, or portico project-
ing from the niain wall of any building and supported by piers or
columns.

59. ---Vessel--- means any steam or sailing ship, latinch, motor-
boat, junk, lighter, sanipan, or boat.

59a. Wall--- includes ' cross wall external wall main
wall ', rartitlon wall ', ---party wall and every other kind of
wall whether supporting any structure or not.

60. ---Width of street. '-For the purposes of this Ordinance
the width of a street on Laileased Crown Land sliall be ascertained
by measuring the shortest distance between the building lines as
defined by this Ordinance, and shall, unless the Building Authority
otherwise decides, be measured at right angles to the direction of
the street.

In the case of streets on land held under least from the Crown
the width of a street shall be the shortest distance ineasured be.
tween the building lines as shown on a block plan of the property,
whic h plan shall extend, on all sides, to the Dearest streets over
unleased Crown Land. Provided that in the case of divided owner-
ship of leased land such block plan shall be subscribed to by the
several owners and shall be binding upon them, their executors,
administrators and assigns, unless and until a. furthei block plan for
the laying out of the entire property in some other inanner shall have
been submitted to and approved by the Building Authority and
subscribed to by the respective owners. For the purpose. of deter-
mining such btulding lines, the main walls of the building includ.

ing any buttresses or projection party walls, shall be taken.


60a. ---Window--- means a structure placed in an opening in the
wall of a building and consisting of glazed sashes hinged to or sliding
within a framework of wood, metal, brick.or cement, so arranged as
to admit light and capable, when opened, of also admitting air.
61. ---Works ' includes the partial or total constructing, recon-
structing, pulling down, opening, cutting into, adding to, and

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amended.by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 8 of 1912.





altering any building, wall, retaining wall, chimney-stack, flue,
ground, road, well, drain, sewer, pier, wharf, fence, and any other
building operation whatsoever.
62. ---Workshop--- means any building or part of a building in
which manual labour is exercised for purposes of trade.
[para. 63, rel). No. 8 of 1912.]
7. The Governor-in-Council shall notify in the Gazette a list of
all such architects, engineers and other persons, as he, may deem
qualified to perform the duties required by this Ordinance to be per-
formed by an ---authorised architect -, which shall include the
names of the Director of Pubtle Works and of such other officers of
the Public Works Department as the Governor-in-Council may
think fit. The. Governor-in-Council may also add to such list the
names of any other persons whom he may deein qualified as afore-
said, and remove any of such names : Provided that due notice
shall be given to any person whose name it is proposed to remove
and he shall be entitled to be heard by the said Council, either in
person or by counjel, before such removal is made. All such altera-
tions shall be dotified in the Gazette. Such list as altered shall be
deemed to be the list of authorised architects.

PART 11.
PUBLIC HEALTH.
Constitution and General Powers of the Sanitary Board.
8. The Sanitary Board shall consist of the Head of the Sanitary
Department (who shall ex officio be President of the Board), the
Director of Public Works, the Registrar General, the Medical
Officer of Health, and not more than six additional members, four
of whom (two being Chinese) shall be appointed by the Governor;
and two elected by such persons as are included in either of the
jurors lists referred to in section 7 (3) of the Jury Ordinance, 1887;
and also by the following persons exempted from serving as Jurors---
unofficial members of the Executive or of the Legislative Council ;
barristers and solicitors on the roll of the Supreme Court; medical
practitioners; dentists in actual practice in the Colony.; persons
registered under the Pharmacy Ordinance, 1908; clergymen of the
Church of England, Roman Catholic priests, ministers of any

As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912
As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 60 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





congregation of Protestant dissenters or of Jews functioning in the
Colony; masters of any school, other than a vernacular school, in
the Colony; professors, lecturers and other academic officers of the
University of Hongkong; editors, sub-editors and reporters of any
daily newspaper published in the Colony; pilots licensed under the
Pilots Ordinance, 1904; and persons of sound mind who have
previously been inehided in either of the said jurors lists but have
been removed ther'efrorn on accotint of age or infirmity. Non-official
members shall hold office for 3 years.

The Head of the Department shall give such directions as may
be necessary for carrying out and giving effect to the decisions of
the Board, and shall be responsible for the adinimstration of the
Department.

9. All matters relating to the election of the said menibers shall be
governed by the rules contained in schedule C until they are altered
by the Governor-in-Coun ell.

10. The Governor shall appoint the vice-president of the Board,
and the names of all members appointed to the Board shall be forth-
with notified in the Gazette.

. 11. If any member of the Board be at any time prevented
for more than 6 months by absence or other cause from acting, the
Governor may appoint, or if the member has been elected, the
electors inay nominate, sorne other person to replace such member,
until he shall return or be able to resume his functions.

12. The Board shall be held to be legally constituted notwith-
standing any vacancies occurring therein by the death, absence,
resignation, or incapacity of any member.

13.-(1) The Board shall meet once in every alternate week and
oftener if need be, and may adjourn from time to time. The
President may at any time, and shall, on 2, requisition signed by 3
members of the Board, summon a meeting thereof.
(2) Any 4 members shall be a quorurn, and at every Meeting the
President or vice-president shall be chairman, or, in their absence,

A2 amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and
No. 2 of 1912.
As aniLeiided'by No. 23. of 1903 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amelided by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





the members present shall appoint a chairman. The chairman
shall have a deliberative and a casting vote.

14(1) The Board may make standing orders for regulating the
procedure at its meetings.
The Board may appoint, and may add thereto or dismiss
therefrom, select committees consisting of not less than two of its
members or of one of its members and one of the officers of the
Department.

15.-(1) The Board inay by resolution delegate any of its powers
and functions to the medical officer of health or to any assistant
inedlical officer of health, or to such select conirnittees as aforesaid,
with full powers to enforce any of the provisions of any Ordinance
or by-law conferring powers on the Board or providing for the more
effectual sanitation ofthe Colony, and inay revoke such delegation.

(2) Any failure to comply with the or ders of the medical officer
of health or of any assistant medical officer of health, or of such
select committee, duly signed by the secretary of the Board, shall
be punishable in the sanie nianner as if such order had been made
by the Board.

16. The Board shall have power to make by-laws with regard to
the following matters :-

1. The periodical entry and inspection of all buildings and
curtilages-
(a) for the purpose of ascertaining whetfier the same are in an
overcrowded condition;
(b) for the purpose of ascertaining the sanitary condition, clean-
liness and good order thereof or any part thereof -and of any
mezzanine floors, storeys, cocklofts or partitions therein, oi the
condition of any drains therein or in connection therewith.
[paras. 2, 8, 4, rep No. 14 of 1908, s. 6.]

5. The erection of public latrines and applications for permission
to erect such latrines.
6. The sanitary maintenance of public latrines, urinals, dust-
bins, and manure-dep6ts.

A- ainended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
,^70. .50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
+ As arnended by No. 14 of 1908, \
As aniended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 -of 1912 No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 8 of 1912.





7. Surface scavenging, the removal and disposal of night-soil and
of other refuse.

8. The cleansing and removal of refuse and all objectionable mat-
ter at stated times from domestic buildings.
9. The provision and proper construction of dust boxes in public
or private premises.
10. The promotion of cleanliness and ventilation in public or
private buildings.
11. The cleansing, lime-whiting., and proper sanitary maintenance
of all premises.
12. The closing of premises unfit for human habitation and the
prohibition 'of their use as such.
13. The prevention of overcrowding in premises, either in respect
of human beings or animals.
14. Fixing from time to time the number of persons who may
occupy a domestic building or any part Ithereoll, and marking on the

exterior or interior of such buildings the number of persons
permitted to occupy the saine or anY part thereof.
15. Prescribing the conditions under which alone it shall be
lawful to live in, occupy or use, or to let or sub-let, or to suffer or
permit to be used for habitation or for occupation as a shop,
any cellar, vault, underground room, or basement, or any room any
side of which abuts on or ayainst the earth or soil.

[para. 16, rep. No. 14 of 1908, s. 6.]
17. The licensing, regulation and sanitary maintenance of
common lodging-houses, and the sanitary maintenance of emi-
gration houses or dep6ts, factories, workshops, brewerie.s, distilleries,
theatres and places of public instruction, recreation, or assembly.
18. The prohibition of the establishment within certain limits of,
and the control of, any noxious or offensive trade, business,
or manufacture.
19. The regulation of bake-houses, dairies, aerated water manu-
factories, and food-preserving establishments.
20. The regulation of public baths, laundries, and wash-houses.
21. Prohibiting the importation or landing of cattle, swine, sheep,
and goats otherwise than at such times and places, and subject to
such conditions regarding inspection, marking, isolation, subse--





quent disposal, and payment of inspection fees, as may be prescribed
by such by-laws.

22. The licensing and regulation of depots and pens for cattle,
swine, sheep and goats.

23. The construction, licensing, and proper sanitary maintenance
of pig-sties in private premises.

24. Providing for the regular inspection of all places where
animals are kept.

25. The regulation and sanitary maintenance of slaughter-
houses, including the slaughter of cattle, swine, sheep and goats
therein, the removal of their carcases therefrorn, the conveyance
of the same through the streets or otherwise, and such other
matters and things in relation to the management of slaughter-
houses as may be deemed desirable.

26. The slaughtering or isolating and keeping under observation
any animal that may appear to be or may be reasonably suspected
of being infected or of having been in contact or in the same herd
with animals affected with disease, and the disposition of the
carcase thereof.

27. The mitigation or prevention of epidemic, endemic, infectious
or contagious disease among animals.

1
28. Authorising the declaring of any place or area to be infected
with disease, and prohibiting or regulating the movement of
animals or persons into, within, or out of, any such infected place
or area, and the removal of carcases, fodder, litter, utensils, pens,
hurdles dung or other thing into, within, or out of, such infected
place or area.

29. Prescribing the modes of cleansing and disinfecting of places
which have been occupied by any animal suffering from epidemic,
endemic, contagious, or infectious disease.

30. The regulation and sanitary maintenance of markets, includ-
ing the sale of food provisions and meat therein, the removal of food
provisions and meat thereto or therefrom, and such other matters
or things in relation to the management of markets as may
be deemed desirable.

[pain. 31, rep. No. 14 of 1908, s. 6.]





32. The prevention of the man-afacture or sale of unsound,
adulterated, or unwholesome food.
[para.. 33, rep. No. 14 of 1908, s. 6.1

34. The compulsory reporting of infections, contagious, or corn-
municable disease.

35. The prevention as far as possible, or mitigation of any
epidemic, endemic, contagimis or infectious disease, including,
inter alia, provisions---
(a) for the removal of persons suffering from any such disease;
(b) for the speedy and safe disposal of the dead;
(c) for house to house visitation, cleansing and disinfection
(d) for the disinfection or destruction of infected bedding, cloth-
ing or other articles ;
(e) for the compulsory vacating of hotises;

(f) with regard to rats, and the ineans and precautions to
be taken on shore or on board vessels In the ,vaters of the Colony,
for minimising their numbers and destroying them, and for pre-
venting them from passing from such vessels to the shore or frorn
the shore to such vessels;
(g) for the better prevention of the danger of the spreading of
infection by rats; and
(h) for such other mat ters or things as inav appear to the Board
advisable for preventing or mitigating such diseases.

36. The compulsory vacating of infected premises, and the dis-
infection and purification of the same.

37. The disinfection and purification of all infected vessels and
public vehicles.

38. The breaming of vessels, and the maintenance of cleanliness
in the harbours, the waters of the Colony, and on the foreshores
thereof.

39. The disposal of the dead, the regulation and sanitary main-
tenance of cemeteries, the fees to be charged in respect of graves
and interments, the keeping of such registers as may be -necessary,
and all other matters connected therewith ; also the regulation and
Canitary maintenance of mortuaries and the disinfection of dead
bodies.





The Board may in any such by-laws impose fines for any breach
thereof not exceeding 50 dollars in each case.

17. All by-laws made by the Board shall be submitted to
the Governor, and shall be subject to the approval of the Legis-
lative Council; and, when so approved, they shall be published in
the Gazette in English and Chinese.

18. The President may punish any officer or servant of the De-
partment whose salary does not exceed $2,000 or X2200 per annum,
for misconduct or for neglect or breach of duty by a fine not
exceeding 10 dollars for every such offence, and the amount of such
fine shall be deducted from the pay of such officer or servant.

The imposition of every such fine shall be reported without delay
to the Governor who shall have power to rernit the same either
wholly or partially.

A record of every such fine shall be entered in a book to be kept
for that purpose which shall be called the ---Miscondtict Book.---
Such fines shall be applied to the general good of the officers and
servants of the Department in sneh nianner as may be directed by
'overnor.


Sanitary Staff and its Poicers.

19. The Governor may appoint a secretary and an assistant.
secretary to the Board, a medical officer of health and assistant
medical officers of health, sanitary sw-veyors and sanitary inspec
tors, and a colonial veterinary all of whom shall be officen,
of the Department: and may also appoint such servants of the
Department as the President may recommend.

There shall be paid to such officers and servants such salaries and
allowances as the Governor, with the consent of the Legislative
Council, may determine.

Any person appointed to act as assistant secretary or as assistant
medical officer of health may be authorised by the President to per-
form all or any of the duties of the secretary or of the medical officer'
of health respectively, and all notices, certificates and other instru-

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and
No. 8 of 1912.





ments signed by any such person under the authority of the
President shall be deemed to have been duly signed.
Ls. 20, rel). No. 8 of 1912.]

21. The medical officer of health and any assistant medical officer
of health may, with or without assistant as he may deem desir-

able, at all tunes between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m. enter and inspect
any house or premises for the purpose of ascertaining the sanitary
condition thereof, or of ascertaining whether any infectious or
contagious disease exists therein.

Provided always that unless in the opinion of such officer any
delay in entering and inspecting may, or is likely to, prove injuriou's
or detrimental to public health, lie shall in each case before entering
and inspecting, if the occupiers oller any reasonable objection
thereto, give them 2 hours' notice in writing of Ills intention, by
leaving such notice with thein or at the house or premises which he
intends to enter and inspect. In the case of Chinese occupiers such
notice shall be in the Chinese character.

22. The inedleal officer of health and any assistant medical officer
of health may also enter and inspect any hotise or prenuses at -any
hour of the day or night for the purposes mentioned in the foregoing
section without giving any stich notice as aforesaid, provided the
officer so entering has a special order in that behalf signed by the
President.

23. The Board shall have power by officers of the Department
to enter and inspect, upon reasonable notice to the occupiers or
owners, any building and curtilage for the purpose of ascertaining
the sanitary condition, cleanliness and good order thereof or of any
part thereof, and of the partitions, niezz.anine floors, storeys, and
cocklofts therein, or of the condition of any drains tnerein or in
connection therewith.

24. Any select committee of the Board, or any officer specially
authorised by the President, and subject to such directions as he
may impose, may enter and inspect at any time any domestic

As aniended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903 and No. 1 of 1912.
As alixeudedby No. 23 of 1903, No, 51 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





building for the purpose of ascertaining whether such building or
any part thereof is in an overcrowded condition.
Is. 25, Tel). No. 31 of 1911, s. 47.]

Niiisanccs.

26. The following shall be deemed to be -nuisances- liable to be
dealt with summarily in the manner provided by Part II of this
Ordinance :-

[para. 1, rel). No. 14 of 1908, s. 7.]

2. Any building or part ol a building which is so dark, or so
ill-ventilated or so damp, or in such a condition of dilapidation, as
to be dangerous or prejudicial to the health of the inmates.

3. Any building or part of a building which contains rat-holes or
rat-runs or other similar holes, or which is infested with rats, or in
which the ventilating openings are not protected by gratings in such

manner as to effectually exclude rats therefrom.

4. Any premises which are in such a dirty or in such an insanitary
condition as to be dangerous or prejudicial to health.

-5. Any street or road, or any part thereof, or any ivater-course,
nullah' ditch, gutter, side-channel, drain, ash-pit, sewer, privy,
urinal, or cess-pool so foulas to be noxious, or noisome, or unhealthy.
6. Any water-course, well, tank, pool, pond, canal, conduit, or
cistel.ii, the ~-atei. ol which, froin any cause, is so tainted with
impurities, or so unwholesome as lo be injurimis to the health of
persons living near, or tising siieli water, or which is likely to pro-
rnote or aggravate epidetnic disease.

7. Any- stable, cow-house, pig-sty, or otlier premises for the use of
animals, or in which live fisli or birds are kept, which is in such a
condition as to be injurious to the health of man or of such animals.

8. Any accumulation or deposit of stagnant water, still age-water,

manure, house-reltise, or other rnatter, wherever situated, which is
unhealthy.

9. Any noxius matter, or waste water, flowing or discharge,]
from any premises, wherever situated, into any public street, road,
or into the gutter or side-cliannel of any street or road, or into any
nullah, or water-course, or the bed thereof.

* As airiended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 2 of 1912.





10. Any manufacture, trade, or business of a noxious, noisome,
or unhealthy nature.

11. Any cemetery or place of burial, so situated, or so conducted,
as to be unhealthy.

1.2. Any chimney (not bein,g the chimney of a private dwelling
house) or any furnace sending forth black smoke in such quantity as
to be a nuisance.

13. Any act, omission, or thing which is, or inav lie, dangerous to

life or injurious to health or property.

27.-(1) It shall be lawful lor the inedical officer of health or any
assistant niedicul officer of health on reasonable of the
existence of a nuisance on any premises, by an order in to
authorise any officer, with an assistant or assistants, to enter such
premises at any time between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m. and to inspect
the saine.
(2) The inspecting officer shall produce and show the order to any
person being, or claiming to be, the occupier of such premises
Provided that the inspecting officer shall not enter any house, or
upon any land which may be occupied at the tline, should such
occupier object to his entry, without previously giving the said
occupier 2 hours notice in writing of his intention to do so.

28. Any person refusing admittance to the sald inspecting officer,

alter such notice has been given, shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 2.5 dollars.

29. On the recelpt of any information respectinp the existence of
a nuisance, the Boaid shall, if satisfied of its existence, serve a
notice on the person by whose act, default, or sufferance, the
nuisance arises or continties, or if such person cannot be ifflind, on
the owner or occupier of the premises on which the nuisance arises,
requiring him to abate the sanie within a reasonable time to be
specified in the notice, and to execute such works, and do such
things as may be necessary for that purpose; Provided that-
(1) where the nuisance arises from the want, or defective con-
struction, of any structural convenience, or, where there is no
occupier of the premises notice tinder this section shall be served
on the owner;

As ainended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 51 of 1911.
As arnended by. Xo. 30 of 1911.
As amended by No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(ii) where the person causing the nuisance cannot be found, and
it is clear that the nuisance does not arise or continue by the act,
default, or sufferance of the owner, or occupier, of the premises, the
Board may abate the same.

30.-(1) It shall be lawful for the Board in any case.where there
Is a contravention of any by-law, to issue a notice to the offender
stating what. is required to be done to carry out the provisions of
such by-law, and to call upon him to comply with such notice within
a reasonable tirne to be stated in the said notice.

(2) The secretary, th6 medical officer of health, any assistant
medical officer of health, or such other officer as the Board may
depute, may, however, institute suniniary proceedings before a
-Magistrate against any person contravening any by-law without the
previous issue of such notice by the Board, and the Magistrate may
impose a fine not exceeding 50 dollars.

31. If the person served with notice under section 29 or 30, is
dissatisfied therewith it shall be lawful for him within the time
therein specified, to apply to the Board to review the sarne, stating
the grounds of his application, and the Board shall, thereupon,
inquire into the matter, and shall confirin, inochly, suspend, or
discharge the said notice, or extend the time allowed for compliance
theriwith.

32. If such person has not obtained froni the Board a modifica-
tion or withdrawal of the notice, and continues to make default in
complying with the requirements thereof, or, in the case of
a nuisance, if the sarne, although abated since the service of the
notice, is in the opinion of the Board likely to recur on the same
premises, the Board shall cause a complaint relating to the non-
compliance with the said notice, or to such nuisance, to be made
before a Magistrate, who shall thereupon issue a summons,
requiring the person on whoni the. notice was served to appear
before him.

33.-(1)If the Magistrate is satisfied that the requirement of
the Board is legal, or that the alleged nuisance exists,-or that,

* As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. S( of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and ~No. 2 of 1912.
As amended bY No. 30 Of 1911, 'NO. 51 Of 1911~ ~NO. 1 of 1912 and
No. 2 of 1912.





although the said nuisance is abated, it is likely to recur on the
same premises, he shall make an order on such person.-(a),
requiring him to comply with all or any of the requisitions of the
notice, or otherwise to abate the nuisance, within a tinte specified
in the order, and to do any works necessary for that purpose or
(b), prohibiting the recurrence of the nuisance, and directing the
execution of the works necessary to prevent the recurrence; or (c),
both requiring abatement and prohibiting the recurrence of the
nuisance.
(2) The Magistrate may, by his order, inipose a fine iiot exceed-
ing 50 dollars on the person on whom the order is made, and shall
also give directions as to the payment of all costs incurred up to the

time of the hearing or making the order.

34. Where the nuisance proved to exist is such as to render any
building, in the judgment of the Magistrate, unfit for hunian
habitation, he inay by an order in writing probibit the use thereof
for that purpose until, in his ludgmeDt, it has been rendered fit for
lhat purpose, arid may direct that a copy of such order be. affixed to
the building in question, and inay further order that such building,
and the approaches thereto (if any), shall be properly closed and
secured by the owner; and, on the Magistrate being satisfied that
it has been rendered fit for that, purpose, he may, by order, declare
the, building habitable, and, froin the dale thereof, such building
may be inhabited.

35.-(1), Any person not obeying an order to comply with the
requisitions of. the Board, or of the medical officer of health, or of
any assistant inedical officer of health, or of any select committee
of the Board, and failing to satisfy the Magistrate that lie has used


all due diligence to carry out such order, shall be flable to a
penalty not exceeding 10 dollars per day, during his default; and
any person knowingly and wilfully acting contrary to an order of
prohibition, shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding 2.5 dollars
per day so long as such action continues; moreover, the Board
may, by any officer of the Department, enter the premises to which
any order relates, and abate the nuisance, and do whatever inav
6e necessary in execution of such order, and recover, in a summary
manner, the expenses incurred by them from the person on whom
the order is made.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912 ard No 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 14 of 1908, N2o. 30 of 1911
No. 1 & 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





(2) Any person defacing any copy of a Magistrate's order which
has been affixed to any building or premises, shall be liable to a
fine not exceeding 50 dollars.

36. Notices issued by the Board relating to a nuisance shall

in the form in schedule D, with such modifications as may
be necessary.

37. Any such notice or order may be served by any officei or
servant of the Department by, delivering the same to or at
the residence of the person to whom it is addressed, and when
addressed to the owner of any premises it may, if such owner
cannot be found, be served by delivering the same to some person
upon such premises, or if there be no person upon such premises who
can be served, by affixing the sarne to some conspicuous part of the
premises.

Common Lodying-houses.
38. No person shall open, or keel) open, a common lodging-house,
unless the house is registered and the keeper thereof is licensed by
the Registrar General. If any person who opens or keeps open
any common lodging-house contrary to the7 provisions of this Or-
dinance, cannot be found, or if the keeper of any such common
lodging-house is absent from the Colony, the householder as defined
by this Ordinance shall be deemed to be the person who opens or
keeps open such house and shall be liable accordingly.

29. Any personwho in making application for the registration
or licensing of a common lodging-bouse, knowingly makes any false
statement regardiner aiiv of the particulars required to be stated in

such application, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 25) dollars.

40. The keeper of a common lodging-house shall keep a register
of the naine, occupation, and native place of each lodger, and of
the dates of his arrival and departure, and shall at all times, when
required by any officer of the Department, give him free access to
such house, or any part thereof, and shall allow him to inspect such
register, and any such keeper who refuses such access or such
inspection shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 25 dollaw,

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 30 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





Public Washermen.
41. The Board may, by public notice, prohibit the washing of
clothes by washermen in the exercise of their calling except
at public wash-houses or at such other places as it may appoint for
.the purpose.

Factories and Workshops.
42. No person shall, after the commencenient of this Ordinance,
establish or carry on in any premises not so used at such date, any
dangerous or any offensive trade in any part of the Colony, without
the special permission in writing of the Board, and a Magistrate
may in addition to any penalty which he. may inflict for a, contra-
vention of this section, order the closing of any such premises for
such period as he may deem necessary.

For the purposes of this sect.ion any sneh business shall be
deemed to be established atter the date of the commencemetn ofthis
Ordinance, not only if it is newly established but also if it
is removed from any one set, of premises to any other premises, or
if it is renewed on the sarne set of premises after having been dis-
continued for a period of 12 months or upwards, or if any premises
on which it is carried on are enlarged without the permission of the
Board; but a business shall not be deemed to be established anew
on any premises by reason only that the ownership or occupancy of
such premises is wholly or partially changed, or that the building
in which it is established having been wholly or partially pulled
down'or burnt down has been reconstructed withourt any extension
of its area.

Provided always that any permission given by the Board under
this section shall be revocable at any time by the Board.

43. Whenever it appears to the Board that any brewery or dis-
tillery, or any factory, workshop, or work-place is danip, or that it
is not adequately lit, or is not ventilated in such a manner as to
render harmless, as far as practicable, any gas, vapour, dust
or other impurity generated in the course of the work carried on
therein, or is not maintained in a cleanly condition, or is so
overcrowded during the time in which work is carried on, as to be
dangerous or injurious to the health of the persons employed
therein, the Board may, by written notice, require the owner

As amended by No. 60 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As ainen(ledby No. 2 of 1912.





thereof to take such steps as the Board may consider necessary to
prevent such dampness, or to adequately light or ventilate the
same, or to render harmless as far as practicable any gas, vapour,
dust or other impurity, or to cleanse the same, or to prevent the
same from being overcrowded.

44. The Board may by an order in writing prohibit the

occupation for domestic purposes of any building in which any
dangerous or any offensive trade is carried on.

Bassement
45. It shall not be lawful, without the written permission of the
Board, to live in, occupy, or use., or to let or sublet, or to suffer or
permit to be used, any basement for habitation or for occupation as
a shop, workshop, or factory, or for the preparation or storage of
food, and no basement shall be so used unless it is well lit and
ventilated, and is free from danip and is rendered rat-proof to the
satisfaction of the Board.

Overcrowding
46. Every domestic, building and any part thereof found to be
inhabited in excess of a proportion of one adult for every .50 square
feet of habitable floor space or superficlial area, and 5.50 cubic feet
of clear and -unobstructed inlernal air space, shall be deemed to be
in an overcrowded condition :

Provided that-

(a) Any room which does not contain a cubicle may be inhabited
in the proportion of one adult for every 30 square feet of habitable
floor space or superficial area, and 330 cubic feet of clear and
unobstructed internal air space.

(b) Every domestic building within the European Reservation,
or within the Hill District, and any part thereof, (with the
exception of quarters occupied by servants), which is occupied by
more than one adult for every 1,000 cubic feet of clear and
unobstructed internal air space shall be deemed to be in an
overcrowded condition.

(c) The provisions of this section shall not apply in the case of
temporary structures provided for housing workmen during the
progress of works.

* 4s amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of 1912.





47.-(1) It shall not be lawful for any householder or tenant to
let or sub-let, or allow to be used for occupation, any domestic
building or any part thereof to or by so large a number of persons
as to cause the same. to be in an overcrowded condition.

(2) The householder or tenant .(together with his family, if any,)
if resident in any such domestic building shall be counted in
ascertaining whether such building or any part thereof is in
an overcrowded condition.

(3) Where any domestic building or any part thereof is
ascertained to be in an overcrowded condition between 11 p.m.
and 5 a.m. such overcrowding shall be deemed to be facic
evidence that such building, or part thereof, was let or sub-let in
contravention of this section.

48.-(1) If any domestic building or part thereof shall be found
to be in an overcrowded condition, any officer of the Department
being duly authorised so to do niav within .5 days apply to
a Magistrate to suinnion before him each tenant or householder of
such building.

(2) If it be proved that the said domestic buildinG, or any part
thereof was overcrowded within .5 days prior to the issue of the
summons the Magistrate may inflict a fine not exceeding .25 dollars
on the person summoned, and may further iiiake an order for the
.abatement forthwith of such overcrowding.

Any person not obeying any such order shall, if lie falls to satisfy
the Magistrate that he has used all due dilitrence to carry out such

order, be liable to a penalty not exceeding 10 dollars per day during
such default, and any person knowingly and wilfully acting contrary
to any such order shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding
2.5 dollars per day so long as such action continues.

(3) On the hearing the Magistrate may make such order
for the inspection, at any hour of the night or day, of the
said doinestle building or any part thereof as the circumstances of
the case may require. Such order shall continue in force for a
period not exceeding one month.
[Proviso-No. 23 of 1903, s. 14-rep. INTo. 8 of 1912.]

* As amended by So. 51 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
f As allicuded by No. 23 of 1903, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 aud
No. 8 of 1912.





49. Any room of a tenement-house used as a kitchen shall not
be used as a sleeping room, and the householder or tenant thereof
shall be responsible that such kitchen is not so used; nor shall any
passage, lobby, or other place partitioned off from any sleeping
room to the height of the ceiling, be included in the calculation of
the cubic capacity for human habitation.

50. In the calculation of cubic space for the purposes of this Or-
dinance, two children of 10 years of age or tinder shall be counted
as one person, and every person over 10 years of age shall be
considered as an adult.

51. No room fitted with bunks or beds shall be so fitted as
thereby to provide sleeping accommodation for a greater number of
persons than are by law permitted to occupy the room.

Keeping of Cattle, Swine, etc.
52. The keeping of cattle, swine, sheep, or goats without a
licence from the Board is hereby- prohibited, and any person
keeping any such animal, either without a licence front the Board,
03, in a inamier contraveninlg such sanitary conditions as may be
endorsed on such licence, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 50
dollars and, further, to forfeit all or any of the animals in respect
of the keeping of which he has so offended.


53.No person shall bring into the Colony, or drive, carry,
transport, remove, or have or keep, or knowingly suffer to be had
or kept under his control or on his preinisses, ans, animal or other
creature used for human food in any way which may cause it need-
less or avoidable suffering.

Compensation for slaughter of Infected Cattle
54. The Governor-in -Council shall direct the following compen-
sation to be paid out of the public revenue for any infected cattle
Alaughtered tinder the provisions of this Ordinance
(1) when. the anitnal bas shown no symptoms of disease within 3
days after importation but has shown symptoms of disease within
14 days after importation, one third of its value when imported;

* As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
+ As amended by '.'s7o. 2 of 1912.
As amended by '-\o. 30 of 1911, i\o. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and M' . 2 of 1912





(2) when the animal has shown symptoms of disease after being
over 14 days in the Colony, one half o its value immediately before
it became affected;
(3) when the animal has been bred in the Colony and has shown
symptoms of disease, one half of its value immediately before it
became affected;
(4) when the animal has shown no symptoms of disease but has
been in contact or in the same herd with diseased cattle, its full
value ;
(.5) when the animal has shown symptoms of disease on
importation or within 3 days alter importation no compensation
shall be given :
Provided that the compensation for one animal shall in no case
exceed 400 dollars.

55. The amount of compensation for animals slaughtered and
articles destroyed in connection with the disinfection of premises
infected with animal diseases, shall be fixed by the colonial
veterinary surgeon, and any person dissatisfied with his valuation
may appeal therefrom to the Governor-in-Council.

Dep6ts for Aninials.
56. All cattle, swine, sheep and goats brought to the Colony for
the purpose of being slaughtered shall be kept, except when turned
out to graze, in a properly constructed Government depot licensed
by the Board.
Provided that no such animal shall be permitted to remain in
any Government dep6t for a longer period than 21 days; and pro-
vided also that any such animal which is condemned by the colonial
veterinary surgeon as unfit to be slaughtered for human food shall
be removed forthwith by the owner.

57. No cattle, sheep or goats shall be- turned out to graze when
the Board shall, for sanitary reasons, forbid such grazing by an order
in writing.

Slaugh ter- houses.
58. A sufficient number of fit and proper slaughter-houses to
meet the requirements of the Colony shall be provided by the

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 23 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





Government; and it shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to
grant to any person the sole privilege of slaughtering cattle, swine,
sheep and goats within the Colony or within any particular district
or locality therein, for such rent, premium, or consideration, and
for such period and upon such conditions as shall be deemed
expedient; provided always that the Governor-in-Council may at
discretion either lease the privilege of slaughtering such animals by
private contract, or appoint any officer of the Department or other
person to manage any or all of the public slaughter-houses.


59. No slaughter-house shall be opened or kept open except under
the provisions of this Ordinance; and every slaughter-house which
shall be otherwise open or^ kept open shall together with the
building in which the same shall be carried on, be deemed a
nuisance, and the Magistrate may, by an order in writing, prohibit
the use of such building for that purpose, and may further impose
on the person opening or keeping open the slaughter-house a fine
not exceeding 50 dollars.

60. The lessee of the privilege of slaughtering cattel, swine, sheep
and goats shall enjoy, during the whole of the term of his lease, the
sole and excInsive privilege of slaughtering such animals in the
Colony, or in such such part as his lease may relate to, and shall
give such security for the payment oi the rent thereof and for the
due observarice of the by-laws re-ulating slaughter-houses as the
Governor-in-Council may direct.

61. The lessee of the privilege of slaiightering cattle, swine, sheel.)

and (foats shall not sub-let or assign any part thereof. without the
written permission of the Board.

62. No person shall slaughter any cattle, swine, sheep or goat, er
dress any carcase thereol, except within a slanghter-house*appointed
for that purpose; provided always that goats or sheep may be slaugh-
tered or dressed elsewhere byor for any Indians, Indian troops, or
Indian police quartered in the Colony.

63. Except as provided in this Ordinance no person shall demand
or receive any money or other valuable consideration as a fee, fine,

toll, rent or otherwise lor access or admission to, or for - slaughtering
any cattle, swine, sheep, or goat in any, slaughter-house. -

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.





64. The mark known as the ---Broad Arrow--- shall be used for
the purpose of denoting the fitness of cattle or sheep to be slaughter-
ed for human food.

65. No cattle or sheep shall be slaughtered for human food in any
slanghter-house unless marked with the Broad Arrow.

66. If any person without lawful authority stamps,, uses, applies
or impresses the Broad Arrow, or any mark -apparently intended to
resemble the Broad Arrow, on any cattle or sheep, he shall be liable,
on summary conviction, to imprisonment forany term not exceeding
6 months, or to a fine. riot exceeding 2.50 dollar,-,.

67. If any person passes, or attempts to pass into any slaughter-
house, any cattle, swine, sheep or goat which has not been inspect-
ed, passed, and (In the case of cattle or sheep) rnarked with the
Broad Arrow by an officer duly authorised by the Government, such
animal may be, detained by any officer on duty at the slaughter-
house,, and such person and also the owner of such anirvial shall each
be liable, on suminary conviction, to a fine not exeeding 100 dollars,
or to imprisonment for any terin iot exceeding inonths, and,
further, the Magistrate may order sitch aninial to be forfeited, and
thereupon it may be dealt with as the Governor rnay determine.

68. The colonial veterinary surgeon may cause starrips or other
instruments to be made for the purpose of establishing a special
official mark for beef, mutton, and pork before the carcases leave a,
slaughter-house, in order to show that such carcases are fit for
human food, and may change or alter such mark; and every such
rnark for the time being in use at any slaughter-house under the
authority of the colonial veterinary surgeon shall be the official mark
within the meaning of this section.

69. No person shall counterfeit or make use of, or attempt to
counterfeit or to make use olf, the official mark which is used for
beef, mutton, and pork. Any person committing an offence against
this Section shall be liable, on summary convictioli, to imprisonment
for any term not exceeding 6 months or upon conviction in the

* As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
f As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





Supreme Court, to imprisonment for any term not exceeding 2
years.

70. If an officer of the Department at any time discovers in any

market, any carcase or part of a carcase of beef, mutton, or pork not
bearing the official mark aforesaid, he is hereby authorised to seize
it, and the colonial veterinary surgeon may order it to be destroyed,
and no compensation shall be payable to any person in respect of
such destruction.

71. The Director of Public Works, the Registrar General, and
the Captain Suiperintendent of Police, and their respective officers,
as well as members of the Board and officers of the Department,
shall have at all times free access to every part of every slaughter-
house.

Markets.

72. All markets established at the commencement of this Ordi-
nance shall be continued and shall be subject to this Ordinance, but
it shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to close any of them,
and also to establish or close any new market. -No market shall be
opened or kept open except under the provisions of this Ordinance;
and every market which shall be otherwise opened or kept open
shall, together with the building in which the same, is carried on,
be deemed a nuisance.

73. -No buildings shall be. erected or maintained in any market
except stalls, and quarters for market officers, police and porters.
Such buildings shall be of stone, brick or other approved impervious
material, and the stalls shall be fitted with stone, wooden or other
approved counters. No person shall be allowed to pass the night
in any market except the police and caretakers recognised by the
President,

74. All market buildings shall be let by the Head of the Depart-
ment in such manner and on such conditions as shall be approved

As ai;iended by _No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 23 of 1903, -No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912,
No. 8 of 1912 and No. M of 1912 Supp. Sched.
Supp. Sched.
1 As ameDded by No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. &hed.
As arneDded by No. 11 of 1909, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912.
No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





by the Governor-in-Council. Until such conditions and Manner of
letting shall be so established they shall be as follows
(1) They shall be let without fine or premium, either from month
to month, or for a term of years, for the highest rent obtainable,
such rent to be ascertained by sealed tenders. In case of equal
tenders the tenant in possession, if any, shall have the preference.
(2) If the letting is from month to month, a month's notice of its
discontinuance shall be given either by the 1Tead of the Department
or the lessee as the case may be..
(3) If the lettints is for a year or more, no notice of the expiration

of the term shall be necessary.
(4) No market building shall be let for more than 3 years except
at a higher rent than can be obtained for a 3 years' lease, nor for
any term exceeding a 5 years' lease, without the approval of the
Governor.

(5) All rents of market buildings shall be paid to the Head of the
Department in advance within the first 7 days of each nionth.
(6) The Governor may order the forfeiture of any lease of a
market building if it is proved to his satisfaction that the lessee has
used such market building for any other purposes than those per-
taining to the business of a market, or if such lessee has been con-
victed of a contravention of any by-law for the regulation or sanitary
maintenance of markets.

75. No lessee of any market building shall sub-let or assign the
same or any part thereof without the written permission of the Head
of the Department, nor shall he transfer his lease. to any other
person. Nevertheless the business of any lessee may be carried on,
in case of his death or absence, by his executors, administrators, or
agents until the expiration of his lease.

76. No alteration in or addition to any market building or any
fittings thereof shall be made or commenced without the sanction of
the Director of Public Works in writing.

77. Whenever the lessee of any market building fails to comply

with any condition of his holding or grant as to the execution of any
repairs to such market building or other works in connection with

As ~amended by No. 11 of 1909, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by~No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





the same, the Director of Public Works may summon such lessee
before a Magistrate, who may. summarily order him to execute such
repairs or other works within a reasonable time to be specified in
such order. Any failure to carry out the terms of such order shall
be deemed an offence against this Ordinance.

78. Except as by this Ordinance provided, no person shall within
the City of Victoria or the Harbour, or in Kowloon or in New
Kowloon, or in the villages of Shaukiwan or Quarry Bay, or in such
other villages as shall be named in any G'overnment notification,
sell or expose for sale in any place not being a public market within
the meaning of this Ordinance any articles of food for man usually
sold or exposed for sale in a public market : Provided always that
the Board may grant licences for the sale of articles of food for man
elsewhere than in a public market, to such persons, for such con-
siderations, and for such periods as the Board shall think fit.

79. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be so construed as to forbid
any of the following sales of food :-
(1) of rice, bread, milk, salt-fish, or confectionery;
(2)of green vegetables, fruit, bean-curd, congee, soup, or other
prepared food by licensed hawkers;
(31) of fish, by licensed boatmen at a distance of at least 100 yards
frorn shore;
(4) of cooked provisions by and 7 licensed victualler or keeper of a
boarding house or refreshment room,.
(.5) of any food commoniv sold by chandlers and purveyors not
being rqw butcher's meat.
(6) public sales by licensed auctioneers.

80. Except as provided by this Ordinance, no person shall de-
mand or receive any money or other valuable consideration as a fee,
fine, toll, rent or otherwise for access or admission to, or for selling,
or buying in any market.

81. The Director of Public Works and the Captain Superin-
tendent of Police, and their respective officers, as well as members
of the Board aDd officers of the Department, shall have at all times
tree access to every part of every market building.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 2 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched. This section also applies to the
villages of Aberdeen and Aplichau see G. N. 114 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 11 of 1909 and No. 1 of 1912.





Unwholesome Food.
82. No person shall sell or expose for sale or bring Into the Colony
or into any market, or have in Ins possession with out reasonable
excuse any food for man in a tainted, adulterated, diseased or un-
wholesome state, or which is unfit for use, or any food for any
animal which is in an unwholesome state or uDfit for their use, and
any member of the Board, or any officer of the Department or of the
police may seize any such food, and the President on the recolli~
mendation of the medical officer of health or of any assistant medical
officer of health or of the colonial veterinary surgeon may, order, it, to
be destroyed or to be so disposed of as to prevent it irom being used
as food for man or animal, as the case may be.

83. Any member of the Board, or any officer of the Department
duly authorised by the Board in writing, may, at any time between
6 a.m. and 6 p.m., enter any shop or premises used for the sale or
preparation. for sale, or for the storage of food, to inspect and
examine any food found therein which he shall have reason to be-
lieve is intended to be used as human food; and in any such
food appear to such meinber or officer to be unfit for such use, he
may seize the same, and tbe President may order it to be disposed
of as in the foregoing section. The proof that such food was not
exposed or deposited for any such purpose shall rest with the person
charged.

83a. Any person in whose possession there is found any food liable
to seizure under section 82 or 83 shall furtlier be liable to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars.

84. Whenever the medical officer of health or any assistant medi-
cal officer of health shall be of opinion or have reason to suspect that
any person in the Colony is suffering from an infectious disease
attributable to milk supplied from any dairy situate within the
Colony, or that the coDsumption of milk from such dairy is likely
to capse infectious disease to any person, he shall have power to
i nspect such dairy, and to medically exarnine any person residing or
employed therein whom he may suspect to be suffering from an
infectious disease (unless such person shall produce a certificate in

As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 14 of 1908, No. 11 of 1909,
No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of. 1912.
As. antelided by No. 51 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No: 8 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 8 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





writing from a medical practitioner that he is not suffering from an
infectious disease), and, if accompanied by the colonial veterinary
surgeon, lie may inspect and examine the animals therein, and the
carcases of any animals that may have died therein, and if, on such
inspection and examination of the dairy or of the animals or car-
cases, or on examination or analslsls of the milk supplied from such
dairy, or on examination of any person employed or residing therein,
or on investigation of the sources of the railk supplied to such dairy,
the medical officer of health or any assistant medical officer of health
is satisfied that infectious disease is caased, or may be caused by the
consumption of the milk supplied therefrom, he shall report forth-
with to the Colonial Secretary for the information of the Governor,
and the Colonial Secretary shall, thereupon, give notice to the dairy-
man to show cause in writing within such time, riot less than 24
hours, as may be specified in the notice, why an order of the
Governor-in-Council should not be made requiring him not to supply
any milk from such dairy until such order has been withdrawn; and
if he falls to show good cause.. then the Governor-in-Council may
make such order as aforesaid. A copy of such order shall be furnish-
ed to such dairyman and the order shall also be published in the
Gazette. An order so made shall be withdrawn on the medical
officer of health or arty assistant medical officer of health reporting
that he is satisfied that the cause of the infection has been removed :
Provided always, that no dairyinan shall be liable. to ein action for
breach of contract if the breach be due to an order from the
Governor-in-Council rnade under this section.

85. Every person who shall refuse to permit any inspection or
examination authorised by the foregolmy section or who shall
wilfully obstruct any autherised officer in carrying out the provisions
of the said section, or who shall refuse or ne-lect to forthwith com-
ply withor to carry out any order of the Governor-in-Council made
thereunder shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not
exceeding 500 dollars, and, if the offence is a continuing one, to a
daily penalty not exceeding 50 dollars a day so long as the offence.
continues.

86. Any dairyman who shall allow any person suffering from au
infectious disease, or who has recently been in contact with a person
so suffering, to milk cows, buffaloes, or goats, or to handle vessels

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No, 21 of 1912.





used for containing mmlk for sale, or in any way to take part or assist
in the conduct of the trade.of the dairy so Far as regards the produc-
tion, distribution, or storage of milk, or to reside in any part of the
dairy that is used for the housing of the cattle or goats, or for the
storage of milk, and any dairyman who, while he himself is so
suffering, or has recently been in contact with any person suffering
from an infectious disease, milks cows, buffaloes, or goats, or
handles vessels containing milk for sale, or in any way takes part
or assists in the conduct of his trade so far as regards the production,
distribution, or storage of milk, or resides in any part of his dairy
that is used for the housing of the cattle or goats or for the storage
of milk, shall be liable, on. summary conviction, to a fine not exceed-
ing 100 dollars : Provided that it shall be a sufficient defence if
such dairyman shall prove that he did not know, and had no reason
to suspect, that he, or that such person, was suffering from an
infectious disease.

Remcal of Infected Persons.
87. Where any person is suffering frorn plagtie, cliolera, small-
.pox, or any other contagious or infectious disease, and is without
proper lodging. or accommodation, or is lodged in a domestic build-
inI,f occupied by more than one family or is on board apy ship or
vessel, a Magistrate may, on the certificate of any medical. practi-
tioner, order the removal of such person to such suitable hospital or
other like place as may be provided for the purpose.
1

88.-(1) No person who is suffering from plague, cholera, or
small-pox, or any other contagious or infectious disease, shall enter
any public conveyance, or any vessel other than such as may be
specially provided for the purpose by the Board, and no owner,
driver or person in charge of any public conveyance or of any vessel
(except as aforesaid), shall knowingly carry or permit to be carried
in such conveyance or vessel any person suffering as aforesaid.

(2) No public conveyance, and no vessel which has been used to
carry any person suffering from plague, cholera, or small-pox, or
any other contagious or infectious disease, shall be wrain used until
it has been thoroughly disinfected to the satisfaction of the medical
officer of health or of any assistant medical officer of health, and any

As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 14 of 1908, No. 30 of 1911
No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.

,p





officer of the Department or of the police may detain any such public
conveyance or any such vessel lintil it has been disinfected as afore-
said.

(3) Any person committing an ofTence against this section shall be
liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

89. The Board shall have power by officers of the Department to
enter and to cleanse and Ousinlect any premises where any person
suffering from plague, cholera, or small-pox, or any other contagious
or infectious disease, is or has been recently located, and the Board
may recover the cost of such cleansing and disinfection from the
householder; but compensation may--- be given to such householder
for any bedding, clothing, or other articles which have been destroy-
ed during such cleansing and disinfection.

Provided that where the case of infection has been duly reported
no charge sball be made for the cost of such cleansino, and disinfec-

tion, and reasonable compensation for property destroyed or
damaged shall in such case be given.

Cemeteries

90, It shall be Jawful for the Governor-in-Council to select and
appoint, and to notify in the Gazette, sufficient and proper places to
be the sites of, and to be used as cemeteries; and in such cemeteries
it shall be lawful thereafter to bury the dead in conformity with the
provisions ol by-laws made by the Board. Any person who shall be
guilty of a breach of any such by-lass, shall be liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars.

91. The cemeteries hereinaiter mentioned and such other
cemeteries as may be authorised by the Governor-in-Council,
notice whereof shall be published in the Gazette, shall be deemed
authorised cemeteries: wid whosoever shall, without the written
perinisnon of the Governor on the recommendation of the Board,
bury any corpse in any ground not being an authorised cemetery,
shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars'.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 8 of 1912.
AS amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. M of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 8 of 1912, No. 43 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Selled.





AUTHORISM CEMETERIES.
Chinese.

The Mount Caroline Cemetery.
The Mount Davis Cemetery.
The kai Lung Wan Cemetery.
The Aberdeen Cemetery.
The Shek O Cemetery.
The Stanley Cemetery.
The Chai Wan Cemetery.
The Ma Tau Wai Cemetery.
The Kai Lung Wan East Cemetery.
The Rai Lung Wan Extension Cemetery,
The Po Ring Po Cemetery.
The Sai Yu Slick Cemetery.
The Sam Shui Po Cemetery.
The Christian Chinese Cemetery (Kowloon City).
The Tsong Loong Tin Cemetery.
The Cheung Chau Cemetery.
The Tai Po Cemetery.
The No-Moon Tong Cemetery.
The Tsun Wan Cemetery.
The Kowloon City Cemetery.
The Tsi-in Wan Christian Cemetery.
The Chinese Christian Protestant Cemetery (Kowloon Tong).
The Chinese Christian Protestant Cemetery (Pokftilam Road).

General.

The Colonial Cemetery
The Roman Catholic Cemetery
The Mahomedan Cemetery at Happy Valley.
The Hindoo Cemetery
The Zoroastrian Cemetery
The Jewish Cemetery
The Eurasian Cemetery, Mount Davis.
The Cemetery of the French Mission, Pokfulam.
The Hindoo Cemetery, Kowloon.
The Infectious Diseases Cemetery, Kennedy Tow.p.
The Infectious Diseases Cemetery, Cheung Sha Wan.

Added by No. 43 of 1912.
This cernetery has been closed.
Added by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
_r





91a.-(1) Subject to the provisions of section 91b, it shall not be
lawful to exhume any body or the remains of any body which may
have been interred in any authorised cemetery or in any other
cemetery, burial ground, or other place without a permit granted in
manner hereinafter provided. '
(2) Such permit shall be granted only to the legal personal repre-
sentative or next of kin of the person buried, or to his or their duly
authorised agent.
(3) Such permit way be granted-
(a) by the Board, tinder the hand of the Secretary, in respect of
any body or the rernalns of any body interred in any authorised
cemetery, and
(b) by the Governor, under the hand of the Colonial Secretary,
in respect of any body or the remains of any body interred in any
other cemetery or burial ground or any other place.
The permitting authority may prescribe such precautions as he
may deem fit as the condition of the grant of such permit, and any
person who shall exhume any body or the remains of any body
contrary to this Ordinance, or who shall neglect to observe the pre-
cautions prescribed as the condition of the permit, shall be liable to
a fine not exceeding 200 dollars.
Provided always that nothing herein contained shall be deemed
to affect the right of a Magistrate to order the exhumation of a body
or the remains of any body for the purpose of holding an inquiry into
the cause of death of any person.
(4) No such permit shall be. uranted in respect of any grave on

land held under lease from the Crown without, the written consent
of the Crown lessee or his duly authorised agent.

91b. -(1) It shall be lawful for the Governor whenever he shall
deem it expedient for the execution of any public work or any public
purpose, to remove any body or the remains of any body from any
grave on unleased Crown land, whether in an authorised cemetery
or elsewhere, and by order under his hand to direct such removal to
be made in such manner as he shall think fit.
(2) No such order shall be made in respect of any grave situated
in an authorised cemetery until 6 months notice of the intention to

As amended by No. 11 of 1909, No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and No. 22 of 1912.
As artielided by No. 11 of 1909, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912.
No. 2 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and No. 43 of
1912 Supp. Sched.





make it shall have been given by notification in the Gazette. Copies
of such notice shall be posted at or near the grave aforesaid, and
copies shall be sent by post in a registered letter to the legal personal
representative or next of kin ol the person buried, if his or their
address can be ascertained. Such copies shall be accompanied by a
translation in the language of the race to which the deceased person
belonged.

(3) When an order is made directing a removal froin any grave
aforesaid elsewhere than in an authorised cemetery, due notice of
such order shall, so fait as, it is possible to do so, be given to the lecral
personal representative or next of kin of the person buried before the
work of removal is undertaken.

(4) The Government shall make proper and fitting arrangements
for the re-internient in an authorised cemetery of any body or re-
mains of any body removed under this section, and for the removal
and re-erection of ,buy molminent, all charges in connection there-
with being defrayed out of the public revenue : Provided that, when
it is desired otherwise to dispose of the bodies or rewalns m bodles
of persons of Chinese race in accordance with Chinese custom, the
necessary pernAssion shall be given, subject to stich conditions as
the Governor may prescribe, all reasonable expenses in connection
with such disposal, if within the Colony, defrayed out of the
public revenue.

91c. There shall be kept at the Sanitary Board offices a record
of every perinit granted and oL' evers, order made under the pro-
visions of the last two sections. Stich record shall contain particti-
lars, so far as the same can be ascertained of the race, nationality,
name, sex, and age of the persons buried, date ol burial and of the
places of original burial, and of re-bvirial or removal. Such record
shall be open during office. hours to inspection by any person.

92. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to notify in the
Gazette that any cemetery or burial ground shall, from a tilne in
such notification to be specified, be closed, and the same shall be
,closed accordingly, and whosoever, after the said specified tinie,
shall bury any body or the reniains of any body in the said cernetery
or burial ground, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

As amended by No. 11 of 1909, No. 60 of 1911 and No. 22 f 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911~ No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 10912 and
No. 2 of 1,912.





Recovery of expenses by the Board.

93. All reasonable expenses incurred by the Board in consequence
of any default in complying with any order or notice issued under
the provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be money paid
for the use and at the request of the person on whom the said order
or notice was made, and shall be recoverable from him in the
ordinary course of law at the suit of the Secretary. The provisions
of this section shall apply to any orders or notices issued under any
by-law by the Board or by any duly appointed committee of the
Board.

94. The provisions of the Crown Remedies Ordinance, 1875, shall
apply to the recovery of all such expenses., and the certificate re-
quired by that Ordinance shall bc signed by the Secretary.

Certifictes

95. Certificates and written permissions of the Board under Part
II of this Ordinance or under any by-law inay be given under the
hand of the Secretary or such other officer as the Board may appoint
in that behalf. Such certificates and permits shall for all purposes
be prima facle evideuce, of the, matters therein stated.

PART III.

BUILDINGS.

Building Matchrials

96. Except as hereinafter provided, the walls of all permanent
buildings shall be constructed exclusively of good hard well burnt
brick, sound stone, or other hard and incombustible material
approved by the Building Authority.

Buildings.

97. Every exceptional building (including the walls, roofs, floors,
galleries and staircases) shall be constructed with such precautions
for the safety of the public as, having regard to the special purposes
for which such building or works is or are used or inY6nded to be.
used, shall be approved by the Building Authority.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912 find No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.





98. Buildings inade wholly or partly of glass or iron or other
material not provided for in this Ordinance may be designed other-
wise than herein provided, anl shall be subject to the approval of
the Building Authority in each particular case,

99.Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary provided,
where buildings are outside the boundaries of an urban district such
buildings, if entirely detached from other buildings and separated by
a distance of not less than 150 feet from any neighbouring building
in dillerent ownersbip, ntay have walls, verandahs and balconies
constructed wholly or partly of wood, and such buildings shall be.
deemed to bc exceptional buildings and shall be subject to the
approval of the Building Authority in each particular case.

Walls.
100. Every wall constructed of brick, stone, or other hard and
incombustible substance, shall be solid across its entire thickness,
and shall be properly bonded and substantially put together with
cement-mortax or good lime-mortor composed of good cement or
lime and clean sliarp sand, or red or yellow earth, or other suitable
material to the satisfaction of the Building Authority. Except
where specially permitted in this Ordinance, no part of such wall
shall be thicker than any part underneath it, and all cross walls and
return walls shall be properly bonded into main walls. Sound blue
bricks may be used in the walls of the uppermost storey only of a
building or, where soch storey exceeds 15 feet in height, in the
uppermost 15 feet of the walls of such storey; but blue bricks may
not, without the approval of the Building Authority, be -used in the
walls of the other storey or storeys.

1OL-(1) Every person who erects a new building shall construct
every external and every party wall of such building not exceeding
40 feet in length, clear of cross walls, in accordance with the follow-
ing rules, and. in every case the thickness prescribed shall be the
minimum thickness of which such wall may be constructed
(i) Where the wall does not exceed 12 feet in height, it shall be
9 inches thick for its whole height.
(ii) Where the wall exceeds 12 feet but does-not exceed 25 feet in
-height, it shall be 131 inches thick for its whole height.
2

As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amended by No. 14 Of 1908, NO. 1 of, 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
NO. 21 Of 1912.





(iii) Where the wall exceeds 25 feet but does not exceed 40 feet
in height, the wall in the lowermost storey, and in any space for
ventilation underneath such storey, shall be 18 inches thick, and in
the other storey or storeys 131 incheg thick.
(LY) Where the wall exceeds 40 feet but does not exceed 55 feet
in height, the wall in the lowerinost storey, and in any space for
ventilation underneath such storey, shall be .22 inches thick, the
wall in tbe next storey 18 inches thick, and in the other storey or
storeys 1-c3~, inches thick.
(v) Where the wall exceeds .55 feet but does not exceed 70 feet
in height, the wall in the lowermost storey, and in any space for
veutilation underneath such storey, shall be 27 inches thick, the wall
in the next storey 22 inches thick, the shall in the next storey 18
inches thick, and in the other storey or storeys 131 inches thick.
(vi) Where the wall exceeds 70 feet but does not exceed 80 feet
in helIght, the wall in the losvermost storey, and in any space for
ventilation underneath such storey, shall be 311 inches thick, the

wall in the next storey 127 Inches thick, the wall in the next storey
.22 Inches thick, the wall in the next storey 18 inches thick, and in
the other storey or storeys 131j>, 'Inches thick.

Provided tbat-

(a) in cases wlicre the, nun)ber of storevs is less than that
indicated in the foregoing rules, the respective thicknesses of the
walls shall be. determined by the Building Authority :

(b) in the case of two-storied buildings and of the uppermost two
storeys of buildings containing a greater number of storeys, the walls
may be IM, inches thick tbroughout the height of such two storeys,
provided such height does not exceed 2.5 feet

(c) no storey shall exceed in height 15 feet without the permission
of the Building Authority, who shall in such case prescribe to what
extent, if any, the walls shall be increased in thickness. Such in-
crease of thickness may be provided for by piers, of the required
thickness and of such collective length, not exceeding one-fourth
part of the length of the walls, as the Building Authority may
require.

. (2) If any wall exceeds 40 feet but does not exceed 60 feet in
length clear of cross walls, the thickness of such wall shall, unless
the Building Authority otherwise permit, be increased by adding 41
inches to the thicknesses specified in sub-section (1) of this section.





101a. The provisions of the last section shall also apply, in the
case of existing buildings, to any walls or portions of walls hereafter
erected or re-erected therein : Provided that in any case where from
any cause it is not possible to apply such provisions, the thicknesses
shall be determilied by the Building Authority.

102.-(1) No wall, other than a boundary wall, shall exceed 60
feet in length, clear of any return or cross wall, without the approval
of the Building Authority.

A wall shall not be deemed a. cross wall for the purpose of deter-
mining the length of any external or party wall unless it is carried
up to the top of the topmost storey, and unless in each storey the
aggregate extent of the vertical faces or elevations of all the recesses
and that of all the openings therein taken together shall not exceed
one half of the whole extent of the vertical face or elevation of the
wall in such storey.

(2) No wall shall exceed 76 feet in height without the approval
of the Building Authority. The height of every wall shall be
measured from the level oi the adjacent footpath, or where no foot-
path exists, from the level of the street or ground outside, to the
highest part of such wall or, in the case of a g-able, to half the height
of such gable, but shall in no case include any portion of a wall which
acts as a retaining wall. Ornamental towers, turrets, or other
architectural features or decorations, and parapets not exceeding 3
feet in height shall not be included in measuring the height of such
wall.

(3) Any external wall of a building execedling 30 Ifeet in length,
clear of cross walls, shall be secured at the level of each upper floor,
and at the ceiling or rool, with wrougbt iron tie-rods not less than
11 inches in diameter, spaced not more than 12) feet apart and ex-
tending through such external wall and the nearest parallel wall of
such building. The tie-rods shall have screwed ends with nuts
bearing upon wrought iron washer plates not less than 18 inches
square by hal
approved by the Building Authority, and the brickwork of each wall
for its full thickness and for an area. of 2 feet square round the end
of each tie-rod shall be built in 'cement mortar.

As amended bv No. 14 of 1908 and No. 50 of 1911.
As amended byNo. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





Provided that the Building Authority may modify or dispense
with the requirements of this sub-section whenever he may consider
such requirements unnecessary.

103. The thickness of every cross wall shall be at least two thirds
of the thickness prescribed by section 101 in that behalf for an
external wail or party wall of the same height and length and be-
longing to the same class of building as-that to which such cross wall
belongs, unless, in any particular case, the Building Authority shall
specially authorise a less thickness. But if such cross wall supports
a superincumbent external wall the whole of such cross wall shall be
of the thickness prescribed for an external wall or party wall of the
sairie height and length and belonging to the same class of building
as that to which such cross wall belongs.

103a. Partition walls may be constructed of brick in cement-
mortar of a thickness ol 4-,l inches, or of re-inforeed concrete or of
such other material and of such thickness as the Building Authority
may permit.

104. Every wall of every new domestic building, and also every
wall of any other new building of brick or stone having a timber
floor, shall have a proper damp prooi course o.1 sheet lead, asphalt,
or cement-mortar (such asphalt or cement-mortar to be not less than
half an inch in thickness), or other impermeable material approved
by the Building Authority, beneath the lowest timbers and near the
ground, but in no case at a height of less than 6 inches above the
surface of the ground adjoining such wall.

105. The foundations of every wall of a building shall be of foot-
ings of sound stone, brick, concrete, or other equally hard substance,
carried down to a depth of not less than twice the thickness of the
wall in the loweststorey of the said building; and the lowest course
of every such foundation shall be of a width of not less than twice
the thickness of the wall in the said lowest storey, and the width
of such foundation shall diminish gradually towards the upper sur-
face thereof in regular steps or offsets : Provided that on rock or
hard ground of an incompressible nature, or in sandy, lanstable or
soft ground, the Building Authority may permit or require the
foundations of all works and buildings to be of such 'special depth

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
f As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
9 As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 2 of 1912.





and width, and of such materials as shall be approved by him as
being in each particular case applicable to such ground.

Any portion of a wall which acts as a retaining wall shall be of
such thickness as the Building Authority may require : Provided
that in any case where its thickness is in excess of that of the super-
incumbent wall the Building Authority shallnot require such portion
to be of greater thickness at the base than one-third part of its
height.

106. Every party wall shall be carried up above the upper surface
of the roof of every building to a height of at least 18 inches,
measured at right angles to the slope of the roof, and every such
party wall shall be properly coped with a coping composed of cement
and sand in the proportion of not less thaii one part of cement to
every two parts of sand, or of such other material as the Building
Authority may approve, or shall be otherwise protected in order to
prevent water soaking into such wall.

107.-(1) Openings may only be made in partyto an extent
not exceeding two-thirds of their area, on each storey.
(2) When it is desired to close any openings previously made

through any party wall, such openings shall. be solidly stopped up
with brick or stone-work. of the full thickness of the party wall, and
such brick or stone-work shall be, built in lime-mortar or cement-
mortar and properly bonded with such party wall. Any future
openings through any such party, wall shall' be restricted to the
removal, in whole or in part, of such stoppings, unless the previous
openings did not extend to two-thirds of the area, of such wall, and
additional openings shall only be made in. such manner as to ensure
that the total extent of the openings, inclusive of those previously
made., shall not exceed two-thirds of the area of such wall on each
storey.

. (3) Recesses may be made in party walls and in external walls
Provided that the aggregate area, of such recesses does not exceed
one half the whole area of the wall of the storey in which they are
made, and that the backs of such recesses are of not less thickness
than 13 inches in party walls, and 9 inches in external walls.

(4) In the case of a shop front left open to the street, the side
walls or party walls shall be returned along such front for at least

* As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
f As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 8 of 1912.





12 inches where the house has inore, and for at least 9 inches where
the house has not more, than one storey above the ground storey,
and such return walls shall be properly bonded into the side walls
or party walls. Where such shop front is in a corner building, the
side wall shall be returned along such front for at least 2 feet.

(5) Every opening and every recess in any wall shall either be
arched over with brick or stonework in cement-mortar or spanned
by a steel girder or ferro-concrete beam of such dimensions and con-
struction as the Building Anthority may consider necessary for the
support of the superincumbent weight.


108. No lath and plaster wall, or other hollow wall, shall be here-
after constructed in any building outside the European Reservation
or the Hill District, except with the permission of the BuildiDel

Authority as signified by the approval of the plan required tinder the
provisions of this Ordinance.

BovdIng for the Wall of Doviestic Buildings.
109. Every domestic building bereafter erected, which is not
within the European Reservation or the Hill District, shall have

courses of hoop-iron, tarred and sanded, or other suitable bonding,
built into the ntain watts at the level of the foundations, if required
by the Building Authority, and at the level of each floor and at the
level of the caves. Each such course shall consist of 3 bands in the
case of foundations and of all walls of a. thickness not less than
18 inches, and of two bands in the case of all walls of a less thickness
than 18 inches; each hoop-iron band shall measure not less than one
inch and a quarter lit width, and not less than one thirty-second of
an inch in thickness, and such bands shall be continuous and lap-
jointed wherever practicable. In any case in which continuous
bands are not practicable they shall be arranged as the Building
Authority may require.

Bressummers and Lintels
110. Every bressummer and every lintel, exceeding 5 feet in span,
used in a building, shall have a bearing of at least 6 inches at each
end, and shall rest upon a sufficient pier of brick, stone iron,
erected on a solid foundation, or upon an external, paity, or cross
wall, and every such bressummer and lintel having such bearing

As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.





upon any such wall, shall be borne by a template or corbel of stone
tailed through at least half the thickness of such wall and of the full
breadth of the bressummer or lintel. Every such bressummer and
every such lintel shall be of sufficient strength.

Concreting of Ground Surfaces.
111-(1) The ground surface of every domestic building shall be
properly covered over with a layer of not less than 6 inches of good
lime concrete or not less than 3 inches of cement concrete composed
of one part of cement, 3 parts of sand and 5 parts of stone broken
to pass through a one-inch ring, finished oil smooth, and the ground
surface of every basement, area, kitchen, latrine, or open surface
connected therewith, such as back-yards, court-yards, alleyways or
spaces on which slops may be thrown or from which foul waters
flow, and the ground surilace of every stable, cowslied, or other
building in which animals are kept, shall be properly covered over
with a layer of good lime concrete not less than 6 inches thick

finished of smooth with not less than 2 inches of ceinent concrete
or with hard ulazed bricks or granite paving or glazed tiles bedeled
and jointed in cement inortar or with such other material as may be
approved by the Building ,'Authority, or with a layer of not less than
4 inches of cement concrete composed of one part of cement, 22 parts
of sand and 4 parts of stone broken to pass through a one-ineb ring.
(2) The ground surface of every area, kitchen, latrine, back-yard,
court-yard, alley-way or space on which slops may be thrown, shall
have a fall of not less than 1 in 40 frorn the walls of the, building
towards the surface channel or other outlet for the drainage of such
surface.

(3) This section shall not apply to any existing domestic building.
the ground surface of which has been paved to the satisfaction of
the Building Authority in accordance with any existing law or by-
law and which is so maintained.

. 112. Where. the ground surface of any domestic building, or of
any kitchen, latrine, or open surface connected therewith, such as
back-yards, court-yards, alley-ways, or spaces on which slops may be
thrown or from which foul waters flow, or of any stable, cowshed
or other building in which animals are kept, is or has been paved
or covered over with impervious material, and such material has

As atnended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 8 of 1912.
As arnended J.~y No. 14 of 1908 and No. 30 of 1911.





been subsequently broken, excavated or otherwise disturbed, or has
perished, the landlord or owner shall make good the same to the
,satisfaction of the Building, AuthorIty upon the completion of any
work for the execution of which the saine has been broken or other-
wise disturbed, or within 14 days from the receipt by him of written
notice frorn the Building Authority so to do; and in default thereof
he shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 2.5 dollars for each offence,
and to a further penalty not exceeding 10 dollars for each day after
such conviction during which such offeiice continues.

Floors,

113. The level of the ground floor of very domestic buildin here.
after erected shall be not less thall 6 inchs hihger than the highest
level of the ground outside such buildign: Provided that the Build-
ing Authority may reduce. this requirenient in any case where in his
discretion it may appear desirable.

114. No floor timbers of any one building shall approach nearer
flian 9 inches towards the floor tinibers of any other coritiortiolls
buildign and the space intervening the, ends of such
tlinbers shall be properly and substantially built tip solid with whole
bricks or with stone laid in mortal..

115. The floors of all buildings including verandahs shall not
(unless constructed of concrete or other incombustible material) be
built into the thickness of ally wall, but shall either rest upon the
top of the wall or upon corbelling or all offset, so arranged as to give
a bearing of at least 41, inches for the floor.

116.-(1) In the case of every domestic building hereafter erect-
ed, the lowest storey used or adapted to be used for human habitation
shall contain a clear space of at least 12 feet, measured vertically,
and every upper storey shall contain a clear space of at least 11 feet
measured vertically : Provided nevertheless that in the case of any
caretaker's quarters, servants' quarters, kitchen, bath-room, pantry,
drying-room, or latri ' lie, a clear space of at least 9 feet measured
vertically shall be sufficient.

.. (2) In the case of a top storey, such clear space shall be measured
from the level of the floor up to the underside of the tie or collar-
beam of the roof, when ceiled at such level, or up to half the vertical
height of the rafters or purlins when the roof has no ceiling.

1

As arnended by No. 14 of 1908.





117. Every person who shall erect a new domestic building shall
construct every room in the lowest storey, if provided with a boarded
floor, in such manner that there shall be, for the purpose of ventila-
tion, between the underside of every Joist on which such floor may
be laid, and the upper sunace of the concrete with which the ground
surface or site of such bmIding may be covered, a clear space of an
average height of not less than 2 feet 6 inches above the level of the
ground outside, and he shall cause such space to be properly venti-
lated, any openings for such purpose being protected in such manner
as to effectually exclude rats from such premises.

118.-(1) No mezzanine floor or cockloft shall be erected or main-
tained in any storey of a. domestic building other than the ground or
the top storey of sincli building.
(2) No mezzanine floor or cockloft shall extend over more than
one half of the floor area of the rooni, nor shall it without the per-
mission of the Building Authority exceed 200 square feet in area,
and every mezzanine floor or cocklolt shall have a clear space below
every part of 'it of not less than 9 feet measured vertically. No
mezzanine floor or cockloft shall so obstruct ally doorway or window
opening into the external air as to prevent the saine being opened to
its full extent.

(3) NO portion of the space either above or below any mezzanine
floor or cockloft shall be enclosed except by wire nettling, lattice
work or carved woodwork, arranged in such a way as to leave at
least two-thirds open, and as far as practicable evenly distributed.
(4) No mezzanine floor or cocklolt shall be erected, or lif already
existing be allowed to remain, in any kitchen.
Provided that any existing niezzanine floor or cockloft, for which
a permit in writing has been issued by the Board ov Building

Authority, shall be allowed to remain, subject to the conditions of
such permit.

119. All wooden floors hereafter constructed shall be properly
tongued and grooved or otherwise jointed so as to be reasonably
watertighi.

120. The floors of all domestic buildins hereafter erected outside

the European Reservation or the Hill District shall, unless specially

As arnended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amenaed by No. 2 of 1912.





exempted by the Building Authority, have skirtings of cement or of
other impervious material approved by the Building Authority, at
least 12 inches in height and of a thickness of not less than 1 inch.

Staircases.
121. Every staircase hereafter erected shall be so arranged as to
have a minimum tread of 8 inches and a maximum rise of 8,1 mches
per step.

No staircase erected after 3rd July, 1908, shall be constructed
with a soffit so as to form any enclosed space between the treads the
risers and such soffit in any building outside the European Reserva-
tion or the Hill District, except with the permission of the Building
Authority as signified by the approval of the plan required under the
provisions of this Ordinance.

Ceilings.
122. No ceiling shall hereafter be erected in any building outside
the E'uropean Reservation or the Hill District except with the per-
mission of the Building Authority as signified by the approval of the
plan required under the provisions of this Ordinance.

CorbelIrng.
123. All corbelling for the support of floor or of roof timbers shall
be done in stone cut to flat beds, or in red brick, at least 9 inches in
length set in cernent-niortar. The entire thickness of the walls
throughout the height of sucbshall also be built in
cement-mortar. No one corbelling course if of brick shall project
beyond the course immediately beneath it more than 2J, inches.

Roofs.
124. The roof of every building and of any minor superstructure
placed above such roof except the doors, and frames of dormers or
sky-lights, shall be externally covered with tiles, glass, metal, or
other incombustible substance. All hatchways leading out to the
roofs of buildings shall be provided with hatches or covers which,
if not composed entirely of metal, shall be properly sheathed ex-
ternally in sheet zinc or other metal approved by -the Buildin

Authority.

As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908.





125. No roof-timbers of any one building shall approach nearer
than 9 inches towards the roof-tinibers of any other contiguous
building, and the space intervening between the ends of such
timbers shall be properly and substantially built up solid with whole
bricks or with stone laid in mortar.

126. No platform, superstructure, staging, or framework of wood,
mats, or other inflammable material shall be erected, maintained,
or fixed over or upon the roof of any building, except in cases where

the Building Authority grants permission for the erection of a tem-
porary platform, superstructure, staging, or framework of aily such
material as aforesaid : Provided nevertheless, that any fraine which
is affixed to a roof and which is used or intended to be used solely
for the purpose of drying clothes may be made of bamboo.

127. The roofs of all buildings, including verandahs, shall not
unless wholly constructed of incombustible materials, be built into
the thickness of any wall, but shall either rest upon the top of the
wall or upon corbelling or an offset, so arranged as to give a bearing
of at least 41 inches for the roof.


Wood-work.
128. No bond timber or wood-plate shall be built into the, thick
ness of any party or external wall.

129. No timbei. or wood-work shall be placed in any wall or
chimney-breast nearer than 9 inches froill the inside oi arty flue or
chimney-opening nor tinder any chimney-opening within 6 inches
from the upper surface of the hearth of such chininey-opening.

Arches.

130. Every arch under any public or private way used as a
thoroughfare shall be formed of brick, stone, or other incombustible
material. If an arch of brick or stone is used, it shall, in cases
where its span does not exceed 10 feet, be of a thickness of not less
than P2 inches; where its span exceeds 10 feet but does not
exceed 15 feet, it shall be of a thickness of not less than 15 inches;
and where its span exceeds 15 feet, it shall be of such thick-
ness and built of such materials as may be approved by the Building
Authority. If an arch, bridge, or platform of iron, concrete, or
other incombustible material not being brick or stone is used, it shall







be deemed to be an exceptional building, and shall be constructed in
such manner as may be approved by the Building Authority.

Projections, etc.

131. Every coping, cornice, facia, window dressing, portico,
verandah, balcony, and balustrade, and every architectural projec-
tion and architectural decoration whatsoever, and also the eaves or
cornices to any overhanging roof, except the-cornices and dressings
to the window fronts of shops, the joists, boarding, mouldings and
handrails of verandahs and balconies, and the eaves and cornices to
detached or semi-detached dwelling-houses distant at least 30 feet
from any other building or from the land of any adjoining owner,
shall be of brick, tile, stone, artificial stone, slate, cement or other
incombustible material. Every projection constructed of incom-
bustible materials other than stone shall be built in cement-mortar,
and the entire thickness of that portion of the wall covered by such
projection shall also be built in cenient-mortar.

132. The roof of every building (including every verandah and
balcony) and the floors of every verandah and balcony shall be so
arranged and constructed, and so supplied with eaves-gutters and
rain-water down-pipes properly connected with the side channels as
to prevent any water being discharged upon or over any public foot-
path or roadway.

133. Save as by this Ordinance provided, it shall not be lawfuL
for any person to make any door or gate- in such manner as to open
over a public thoroughfare, nor to project any door step or landing
on; or across any public foot-path, nor to extend or affix any
sun-shade, telegraph wire, sign-board, lanip, grating, gutter, or
other unauthorised projection from any building, in such manner as
shall cause obstruction danger, or annoyance, in any street or to
the passengers thereon, or so as to cause any encroachment on or
over any street or unleased Crown land.

Provided that in the case of threatres and other public buildings
the doors may with the consent of the Building Authority be made
to open outwards over a public thoroughfare; and provided- further
that mouldings, cornices, or other architectural embellishments and
eaves-gutters may project over a street or over unleased Crown land
to an extent not exceeding 18 inches.



* As amended by No. 8 of 1912.





Verandahs, Balconies and Areas.
.134. No encroachment. shall be made on, over or into unleased
Crown land by any verandah or balcony, or by any area, or by any
structure whatsoever-
(1) unless with the previous consent of the Governor; and
(122) until the applicant for leave to make such encroachment shall
have previously signed an undertaking in the form contained in
schedule E or F; and
(3) unless subject to the regulations- contained in schedule G or
such other regulations as mav be in force; and
(4) unless the building to which such verandah, balcony, area or
structure appertains shall comply in all respects with every provi-
sion of this Ordinance.

135. No balcony shall, except with the consent of the Governor-
in-Council, be hereafter projected over any street, whether public or
private, which is less than 125 feet in width.

136. No balcony shall, except with the consent of the Governor-
in-Council, be hereafter projected from ans- building which exceeds
in height one and a quarter tinies the width of the street over which
such balcony is intended to project, nor shall any building from
which a balcony projects be afterwards increased in height so as to
exceed one and a quarter times the width of the street over which
such balcony projects.

137. No verandah shall, exceptwith the consent of the Governor-
in-Council, be hereafter projected over any street, whether public
or private, which is less than 50 feet in width.

188. No verandah shall hereafter be erected, except with the con-
sent of the Governor-in-Council, of a greater height than 12) storeys,
unless such verandah fronts on a street. of not less than 60 feet in
width.
Restriction on Partitions, Obstructions and Enclosures
in Verandahs or Balconies.
139. No partition (other than such as may be necessary for the
separation of the verandah or balcony of any bul-1ding from the

As aniended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As a-nended by No. 14 of 1908.
As aznpnded -! by No. 14 of 1908 and No, 8 of 1912.





verandah or balcony of any adjacent building) shall be erected or
maintained in any verandah or balcony over unleased Crown land or
over any street, nor (except within the European Reservation or
the Hill District) shall any such verandah or balcony be obstructed,
or enclosed wholly or in part, or used as a bath-room, urinal, water-
closet, sleeping apartment, store-room, or kitchen, nor shall any rain
or other water be discharged therefrom save in the manner herein-
before provided.
Provided that, in the case of hotels and blocks of offices, such
partitions may be erected as may be necessary for the separation of
one room or suite of rooms from any adjacent room.

Kitchevs, Fire-Waces wid Chimneys.
140. Every domestic building, and every-floor of a domestic build-
ing which is separately let for dwelling purposes, shall be provided
with adequate kitchen acconimodation, the internal area of which

shall not, except with the permission of the Building Authority, as
signified by the approval of the plan reqnIred under the provisions
of this Ordinance, be less than .50 square feet., and every kiteben
shall be provided with a properly constructed fire-place, and every
kitchen on an tipper floor shall be properly paved or floored with
cement, concrete or other non-absorbent material approved by the
Building Authority. The internal surface of the walls of every
kitchen shall also be rendered in cement-mortar, or other non
absorbent material approved by the said Authority, to the height
of at least 4 feet froni the floor level, and the thickness of such
material shall not be less than half an inch.

141. No kitchen of any dornestic building outside the European
Reservation or the Hill District shall, without the permission of the
Building Authority as signified by the approval of the plan required
under the provisions of this Ordinance, hereafter be constructed so
as to extend across more than one half of the width of such building
if such building has other buildings abutting against it on both sides
or is separated froin any adjacent building or from land on which
any building may be erected by a less space than 20 feet throughout
one side. The width of a buildlins shall be measured parallel to the
principal front and shall be the average distance between the centres
of the party walls or the outer faces of the lateral external walls of
such building.

As arnended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908.





142. Every fire-place shall be constructed with a proper chimney
or smoke-flue and in such a manner as not to allow the smoke to
escape through any window or hole in the walls or roof or through
any vent other than such chimney or smoke-flue The interior
surfaces of every brick or masonry chminey or smoke-flue shall be
smoothly rendered with mortar, or lined with earthenware pipes,
and no such chimney or smoke-flue shall have less than 28 square
inches of internal sectional area, equivalent to a diameter of 6 inches
in the case of -circular pipes, unless with the approval of the Building
Authority. Except when required for heating purposes snioke-flues
shall be encased with brickwork properly bonded into the wall in
connection with which they are constructed, and when added to
existing buildings, such brickwork shall be built in cement-mortar.
Provided that in the case of chimneys or smoke-flues requirino, to
be extended to a greater height tbaii 5 feet above the roof, am,
extension in excess of that height may consist of iron pipes.

143. Whenever any fire-place is adapted for the use of charcoa.l
or wood as fuel, such fire-pla,ce sha.11 be provided with a flood of sheet,
metal or other approved material of sufficient. size connecting With a
chimney or smoke-flue carried up above the level of the roof.

144. The upper surface of any floor under any oven, stove or fire-
place shall be of incombustible materials, extending over the whole
area covered by such oven, stove or fire-place and beyond to a
distance of 9 inches at least on everv side of such oven, stove or
fire-place; and such floor shall have hearths of stone, tile or other
incombustible material laid before every chimney-opening

145. No chimney or smoke-flue shall be constructed or fixed
nearer than 9 inches to any wood-work or combustible, material
unless encased in non-conducting and incoinbustible material to the.
satisfaction of the Building Authority.

146. Every brick or masonry chimney or smoke-flue shall be con-
tinued up above the roof in brick or cut, stone-work, of a thickness
all round of not less than 4 inches, to a, height of not less than 3 feet
above the highest point in the line of junction with such roof.

147. Chimneys of brick, stone, or other incombustible material,
may be corbelled outin the upper storeys of buildings, provided that
the work so corbelled out does not project from the wall more than

* As aniended lyy No. 14 of 1908.





the thickness of such wall, but all chimneys built in the ground
storeys of buildings shall, unless with the consent of the Building
Authority, rest upon solid foundations and upon footings similar in
every respect to the foundations ol the. walls against which such
chimneys are built.

148. The back of every chimney-opening from the hearth up to
the height of 4 feet above the level ol the fire-grate, shall be at least
9 inches Gick if in a, party wall, or at least 4-1 inches thick if not In
a party wall.

Fire Escapes.
149. Every building shall be provided on every storey the floor of
which is more than 40 feet above the level ol the street, with such
nicans of escape in the case of fire for the persons dwelling or em-
ployed therein, as the Bullding Authority may reasonably require.
Any means of escape so provided shall be maintained by the, owner
to the satisfaction of the Building Authoritin all respects.

Windows, Citbicks and Rooms
150. Every storey of every doniestle building hereafter erected
shall be provided with one window, at least opening either directly
or across a verandah or balcony inte, the external air, and the total
glazed area of stich window or windows shall be at least one-tenth of
the floor area of everv such storey.

Every storey of every such building shall also be provided with a
window of at least 10 square feet superficial glazed area opening

either directly or across a, verandah or balcony into the open space
in the rear of such building, and the area of such window shall not
be included in calculating the window area required by this section.

Not less than one half of every such window shall be made to
open.

151-(1) No domestic building shall hereafter be erected of a
greater depth than 40 feet unless every storey of such building is
provided with windows opening into the external air having a total
glazed area (including the window in the rear,) equal to not less than
one-eicfhth of the floor area of such storey aDd so arranged that, in
the opinion of the Building Authority, the whole of the storey will
be adequately lit.

As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
AS amended b'y No. 23 of 1903.





(2) Provided always that the provisions of this section shall 'lot
apply in any case in which the Crown lease has specially provided
for the eiection of buildings of a greater depth than 40 feet ; and
provided further that the Governor-in-Council may in any other case
in his discretion grant exemption from or modification of the provi-
sions of this section.

(3) In the event of the refusal of tbe G'overnor m Council to grant
such exemption or modification, the amount of compensation to be
paid to the owner for any land required by this section to be left
unbuilt upon in excess of the open spaces required in the front and
rear of such building shall be determined by arbitration as herein-
after provided.

152. The depth of a binlding shall be ineasured on the ground
level from the outer face of the rtiain wall at the centre of the prin-
elpal front, to the outer face of the wall in the rear of such building,
exclusive of any kitchen or out-office attached to the btulding when
such kitchen or out-office does not extend across more, than one-half
of the width of such building.

153. No room shall be constructed, maintained, or used for
sleeping purposes in anv storev of any existing domestic btiilding,
or of any don-iestic building hereafter erected or re-erected, unless
such room is provided with a skylight or with a or windows
opening either directly or across a verandah or balcony into - the
external air, and having a total area, equal to at least one-tenth of
the floor area of such room, and capable of beinlo, opened to the ex-
tent of one hall at least, and unless the glazed area of such window
-or windows is equal to one-haIA' at least of the total area of such
window or windows.

Provided that in the case of existing or re-erected domestic
buildings the Governor-in- Council shall have power to niodify the
requirements of this section in respect to the external air upon such
conditions, if any, as may be deeined expedient.

(2) No cubicle shall be constructed, maintained, or used in any
room of any domestic building erected on any site which on 3rd
July, 1908, was either vacant or occupied by a domestic building of
the European type or by any non-domesticand in the case
of any domestic building erected as a tenement house for Chinese

As arnended by, No. 14 of 1908, No. 11 of 1909, No. 60 of 1911 and
No. 2 of 1912.
-T





tenants on any such site as aforesaid, the Building Authority shall
(unless such building is on the reclamation formed under the Praya
Reclamation Ordinance, 1889, and is not more than 100 feet deep)
require the provision of such windows as shall admit of the sub-
division of every storey above the ground storey into rooms each of
which shall contain an area not exceeding 100 square feet and of
which the least dimension shall not be less than 7 feet.
(3) No screens or partitions shall be constructed or maintained in
any room on the ground floor of any doniestle building with the
exception of such as forin one'ping ping', one show case,and one
accountant's office.
Such structures must comply with the following requirements,
namely
(a) A ping fung ' shall be composed of wire netting, lattice
work, railings or carved wood-work which shall be arranged in such
a nianner as to leave. at least two-thirds of its area open and as far as
possible evenly distributed.
(b) A show, case shall not extend inore tha.n two-thirds across the
'-lcltli of the roon, and suall leave a space of not less than 4 feet
ineastired vertically between the top of such show case and the
underside of Gle floor or joists of the floor above.
(c) An accountant's office must either :-
(i) have its partitions with the exception ol the one formed
by a sliow case composed of wire netting, lattice work, railings
or carved woid-thirds; arranued in such a manner as to leave at
zn
least two-thirds open and as tur as possible evenly distributed;
or



(ii) have the whole of its front open with the exception of
a counter not exceeding 3 feet 6 inches in height, or in the case
of a pawnbroker's shop not exceeding 7 feet 6 inches in height.
(d) An accountant's office shall not be occupied as a sleeping place
by more than 2 persons.
(4) All cubicles and partitions referred to in this section shall be
constructed of wood, metal or other material approved by the Build-
ing Authority, and shall be painted, whitewashed or otherwise kept
clean to the satisfaction of the Board.

154.-No cubicle shall be erected, or if already erected be
maintained, in any room unless such room be provided with a sky-

As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 14 of 1908, So. 2 of 1912,
No. 43 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





light, or window or windows opening either directly or across a
verandah or balcony into the external air, and having a total area
equal to at least one-tenth of the floor area of such room and capable
of being opened to the extent of one half at least, and unless the
glazed area of such skylight, window, or windows is equal to one
half at least of the total area of such skylight, window or windows.

(2) Not more than two cubicles shall be allowed in any room, and
in the event of any room not having a window at the rear opening
either directly or across a verandah or balcony into the external air,
only one cubicle shall be allowed in such room.

(3) No.cubjele shall be erected, or if already erected maintaine
on the ground floor of any domestic building.

(4) No cubicle shall be allowed within 4 feet of any window the
area of which is included in calculating the window area for the
purpose of this Ordinance, and the cubicle or cubicles in a room shall
be so placed as to leave at least two-fifths of the width of the window
or windows required by this Ordinance without any, cubicle partition
in front of such two-fifths.

(5) No Cublelc shall have a less floor area Lhan 64 square, feet, nor
a less length or width than 7 feet.

(6) There shall be a, space measured vertically between the top
of every portion of the partition of every cubicle and the ceiling or
undersides of the supports of the floor above, or of the roof, as the
case may be, of not less than 4 feet, which space may be closed
only by wire netting, lattice work, railings or carved wood-work,
arranged in such a way as to leave at least two-thirds open and as
far as practicable evenly distributed.

(7) No cubicle or partition shall be erected, or if already existing
shall be allowed to remain, in any kitchen.
(8) No Portion of the structure of any cubicle shall exceed 6 feet
in height.

(9) No Portion of the structure of any cubicle except the necessary
corner poAs shall be nearer than 2 inches to the floor of such cubicle,
and no structure shall be erected, or if already existing shall be
allowed to remain, within any cubicle which is of.a greater height
c
than the maximum height allowed by this section for any portion of
the structure of such cubicle or which provides a cover or roof to the
cubicle.





(10) All cubicles and partitions referred to in this section shall
be constructed of wood, metal or other material approved by the
Building Authority and shall be painted, whitewashed or otherwise
kept clean to the satisfaction of the Board.

Provided that the Board, with the consent of the Governor-in-
Council, sball have power in all case to grant a modification of or

exemption from the requirements of this section upon such condi-
tions, if any, as the Board may deeni expedient.

154a.-(1) Whenever the Board on the representation of the
medical officer of health is satisfied Onat any of the rooms in ally
block of domestic buildings are so dark as to be dangerous or pre-
judicial to the health of the Ininates, the Board may recommend in

waithing to the Governor-in-Coiiticil the demolition of all storeys
above the lowert-nost storey oi every tbird building in such block,
and the provision of additional windows for such of the buildings as
are allowed to remalin, and themit of such consequential
works as the Board may decn necessary to render such buildings
healthy and secure, and the Governor-in-Council may thereupon
direct that such demolition and such consequential works be carried
out, and the amount of compensation to be paid by the Government
in respeet of such buildings as are demolished wholly or in part shall
be determined by arbitration in the manner hereinafter provided.
Provided that whatever alteration or reconstruction of buildings may
be involved in the carrying out of any such works, it shall not be
held to bring such buildings witliirL the scope of sub-section (39) of
1 1 mance.
section 6 or of section 180 of this Ordinance.

(2) The cost of any works carried out under this section, exclusive
of any such compensation as aforesald, shall be certified by the
Building Authority, and the Govenor-in-Council may thereafter
impose, in such proportions as lie may decide, a special improvement
rate upon the owners of such of the adjoining houses as are in the
opinion of the Governor-in-Council benefited by such works; such
rate shall not exceed an annuity for such period not exceeding 30
Years, as may be agreed upon, which shall be calculated at the rate
of 5 per cent. interest, and of which the present value shall be the
cost above referred to. Every such rate may be recovered by the
Treasurer in the same manner as if it were a rate imposed under
the provisions of the Ratin,g Ordinance, 1901. The owners may,

W

As arnended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and
No. 2 of 1912.





however, pay sach cost into the Treasury at any time within one
month frorn.its being notified to them as certified by the Building
Authority, and, furtber, may at any tinie, pay into the Treasury the
present value of the balance of any annuity unexpired.
(3) The Governor-in-Council may permit any part of any works
directed under this section to be carried out by the owner at his own
cost, but subject to the satisfaction of the Building Authority and
to such conditions and in accordance with such plans and particulars
as the Governor-in-Council may direct.

155. No window of any tenement honse shall be obstructed by the
erection of any structure or fittingor by any household
goods or merchandise.

Water-closets and Latrives.
156. Every latrine shall be constructed ol.' brick, stone, or other
impervious material approved by the, Building Authority and shall
have a clear internal area, of not less than 7 square leet, and such
latrine shall open into the outer air and not nito the building.

157. Every latrine hereafter erected shall have a. suitable door and
an opening or openings for ventilation the exteriial air of not
less than 2 square feet in aggregate area immediately under the roof.
The walls of every latrine shall also be rendered in cement-inortar or
other non-absorbent rnaterial to the height, of' at least 3 feet from the
floor level.

158. The floor of every latriDe hereafter erected on any ground
floor shall be raised at least 6 inches above the level of the Surface
outside, and the floor surface of such latrine shall be laid and main-
tained in the manner required b). sections 111 and 112. The floor
of every latrine hereafter erected on an upper floor or on a roof shall
be formed of cement concrete or brick arching surfaced with cement
rendering, asphalt, or other impervious inaterial approved by the
Building Authority.

159. No latrine shall have any direct communication by means of
any pipe, drain, or grating, with any underground private drain or
public sewer, and any existing latrine having such communication
shall have the same completely cut off by-the owner when so re-
quired by the Building Authority.

As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 43 of 1912.
Az amended by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended ~y No. 14 of 1908, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.





160. No water pipe or water tap shall be led to, or fixed in or over,
any water-closet, latrine, or urinal, without the intervention of a
cistern or tank between such water pipe or water tap and the water
service pipe.

161. Every latrine shall be provided with a moveable water-tight
receptacle of non-absorbent material for the reception of excreta,
which shall have a capacity not exceeding 12 cubic feet; and every
latrine shall also be provided with a stand or seat fitted in such a
manner as shall enable the receptacle to be readily removed and
adjusted for the purpose of emptying the saine and of cleansing the
floor and sides of the latrine.

162. NO person shall construct, except in a hospital, any water-
closet or urinal having -any conimnnication with any public sewer or
private drain, without the permission of the Board and the consent
of the Governor-in-Council in and any existing water-closets or urinals
so communicating for which no such permission has been given shall
be rernoved by the owner when so required by the Board.

162a. Any Water-closet or urinal whieli is in the opinion of the
Board and of the Governor-in-Council in an unsanitaxy condition
shall be re-noved by the owner so required by the Board.

163. Every factory, refinery, distillery, godowD, or other industrial
establishment whatsoever, employing 'lot less than 20 persons, shall
1 1
be provided by the owner thereof with proper latrine accommodation
on the premises, for the. separate use of persons of each sex, to the
satisfaction of the Board.

164. Every block of tenement houses hereafter erected shall be
provided by the owner or owners with all adequate private latrine
for the use of the tenants thereof, to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority, and the said latrine shall be cleansed and the night-
soil removed and disposed of daily by such persons as the Board may
direct.

165. If it appears to the Board that any building is without a
latrine,and that a latrine is necessary for the use of the occupants

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912.





of such building or for the use of the persons employed in such build-
ing, or that the existing latrine available for use by the occupants of
any building or by the persons employed tlierein is insufficient, or
for sanitary reasons ob'ectionable, the owner of such building sbali,
upon receipt of a written notice to that effect from the Board, pro-
vide a latrine, or additional latrines, to the satisfaction of the Board.

Public Latrines.
166. No public latrine shall be erected until the sanction of the
Board in writing has been obtained.

The Board shall not incur any legal liability in respect of having
granted such sanction, nor shall such sanction protect the owner of
any public latrine from any liability to an injunction or other legal
proceedings should the latrine be at, any time so conducted as to be-
come a nuisance, or its erection be contrary to agreement or be
otherwise wrongful.

167. When, in the opinion of the Board, additional public latrine
accommodation is required in any locality upon unleased Crown
land, the Board may apply in writing to the Governor, through the

Colonial Secretary, specifying the site upon which it desires the
erection of a pudic latrine, and the accommodation to be provided
by such latrine.

168. If such application is approved of by the Governor a notifica-
tion shall be published, in English and Chinese, in. 3 successive
numbers of the Gazette, specifying the site and notifying that the
Government proposes to erect thereon a public latrine.

169. If any owner or occupier of property in the immediate
vicinity of such site objects to such erection, such objection must be
sent in writino, to the Colonial Secretary so as to reach his office not
~n
later than one week after the publication of the last of such
notifications.

Such obi . ection must state the reasons and specify the property
with regard to the ownership or occupation of which such objection
is made and the interest therein- of the objector.

170. If such objection is so duly made and is not withdrawn, the
Government. shall not he entitled to claim the immunity conferred

* As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
~ As arnendeekby No. 2 of 1912.





by the following section, unless, after such objection has been con.
Slidered, a resolution of the Legislative Council is passed approving
o' the site and the erection thereon of such latrine.

171. Where such resolution as is mentioned in the preceding
section has been passed, or where no objection has been so duly
made or has been withdrawn, no injunction shall be granted against
the erection, eontijuance, or use of such latrine, nor shall any suit
bc bron-1 it, for damages or compensation in respect of such erection,
continuance, or use.

172. The uninunity regard to inl'iipction and suits conferred
bv the foreping section hereby extended to all the Government
IniblIc latrines existing at the coinmencement of tbis Ordinance, as
rully as if the resolution referred to had been passed in each case.

173. The Board shall have the control and management of all
1
Government public latrines erected under the provisions of this
Ordinance, or protected thereby, and any by-laws relating to public
1 C_
latrines shall apply to all Government public latrines.

174. Nothing in thts Ordinance contained relating to public
latrines shall in any was, be deemed to derogate from any existing
or powers of the Government.

Open Spaces, Scavenging Lanes, etc.
175.-(1) Every existing domestic building shall be provided by
the owner with ,in open. space in the reax, by opening out on each
storey one-balf of the eritire space intervening between the principal
room or rooms and the main wall at the back of such building as
well as the corresponding portion of roof, unless such building is
already provided with an open and unobstructed back-yard of at least
50 square feet in area; the building must further be provided on
every storey with a window of it least 10 square feet superficial area
opening into such open space.

(2) For the purposes of this section any domestic buildings (other
than corner houses) having two inain frontages in different streets
shall be regarded as two domestic buildings if the entire flepth from
frontage to frontage exceeds 50 feet.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 8 of 1907, No. 14 of 1908,
l~o. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





(3) In no case may any obstruction whatever be placed or erected
in the open spaces provided in accordance with the provisions of any
Ordinance, or in any verandah or air-space substituted therefor
under the provisions of sub-section (4), with the exception of a
bridge or covered way on each storey not exceeding 3 feet 6 inches
in width, when such bridge is necessary as a means of access to any
part of the building.

(4) The Board, with the consent of the Governor-in-Council, shall
have power in any case to grant a modification of or exemption from
the requirements of this section upon such conditions, if any, as the
Board may deem expedient.

176. No person who shall erect a new domestic building on a site
excavated out of a slope or declivity within an urban district, shall
permit such building to abut against the hill-side, but a clear inter-
vening space or area of a width of not less than one-fourth of the
height of the cutting resulting from such excavation shall be left
between such building, along its whole extent, and the toe o', the
slope of the hill-side : Provided that such intervennig space or area.
shall in no case be ol a less width than 8 feet in any part as
measured on the ground level of such building, and shall not en-
croach in any way upon any street, and provided further that the
Governor-in-Council may grant exemption in any case in which the
provisions of this section may appear to hini to be inapplicable.
The height of the cutting shall be ' 1-licasured on a vertical line
drawn from the toe of such cuttitig, and extending from the
finished ground or concreted surface to a. point where it meets a.
line drawn at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal from the
top of the cutting.
This section shall not apply where the basement storey of a shop
is lit by a window of at least 10 square feet superficial area in the
front wall of such shop and above the level of the foot-path.

177. Every person who shall, under the provisions of the fore-
going section, leave a clear intervening space or area between a new
domestic building and the hill-side, shall make the surface of the
floor of such area at least 6 inches lower than the level of the lowest
floor of such building, and he shall, if so required by the Building
Authority lay, to the full extent of such area, along the toe of the

* As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of 1912,
f As viniende4by No. 1 of 1912A





slope of the hill-side, and to a, depth of at least 12. inches below the
surface, a line of hard, sound, stone-ware fleld-pipes, of not less
than 3 inches diameter, for the purpose of effectually draining the
sub-soil of such area, and lie stiall not cause such sub-soil drain to be
passed out under the floor of any building, unless any other wode
of outlet may be impracticable; and, in such case, he shall cause
the sub-soil drain to be so laid under the ground floor of such new
building, that there shall be a distance of at least 9 inches between
the top of such drain and the surface oi such ground floor. The
floor of every such area shall have a fall of not less than 1 in
40 towards the outlet for the drainage. of such area, and shall be
covered with a layer of impervious material, as provided for in this
Ordinance, and shall be channelled.

178. Every area shall be kept, at all times, free and unobstructed
by structures of any kind other than a bridge or flight of steps not
exceeding 3 feet 6 inches in width, nor shall such area be roofed
in or covered over with glass or other material. No bridge or flight
of steps shall be placed over any window opening into such area.
Evexy area abutting on or adjacent to a street shall b2 provided
with a suitable, parapet wall, or safe iron railing or fence, along its
upper edge.

179.-(1) Every, domestic building erected on land leased from
the Crown after the commencement of this Ordinance shall be pro-
vided by the owner with an open space in the. rear, or partly in the
1 1 1
rear and partly at the side, exclusively belonging to such building,
equal in area to not less than one, half of the roofed-over, area
of such building. In addition to such open space the owner shall
provide a scavenging lane in compliance with a plan to be prepared

by the Building Authority with a view to promoting uniformity in
the laying out of such lanes, unless such a lane has been provided

1
for on the sale plan of such land.

Provided that-
(a) a scavonging lane shall not be required in the case of any
detached or semi-detached domestic building, which has a side
street extending the entire depth ol the building and of a width
throughout of not less than 4 feet ; but no building shall---be deemed
to be senii-detached unless it is one of a pair of buildings each of
which has a side street as above described;

I-

As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 8 of 1912.





(b) kitchens, bath-rooms and latrines not exceeding 11 feet in
height above the highest point of the surface of the open space may
be erected in the aforesaid open space; but such buildings shall not
cover more than one third of such open space;
(c) in the event of the open space being provided partly in the
rear and partly at the side, the proportion of such open space shall
not in either case be less than one half of the whole area required
under this section;
(d) the open space at the side shall not be required on the ground
storey if such ground storey together with the ground storeys of
the two adjacent domestic buildings are occupied only as shops;
(c) the open space in the rear shall not be enclosed except by
boundary walls of a height not exceeding 10 feet., containing a door-
way communicating with the scavenging lane (if any)
(f) in no case shall any obstruction whatever be placed or erected
in any scavenging lane or open space provided under this section
except as hereinbefore permitted;
(g) in no case shall the Building Authority require the space for
a scavenging lane to be of a greatei width than 6 feet.
(2) No portion of any street, on land held under lease from the
Crown., upon which any domestic building fronts, shall be included
in calculating the area of such open space, but so inuch of aliy street
upon which no domestic building fronts as 1.3 iminediately in the
rear of any domestic building, and belongs to the owner of such
building (whether subject to.any rights oll way or riot) may, if the
domestic building has a back-yard of an area of at least 60 square feet
,exclusively belonging to it, be included with such back-yard in
calculating the area of the open space required under this section :
Provided that no portion of any such street which has been included
as part of the open space provided for one donieslic building shall
be included in calculating the area ol any other open space; and pro-
vided fuxther that before including any portion of any such street as
part of an open space a sufficient area shall be deducted from such
street to form the scavenging lane required by this section. '

180-(1) Every domestic building hereafter erected or re-erected
.on land leased from the Grown before the commencement of this
Ordinance shall be provided by the owner with an open space in
the rear, or partly in the rear and partly at the side, exclusively be-

As aniended by No, 14 of 1,908, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No, 8 of,1912.





longing to such building, equal in area to not less than one third of
the roofed-over area of such building. In addition to such open
space the owner shall provide a scavenging lane in compliance with
a plan to be prepared by the Building Authority with a view to pro-
moting uniformity in the laying out of such lanes, unless such a lane
already exists in the rear of such building.

Provided that-

(a.) The Governor-in-Council may modify the foregoing require-
ments in any case in which the Grown lease or the agreement for
a Crown lease has specially provided for an open space in the rear
of any such building of a less area than is hereby required, and may,
in any other case, make such modifications as may be recommended
by the Board upon such conditions, if any, as may be deemed
expedient ;

(b) kitchens, bath-rooms, and latrines not exceeding 11 feet in
height above the highest point of the surface of the open space may
be erected in the aforesaid open space, but such buildings shall not
cover more than one third of such open space
(c) a scavenging lane shall not be. required in the. case of any
detached or seini-detached domestic building which has a side street
extending the entire depth of the building and of a width through-
out of not less than 4 feet ; but no building shall be deemed to be
senii-detached unless it is one of a pair of buildings each of which
has a side street as above described;

(d) a scavenging lane shall not be required in the case of a group
of domestic buildings, every one of which is provided with access
to the kitchen by means of an open and unobstructed space ex-
tending throughout not less tha.n three-fifths of the depth of such
building and of a width throughout of not less than 13 feet;
(e) in the event of the open space being provided partly in the
0
rear and partly at the side, the proportion of such open space shall
not in either case be less than one half of the whole area required
under this section ;

(f) the open space at the side shall not be required on the ground
storey if such ground storey together with the ground storeys of
the two adjacent domestic buildings are occupied only as shops,
(g) the open space in the rear shall Dot be enclosed except by
boundary walls of a height not exceeding 10 feet, containing
a doorway communicating with the scavenging lane (if any) ;





(h) in no case shall any obstruction whatever be placed or erected
in any scavenging lane or open space provided under this section,
except as hereinbefore permitted;
(i) in no case shall the Building Authority require, the space for
a scavenging lane. to be of a greater width than 6 feet.

(2) No portion of any street on land held under lease from the
Crown, upon which any domestic building fronts, shall be included
in calculating the area of such open space, but so much of any
street upon which no domestic building fronts as is immediately in
the rear of any domestic building, and belongs to the owner of sue],
building (whether subject to any rights of way or not) may, if the
domestic building has a back-yard of an area of at least 60 square
feet exclusively belonging to it, be included'with such back-yard in
calculating the area of the open space required under this sectiou :
Provided that no portion of any such street which has been included
as part of the open space provided for one domestic building shall
be included in calculating the area, of any other open space; and
provided further that before including any portion of any such
street as part of an open space a sufficient area shall be deducted
from Ach street to form the scavenging lane required by this
section.

(3) The amount of compensation, without reduction in Crown
rent, to be paid to the owner for any such public scavenging lane
shall be determined by arbitration as hereinafter provided, and such
land shall upon payment of such compensation revert to the Crown
and shall be deemed to have been resumed.

(4) In every case connulg within the scope of provisoes (c) or
(d) of sub-section (1), the street or space referred to in such
provisoes may be used at any time by any authorised person as a
means of approach to any building to which such street or space
gives access for the purpose of scavenging or cleansing any part of
such building.

181.-(1) The owner of every domestic building provided with
a scavenging lane under either of the two preceding sections shall
provide means of access to the open space of his domestic building
from such scavenging lane, and, if such open space is enclosed, the
communicating door or gate shall be opened by the occupier
whenever required by any authorised person for the purpose

As ainended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





of inspecting, scavenging, or cleansing any part of such domestic
building.
(2) Eveiy scavenging lane provided under either of the two
preceding sections may be used at any tline by any public officer;
and every such scavenging lane may be used at any time by any
authorised person for the purpose of inspecting, scavenging, or
cleansing any part of any building communicating with such lane.

Prirate Streets.
182. No new street on land held under lease from the Grown
shall be constructed for the purpose of the erection of new buildings
fronting thereon until a block plan of the whole, of the property
concerned drawn to a scale of not less than one-twentle~th of an
inch to the foot, showIng such proposed street and its connec-
tions with neioIbouring streets together with the proposed levels
and any scavenging lanes, as well as the proposed method of
surface drainage, shall have been subinitted to and approved by the
Building Authority.

183. No new, street on land held tinder lease from the Grown
within the City of Victoria, on which domestic buildings front shall
be of a less width than 30 feet, and no such street outside the City
of Victoria shall be of a less width than 40 feet. Every such street-
shall open, at one end at least, upon soine existing or projected
public street.

184. Every person who shall erect fronting a. private lane any
new domestic building shall so place the said building that along its
entire frontage there shall be an open space of at least 71 feet in
width, rneasured from the centre line of such lane.

185.-(1) No building shall hereafter be erected or recrected
over any entrance to or over or upon any portion of any stree ' t on
land held under lease from the Crown upon which domestic
buildings abut, nor shall any shed, lean-to, shelter, show-case,
counter or stall for the sale of food or goods, or any other
obstruction of any kind be maintained or placed in, over, or upon
any portion of any such street, unless with the written consent of
the Governor-in-Council.

As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 8 of 1912.





(2) In the event of the refusal of the Governor-in-Council to
consent to the re-erection of any building to which this sec-
tion applies, compensation shall be paid by the Government to the
owner of such building, the amount of such compensation to be
determined by arbitration as hereinafter provided.

186. Every street on land held under lease frorn the Crown on
which buildings front, adjoin, or abut, shall be and shall be kept
concreted or otherwise surfaced at the discretion of the Building
Authority, and shall be channelled and dra,ined, and mav, if the
Building Authority thinks fit, be provided with lighting apparatus
by the Government, at the expense of the owners of the land
frontinu, adjoining, or abutting on such street, and the several
owners of such land shall bear the cost of such concreting or stir-
facing, channelling, draining, and providing such apparatus, in
proportion to the width of their land respectively at the place where
it fronts, adj'olns, or abuts on such street ; and the Government
may recover such proportionate cost together with interest Ifiereon
at the rate of 8 per cent. pet. annum from the date of' deinand for
payment thereof made by the Building Authority from any such
owner, by a suit in the name of the Building Authority in
the Summary Jurisdiction of the Suprerne Court. The cost of the
illumination of such strect. shall, however, be borne by the
Government.

All household refuse shall be regularhy removed by, the Govern-
ment from every such street,.

[s. 187, rep. No. 14 of 1908, s 56.]

Height of Buildings.
188. The height of every building shall hereafter be regulated in
accordance with the following rules, unless the Governor-in-
Council, on the recommendation of the Board, shall otherwise per-
mit:-
-it

(1) No existing building, which does not at the commencement
of this Ordinance exceed in height one and a half tinies the width
of the street upon which it fronts, shall hereafter be raised to
a height exceeding one and a half times the width of the street upon
which it fronts.

As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912 and
No, 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





(2) NO existing building, which at the commencement of this
Ordinance exceeds in height one and a half times the width of the
street upon which it fronts, shall hereafter be increased in height.
(3) No buillding on land leased froin the Crown before the com-
inencenient of this Ordinance shall hereafter be erected or re-erected
to a height exceeding one and a hall' times the width of the street
upon which it fronts.

Provided that in the ease of any street existing on 29th December,
1894, which opens at both ends into main thoroughfares, if the
length of such street does not exceed 421 feet, and if such street is
clear of any obstruction including verandahs and balconies, either
vertical or lateral, throughout its entire length as measured from
the inain thorouo-lifares on to which it leads, the height of any build-
ing hereafter re-ereeted may be eqtial to the height of the existing
building, if stich existing building does not exceed in heioht twice
the width of such street.

If such existing building does exceed in height twice the width of
such street, the height of any building hereafter re-erected place
thereof shall not exceed in height twice the width of such street.

The arnount of compensation to be paid to the owner of any build-
ing re-erected within 10 'Years alter the commencement of this
Ordinance for the loss of any storey or storeys necessarily resulting
frorn the operation of this sub-section, shall be determined by arbi-
tration as hereinafter provided ; but no compensation shall be paid
for the loss of any storey or storeys which were unfit for human
habitation.

(4) No building on land leased froin the Crown after the com.
mencenient of this Ordinance shall be erected to a height exceeding
the width of the street on which it fronts.

(.5) INTo building shall exceed 76 feet in height above the level of
the street without the permission of the Board, and no domestic
building hereafte erected shall, except by permission of the
Governor-in-Council, exceed 4 storeys in height inculding the
ground storey.

189.-(1) The height of any building shall be determined by
measuring on the line of the main walls (both back and front) from
the level of the street on which the principal front of such building
abuts the full vertical heights allowed by the foregoing section, and
by drawing from the points thus ascertained lines at angles of 30





degrees with the horizontal, and any part . of. the building, except
any chimney or party wall, or any ornamental tower, turret, or other
architectural feature or decoration, or any parapet not exceeding 3
feet in height, falling outside such lines, shall be deemed illegal.
(2) In the event of the street on which the principal front of a
buildirn, abuts not being level throughout the extent of such build-
C 0
ing, the height shall be measured from the central point of the
frontage of such building, and in the event of a building having two
or more principal fronts respectively abutting on streets which are
dissimilar in width or level, the Building Authority shall de(ermine
from what point or points the full vertical height as specified in the
foregoing clause shall be measured.
rD

Drainage Works.
189a. Where in the opinion of the Building Authority the site oil
n
which any domestic building is about to be erected or re-crected is'
so damp as to require sub-soil drains, adequate provision of such
drains shall be made to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

190. Every owner of a new building erected within an urban dis-
trict shall conArtiet the ground floor oil such building at such
sufficiently higgb level as will allow of the construction of a drain and
of the provision of the requisite communication with any public
sewer into which such drain may lawfully empty, at a point in the
upper half-diameter of such sewer.

191. All works connected with the construction, repair, amend-
ni.ent, disconnection, trapping, and ventilation of drains shall. be
carried out at the cost of the owner of the building by persons
approved by the Building Authority under the supervision of his
officers and in all respects to his satisfaction.

191-M The Building Authority may, by a written notice, re-
quire the owners of existing buildings, the drains of which are, i
c 1 1 in
his opinion, in a defective or insanitary condition, to construct,
within a reasonable time, new drains in accordance with the provi-
sions of this Ordinance, or to make such other improvements in the
existing defective drainage of such buildings as may be necessary to
meet the requirements of this Ordinance.

* As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of 19A.
f As amencled'by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No, 8 of 1912.





(2) -Drainage regulations shall be inade by the Governor-in-
Council, and shall be included in the schedule M.

193. If the Building Authority considers that a group of con-
tinguous buildings may be drained more advantageously in combina-
tion than separately, lie, may order that such group be drained upon
some combined plan to be approved by him, and the cost thereof,
together with the expenses of maintenance, shall be apportioned by
the Building Authority between the different owners of such group
of contiguous buildings.

194. If any building be 5vithout a sufficient drain, and if a public
sewer of sufficient size be within 1.00 feet of the premises or outer-
most boundaries of the lot on which such building is situated, and
ty
if stich public sewer be on a lower level, it shall be lawful for the
Building Authority to require the owner of such building to con-
struct a drain in such a nianner as shall allow of, the requisite
conit'minication with such public sewer, and such drain shall be
adequately trapped and ventilated to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority.

Provided always, that it anly owner, by order of the Building
Authority, drains his building into a public sewer, he shall not be
reqi,ilred to drain such building at his own expense into any other
public sewer.

195.Whenever the Building, Authority shall have reason to be-
lieve that the drains, of any building are defective and in a condition
injurious to health, it shall be lawful for lilin to order an inspecting
officer to enter the premises and to inspect such drains, and, if
requisite for the purpose of such inspection, such officer shall cause
the groiind to be opened in any place lie may deeni fit, doing as little
darnage as may be, and shoLild such drains be found in a satisfactory
condition, they shall be reinstated and made. good at the public ex-
pense; but should such drains prove to be defective, the Building
Athority shall cause tbent to be properly reconstructed, repaired,
or amended by the owner in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance.

196. Every owner of a new building in places other than urban
districts shall construct the ground floor 1 or of such building at such

As amended by No. 14 of'1908 and No. 2 of 1912.
+ AS amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911 and No. 2 of 19i2.
: As amended by No. 8 of 1912.





sufficiently high level as will allow of the construction of a drain,
and of the provision of the. requisite Communication with any public
sewer into which such drain may lawlully empty orwith any other
means of drainage with which such drain may lawfully comnium-
cate.

197. Whenever feasible, every drain in places other than urban 1
districts shall' hereafter be an open drain, consisting of a semi-
circular channel ol glazed stoneware jointed in cement-mortar or of
cement rendering oi a thickness ok' not less than half an inch, and
laid to adequate falls on a, bed of good lime or cenient-concrete to
the satisfaction of the Building Authority.

198. In isolated places not provided with any public drainage
systern, every such open drain shall lead to and enipty into a covered

sump or cesspit built of brick or lime-concrete, rendered sinooth in
good cement-mortar in such manner as to be water tight, or shall be
otherwise provided for as the Building Authority may approve.
~n

199. Every drain on private property shall be laid as directed by
the Building Authority under the provisions of this Ordinance; and
upon its completion, every such drain shall be connected with the
Government main sewer by the -Director of Public who shall
have power to regulate the number and position of the connections
to be made.

design of Buildings.
200. It shall not be lawful to ereet miy Chinese domestic building
other than quarters occupled by servants, within the European
Reservation or the Hill Distriet, and no non-Chinese domestic
building whether now built or hereafter to be built within such
European Reservation or Hill District shall be divided, with the
object of providing for its occupation by more than one person to
every 1,000 cubic feet of clear internal space.

201. Upon the complaint of any person (whether such person be
aggrieved or not) that a Chinese domestic building has been built
within the European Reservation or Hill District, or that any
domestic building in either of such districts is sub-divided, in con-
e)

As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amendo by No. 2 of 1912.





travention of the provisions of this Ordinance, the Building Authority
or any-officer deputed by him for the purpose, shall inspect such
building, and any person in any way obstructing such inspection
shall be deemed to be acting in contravention of this Ordinance.

202. Nothing in the two foregoing sections shall be held to pre-
vent the owners of Chinese domestic buildings now existing within
the European Reservation or Hill District from repairing such
buildings in accordance with their present structure, nor shall any-
thing in this Ordinance be held to preclude any Chinese or other
person from owning or occupying or residing in any lawful domestic
building in the European Reservation or Hill District; nor- shall the
said sections apply to any land in the occupation of the War Depart-
ment, but they shall apply to any land now in the occupation of the
War Department whenever such land ceases to be in such occupa-
tion.

203. Nothing contained in the foregoing sections shall be held to
affect the right, which has hitherto been exercised by the Govern-
ment, of forbidding the erection in any part of the Colony (whether
in the European Reservation or the Hill District or elsewhere) of
buildings of a different character from those previously existing on
the same site. The Building Authority shall have the power to
refuse his appoval of the plaiis of any building which differs in
design or character from those in the immediate neighbourhood.
The Governor may, however, in his discretion permit the erection
within the European Reservation or the Hill District of buildings
of any type of architecture if he be satisfied that they are intended
for a useful public purpose other than habitation.

Occupation of new Buildings.
204.-No new building, except any matshed, shall be occupied,
except by caretakers only not exceeding two in number, until an
authorised architect shall have reported in writing to the Building
Authority that such building complies in all respects with the pro-
visions of this Ordinance, nor until the owner shall have received
from the Building Authority a certificate that the requirements of
this Ordinance have been complied with.

As aniended by No. 1 of 1912. For a modification of the provisions
of this section by a later Ordinance see No. 4 of 1904.
As ainended by '-\~o. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





Provided that if the Building Authority does not, within 14 days
of the receipt of the aforesaid written report, notify the owner or
his architect or other representative that the building is not
in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, such building
may be occupied; and provided further that in the event of any
contravention of this section, the occupier and also the owner shall
be liable for such contravention, unless such owner proves that such
occupation has taken place without his knowledge or consent
~1 L .

Dangerous Buildings.

205. Every owner of a building which may be declared by the
Building -Authority, or an officer deputed by the Governor-in-
Council in that behalf, by an order in writing to such owner, to be
dangerous, shall cause the same to be shored or otherwise properly
secured, and shall erect, in such manner as may be directed by the
Building Authority, or an officer deputed as aforesaid, a proper
fence or hoarding for the protection of passengers.

206. Buildings rendered dangerous by fire, wind, or other cause
of whatsoever nature, to such an extent as, in the opinion of the
Building Authority, or an officer deputed by the Governor-in-
Council in that behalf, necessitates their being taken down partly
or wholly shall, upon the service on. the owner of an order in
witing from the Building Authority, or an officer deputed as
ri C
aforesaid, declaring that such buildin,g is in a dangerous condition
0
and must be taken down partly or wholly, and specifying the time
within which the work is to be done, be taken down by such owner
accordingly.

207.-(1) If the owner of a dangerous building cannot be found,
or if, on such notice in writing as aforesaid, he refuses or. neglects
within the time fixed in such notice to shore or otherwise properly
secure or to take down such dangerous building or such portion
thereof as may be declared to be dangerous by the Building
Authority, or an officer deputed as aforesaid, such dawrerous build-
ing or such portion thereof shall, without delay, be shored or
otherwise properly secured or taken'down by persons 'employed by
the Building Authority who shall be entitled to recover the cost
thereof. from the owner.

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As arnended b
y No. 1 of 1912.





(2) In all cases of emergency, the Building Authority or an
officer deputed as aforesaid, may cause the necessary work to be
done without ',any notice whatever, the cost of such work being
recoverable from the owner.

The decision of the Building Authority or of the officer deputed
as aforesaid, that the particular case is one of emergency, shall be
final and binding on all persons.

207a. It shall bc lawful for a Magistrate on a representation
being made to him by the Building Authority, or by an officer
deputed by the Governor-in-Council in that behalf, that the whole
or any part of a building, by reason of any crack, settlement or
other defect having shown itself in it, or by reason of the materials
used or inethod of its construction having been found by examina-
tion to be defective, is liable to become dangerous, to order such
building or part of such building to be closed by or under the
n
1 b
direction of the Captain Superintendent of Police, and to remain
closed until the Building Authority, or an officer deputed as afore-
said, has certified in writing that the defects have been remedied
to his satisfaction. Provided that at least 7 days' notice in writing
of the intention to make any such representation shall be given to
the owner of any building affected thereby or to his representative.

Any person found inhabiting or using any building or part thereof
closed as aforesaid shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a
fine not exceeding 100 dollars, and to a further penalty not exceed-
ing 50 dollars for every day that such person shall continue
to inhabit or use such building after conviction.

Provided always that nothing in this section contained shall be
construed as affecting the powers expressly vested in the Building
Authority and the officer deputed as aforesaid in the last three
sections.

Hoardings and Scaffoldings.
208. No public pathway or thoroughfare shall, during any building
operations or otherwise, be occupied by a hoarding or scaffolding or
by any building material whatever except by permission of the
Building Authority, who may grant such permission-on a written
application, and upon such conditions as will provide for the safety

ASamended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 30 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911,
No. 1 of ~912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.





and convenience of passengers and the occupiers of adjoining pro-
perty. In all such cases the ground occupied must be enclosed with
a hoarding for the protection of passengers, and the side-channel shall
be in no way obstructed by such hoarding or by any building debris
or building materials. The pavement, side-eliannel and concrete
covering of any public thoroughfare shall not be broken up, or into,
by the excavation of holes for the purpose of securing any hoarding
or scaffolding poles.

Matslieds . and other Inflaniniable. Stmetures.
209.-(1) It shall not be lawful for any person to erect or main-
tain, whether for temporary or for permaDent occupation, any
buildin'e, of wood, mats, palin leaves, thatch, or other inflammable
material, without permission in writing from the Building Authority,
or an officer deputed by him in that behalf, and except subject to
the regulations contained in schedule H, or such other regulations
as may be made by the Governor-in-Council.

(2) No such building shall. be erected on any land which is

situated within the gathering groand of any public reservoir, nor,
1 11 m
s ic reservoir, nor,
without the special permission of the Building Authority, on any
hill-slope draining into the City of Victoria.

(3) Any person who erects or maintains any building in con-
travention of the provisions of this section shall be liable, on
summary conviction, to a fine -not exceeding 100 dollars, and the
T 1
Magistrate may further order the building to be removed.

Blasting.
210. It shall not be lawful for any person to blast any stone,
earth, or other material unless he shall have fully covered over
and weighted down such material with a sufficiently heavy timber
shield, or taken such other precautions as shall effectually prevent
any fragments from being projected in such a manner as to
be dangerous, and unless, in addition, he shall previously have fully
warned all persons within a radius of 500 feet froin the proposed
blast by means of red flags and by the beating of a gong continued
for at least 5 minutes, previous to the firing off of such blast. No
blast shall be fired off except between the hours of 12 and 12.30 in

Asainended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912 arod No. 21 of 1912.
As amendog by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 191.2.





the day and 4.30 and 4.45 in the evening, or between such other
hours as the Governor-in-Council may, by notification, appoint:
Provided that in all Government quarries, whether leased or other-
wise, the Wasting of stone shall be subject to regulations made by
the Govern or-in-Council.

Earth Cutting.
211. It shall not be lawful for any person to cut or remove earth
or turf, or to collect, extract, split, blast or remove stones, from any
land not under lease from the Crown, except subject to the
regulation s contained in schedule J, or such other regulations as
may be made by the Governor-in-Council, or without the permis-
sion in writing of the Director of Public Works, or in such manner
as sliall undermine or in any way prejudicially affect or endanger
the stability of any bank or earth or of any land or property
adjoining.

For any contravention of this section there shall be liable not only
the labourer doing the work but also the permit-holder, and like-
wise the contractor or foreman under whoin such labourer is
working.

Timber Yards.
212. Every timber yard for the storage of timber, other than
timber in baulk, situated within the City of Victoria, shall be
enclosed on all sides by a brick wall at least 10 feet in height and 14
inches thick, and shall have a clear passage riot less than 6 feet in
width between the exterior face of such wall and the nearest
buildings adjoining. It shall not nioreover be lawful to store more
than 300 cubic feet of timber, other than timber in baulk, on any
such premises so situate, unless such timber be stored at a distance
of at least .50 feet from any building.

Wells and Pools.
213. It shall not be lawful to sink or re-open any well, or
to permitany well to be sunk or re-opened, without the permission
of the Building Authority, who may grant the same on a written
application, provided there be no structural, sanitary, or other ob-
jection.

* As. amendel by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 8 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of lgig.





Every well shall be so donstructed as to exclude surface water as
far as possible, and due provision shall be made for the conveyance
of the drip or waste water to the nearest drain inlet or other channel
into which it may be lawfully discharged.

214. No premises shall be so excavated as to admit of the
formation, on the surface thereof, of pools of stagnant or other foul
waters, and it shall be lawful for the Board to call upon the owner
of tbny premises whereon such pools may exist, to fill up the same
with good clean earth to the level of the surrounding ground, or to
drain off such pools by means of surface-drains into any channel
with which they may lawfully communicate.

215. Where it is made to appear to the Board that any well is
in an insanitary condition, or is likely to prove injurious to health,
and that it is expedient that it should be closed and filled up, the
Board may call upon the owner, by notice in writing, to close and
fill up the same within the time limited in such notice.
If such notice is not complied with, the Board way cause the
owner to be summoned before a Magistrate, who may make such
order in the matter and as to costs as he may deem right. Should
the Ma gistrate order the well to be closed and filled up he may
impose a penalty Dot exceeding 5 dollars for each day his order is
not complied with.

Nullahs, Storm Water- Channel and Drains.
216. No building shall hereafter be erected over any public
drain, nullah, or storm water-channel, whether natural or artificial,
without the written consent of the Governor-in -Council.

217. No nullah, or storm water-channel, whether natural or
artificial, shall hereafter be covered over except by a bridge not
exceeding 50 feet in length, without the written consent of
the Director of Public Works.

218. All work permitted under the two preceding sections shall
only be carried out under such conditions as may be imposed by
the Director of Public Works, and to his entire satisfaction. In
framing such conditions, he shall make due provision for the subsoil

As aniended by No. 2 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As ainendedmby No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





drainage of adjacent land, -and for access for the purpose of
inspection and cleansing
0*
219. It shall not be lawful for any person to dig out the
foundations of any building, or to excavate any site for any purpose
Whatsoever, in such manner as to cut into, open out, divert,
undermine, obst ruct, dam, or otherwise interfere with any drain,
nullah, catch-water or water-channel, whether situated on leased
or unleased Crown land, unless he ha.s provided to the satisfaelion
of the Director of Public Works for the esea,l)e of any waters
flowing through such drain, nullah, catch-water or water-Channel.

Boundary and Retaining Walls
220. No person shall construct or reconstruct any boundary wall
or enclosure wall, fronting any public road or thoroughfare within
an urban district, unless it is solid throughout its entire thickness
and built of brick or stone properly bedded and bonded together,
surmounted by a coping of dressed stone or properly moulded bricks
set in cement-niortar or constructed of such other materials as may
be approved by the Building Authority.

221. No person shall construct or reconstruct any retaining
wall whether of rubble masonry built dry or in mortar, or of
concrete, exceeding 1.2 feet in height, unless such wall is provided
with one or more adequate foundation courses of cement concrete
or footing stones cut to flat beds laid on the solid ground, and such
footing courses shall project at least 6 inches beyond the face of
such wall, and shall extend back the full thickness of the wall, and
every such retaining wall shall be provided with header or bond
stones, at least 1 foot square, or layers of c ern en t -concrete 1 foot
thick, extending back at least 2 fee; 6 inches into the thickness of
the wall. Provided that. the Building Authority
cases modify the above conditions.
Whenever such wall is built with mortar, adequate weep-holes
shall be provided.

may in special

Mans, Drawings, (iiid Notices.
221-M It shall not be lawful to conimence any building or
to repair or reconstruct any existing building without the consent

As ainended b * v No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.
As alnended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 11 of 1909, No. 3o of 1911,
,~o. 51 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912,

W

1NO. 21 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





of the Building Authority, and the following procedure shall be
adopted

(a) Notice in writing, in or according to the form contained in
schedule K, of the intention to commence or repair or reconstruct
such building shall be given to the Building Authority by leaving
the same at his office. Every such notice shall specify the number,
if any, and the position or locality of the intended building,
together with the nurnber and section or sub-section of the lot on
which it is intended to build, and,shall give ally special or material
particulars in connection with the same which it is not, possible
to denote on the plans. Such notice shall also state the name and
address of the lessee or occupier of the lot or of the owner
or occupier of the building, or of the duly authorised agent of such
persons respectively, and shall be signed by such lessee
or owner or occupier or agent ; and the person signing such
notice shall state whether lie signs as lessee or owner or occupier
or agent, and the person so signing or, if he be absent
from the Colony, any contractor employed oil or abont the building,
shall be liable for every act, failure, neglect, omission, or refusal
whereby any provision of this Ordinance is contravened during the
progress of such building, or pending the issue of the certificate
required by this Ordinance to be obtained prior to occupation.

The person signing such notice shall, in the event of the,
information contained therein being proved to be materially
incorrect, be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceed-
ing 100 dollars.

(b) Proper plans of such building signed by an authorised 1
architect showingfigured dimensions and the position of all portions
of the building, and the purpose for which they are in-
tended, shall be submitted to the Building Authority with the
aforesaid notice and require to be approved by him as being
in conformity with the requirements of this Ordinance. Every
such plan shall, in the case of repairs or re-construction, show such
portions of the old building as the Building Authority may require
as well as the new building in such a way as to clearly differentiate
the old from the new, and shall also, unless crispensed with by the
Building Authority, show the details of any drainage to be
constructed. Every such plan shall be drawn to a scale of not less
than one-tenth of an inch to the foot, and shall contain enlarged
details with figured dimensions, of the principal features of con-





struction, and shall also show the position and levels of the surround-
ing ground and buildings.
(c) A block plan showing the neighbouring streets and buildingd
and drawn to a scale of not less than 1 inch to 60 feet, shall also
be deposited with such plans.

(d) The Building Authority may also require any other informa-
tion concerning the proposed building and the uses to which it is
to be put that he may deem necessary.

(.2) The Building Authority shall within .28 days of the submis-
sion of such plans notify the person submitting the same or his
architect or other representative, of evers. mattel. in respect of
which they are not in accordance with the requirements of this
Ordinance, and if the Building Authority does not within such
period so notify any such matter, the building shown in such plans
niav be coninienced in the same inaimer as if the approval of the
Buildin,a Authority had been received: Provided that in the event
of such plans having been withdrawn for alteration during such
period of '228 days by the persoii submitting the same, or his
architect or other representative, the salid period shall be calculated
from the date of their final submission.

(3) If the Building Authority shall within such period of 28 days
notify the person submitting the plans or his architect or other
representative of any matter in respect of whicb they are not in
accordance with the. requirements of this Ordinance, then if they
are amended, the Building Authority shall approve, or disapprove
of such aniendnients within a period of 14 days from the time the
amended plans are deposited with him, and if lie shall riot signify
his approval or disapproval within sucii period the building may be.
commenced in the same nianner as if the approval of the Building
Authority had been received.

(4) All plans subinitted to the Building Authority and not dis-
approved by him under siib-sections-(2) or (3) shall be deposited in
his office and filed there.

(5) Every material misrepresentation in any plan so deposited,
and every material divergence in the work froin such plan unless it
has received the written approval of the Building Authority, shall
be deemed to be a contravention of this Ordinance. In respect
of any such divergence which is not so approved, any owner,
architect, engineer, or clerk of works who knowingly condones such





divergence, and any contractor employed in the building who
carries out such divergence, shall be liable, on summary conviction,
to a fine not exceeding 200 dollars in respect of every such diver-
gence.

(6) In the case of any contravention of sub-section (5) a
Magistrate shall also have power to order the building or any
portion thereof to be forthwith altered or demolished so as to
comply with the requirements of this Ordinance and to the satis-
faction of the Ruilding Authority.

(7) In the case of any material misrepresentation in any plan
so deposited, the person who has signed it shall be liable, on
summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 200 dollars.

(8) in the event of a notice in writing havin,g been given to the
Building Authority and of plans having been submitted to him as
required by sub-section (1), the Building Authority may refuse to
receive any further notice or any further plans in respect of the
building to which the former notice and plans relate until he has
received from the person by whom, or on whose belialf, the former
notice or plans were given or submitted, or from his duly authorised
agent, revocation in writing of the former notice or plans.
t,

(9) In this section, and in sections '223 to 2.27, ---building
includes works,' and ---plan ' includes---drawing,' and ---build-
includes carry on works

223. It shall not be lawful to resume any building if work has
been suspended for a period exceeding 3 months, nor to commence
any building if it has not been commenced within 3 months of the
date of the approval by the Building Authority of the plans thereof,
until 7 days' notice in writing of the. intention to resume or
commence such building in or according to the form contained in
schedule K shall have been given to the Building Authority
by leaving such notice at his office, nor until the plans thereof
approved under the preceding section have, been amended (if
necessary) to the satisfaction of the Building Authority so as to
comply with this Ordinance. Every such notice shall specify the
number, if any, and the position or locality of the intended building
together with the number and section or sub-section of the lot on
which it is intended to build, and shall give any special or material

As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and No, 43 of
1912 Supp
Sched.





particulars in connection with the same which it has not been
possible to denote on the plans. Such notice shall also state the
name and address of the lessee or occupier of the lot or of the owner
or occupier of the building, or of the duly authorised agent of such
persons respectively, and shall be signed by such lessee or owner or
occupier or agent ; and the person signing such notice shall state
whether he signs as lessee'or owner or occupier or agent, and the
person so signing or, if he be absent from the Colony, any contractor
employed on or about the building, shall be liable for every act,
failure, neglect, omission or refusal whereby any provision of this
Ordinance is contravened during the progress of such building, or
pending the issue of the certificate required by this Ordinance to be
obtained prior to occupation.

The person signing such notice shall, in the event of the
information contained therein being proved to be materially in-
correct, be liable, on suniniary conviction, to a fine not exceeding
100 dollars.

224. In case any accident or eniergene shall render it necessary
to coinnience or resume any building immediately, it shall be lawful
so to do, provided due notice of the same be given to the Building
Authority within 2 days thereafter, specifying, in addition to the
matters hercinbefore nientioned, the nature of the accident or
emergency which has occasioned such necessity.

Alte,ration or Addition to existing Building.
225. No alteration, addition, or other building operation shall
be carried out for any purpose in, to, or upon, any existing building
unless an authorised architect gives his certificate in writing to the
Building Authority to the effect. that, in his opinion, such building
is and will be structurally capable of bearing the weight and strain
of such alteration, addition, or other building operation.
Is. 226, rep. No. 14 of 1908, s. 71Poirers and Duties of the Building Authority 4s to entry and
inspection.
227-M The Building Authority, or any officer deputed by hirn
for the purpose, may at any time enter and inspect an.y building

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912 and
No. 21 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911,
No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





for the purpose of ascertaining whether the requirements of this
Ordinance, are carried out in relation thereto or whether any
building is dangerous, and in the event of his discovering that the
requirements of this Ordinance have been contravened in any
partictilar, or that any building is dangerous, the owner thereof
shall, upon receipt of an order in writing from the Building
Authority, stop the operations upon such building until such
contravention has been rectified or such building has been taken
down or rendered safe. Every person in charge of the erection of
any' building shall provide planks, ladders, or other reasonable
means of access to every part of such building to facilitate the
inspection, and the Building Authority shall have power to do any
thing to any such building which he may consider necessary for
the purpose of making an efficient inspection thereof. -

(.2) For the purpose of inspecting any building or wall believed to
be in a dangerous condition the Building Authority, or an officer
deputed as aforesaid, may cause such openings to be made therein
as he may deein fit, provId that at least 24 hours' not We in writing
of his intention to inake any such openings shall bt. given to the
owner or his representative.

stoppage or Dirersion of Traffic.
228. The Director of Pubblic Works shall have power, on his being
le orks shall have power, on h's being
satisfied of the necessity therefor, to temporarily stop or divert or
partially stop or divert the traffic along any street, or to block up
or occupy or partially block up or occupy such street, for the
purpose of carrying out works of a public inature : Provided that,
if the traffic in a street is stopped or diverted, or a street is blocked
up, notice to the public shall be given, wherever practicable.

Buildiny Nuisavees.
229.-(1) The following shall be deemed to be nuisances under
I'art III of this Ordinance :-

1. Any verandah, balcony, area, or structure which is not
in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance.

2. Any unauthorised encroachment on, over, or into any land
not under lease from the Crown.

* As. airiended by. No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
t As aniended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1P12, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





3. Any building or works whatsoever hereafter commenced,
resumed, altered or completed in contravention of any of the
provisions of this Ordinance.

4. Any structure erected or maintained in contravention of the
provisions of this Ordinance.

5. The use in any building or works of any materials contrary to
the requirements of this Ordinance.

- 1 ive
5a. Any failure. to supply, or any inadequate or defective
provision of drain, drain trap, ventilating pipe,subsoil drainage or
cesspool accommodation.

ipe, subsoil drainage or

6. Any act, failure, neo-lect, omission, or refusal whereby any,
provision of this Ordinance is contravened.

7. Any act, failure, nealect, onlisslon, or refusal whereby any
condition or terni attached to the grant of any modification of or
exemption from any provision of this Ordinance is contravened.

(2) In respect of any offence against paragraph 5 of sub-section
I,any person who as architect,engineer ,or clerk of works,
specifies or knowingly condones the use of improper materials, or,
spec n ~ 011 1 -
as contractor, inakes use of ini-proper inaterials, and also the owner
of any building or works on which aniv such improper materials are
used, shall be liable, on coiiv~ction, to a fine not exceeding
500 dollars, and to a further penalty not exceeding -50 dollars a day
for every day that the imisance reniains unalbated.

Abatement of Nuisances.

230.-M The competent autliority to deal with nuisances under
this Part of this Ordinance shall, imless the context othenwise
requires, be-

(a) the Building Authority, or any officer deputed by him in that
behalf ;

(b) the head of the Sanitary Department, or any officer deputed
by him in that behalf, but in respect only of nuisances under
sections 139, 153, L-54 and 161, and of such other nuisances
as defined by this Part of this Ordinance as the Governor-in-
Council may empower him to deal with.

As arnended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





(2) Whenever the existence of a nuisance under this Part of this
Ordinance is brought to the attention of the competent authority as
hereinbefore defined, such authority shall serve a notice in the form
contained in schedule L (with such modifications, if any, as may
be necessary) on the person by whose act, default, or sufferance the
nuisance arises or continues, or if such person cannot be found, on
the owner of the building or works in respect of which complaint is
made, and such notice shall specify the nature of the nuisance and
the inanner and the tinic within which it is to be abated, and in
the case of refusal or neglect to coniply with the requirements of
such notice such authority shall summon such person or owner
before a Magistrate, who either in addition to inflicting or without
inflicting a penalty under any section of this Ordinance, may make
an order directing such person or o.,vner to abate such nuisance
within a tinie to be fixed by such Mao-istrate : Provided that nothing
in this section contained shall prevent a conviction, under this Part
of this Ordinance, without service ol- such notice, in any ease in
which, in the opinion of the _Magistrate, service of such notice ougl.lt
not reasonably to have been required.

231. In case the sald musance shall not be aLated within the time
linilted, it shall be lawful lor a Magistrate to make an order em-
powering the Building Authority to abate the nuisance; and all
expenses incurred by sneh Authorilly in causing such nuisance to be
abated as aforesaid, sliall be paid by the person against
whom the, orlluinal order to a.ha-te such nuisance was inade, or failing
him by the without prejudice to any right of such person or
owner to recover the ainowit of such expenses from any lessee or
other person liable for the same.

232. Whenever the de-ttiolition of any building or works or any
part thereof shall take place under any orcler made under the pre-
ceding section, it shall be lawful for the, Building Authority, in case
of non-payment of the said expenses by the person liable to pay the
same to sell and dispose of the materials thereof, without prejudice
to any other remedy, and, out of the monies arising from such sale
or disposition, to retain or pay the said expenses; and the surplus, if
any, shall be paid to the owner.

233. In case the person liable to pay the same shall not forthwith
pay all expenses incurred by the Building Authority in the abating

As arnended by No. 14 of 1908.
A,,. amendeh 1~ No. 14 of 1908 and,No. 1 of 1912.





of any nuisance as required by this Ordinance, it shall be lawful for
a Magistrate, by warrant, to cause the same to be levied by distress
and sale of the goods and chattels of such person.

234. Nothing in tills Ordinance contained shall affect any othe'.
rell 1 iedy for the abatement of musances.

Service of Notice,Summons, or Order.
235. Any notice, summons, or order given, issued or made tinder
the provisions of this Part of this Ordinance, may be served upon
the person affected by the document to be served, either personally
or by leaving the saute with arty occupier of the premises to which
such document relates, or by leaving the same with some adult in-
mate at the usual or last known place of bussiness or residence of the
person to be served, or, if there is no occiipler of such premises, by
putting tip the document to be served on a conspicuous part of the
premises to which the same relates : Provided that any notice,
summons, or order re(ltured by this Ordinance to be given, issued or
made to the owner oI any premises, shall be served either by leaving
the same at the place of business or residence within the Colony ol'
such owner or of his authorised agentI, or if the whereabouts of such
owner or agent, be unknown, by lmsfing a registered letter addressed
to such owner, or agent, at his flast known place of residence or of
business in the Colony.

PART IV

RIGHTS OF BUILDING AND ADJOINING OWNERS.
236. Where lands held wider lease from the Crown by different
owners adjoin and are unbuilt oil at the line of junction, and either
owner is about to build on ally part of the line of junction, the
following provisions shall have effect :-
(1) If the building owner desire to build a party wall on the line
of junction he inay serve notice thereof on the adjoining owner
describing the intended wall

(2) If the adjoiDing owner consent to the building of a party wall,
the wall shall be built half on the land of each of the two owners, or
in such other position as irlay be agreed between them;

* As arnendled by No. 1 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 11 of 1909, No. 1 of 1912 aud No. 2 of 1912
As aniended by No. 2 of 1912.





(3) The expenses of the building of the party wall shall from time
to time be defrayed by the two owners in due proportion, regard
being had to the use made and which may be made, of the wall by
them respectively:

(4) If the adjoining owrier do not consent to the building., of a
party wall, the building owner shall not build the As-all otherwise
than as an external wall placed wholly on his own land ;

(5) Ifthe building owner do not desire to build a party wall on the
line of junction but desires to build an external wall placed wholly on
his own land, be may serve notice thereof on the adjoining owner
describing the intended wall;

(6) Where in either of the cases aforesaid the building owner pro-
ceeds to build an external wa.11 on his own land, he sball have a right
at his own expense., at any tline after the expiration of one month
1 J 1 in -
from the service of tli6 notice, to place on the land of the adjoining
owner below the level of the lowest floor, the projecting footings on
the external wall with concrete or other scAld substructure there-
under, making conipensation to the adjoinincy owner or occupier for
any dan-tage occasioned thereby, tbe aniount of such conipensation,
if any difference arises, to be deteriniried in the manner in which
differences between building owners and adjoining owners are here-
inafter directed to be deternilned.

Where an external wall is built agalinst another external wall or
against a party wall, It shall be laAs-itil for the Building Authority to
allow the footing of the side next, such other external or party wall
to be omitted.

237. The building owner shall have the following rights in
relation to party structures and adjoining structures

(1) to make good, underpin, or repair any party structure which is
defective or out of repair;

(2) to pull down and re-build any party structure which is so far
defective or out of repair as to make it necessary or desirable to pull
it down ;

(3) to pull down any tirnber or other partition ishich divides any
buildings, and is not conformable with the provisions of this Ordi
nance, and to build instead thereof a party wall conformable thereto;

As aniended b * v No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912,
No~ 8 o
1,312 and No. 43 of 1912.





(4) in the case of buildings having rooms or storeys the property
of different owners intermixed,-to pull down such of the said rooms
or storeys, or any part thereof as are not built in conformity with
this Ordinance, and to re-build the same in coinforinity therewith ;

(5) in the case of buildings connected by arches or communica-
tions over streets belonging to other persons,-to pull down such of
the said buildings, arches or communications, or such parts thereof
as are not built in conlornlitv witb this Ordinance, and to re-build
the same in conformity therewith;

(6) to raise and underpin ally party stnicturee permitted by this
Ordinance to be raised or underpinned, or ally external wall built
against such party structure, iipoii condition of making 'food all
damage occasioned thereby to the adjoining prernises or to the
internal finishlings and decorations and ol. carrying. up to the
requisite height al flues and chimney-stacks belonging to the adjoin-
ing owner on or against such party structure or external wall

(7) to ptill down any party structure which is of insufficient
1 is ol 1
strength for any building intended to be built, and to rebuild the
sarm of sufficlent strength for the above purpose, upon condition
of makling good all damage occasioncil thereby to the adjoining pre-
inises, or to the internal finishings and decorations thereof;

(8) to cut into any party structure upon condition of inaking good
all damage occasioned to the adioining premises by such operation

(9) to cut away ally footing or chimney breast, jamb or flue
projecting, or other projection from party wall or external wall
in order to erect an external wall against such party wall, or for any
other purpose, upon condition of makling good all darnage occasioned
to the adjoining preinises by such operation ;

(10) to cut away or take down such parts of any svall or buildling
of an adjoining owner as may be necessary in consequence of such
wall or building overhanging the ground ol the building owner, in
order to erect an upright wall against the same, on condition of
making good aiiv damage sustained by the wall or building by such
operation ;

(11) to raise a party fence wall, or to pull the same down and
rebuild it as a, party wall;

(12) to perform any other necessary ,works incident to the connec-
tion of a party structure with the premises adjoining thereto :





Provided alway, that these rights shall be subject to this qualifi-
cation, that ally building which has been erected prior to the com-
mencement of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be conformable
with the provisions thereof if it be coll'ormable with the provisions
of the Ordinances regulating building before the connuencement of
this Ordinance.

20.8.-(1) Where a building owner propses to exercise any of the.
foregoing rights with respect to party sturctures, the adjoining

owner may by notice require the building owner to build on any
s 1 y 1 - ainhs, or bi-Casts, or
such party structure such chimney copings,jamgs,or breasts,or
11 1J
flues, or such piers or recesses, or any other like works as may fairly
be required for the convenience of such adjoining owner, and may
j - ing owner, and may
be specified in the notice ; and it shall be the ditty of the building
owner to comply with such requisition in all eases where the execti-
tion of the required works will not be injurious to the building
owner, or cause to him unnecessary inconvenience or unnecessary
delay in the exercise. of his right.

(22) Any dulerence that arises between a building owner and an
adjoining owner in respect of the execution of any such works shall
be determined in the manner in which dofferences between building
c
owners and adjoining owners are hereinafter directed to be deter-
mined.

239.-M A building owner,execpt with the consent in
witing of the adjoining owner, and of the adjoining occupiers in
r 1 of the adjoining oecul-jers, or in
cases where any wall or party structure is dangerous (in which cases
the provisions of Part III shall apply). exercise any of his rights
under this Ordinance in respect of any party fence wall unless at
least one month, or exercise anyIii., rights under this Ordinance
in relation to any party wall. or party structure other than a party
fence wall, unless at least 2 months before doino, so he has served
on the adjoining owner of the party fence wall, the party wall or
party structure, as the case may be, notice stating the nature and
particulars of the proposed work and the tinie at wbich the work
is proposed to be commenced.

. (12) When a building owner ill the exercise of any of his rights
under this Part lays open any part of the adjoining land or building
he shall at his own expense make and maintain for a proper time a
proper hoarding and shoring or temporary construction for protec-

AP anionded
No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





tion of the adjoining land or building and the securlity of the adjoin-
ill's occupier.
(3) A building owner shall not exercise any rlight given to hill, by
this Ordinance in such manner or at such time as to cause unneces-
sary inconvenience to the adjoining owner or to the adjoining
occupier.
(4) A party wall or structure notice sliall not be available for the
exercise of any right, unless the work to which the nofice relates is
begim -kvitbin 6 month., after the service. thereof, and is prosecuted
with due diligence.
(.5) Within one month after receipt of stich notice the adJoining
owner may serve on the building owner a notice requiriting him to
build on any such party structure any works to the contruction of
which lie is hereinbefore declared to be entitled.
(6) The last-nientioned notice sliall specity the works required by
the adjoining owner for his convenience, and shall, if necessary, be
accompanied by explanatory plans and drawings
(7) If either owner do not witbin 14 days after the service on him
of any notice, express his consent thereto, be shall be considered as
having dissented therefroni, and thereupon a difference shall be
deerned to have arisen between the building owner and the adjoining
owner.

21l0.-(],) In all cases not specially provided for by this Ordi-
nance, where a differelice arises between a building owner and an
adjoining owner in respect of any niatter arising with reference to
any work to which any notice slveii tinder this Part relates, unles
both parties concur in the appointment of one architect they shall
each appoint an architect, and the two architects so alipointed shall
select a third architect, and the two architect., or three architects,
or any two of them, shall settle any matter from time to fline during
the continuance of any work to which the notice relate~ in dispute
between such bulldinl- owner and adjoining owner, with power by
his or their award to. determine the rllcyht to do,- and the tirne and
manner of doing any work, and generally any other matter arising
out of or incidental to such difference: but any time so appointed
for doing any work shall ' not, unless otherwise agreed, commence
until after the expiration of the period by this Part prescribed for
the notice in the particular case.

Aqamended by No.. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912,
No. 21 of i912 and No. 43 of 1912.





(2) Any award given by such one architect, or by such three
architects, or by any two of them, shall be conclusive., and shall not
be questioned in any.Court; with this exception, that either of the
parties to the difference may within 14 days froni the date of the
delivery of the award, appeal therefrom. to a Judee in Chambers,
who may, subject as hereafter in this section mentioned. rescind the
award or modify it in such manner as he thinks just.

(3) If either party to the difference make default in appointing
an architect for 10 days after notice has been served on him by the
other party to make such appointment, the party giving tlic, notice
may make the appointment in the place of the party so inaking
default.

(4) The costs incurred in making or obtaining the award shall be
paid by such party as the architect or architects determine.

(5) If the appellant on appearing before the Judge declare his
unwillingness to have the matter decided by him, and prove to his
satisfaction that in the 'event of the matter being decided against
him he will be liable to pay a, sum, exclusive of costs, exceeding 500
dollars, and gives security, to be approved by the Judge, duly to
prosecute an action in the Supreme Court and to abide the event
thereof, all proceedings in Chambers shall thereupon be stayed, and
the appellant may bring an actian in the Supreme Court against the
other party to the difference.

(6) The plaintiff in such action shall deliver to the defendants an
issue whereby the matters in difference between them may be tried,
and the form of such issue in case of dispute or of the non-appear-
ance of the defendant shall be settled by the Court, and the action
shall be prosecuted and the issue tried in all respects as if it were
an ordinary action or issue in the Supreme Court, or as near thereto
as circumstances admit.

(7) If the parties agree as to the facts a special case may be stated
for the opinion of the Court, and such case shall be heard and de-
cided in all respects as if it were an ordinary case stated for the
opinion of the Court, or as near thereto as circumstances admit; and
any costs that may have been incurred before the Judge in Chambers
shall be deemed to be costs incurred in the action and be payable
accordingly.

1.8) Where both parties have concurred in the appointment of one
architect, then, if he refuse or for 7 days neglect to act, or if be die





or become incapable to act before he has made his award, the matters
in dispute shall be determined in the saine manner as if he had not
been appointed.
(9) Where each party has appointed an architect and a third
architect has been selected, then, if lie, refuse, or for 7 (lays neglect
to act, or before such difference is settled, die, or become incapable
to act, the two architects shall forthwith select another architect in
his place who sliall have the same powers and authorities as were
vested in his predecessor.

(10) Where each party has appointed an architect, then, if the two
architects refuse, or for 7 days after reqtje,-3t of either party, neglect
to select a third architect, or another third architect for the time
being, the Governor may, on the application of either party, appoint
the Director of Ptiblic M7orks or soine other fit person to act as third
architect who shall have the saine. powers and authorities as if he had
been selected by the two architects appointed by the. parties.

(11) Where each party has appointed an architect, then, if before
the difference is settled either architect die, or become incapable to
act, the party by whom he was appointed may appoint some other
axchiteet to act in his place, and if for the space of 7 days after
notice served on him by the other party,- for that ptirpose, he fall to
do so, the other architect may proceed ex parte, and his decision
shall be as effectual as if he had been a single architect in whose
appointment both parties had concurred ; an architect so substituted
as aforesald shall have the same powers and authorities as were
vested in the former architect at the time of his death or disability.

(1.2) M7here each party has appointed an architect, then, if either
of the architects reftise, or for 7 days neglect to act, the other may
proceed ex parte, and his decision shall be as effectual as if he had
been a single architect in -whose appointinent both parties had con-
enrred.

(13) In Part IV architect - means authorised architect,'
and ' Part - means Part of this Ordiwince.'

1 authorised architect,-

241. A 1)A building- owner, his servants, agents and workmen, at all
usual times of working, may enter and remain on any premises for
C
the purpose of executing, and may execute any work which he has
become entitled or is required in pursuance of this Ordinance to
execute, removing any furniture or doing any other thing which may

AS amended by No, 1 of 1912 and -'Zo. 2 of 1912.





be necessary; and if the premises are closed, be and they may,
accompanied by a constable, break open any fences or doors in order
to effect such entry : Provided that before entering on. any premises
for the purpose of this section the building owner shall give 14 days'
notice of his intention so to do to the owner and occupier; in case of
emergency lie shall give such notice only as may be reasonably
practicable.

242. Where a building owner intends to erect within 10 feet of a
building belonging to an adjoining owner a building any part of
which within such 10 feet extends to a lower level than the founda-
tions of the building belonging to the adjoining owner, he may, and
if required by the adjoining owner shall (subject as hereinafter pro-
vided), underpin or otherwise strengthen the foundations of the said
building so far as may be necessary, and the following provisions
shall have effect :-

(1) At least 2 months' notice in writing shall be given by the
building owner to the adjoining owner stating his intention to build,
and whether he proposes to underpin or otherwise strengthen the
foundations of the said building, and such notice shall be accom-
panied by a plan and sections, shewing the site ol the proposed
building, and the depth to which he. proposes to excavate :

(2) If the adjoinirig owner shall, within 14 days after being served
with such notice, give. a counter-notice in writing that he disputes
w otice in writincr that he disputes
the necessity of such underpinning or strengthening, or that lie
requires such underpinning or otherwise, then if such counter-
notice is not teqtileseed in, a difference shall be deenied to have,
arisen between the biffiding owner and the adjoining owner

j 11-to
(3) The building ownershall be liable to compensate the adjoining
owner and occupier for any inconvenience, loss or damage which
may result to them by reason of the exercise of the powers conferred
by this section :

(4) Nothing in this section contained shall relieve the building
owner from any liability to which he would otherwise be subject in
case of injury caused by his building operations to the adjoining
owner.

243. An adjoining owner may, if he think fit, by notice in
writing, require the building owner (before commencing any work

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amende(~ by No. 1 of 1912, No, 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





which he may be authorised by this Part to execute) to give such
security as may be agreed upon, or in case of difference as may be
settled by a Judge in Chambers, for the payment of all such ex-
penses, costs and compensations in respect of the work as may be
payable by the building owner.
The building owner may, at any time after service on him of a
party wall or party structure requisition by the adjoining owner, and
before beginning a work to which the requisition relates, but not
afterwards, serve a counter-requisition on the adjoining owner, re-
quiring him to give such security for payment of the expenses, costs,
and compedation for which he is or will be liable, as may be agreed
upon, or in case of difference, as may be settled as aforesaid.
If the adjoining owner do not within one month after service of
the counter-requisition give security accordingly, he shall at the end
of that nionth be deenied to have ceased to be entitled to compliance
with his party wall or party structure requisition, and the building
owner may proceed as if no party wall or party structure requisition
had been served on hini by the adjoining owner.

24C-0) As to expenses to be borne. Jointly bY the building owner
and the adjoining owner---
(a) If any party strncture be defective.or out of repair the ex-
penses of rnaking.good, underpinning, or repairing the same shall be
borne by the building owner and adjoining owner in due proportion,
regard being had to the use that each owner makes or may make of
the structure ;
(b) If any party structure be pulled down and re-built by reason
of its being so far defective or out of repair as to make it necessary
or desirable to p-till it down, the expense of such pulling down and
re-building shall be borne by the building owner and adjoining owner
in due proportion, regard being had to the use that each owner may
make of the structure;
. (c)If any timber or other partition dividing a building, be pulled
down in exercise of the rlight by this Part vesti~d in a building owner,
and a party structure be built instead thereof, the expense of build-
ing such party structure and also of building any additional party
structures that may be required by reason of the partition having
been pulled down, shall be borne by the building owner and adjoin-
ing owner in due proportion, regard being had to the use that each

1 * As aniended by No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of.1912.~





owner may make of the party structure and to the thickness required
for the support of the respective buildings parted thereby;
(d) If 1 any rooms or storeys or any parts thereof, the property of
diffetent owners, and intermixed in any building, be pulled down in
pursuance of the right by this Part vested in a, building owner, and
be re-built in conformity with this Ordinance, the expense of such
pulling down and re-building shall be borne by the building owner
and adjoining owner in due proportion, regard being bad to the use
that each owner may make of such rooms or storeys;
(e) If any arches or communications over public ways or over
passages belonging to other persons than the owners of the buildings
connected by such arches or communications, or any part thereof,
be pulled down in pursuance of the right by this Part vested in a
building owner, and be re-built in conformity with this Ordinance,
the expense of such pulling down and re-building shall be borne by
the building owner and adjoining owner in due proportion, regard
being had to the use that each owner makes of such arches or coin-
munications.

(2) As to expenses to be borne by the building owner :
(a) If any party structure or any external wall built against
another external wall be raised or underpinned in pursuance of the
power by this Part vested in a btulding owner, the expense of raising
or underpinning the same and of making good all damage occasioned
thereby, and of carrying tip to the requisite height all such flues and
chimney-stacks belonging to the adjoining owner on or against any
such party structure or external wall as are by this Part required to
be made good and carried up, shall be borne by the building owner;
(b) If any party structure which is of proper materials and sound
or not so far defective or out of repair as to make it necessary or
desirable to pull it down, be pulled down and re-built by the building
owner, the expense of pulling down and re-building the same and
of making good any damage by this Part required to be made good,
and a fair allowance in respect of the disturbance and inconvenience
caused to the adjoining owner shall be borne by the building owner;
1 (c) If any party structure be cut into by the building owner, the
expense of cutting into the same, and of making good any damage
by this Part required to be made good shall be borne by such build-
ing owner;
(d) If any footing, chimney-breast, jamb or floor be cut away in
pursuance of the powers by this Part vested in a building owner, the





expense-of such cutting away and making good any damage by this
Part required to be made good shall be borne by the building owner;
(e) If any party fence wall be raised for a building, the expense
of such raising shall be borne by the building owner;
(f) If any party fence wall be pulled down and built as a
party wall, the expense thereof shall be borne by the building
owner.
(3) If at any time the adjoining owner make use of an party
1 y
structure or external wall (or any part thereol) raised or underpinned
as aforesaid, or of any party fence wall pulled down and built as a
party wall (or any part thereof) beyond the use thereof made by him
before the alteration, there shall be borne by the adjoining owner
from time to time a due proportion of the expenses (having regard
to the use that the adjoining owner may make thereof)-
(1) of raising or underpinning such party structure or external
wall, and of making good all such damage occasioned thereby to the
adjoining owner, and of carrying up to the requisite height all such
fines and chlinney-stacks belonging to the adjoiDing owner on or
against any such party structure or external wall as are by this Part
required to be made good and carried up;
(ii) of pulling down and building such party fence wall as a party
wall.

245. Within one month after the completion of any work which
a building owner is by this Part-authorised or required to execute,
and the expense of which is in syboie or part to be borne by an
adjoining owner the building owner shall deliver to the affloining
owner an account, in writing of the particulars and expense of the
work, specifying., aDy deduction to which such adjoining owner may
be entitled in respect of old materials, or in other respects, and every
such work shall be estimated and valued at fair average rates and
prices according to the nature of the work, and the locality and the
market price of materials and labour at the time.

216. At any time within one month after the delivery of the said
account the adjoining owner, if dissatisfied therewith, may declare
his dissatisfaction to the building owner by notice in _writing served
by himself or Ins agent, and specifying his objections thereto, and
thereupon a difference shall be deemed to have arisen between the

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As aniencled by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.





parties, and shall be determined in manner hereinbefore provided for
the settlement of differences between building and adjoining owners.

247. If within the said period of one month the adjoining owner
do not declare in the said manner his dissatisfaction with the
account, he shall be deerned to have accepted the saine, and shall
pay the same on demand to the party delivering the account, and if
he fail to do so, the amount so due may be recovered as a debt.

218. Where the adjoining, owner is liable to contribute. to the
1 1 c
expenses of building any party structure., then, until suell contri-
bution is paid, the building owner at whose expense the saine wa,s
built shall stand possessed of the sole property in the structure.

249. The adjoining owner shall be liable for all expenses incurred
on his requisition by the building owner, and in default of payment
the sarne may be recovered froni hini as a debt.

250. Nothing in this Ordinance sliall authorise amy interference
with any other easeirients in or relating to a party wall, or take
away, abridge, or prejudicially affect any right of any person to
preserve or restore any other thing in or connected with a party wall
in case of the party wall being pufled down or re-bulilt.
c

PART V.

ARBITRATION.

251. No suit, action or other proceeding shall lie in any Court for
the recovery by any person of compensation for loss alleged to have
been caused by the operation of this Ordinance, but any person
claimiflo- any compensation payable under this Ordinance shall,
unless the assessment thereof is otherwise provided for by this
Ordinance , submit to the Colonial Secretary on the saine date as
the plans relating to the works in respect of which such compensa-
tion is claimed are deposited with the Building Authority, a claim
in,writing stating the amount which he seeks to recover and the
grounds upon which he bases his claim.

In any case in which the claim is in respect of a matter with
regard to which powers of exemption or modification are vested in

* As amended by Not 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
f As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No, 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





the Board or in the Governor-in-Council, the person claiming shall
await the decision of the Board or ol the, Grovernor-in-Council before
proceeding with the works.

252. In the event of dispute, the amount of compensation, if any,
payable tinder this Ordinance shall he determined by arbitration in
the manner following :-

(1) There shall be two arbitrators, one. of whom shall be nomin-
ated by the Governor and the other, by the person clail-fling
compensation.

The two arbitrators so norninated shall view the premises,
enquIre into the claim and endeavour to arrive at a sum which they
consider will, in the circumstances of the case, be fair compensation,
and if they agree their decision shall be final.

In case ol disagreement they shall, and at any stage of the
arbitration they inay, refer the matter in dispute to a. Puisne Judge
9
in Chambers as timpire, and his decision shall be final.

(3) The decision of the arbitrators or unipire shall be forwarded
in writing to the Colonial Secretary.

253.-0) The arbitrarors and timpire in determining the coin-
pensation to be paid and in estimating lor stich purpose the value oF
any land resumed or of any building thereon,-
(a) may take into consideration the rate-able value and the net
rental of the premises as furnished by the owner in pursuance of the
Rating Ordinance, the nature and the condition of the premises, the
state of repair thereof, and the probable duration of the premises in
their existing state; and
(b) shall not make any compensation for any addition to or im-
provement oil the premises made after the d ate of the submission of
the claim to the Colonial Secretary (unless such addition or improve-
ment was necessary fQr the maintenance of the premises in a proper
state of repair) ; and
(C) shall not make any allowance in respect of the acquisition
being compulsory.

(2) The said arbitrators or umpire shall also receive evidence to
prove,-

W

As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 27 of 1912.
As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





(a) that the rental of the Preinises was enhanced by reason of the
same being used'as a. brothel, or as a gaming house, for any other
e, or for any other
illegal purpose; or

(b) that the rental of the premises was enhanced by illegal over-
crowding; or
(c) that the premises are in such a condition as to be a nuisance
within the meaning of this Ordinance, or are. not in reasonably good
repair; or

(d) that the premises are unfit, and not reasonably capable of
being made fit, for human habitation.

(3) If the said arbitrators or umpire are satisfied by such evidence,
then the compensation shall,-

(a) in cases (a) and (b), so far as it is based on rental, be based on
the rental which would have been obtainable if the premises had not
been occupied either as a brotbel, or as a gainino. house or for any
~n
illegal purpose, or had not been illegally overcrowded; and

(b) in ease (c), be based on the amount estimated as the value of
the premises if the nuisance had been abated or if they had been put
into reasonably good repair, after deductino. the estimated expense
of abating the nuisance, or of putting them into such repair, as the
case may be; and

(c) in case (d), be based on the value of the land, and of the
materials of the buildings thereon.

254. During the pendency, of any proceedings before the arbitra-
c
tors, if either of them sball from arty cause be unable to act, his
place, if he be a person appointed by the Governor, shall be filled
by son-ie other person so appointed arid if he be a person appointed
by the claimant shall be filled by some other person se appointed.

P ART VI.
CONTRAVENTIONS AND PENALT1ES.
255. Every act, failure, neglect, or omission whereby any require-
ment or provision of this Ordinance is contravened, and every refusal
to comply with any of such requirements or provisions, shall be
deemed a contravention of this Ordinance.

As arnended,~y No. 1 of 1912.





256. All penalties imposed by Part II of this Ordinance may be
recovered stuninarily at the suit of the secretary, of the medical
officer of health or of any assistant medical ofincer of health, or of
siicb other officer as the Board may depute.

257. Any 1)erson who as architect, engineer, clerk of works, con-
tractor, forcinan, or. workman is responsible, either alone or jointly
with others, for the existence of any nuisance as defined by Part III
of this Ordinance, and also the owner of ally building or works on
le-
which any such nuisance exists shail be fiable, on summary convic-
tion., to a fine not exceeding 200 dollars, and to a further penalty not
exceeding .20 dollars for every (lay that the nuisance remains un-
abated.

258. An person who refuses to obev the order of any -.~laaistrate
inade under the provisions ed Part Ill of this Ordinance, or who,
without re-asonable cause,refuses to permit the Building Authority,
or any officer deputed by such Authority, to enter or inspect any
building or works in the performance,of his duties under this Ordi-
nance, and any person ivho shall obstruct or hinder the Building
Authority, or such officer as aforesaid, in the execution of the
powers vested In him by this Ordinance or by any order of a
Magistrate, shall be liable, on sunin-lary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 200 dollars for every such offence.

259. Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this
Ordinance in respect of which contravention no special penalty is
otherwise provided sball be liable, on snininary conviction, to a fine
not exceeding 100 dollars.
Is. 260, rel). No. 8 of 1912.]

261. where a contravention of any of the provisions of this Ordi-
nance is committed by any company or corporation, the secretary or
manager thereof may be surnmoned and shall be held liable for such
contravention and the consequences thereof.

262. Where proceedings under this Ordinance are competent.
against several persons in respect of the joint act or default of such

AR amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of. 1912 -and No. 2 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and
No. 21 of ~912.
A. amended by No. 80 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
1'





persons, it shall be sufficient to proceed against one or more of them
without proceeding against the others.

Special Powers of Magistrate.
263. It shall be ' lawful for a Magistrate, in his absolute discretion,
to order the whole or any portion of any building, or of any storey
containing a cubicle or partition, which is contrary to the provisions
of this Ordinance, to be forthwith closed by or under the direction
of the Captain Superintendent of Police, and to remain closed until
the alterations or removal required by sections 1.54 and 17.5 have or
has been certified in writing by the secretary to have been made and
completed to the satislaction of the Board. Any person found living
in any building or portion thereof so closed as aforesaid, shall be
deemed to have acted in contravention of this Ordinance and shall
be punishable accordingly.

264. It shall be lawful for a Magistrzite in any case n whihc it is
proved to his satisfaction that any mezzanine floor, cockloft, cubicle,
partition, or shop-division is riot in accordance witi, the provisions
of this Ordinance, to order either in addition to or in substitution for
any penalty specified in this Ordinance, the immediate dernolition'
removal, and destruction thereof or of ally portion thereof by any
officer ol the Sanitary Department and no compensation shall be
payable to any person in respect of ally damage done thereto by such
demolition, removal, and destruction.

264a.-M If admission to premises for any of the purposes of this
Ordinance is refused, any Magistrate on complaint thereof on oath
by any officer authorised by this Ordinalice to enter and inspect pre-
mises (made after reasonable notice in writing of the intention to
make the same has been given to the person having etistody of the
premises, if such person there. be)may , by order tuider his band,
require the person having the custody oi- the premises to admit any
officer entitled tinder this Ordinance to Inspect the same into the
premises during the hours prescribed by this Ordinance, and if no
such person can be found the Magistrate shall, oil oath before him
of that fact, by order under his hand, authorise any such officer to
enter the premises during the prescribed hours.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912,'No. 43 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amen~ed by No, 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





(2) After a MagIstrate's order has been obtained under this
section any officer authorised to inspect premises tinder this Ordi-
nance . inay, if necessary, break into the premises named in the
order.
(3) Any order made by a Magistrate under this section shall con-
tinue in force until the nuisance has been abated or the work for
which the entry was necessary has been done.

264b. Every application for modification of or exemption from
any of the provisions of sections 1-51, 1.53, 17-5, 1.76, 180, 188 and
216 which the Governor-in-Council-or the Board is by any of such
sections empowered to grant, shall be made to the Building
Authority in the first instance, and may be granted by him either
wholly or in part and with or without conditions; and a certificate
under the hand of the Building Authority to the efFect that any such
modification or exemption has been gralited by hini shall be
as valid and effectual for all purposes as if such modification
or exemption had been granted by the Governor-in-Council or the
Board.

PART VII.

MISCELLANE0t,'S PROVISIONS.
Aooeal to the Governor-in-council.
265. whenever any person is dIssalisfied with the exercise of the
discretion of the Board or of any person to whom discretionary
power is given under this Ordinance in respect of any act, matter,
or thing, which is by this Ordinance made subject to the exercise
of the discretion of such authority, or with any action or decision
of the Board or of any such person either as to the carrying out of
or the meaning of any of the provisions of this Ordinance, or when-
ever any of the provisions of this Ordinance are, owing to special
conditions, undesirable, the person so dissatisfied may, unless
proceedings have already been taken before a Magistrate inrelation
thereto, appeal to the Governor-in-Council, who, if in his opinion
the exercise of such discretion or such action or decision requires
modification, revocation, or setting aside, or such special
conditions exist as render any such provision undesirable, may
make such order in respect thereof as may be just.

As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
As amended by !so. 14 of 1908 and No. 2 of 1912.





The grounds of such appeal shall be concisely stated in writing,
and the appellant may, if he so desire, be present at the hearing
of such appeal and be heard in its support either by himself or by
his representative, and the Governor-inCouncil shall thereafter
determine the matter in the absence of, and without further
reference to, the Building Authority.

The Clerk of the Councils shall give the appellant 7 days notice
of the hearing of the appeal, and shall at the same til-ne furnish the
appellant with a copy of the evidence and documents submitted by
the respondent for the consideration of the Governor-in-Council.

Provided that nothing herein contained shall be decilied to
prevent any person from applying to the Supreme Court for a
mandainus, injunction, prohibition, or other order,. should he elect
so to do, instead of appealing to the Governo-in-Council under this
section.

265a. In any appeal under the provisions of the last section the
Governor-in- Council may at any time in his discretion, dliect a case
to be stated for the opinion of the Full Court on any question of
law involved in any appeal submitted to him. The terms of such
case shall be agreed upon by the parties concerned, or in the event
of their failure to agree shall be settled by the Full Court. The
Full Court shail hear and detern-tine the question of law arising on
any case stated as aforesaid, and shall reinit the matter to the
Governor-in-Council who'sball give eftect by order to the finding
of the Court. The costs of such hearing shall be in the discretion
of the Court.

Any party to the appeal shall be entitled to be heard by counsel
on the hearing of any case so stated.

No proceedings by way of 'mandamus, injunction, prohibition,
or other order shall be taken against the Governor-in-Council in
respect of anything arising out of this sectioif.

265b. Every order of the Governor-in-Council on any appeal shall
be final and may be enforced by the Supreme Court as if it
had been an order of that Court.

265c. The breach of or failure to perform any term or condition
attached to any modification of or exemption from any provision of

As amendec~by No. 14 of 1908 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amendexl by No. 14 of 1908.





this Ordinance shall entitle the authority by whom such modifica-
tion or exemption was granted, to cancel such modification or
exemption, and thereafter the said provision shall apply to the
property affected as if no such modification or exemption had been
granted.

265d. A inemorandum stating the effect of any modification of
or exemption from any provision of this Ordinance and of any terms
or conditions attached thereto, signed by or on behalf of the
authority granting it, and by or on behalf of the owner, may be
registered in the Land Office against the property affected on pay-
nient by such owner of a fee of $3 (such fee to be paid in stamps) ,
and in the event of the cancellation of any modification or exernp-
tion a memorandum thereof signed by or on behalf of the cancelling
authority shall be registered by the Land Officer against the
property affected without fee.

Regulations.
266. The Governor in Council may alter. aniend, or revoke the
whole or any part of the provisions of schedules C, E, F, G, H, J,
K,- L, and M, and may substitute new regulations therefor.

Application of Ordinance.
267-(1) Parts 11, 111, and IV of this Ordinance. shall not apply
to any part of the New Territories, except to New Kowloon, unless
the Governor-in-Co,incil shall by order otherwise direct; and the
provisions of sections 111 and 11.2 sliall not -apply to any domestic
building which existed on .29th December, 1894, unless such build-
. ' ' 'ti 1 ;1 -
ing, is sutyated within the City of Victonia, or at Kowloon, New
Kowloon, Quarry Bay, Sliaukiwan, or Aberdeen, or within such
other districts or places as may bc notified by the Governor-in-
Council.

(2) The provisions of sections 204, 222), and 22-5, so far as they
relate to authorised architects shall not apply in any case in which
the Building Authority shall so decide, and the Governor-in-
Council. may direct the Building Authority to prepare type-plans

As amended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched. -
Asamended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 14 of 1908, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of1912 Supp. Sched.
The Governor-in-Council has applied sections 90 and 211 to the
New Territories see G. N. 119 of 1909 and G. N. 689 of 1908.





and may make regulations in regard to such type-plans if approved,
and domestic buildings may, notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Ordinance contained, be erected in accordance
with such type-plans and regulations in any Part of the Colony out-
side an urban district.

268. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed in any way to
derogate from or lessen the validity or effect of any certificate or
written permission of the Board granted before the commencement
of this Ordinance under the authority of or in accordance with any
Ordinance in force it the date of the issue of such certificate or
written permission.

269. No matter or thing done by the Board or Building Authority
or by any member of the Board, or by any otficer of the Department
or other person whonisoever acting under tbe direction of the Board
or Building Authority shall, if it was done bona fide for the purpose
of executing this Ordinance, subject theni or any of them personally
to any action, liability, claim, ordemand whatsoever: Providedthat
nothing herein contained shall exempt any person from any pro-
ceeding by way of mandamus, injunction, prohibition, or other order
unless it is expressly so enacted.

270. The provisions of section 48 of the Interpretation Ordinance,
1911, shall apply to actions or prosecutions coinnienced against the
Board or Building Authority or any person acting under their or
his direction or any member of the Board or officer of the Depart-
ment, or other person acting in his aid, for anything done or
intended to be done or omitted to be done under the provisions of
this Ordinance.

271. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or limit
the exercise by His Majesty of any powers of resumption contained
in any Crown lease.

[schedule A, rel). No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sclied.].

As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 14 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912
No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
As amenjed by No. 8 of 1912.
As amendod by No. 50 of 1911.





SCHEDULE B.

BY-LAWS.

Bake-houses.

Is. 16.]

[21st February, 1903.]

1. All premises now used or hereafter used as a bake-house shall be
registered annually, during the month of January, at the office of the
Board, and every application for registnalion shall be made in the form
attached to these by-laws.

2. Every bake-house shall be adequately lit and ventilated to the
satisfaction of the Board, and the ground surfaces shall be paved with
a layer of not less than 6 inches of good lime-conerete or not less than
3 inches of cement concrete composed oi one part cement, 3 parts of
sand, and 5 parts of stone broken to pass through a one inch ring, and
the surface thereof shall be rendered smooth and impervious with a
laver of asphalt or celnent-mortar of not less than A inch in thickness,
oisuch other material as the Board may approve of.

3. Every bake-house shall have an ample supply of good potable
water and, except 5vith the special permission, of the Board, this water
shall be laid on to the bake-house from the ptiblic water mains.

4. Ever vbake-house shall be so drained as to be in accordance with
the reauirenients of the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance, and
all inlets to the drains shall be placed outside the building,

5. No water-closet, dry-closet, earth-closet, or urinal shall be within
or in direct communication with any bake-house.

G. Everc bake-house shall be kept at all times in a cleanly condition
and free frorn all noxious matter. The troughs, tables and utensils in
use in the bake-house shall be thoroughly cleansed and the floors pro-
perly swept it least once in every 24 hours. The whole of the interior
walls and the ceilings of the rooi`ns of the bake-house shall be properly
lmewashed and the woodwork thoroughIv scrubbed with soap and
water during the months of January and july of each year.

7. No animals except eats shall be kept in a bake-house.

8. No person suffering from any, infectious or contagious disease shall
be permitted to take part in the manufactre or sale or delivery of bread
or biscuits.

9. Every bake-house shall be, during the hours at which baking
operations are -carried on, open to inspection by any member of the
Board or officer of the Department.

As amended by G. N. 942 of 1908.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903 and No. 1 of 1912.





10. No pey, other than one caretaker shall occupy between the
hours of 11 p.m. and 5 a.m. any premises used as a bake-house, except
such person be at the time actively engaged in carrying on the work of
the bakery.

11. _No premises shall 14e used as a buke-house, until such premises
have been approved by the Board as being in accordance with the by
laws relating to the of bake-houses, and have. been re-istered.

Form of Applicaliow
I, the undersinged, hereby notify the Sanitary Board that I propose
to commence/contunue business of a public bakery on the premises
known as No. Street, floor,
Lot No. and I beg leave to request that the said premises may
be duly registered as a public bakery.

Signature of Applicant.

Basements.

[15th MaY, 1908.]

awfl
1. The conditions under which alone it shall be lawful to live in,
occupy, or use, or to let sub-let or to sufter or permit to be used for
habitation any basement shall be-
(i) that such basement is provided witb one window at least opening
n
into the external air, aiid that the total glazed area of such window, or
windows is at least one-tenth of the floor area of such basement;and
(ii) that no side of such basement abuts against, the earth or soil to
an average height ecxeeding 4 feet above the floor level; and
(iii) that throughout the remainder of the heiglit of such basement
the ground outside is at least 8 feet distant horizontally from the ex-
ternal wall of such basement; and

(iv) that the area formed between such ground outside and such
external wall is not obstructed or covered over either whollY or partially
by the erection of structures, coverings or fixtures of any kind whatso-

ever:

Provided alwavs that tbe Board may, if it thinks fit, grant permission
in writing to obstruct or cover such area in any manner which ma be

previously approved by the Board.

2. The conditions under which alone it shall be lawful to occupy or
use, or to let or sub-let, or to suffer or permit to be used. for occupation
as a shop, worksliop,or factory any basement shall be that such base-

As atriended by No. 51 of 1911.
As aniended by No. 1 of 1912.
As ainctide~,ky ',\o. 2 of 1912.





ment complies with the provisions of the preceding bY-law, or that 'such
basement does riot exceed 30 feet in depth, as rneasured from the front
wall to the back wall, and is lit, ventilated, arid maintained in a sani-
tary condition to the satisfaction of the Board.
Such shop, workshop, or factor may not be used for habitation
except by such number of persons as the Board may authorise in writ
ing, and in every case in which the Board authorises auy person or
c y
persons to use for habitation any such shop, workshop, or factory,
sleeping accommodation shall be provided by the erection of a cockloft
0
or bunks which shall have a cleat of at least 4 feet between it or
them and such side or sides of the basement as abuts or abut against
the earth or soil.

Cattle-sheds, Pig-sties, etc.
[21st February, 1903.]

1. Annual licences, expiring on 31st, December of the year in which
they are granted, shall be. issued for the keeping of cattle, swine, sheep
and goats.

2. AnY person desirous of obtaining a licence to keep cattle, swine,
sheep or goats shall malke application to the Ijoard by means of a pro-
perly filled-in form, for which purposo blank forms can be obtained
from the Secretary at his office.

3. No building in which cattle, swine, sheep or goats are housed shall
be situated neare- than 6 feet to any dwelling-house, nor shall such
building in any way counect with a public or private sewer, except with
the special permission. of the Board.Such building shall be built of brick
or stone or of other material to be approved by the Board and shall be
linghted and ventilated to the satisfaction cif the Board, aild the flooring
thereof shall be of granite slabs, concrete, or other impervious material
and provided with watertight channels for draining all urine and fluid
noxious matters into a m,atertilglit covered sump or such other place as
may be approved of by the Board.The sninp shall be constructed to
theof the Board and shall be emptied arid the contents
thereof together with solid manure irr the bitilding removed daily. The
Board may Jlowever waive any of these conditions, provided that in
the opinion of the Board such jan be done without danger to the public
health.

4. Each cow shall have at least 32 square feet nett area of standing
0
room, and 360 cubic feet of air-space. In no case shall the, building bo
less than 12 feet in height.

5. Each sheep and goat shall have at least 8 square feet of standing
room and 90 cubic feet of air-space.

6. Each pig shall have at least 8 square feet ofIstanding room, and
every pig-sty shall be not less than 4 feet at height at its lowest part.

1

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by G. N. 874 of 1908.





7. The buildings shall be at all times kept in a cleanly condition, and
the walls scraped and limewashed during the months of January and
July of each year.
8. A building for which a licence is held to house cattle, swine, sheep
or goats shall not be used for any other purpose thall the housing of
such animals except the storage of fodder, and the space occupied by
such fodder shall not be included in the cubic air-space laid down in
by-laws Nos. 4, 5 and 6.
9. Buildings in which cattle, sheep, goats and swine are housed shall
cl
be at all times open to inspection by ally member of the Board or officer
of the Department.

10. Every licensee or, ill his absence, the person ill charge of the
animals shall, with all possible speed., report to the Colonial Veterillarv
Surgeon or to the officer ill charge of the nearest police station any and
every case of disease occurring amongst his animals. In the event of
an animal dying the carcase shall not be removed or buried without an
order in writing from the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon or from some
person authorised by him.

11. The Board may, in its discretion, cancel ally licence to keep
animals if the holder of such licence is a second tinie convicted before
a Magistrate for a breach of these by-laws.

12. In the calculation of cubic Space tinder No. 4 of these by-laws,
two calves under one year shall be counted as one cow.

13. In tile calculation of cubic space tinder Nos. 5 and 6 of these
by-laws, two larnbs, two kids-and two voung pigs under 4 nionths shall
be counted as one sheep, one goat, and one pig respectively.
14. Any person desirous of obtaining a licence for a building in which
5 C>
animals are to be housed shall make adequate provision that such build-
ing shall have a suitable supply of good wholesorrie, water for the use of
the animals to be housed therein, and such supply of water shall be
within such distatice of such buildin. as shall in each case be deter-
mined by the Board.

Cemeteries.
A. 14th December, 1908.]

Ceuieteries other than Chinese Cemeteries.
1. Every cemetery shall be at all times open to inspection by any
nieinber of the Board or by the Head of the Department or any officer
of the Department directed by llim to make such inspection.

2. Each grave shall bear a number.

3. A. register shall be kept by the person or persons in charge of each
cemetery, at or near such cemetery, and the date of burial, name, sex

As amended by 1No. 1 of 1912.
As iLiiei)de(l by Xo. 23 of 1903 aild No. 1 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 2 of 1912.
-10





and age of each person shall be entered therein against the number of
a 0
the grave in which the corpse is interred. Such register shall be open
to inspection by anv member of the public, at ally reasonable hour.

4. Each grave shall be dug to a depth of at least 5 feet, with the
1~ P
exception of the graves of children under 10 Years of a-e whiell need
not exceed 4 feet ill depth.

5. Except in the cases hereinafter specified only one corpse shall be
placed ill one grave. Exceptions: (A) In the case of the interment of
children under 10 Years of age more then one corpse may be interred in
one grave, provided the top of the uppermost coffin is at least 30 inches
below the ground surface; (B) More tlian one member of the same
family may be interred. in one grave, provided the top of the uppermost
coffin is 30 inclies below the ground surface.

6. The interspace between. any two coffins (except when buried in a.
single grave under by-law No. 5) at anY point shall be at least 18 inches.

7. Each gyravel shall be properly covered with turf or such other
material as may be approved by the Board, within 12 months of the
grave being, filled in.
0

8. Except for the purpose of further interment under by-law No. 5,
no grave may be re-opened after a corpse has been interred therein
without the permission of the Board for that purpose, and the
written coi3sciiL of Cle next of kin of the person buried.

9. Any person proposing to inter a corpse shall give not less than 2
hours' notice to the Inspector of Cerreteries at the Head or Brancli
Office of the Department, and the hour at which it is proposed that
such interment shall take place.

10-(1) The fees to be charged in the Colonial Cemetery shall be as
follows:--

For each grave space of 15 superficial feet,
Grave digging......................1.00
~t, i~, -1111---11 ............
Exhumation of corpse . ...........

............... 1M
5.00

Exceptions.
For each grave for children under 10
years of age,
Grave digging
0 01

...................
................. -.
Second burial ill the saine grave . .................
Pauper interment, . c . )

Monuments.
A Mollunient over any grave space or any en-
closure of a grave space not, occupying more
than 15 superficial feet . ...........................

5.00
1.00






free.
free.

-free.
(2) No monument over a grave space or enclosure of the surface of a
grave space occupying more than 15 superficial feet shan be erected or

As amended by G. N. 767 of 1909.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





made without permission from the Board, which may, if it thinks fit,
grant such permission upon paymen.t of a fee of $2 for each superficial
foot to be occupied by the monument or enclosure in excess of 15
superficial feet.
IL-(1) There shall be set aside special sections in the Colonial
Cemetery for the burial of Naval and Military commissioned officers,
S
civil servants, residents of more than 20 year's' standing, resident of
more than 7 years' standing, children and deslitutes. The President or
in his absence the Vice-President may, hosvever, Ogrant permission for
the interment of any person in any of the above mentioned sections. A

map of the Cemetery showing the above sections shall be kept in the
office of the Board and be available for inspection by any inernber of
the public.
(2) Application for permission to inter a corpsc in ally special section,
not already provided for, shall be made in writing to the Slecretan- and
shall be decided upon by such person or persons is the Board may,
appoint; if no such application is made every corpse shall be buried in
such position as the President shall direct.

12. The burning of joss sticks and firing of crackers is prohibited in
n cl
that portion of the Colonial Cemetery set apart under Ordinance 'No. 38
of 1909 for the burial of persons professing the Christian religion.

B.

Clunese Ceweteries.
13, Each cemetery shall be laid out in sections of stiell. size and
arranged in such rnaiiner as may be directed by the Board.
14. A plan of eack cemetery showing the variotis sections sliall be oil
view at or near to the cemetery and at the offices of the Board.

15. A nmonthly register shall be kept in the Chinese language at or
tl -
near eacii cemetery, and tire date, nanie, sex and age of each person
shall be eidered therein against tbe number of the grave in which file,
0
corpse is interred. These registers shall be, deposited at tire office of
the Board after a period of 2 vears, and shall be filed there.

15a.-Each grave,shall be dug to a depth of at least 5 feet, with the
exception of the graves of children under 10 years of age which need
not exceed 4 feet in depth.

16. Except as regards the corpses of children under 10 years of acre
0 n
only one corpse shall be placed ill one grave. In the ease of the corpses
of children under 10 years of age two corpses may be placed in one
grave.
17. Each grave shall be filled in to the satisfaction of the Board.
18. No grave may be re-opened after a corpse lias been interred
therein without the written permission of the Board, nor (except where

* As aniettded by G. N. 767 of 1909, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
+ As amended by G. N. 768 of 1909 arid. No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As aniepded by G. N. 62 of 1912.





no charge bas been made for the grave spacewithout the written con
sent of the next of kin of the person buried, if such next of kin can be
found.
19. The following fees will be charged for each grave space and inter-
ment in the various sections of the cemeteries:-

secton A. free . . .

C. $ 2 ......

e cenieteries :-
50 =us fir digging and filling
in each grave.
...............
and $1 for digging and filling
in each grave.

20. The areas of the grave spaces in the various sections shall not
execeed the following dimensions:-
section A. 7 feet long by 2 2 feet wide with 18 inches interspaces

B. 71 2-'~
2
8 3
10 8

Coinmon Lodging-Houses.

11 11

11 11

1 1 1 1

[21st February, 1903.]

1. A register (A all coinnuni lodging-houses shall be kept,by the
Registrarin accordance with form (a) appended to these by
laws.

2. Before a kouse can be registered as a common lodging-house, an
application muse be inade to the Registrar Gencral in accordance with
form (b) liereunto appended, setting forth the situation of the house,
the number of the roorns to be set apart, for lodgers and the cubic
of each rooin so set apart, and for this purposc the schedule
or form will be furnished by the Registrar General,

3, The Registrar General shall transmit each application for the
regustratuib of a house as a common lodging-house to the Board and the
Board shall Mien cause the house specified in such application to be
inspected by one or more of the officers of the Department. who shall
submit a report on the sanitary coidition of such house and its suit-
ability for use as it common lodging-house.

4. Any home to he registered as a common lodging-house must be
substantially built and in a good state of repair, and must be adequate-
h, lit and ventilated to the satisfaction of the Board, and all the room
which are to be used as sleep ing-room s inust be on all sides above the
level of the ground immediately surrounding the house. The house-
drains must be in good order and constructed in accordance with the
by-laws regulating house drainage, and there must be adequate kitchen,
ablution, privy, urinal and ash-bin accommodation; and unless the
supply of -water is constant, there must, be a proper eistern for the
storage of water.







aniended by No. 23 of 1903 and No. 1 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 1 of 1912.





5. When the Board is satisfied that a house sought to be registered
as a common lodging-house is sidtable for such a purpose, the Registrar
General shall be informed accordingly and lie may then register such
house as a common lodging-house.

6. Before any person can be, licensed its a keeper of a common

lodging-house, an application must to made to the Registrar General C1

and such application must be accompanied by a certificate of character
from one or more householders-to be approved of by the Registrar
c
General-who shall give security for the carrying out of the regulations
by the licensed keeper.

7. When the Registara General is satisfied with the character of an
0
applicant for a licence to keep a common lodging-house he may issue a
licence to such applicant accordingly.

8. The keeper of a common lodging-house shall reduce the number
of lodger., in any room of his common lodging-house upon receiving
notice in writing from the Board stating the catise for making slich
reduction, and the period. for which it shall continue in force.

9. The keeper of a common lodging-house shall not, perinit his pre-
mises to be occupied, between the hours of 11p.m. and 5 a.m., by a
greater number of person. than tliat specilied on the licence issued to
him by the Registrar General.

10. The keeper of a cominon lodging-liouse shall not permit males
and females above 10 years of age respectively to occupy the same
sleeping apartment except in the eases of husband and wife, and
parents and children..

11, The keeper of a common lodging-house shall not knowinglY per-
mit persons of bad character to lodge in his, house and shall maintain
and enforce good order and decorum therein.

12. The keeper of a common Indging-house shall cause the windows
of each of the sleeping rooms to be kept open to their full width for at
least 4 hours each day, unless prevented by inclement weather or by
the illness of any person occupying any of the rooms.

13. The keeper of a common lodging-house shall cause the internal
' zl
walls and ceilings of every, part of bis house to be thoroughly cleansed
and limewashed during the months of January and July each year.

14. The keeper of a comnion lodging-house shall at all tinnes keep
his premises in a clean and wholesome condition, and the fittings of the
sleeping rooms shall be maintained by him in a thorough state of repair.
He shall cause every room, passage and stair to be thoroughly swept at
least once a day.

15. The keeper of a common lodging-house shall cause all filth and
house refuse or other offensive matter to be removed from his premises
daily.

'* As amende~f by No. 8 o~ 1912.





16. If any person in a common lodging-house becomes ill from any
infectious, contagious, or cmmunicable disease, the keeper of such,
common lodging-
. house shall forthwith give notice thereof to the sani-
tary inspector in whose district the lodging-house is situated, or to the
nearest police station or to the Registrar General, and the keeper of
such comyrion lodain-house shall cause the house to be vacated and
shall allow the beddiug, clotloing, and other articles used by the infect-
&i to be destroved or disinfected and the house to be fumigated,
disitifeeted ,and limewashed, at the public expense.

FORM (a).
Form of Common Lodging-house Register.

C)

C,

bf W

_z

C)

C)

K'

Reaister.

W

;T .5 bo

FORM(b).
Application for a Hoase to be registered as a Common Lodging-house.
I, the undersigned, hereby make application to have the wider
nebtuibed premises registered as a common lodging-house.
Signature of applicant, . .....................................
Address . ....................

Hongkong

1 19

Situation of premises sought to be registered as
........................ ................ ..................

a comm lodging house
The number of floors to be used as a common
lodging-house ............................................
c n
The number of rooms set apart for lodgers . ...................................
Cubic Capacity of room No. 1
(10.
do.
do.
do.
do.

do. No.
do. No.
do. No.
do. No.
do. No.
To the Registrar GeneTal.






---- Y--

* As ainended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.

cubic feet,
do.
do.
do.
do.
do.





Dairies.

[21st February,. 1903.]

1. Any building used as a dairy shall be registered annually during
the month of January, at the office of the Board, and every application
for reaistration shall be made in the form. attached to these by-laws.
0

2. Every dairy shall be adequately lit and ventilated to the satisfac-
tion of the Board, and the ground surfaces shall be paved with a layer
of not less than 6 inch ' es of good lime-concrete, or not less than 3 inches
of cement-concrete composed of one part of cement, 3 parts of sand,
and 5 parts of stone broken to pass through a one inch ring, and the
surface thereof shall be rendered smooth and impervious with a layer
of asphalt or cement-mortar of not less than 1. inch in thickness, or
such other material as the Board may approve of.

3. No person shall use any dairy as a sleeping room or for domestic
purposes.

4. No animals except cats shall be kept in any rooni which is used as
a dairy.

5. Every dairy shall be so drained as to be in accordance with the
requirements of'the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance, and all
inlets to the drains shall be placed outside the building.

6. No water-closet, dry-closet, earth-closet, or urinal shall be within,
or be in direct communication with any dairy.

7. Every dairy and all articles used therein shall be kept at all times
in a cleanly condition and free from all noxious matter. The whole of
the interior walls (unless tiled) and the ceilings of the rooms of the dairy
n
shall be properly limewashed during the months of January and July
of each year.

8. Every dairy shall be at all times open to inspection by any mem-
ber of the Board or officer of the Department.

9. No building or part of a building shall be used as a dairy until such
premises have been approved by the Board as being in accordance with
the by-laws relating to the regulation of dairies and have been re-
gistered.

10. No receptacle used for the reception or storage of milk in any
dairy shall be used for any other purpose whatsoever

11. Every dairy shall have an ample supply of good potable water
and shall be connected with the Government Water Works, unless the
Board shall expressly sanction the obtaining of water from another
source.

As amended by G. N. 943 of 1908.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended b~, No. 23 of 1903 and No, 1 of 1912.
T As amended by G. N. 844 of 1903.
Ar





Form of Application.
1, the undersigned, hereby notify the Sanitary Board that 1 propose
a 1
to commence/continue the business of a dairy oil the premises known as
No. 'Street, floor, Lot No.
and I beg leave to request that the said premises may be duly register-
ed as a dairy.

Signature of Applicant.

Depots for Cattle, Pigs, Sheep and Goats.
[3rd December, 1909.]

1. The fee payable for each head of cattle housed in a Government
Depot shall be 50 cents when cattle so housed are removed to any
place other than the slaughter-house adjoining such Depot or another
0
Government Depot, and the fee payable for each pig, sheep and goat
R~ tl
similary- housed and removed shall be 10 cents. No fee is payable on
admission.

2. No cattle, pigs, sheep or goats shall be removed from a Govern-
ment Depot for any purpose except oil a removal order signed by the
0
Inspector in charge. Such order shall be granted oil the production
and deposit of the receipt given oil the admission of the animals and in
cl
favour of the person therein named or of any other person on his order.

3. The Department provides water only for tile use of the cattle,
pigs, sheep and goats housed ill the Government Dep6ts. The owners
p
oillsuch animals must provide proper and sufficient food and must send
men in sufficient numbers to look after, feed and water such animals,
but no other unauthorised person may be or remain on the preinises
during such hours as, the Depots are closed to the public.

4. Neither the Government nor the Board will be responsible for the
safe custody of any cattle, pig, sheep or goats housed in a Government
Depot.

5. The drenching of any animal with any substance whatever, or the
administration of salt ill any form, in a Government Dep6t, except with
the permission of the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon or of the Inspector
on duty, is prohibited.

Disinfection of Infected Premises.
. [4th December, 1908.1

1. In the following by-laws the words ---epidemic, endemic, con-
0
tagious or infectious disease---shall mean and include plague, cholera,
small-pox, diphtheria, scarlet fever, typhus fever, enteric fever, re-
lapsing fever, puerperal fever, and such other diseases as may from

1

* As amended by 1,1,o. 1 of 1912.
t As aniended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





time to time be defined by the Board by resolution. The words
---infected premises--- shall mean and include any premises in which
any person suffering from any epidemic, endemic, contagious or infec-
tious disease is or has been recently located, -and ally premises in ivilich
any aninial infected with plague or dead from the same has been found.
2. When any person suffering from ally epidemic, endemic, con-
tagious or infectious disease has been removed from any premises or
0
has recovered or has died, the Medical Officer of Health shall take such
steps as lie may deem necessary for tile disinfection and purification of
the said premises.

3. All infected premises shall forthwith after tile removal tlierefrom
of the infected person or animal or of the dead body be thoroughly
cleansed and disinfected to the satisfaction of the Medical Officer if
Health, and if in the opinion of the Medical Officer of Health it is
necessary in the interests of the public health, the ersons residing in
p 0
such building or part of a buildin shall be detained therein or shall be
0 9
removed to such buildings or vessels as the Board may direct and there
be isolated and kept under supervision until such tinic as tliev may, in
the opinion of the said Medical Officer of Flealth or other medical officer
in charge of suell buildings or vessels, be safely released; and it shall not
be lawful for ally person to reoccupy any such building or part of a
building until it has been thoroughly cleansed and disinfected as afore-
said. Such cleansing and disinfection may, with the approval of the
Medical Officer of Health, be done in whole or in part by the immates
or by persons engaged by them. And further if in the opinion of the
Medical Officer of Heall it is necessary for the purification
and disinfection of such premises to take down any lath and plaster or
other hollow partition wall or ansm partition, screen, panelling, wain-
scotting, skirting, stairlining, ceiling or other similar structure, or any
fittings or any portion of such wall, structure or fitting the Medical
Officer of Health shall forthwith have the same taken down, and if lie
considers their removal from the premises or the destruction thereof or
both necessary in the interests of the public health lie shall forthwith
cause the sunle to be removed from the premises or destroyed or both.
Such destruction shall be carried out with such precautions und in such
manner as lie may deem proper, and compensation for such removal or
destruction shall be given by the Board unless it is proved oil behalf of
the Board that the wall, structure or fitting removed or destroyed had
been unlawfully erected or maintained.

The provisions of this by-law shall apply to all premises which be-
came infected after the 31st day of March, 1912, or shall hereafter
become infected.

4. If any article of clothing or bedding or any article. article which has
been in cintact with any person or dead body in ally way affected by
any such disease or which shall have been found upon any premises
recently occupied by such person or body, cannot in. the opinion of the
Medical Officer of Health be preserved without danger to the public
health, and cannot be effectively disinfected,. then such article shall be

As ainetided by No. 43 of 1912.
As arpen&ed by G. N. 208 of 1912.





destroyed in such manner and such place and with such precautions as
the Board may from time to time direct, and compensation for such
article or articles destroyed shall be given as provided in section 89 of
the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance.

5. If any article of clothing or bedding or any other article which has
been in contact with any person or dead body in any way affected by
any such disease or which sball have been found upon any premises
recently occupied by such person or body can in the opinion of the
Medical Officer of Health or of a Sanitary Inspector specially authorised
by the Head of the Department be preserved without danger to the
public health, and can be effectively disinfected, then such article shall
be removed from any premises in which it may be found by any, person
acting under the inAruction of or with the sauction of the Board or of
one of the duly authorised officers of the Department. with such pre-
cautions and in such manner as the Board shall from time to time
direct, and shall be effectively disinfected and then returned to the
owner or owners thereof. No person save as aforesaid shall handle any
such article until it has been disinfected.

6. The term _Medical Officer of Health includes any assistant medical
officer of health.

Domestic Cleanliness and Ventilation.
[21st February, 1903.]

1. The occupier of any domestic building shall at all times cause such
building to be kept in a cleanly and -wholesome condition and shall see
that the drains, traps, gratings, fall-pipes and other sanitary fittings
and appliances are kept. free from obstruction and in an efficient state
of repair; and he shall keep the windows and veutilating openings at all
times free from obstruction unless prevented by inclement weather or
by the illness of any person occupying such building.

[2, 3, rep. G. N. 179 of 18.3.1904.]

4..The Board shall, if satisfied that any domestic building is in a
dirty condition, give notice to the owner or occupier to have such
building, in respect of which the notice is given, throughly, cleansed
and limewashed within a period of one week from the date of receipt of
such notice, and such owner or occupier shall cleanse and limewash
such premises in accordance with such notice.

5. Any domestic building, or part of such building, which is occupied
by members of more than one family shall, unless specially exempted
by the Board, be cleansed and limewashed throughout by the owner,
to the satisfaction of the Board not less than once in every Year, name-
ly, during the months of October and November in the--- eastern division
of the City and in the eastern division of Kowloon and of New Kowloon;
during the months of December and January in the central division of

As aniended bY No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by G. N. 878 of 1908, No. 1 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912,
No. 23 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.*





the City and in the western division of Kowloon and New Kowloon; and
durino, the months of February and March in the western division of the
City; and notice that such cleansing and limewashing has been com-
pleted shall be sent to the Secretary within 3 days after the date of
completion. Provided always that the provisions'of this by-law shall
not apply in the case of domestic buildings within the European Re-
servation, nor to domestic buildings in Kowloon south of Austin Road,
except Haipliong and Canton Roads, lior-to such parts of domestic
buildings as are used as shops, offices or godowns.
Note:--The western boundary of the eastern division of the City is
Gilman Street and Peel Streei; the western boundary of the cel~tral
division of the City is Tank Lane and Cleverly Street; tlie western
division of tile City lies to the west of Tank Lane and Cieverly Street.
Kowloon, together with New Kowloon, is divided into eastern and
western divisions by Nathan Road and a straight line drawn frorn the
north end thereof through the Yatimati service reservoir to the northern
boundary of New Kowloon.

Drainage.
1now dealt with by Regulations,in Schedule(~ M: cf. s. 192.
The By-laws rel). by Regulations, G. '~'. 51 of 9.2.10.1
1 1 0

Entry and Inspection of Buildings.
[21st Februuy, 1903.]

1. The Secretary shall furnish the Sanitary Inspectors with general
authority in writing, in English and Chinese, to enter, between the hours
of 8 a.m. and 6 p.m., and inspect, upon reasonable notice to tile
occupiers or owners, any building and curtilage in their respective dis-
tricts for the purpose Jascertaining the sanitary condition, cleanliness
and good order thereof or of any part thereof, and of ally partitions,
mezzanine floors, storeys and cocklofts therein, or of the condition of
any -drains therein or in connection therewith. If it shall be requisite
for the purpose of ascertaining the sanitary condition of ally domestic
building or curtilage, to open the ground surface of any part thereof,
Iting signed by
any Sanitary Inspector in possession of authority in writing signed by
the Secretary or by the Medical Officer of Health, after giving not less
than 48 hours' notice in writing signed by either of the aforesaid officers
to the occupier or owner of such domestic building or curtilage, of his
intention to enter the same for the purpose off opening tip the ground
surface thereof, may so enter, with such assistants as may be neces-
sary, and open the ground surface of any such premises in any place or
places he may deem fit, doina as little damage as may be. Should the
material which has been used for covering such groun~ surface, and the
nature and thielmess thereof, be found satisfactory and in accordance

As awencled by No. 1 of 1912.





with law, such ground surface shall be reinstated and made good by the
Board at the public expense.

2. The Secretan, shall, upon the requisition of the Aledical Officer of
Health, authorise in writing, in English and Chinese, one or more of
the officers of the Department to enter ally domestic building at
any hour between (3 p.rn. and inidniglit for the purpose of ascertaining
whether sucli building or any part thereof is ill an overcrowded condi-
tion.

3. No officer of the Department. sliall, between the hours of midnight
and 8 a.m., enter any domestic building for the purpose of ascertainmig
whether such building or any part. thereof is in an overcrowded condi-
tion, without the written permission, in Enalish and Chinese, of the
President.

Importation and Inspection of Animals.

[21st February, 1903.1

1. No cattle, swine, sleep or goats shall be landed at Blake Pier,
Queen's Statoe, Pier or Murray Pier, and no such animal shall be land-
ed at any wharf in Kowlon,' or New Kowloon except the Police Wharf
at Yaurnati and the Government Wbarf at Ma Tau Kok. No such
animal shall be landed at ally wharf whatever between the hours of 6
p. m. and 6 a. m.

The arrival of all such animals iniporwd into the Colony, by isater
shall be at once reported by the owner or collsignie to tL Colonial
Veterinars- Surgeon, and such report shall be accompanied by a state.
ment shoswing the nature and the number of such animals, the port of
embarkation and the occurrence of any deaths among such animals
during the voyage.

2. All cattle imported into the Colony by land shall be driven direct
to the cattle. market at the village of Yatunati, and their arrival report-
ed forthwith at the Yaumati Police Station. Tile officer in ebarge of
such station shall forthwith report every such.arrival to the Colonial
Veteritiarv Surgeon together witb suel; other particulars as may be
ascertainable concerning, such animals.
c

Cattle, swine, sheep or goats brought into the City of Victoria for sale
or slaughter shall be at ouce conveyed or driven to the Government
Depots at Kennedy Town.

3. All cattle, swine, sheep and goats imported into the Colony shall
be forthwith inspected, and ill the case of cattle and sheep duly marked
by the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon, and any such animal which he
finds to be diseased or whleh he may suspect to be sufferiug from dis

1

As amended by No. 23 of 1903 and \,0. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 51 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
1912 Supp, Sched.
As amended by G. N. 112 of 1908.





ease or which has been in contact or in the same herd with an animal
suffering from disease, shall be placed in segregation and under observa-
0
tion at! the Depots set apart for the purpose at Kennedy Town and
Yaurnati or at such other place as the Board may appoint'

4. The Colonial Veterinary Surgeon shall in every instance, with all
practicable speed, report to the Board the whole of the ascertainable
particulars concerning the animals he places in segregation.

5. The owner of each animal placed in segregation shall pay 10 cents
per day for the keep of such animal until it is either passed as being free
from disease or destroyed.

6. If it appears to the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon that an animal
placed in segregation is suffering from a dangerously infectious disease,
0
the Board may cause such animal to be forthwith slaughtered and the
carcase thereof to be disposed of in such manner as the Board may
deem fit.

7. If it appears to the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon that any animal
has been in contact or in the sarne herd with animals suffering from
disease, the Board may, in its discretion, cause such animal to be
slaughtered and the carcase thereof to be disposed of in such manner
as the Board may deem fit.

8. The carcase of any animal slaughtered under the provisions of
by-laws Nos,.. 6 and 7 shall be the exclusive property of the Government.

9. No person shall knowingly bring into the Colony any animal suffer-
in. from disease.

10. Such fee as may from time to time be determined by the
Governor-in-Council will be charged for.each head of cattle and for
each head of sheep imported into the Colony.

11. The Colonial Veterinary Surgeon shall visit, at such times as
the Board may direct, all premises where animals are kept and inspect
them, and lie shall immediately report to the Board all cases of infec-
tious disease which lie may detect during such inspection.

12. Where it appears to the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon that disease
exists or has within 56 days existed in any premises where animals are
kept, theBoard may declare such premises to be infected and take such
steps to prevent the spread of disease as the Board may deem fit.

13. When. any premises have been declared to be infected a placard
shall be posted there to that effect, and the removal therefrom, without
the sanction of the Board, of any animal, carcase, fodder, litter, utensil
or other thing therein is prohibited, and any persons residing upon or
visiting such infected premises may be detained thereon by any officer
of the Department, pending the disinfection of such persons and of
their clothing to the satisfaction of the Board.

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by G. N. 112 of 1908.
As amended by G. N. 112 of 1908 and No. 1 of 1912.





14. Every person having in his premises or under his charge an
animal affected with infectious disease shall, with all practicable speed,
report the same to the officer in charge of the nearest police station.
15. The police shall forthwith report to the Colonial Veterinary
Surgeon all cases of animal disease coming under their notice.
16. The digging up of the carcase of an animal which has been buried,
by any person other than an officer of the Department acting under the
instructions of the Board, is prohibited.
17. The Board shall cause all premises where a diseased animal has
been kept to be cleansed add disinfected in such manner. as it deems fit
at the public expense.

Latrines.

[21st February, 1903.]

1. Every public latrine to-ether with its fittings shall be kept at all

times in ithorough state of repair.
2. Every public latrine shall be kept, at all times, in a cleanly
condition.
3. While open to the pubbc, every latrine shall have at least one
able-bodied adult attendant constantly on duty therein.
4. All the partitions, seats, floors and channels of every public latrine,
as well as all utensils therein, shall be thoroughtly scrubbed at least once
every day.
5. The whole of the interior walls of every public latrine shall be
limewashed, and any fittings made of wood shall be tarred at least
once every month.
6. Fumigants of such description as may be approved of by the
Board shall be kept burning in every latrine while it is open to the
public.
7. The---contents of soil pans in public latrines shall be kept covered
with either earth, saw-dust, opium-packing, or such other suitable
material as the Board may approve of.
8. The soil and urine collected in public latrines shall be removed
therefrom daily by the public conser;vancy contractor as provided for by
the terms and conditions of his contract.

9. Every latrine open to the public before sunrise or after sunset shall
be at such times adequately lighted.
10. Any building used as a public latrine shall not be- used as a
dwelling.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by G. N. 112 of 1908.
As amended by Cy. N. 879 of 1908.





Laundries.

1 [21st February, 1903.1

1. Every public laundry shall be registered at the office of the Board,

and every application for registration shall be made in the form attach-
ed to these by-laws.

2. Every public laundry shall be adequately lit and ventilated to the
satisfaction of the Board, and the ground surfaces shall be paved with
a layer of not less tban 6 inches of good lime-conerete, or not less than
3 inches of cement-conerete composed of one part of cement, 3 parts of
sand, and 5 parts of stone broken to pass through a one inch ring, and
the surface thereof shall be rendered smooth and impervious with a
layer of asphalt, or cement-mortar of not less than 12 inch in thickness,
or such other material as the Board may approve of.

3. Every public laundry shall be so drained as to be in accordance
with the requirements of the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance,
and all inlets to the drains shall be placed outside the building.
4. Every public laundry shall be at all times kept in a cleanly condi-
tion and the inside surfaces of the walls thereof shall be limeivashed
during the moriths of January and July of each year.
5. No persons, other than two caretakers, may ocellpy any building
or part of a building which is registered as a public laundry between

the hours of 11 p.m. and 5 a.m. unless such persons are actively
engaged in carrying on the work of the laundry.

6. Ever public laundry shall be at all times open to inspection by

any member of the Board or officer of the Department.

Form. of Application.
I, the undersigned, hereby notify the Sanitary Board that 1 propose
to carry on the business of public laundry on the premises known as
No. street, floor, and request that the said
premises be duly registered as a public laundry.

Hongkong,

' 19

Markets.

Signat?ire,of Applicant.

[Sth October, 1909.]

1. Market stalls shall be classified and set apart by the Board for the
sale respectively of meat, poultry, game, fish, frult, vegetables,'and
other such perishable goods.

As amended by G. N. 880 of 1908.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 23 of 1903 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sebed.





2. All market stalls shall be numbered.

3. A register of all market stalls shall be kept by the Head of the
Department ill the form A appended to these by-laws. Every entry in
such register shall be printd. facie evidence of the facts therein appear-
ing. The person or persons whose name or names is or are entered in
such register as the lessee is or are hereinafter referred to as tbe
---Stall-holder -.

4. Copies of the _Market By-laws shall be at all times posted in con-
spicuous positions in the mirkets.

5. The Board shall from time to time, fix the hours during which
each market shall be open to the public. The hours during which any

market is open to the public shall be posted on a board placed in a con-
spicuous position at such market. At least one month's previous notice
in writing shall be given to each stall-holder of any alteration in the
hours during which any market is open to the public.

6. No stall-holder shall use such stall for any purpose other than that
for which it is let.

7. Ever stall-holder, who absents himselffrom the Colony for a
period exceeding one month, shall notify such fact to the Head of the
Department, and report to him the naine of the agent responsible for
his stall during his absence.

8. Every occupied stall shall have a sign-board in front showing in

full, both in English and Chinese, the naine or names of the Aall-holder

or holders, and his or their photograph or photographs shall be affixed
thereto. All photographs shall be renewed from time to time as. the
Head of the Department may direct.



9. No sign-board or blind of any market stall shall be so arranged as

to obstruct any thoroughf are in such* market, and no stall-holder shall

place or store any goods outside such market stall or allow them to pro-
ject beyond it.

10. No person shall make use of any avenue or thoroughfare of any
market for the conveyance of merchandise not intended for sale or ex.
posure for sale in such market.

11. No person shall sell, offer, or expose for sale any article in any
part of the market other than the part thereof which is appropriated for
the sale of such article.

12. No person shall hawk or cry any article whatever for sale in any
market.

13. No stall-holder shall keep ally dog in any market, nor shall any
person knowingly permit any dog to follow him into a market.
14. Stall-holders who require additional light in their stalls shall use
only electric lamps or smokeless oil lamps of a pattern to be approved
by the Head of the Department.

* As arnended by No. 1 of 1912.





15. No flesh meat, (salted meat excepted), other than that which has
been slaughtered in the Government slaughter-Louses maintained and
re-ulated under the provisions of the Public Health and Building Ordi-

nance, shall be exposed for sale in any of the markets of the Colony.
The Board may, however, from time to time ' grant permission in
writing, revocable at the discretion of the Board, to- any stall-holder to
expose for sale in his stall, fresh flesh meat which has been imported
from Shanghai. Japan, Canada and Australia, or frorn such other locali-
ties as the Board may from time to time approve; such permission shall
stAe the name of the person to whom it is granted, the class or descrip-
tion of meat permitted, and the shop or stall oil which such ineat is to
be exposed for sale.
The stall-holder to whom such permission has been granted, shall
cause a board to be posted oil his stall, in a conspicuous position,
stating in English and Chinese that lie deals in imported meat, and
stating also the place from whence such meat was imported; the letters
and characters of sucii notice shall be at least one aild a half inches
long. He shall also make a true return to the Board, quarterly of the
quantity of meat imported by him, specifying whence such meat has
been imported.

16. Every stall-holder shall cause his stall to be properly cleansed as
often as ma be necessary to maintain such stall in a sanita'ry condition.


17. Everv dealer in flesh meat shall thoroughly wash and cleanse all
fittings or utensils belonging thereto at least once a day.
18. No person shall cleave any carcase or part of a carcase elsewhere
than upon a cleaving block or chopping board or upon the hooks provid-
ed for the purpose.
19 Every fishmonger shall thoroughly wash and cleanse his stall and
any fittings and utensils beionging thereto at least twice a day.
20. Ever poulterer shall thoroughly cleanse his stall, pens, and any

fitttings belonging thereto at least twice a dav, and shall providea sup-
ply of fresh drinking water for any live birds, that may be kept in such

21. No person shall phick, scald or clean any poultry or gaine except
ill the places appropriated for the purpose.
22. Every stall-holder, if called upon to do so, shall provide himself
with a portable dust-bin in accordance with one or other of the patterns
on view in the office of the Secretary.
23. No stall-holder shall suffer any garbage or refuse to remain on or
be under or about his stall, and lie shall keep the avenue or passage in
front thereof in a cleanly condition.
24. No person shall throw any vegetable substance, offal, garbage, or
offensive matter or thino, on to aiiv market avenue or thoroughfare.
25. No person shall wash or bathe in any fish tank or in any re-
ceptacle wh4ch is used for the storage of food.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.





26. Begging for alins and loitering in any market are prohibited.
FORM A.
MAPKET
Stall No . ..................



Night-Soil Carriers.
[rep. G. N. 33 of 22.1.04]

Notification of Infectious Disease.

.................. Alarket.



[21st February, 1903.]

1. If any inmate of any premises be suffering from plague, cholera,
small-pox, diphtheria,, scarlet fever typhus fever, enteric fevel., re-
lapsing lever, or puerperal fever, an~ if such inmate be under the care
of a legally qualified and registered medical practitioner the said medi-
cal practitioner shall fortInvith furnish the _Medical Officer of Health
with a notification thereof in writing stating the name of such inmate
and the situation of such premises.

Such legally qualified medical practitioner shall be entitled to re-
ceive, on application to the Secretary the sum of $1 for each and every
such notification.

2. If any inmate of an premises be suffering from plague, cholera

or small-pox, and if such inmate be riot under the care of a lecallv
qualified and registered medical practitioner, the occupier or keeper of
such premises or part of such premises, or in default of such occupiel
or keeper the nearest male adult relative living on such premises, or in
default of such relative, occupier, or keeper, any person in charge of or
in attendance on the sick person shall, on the nature of the disease be-
coming known to hirn or on suspicion of the existence in such inmate of
any such disease, forthwith notifv the same to the Aledical. Officer of
Health, or the officer in charge of the nearest police station who shall,

As amended by G. N. 331 of 1911.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912.











immediately on receipt thereof, transmit the information to the Medical
Officer of Health.

3. No notification which contains any false information shall be
deemed a notification as required by these by-laws unless the person
notifying proves that lie believed and had reasonable grounds for be-
lieving such false information to be true.

4. Tile Secretary shall upon application furnish every. medical practi-
tioner in the Colony and every officer in charge Of a Police station with
the printed forms of notification to be used.

5. All persons knowing or having reason to believe that ally person
has been attacked by, or is suffering from, plague, cholera, small-pox or
from such other epidemic, endemic or Contagious disease as may be
from time to time dulv notified in tbe Gazette, shall notify the same
without delay to any officer oil duty at the nearest police station, or bo
some officer of the Department, any such officer receiving any such
notification whether verbal or written or discovering aily such case,
shall notify the same with the least possible delals. to the Medical Officer
of Realth, and inav detain such person or remove him to a public hos-
pital Until lie call be examined by the Medical Officer of Health or by
some legally qualified and registered medical practitioner.

Offensive Trades.

[17th Noveniber, 1911.]

1. ---Offensive Trade -, for the purpose of these by-laws, means and

includes the trades of blood-boiling, tripe-boiling, soap-boiling, tallow-
melting, botic-boiling, bone-crusbing, bone-burning, bone-storing, ra-
picking, ra-storing, nialiure manufacture, blood-drying, fellmongery,
leather dressing, tainiing, glue-making, size-marking, gut-seraping, hair-

cleaning, feather-storing, feather-cleaning, and any other noxious or
offensive trade, business or manufacture whatsoever.

2. It shall not be lawful to carry on any offensive trade in any pre-
mises unless a licence has been issued by the authority of the Governor
in accordance with the terms of the Crown lease of the lot upon which
such premises are situate, where such licence is required, nor unless a
licence has been issued by the Board under by-law No. 3.

3-(1) Every application for a licence shall be made in the form
attached to these by-laws. The person so applying shall receive a
licence from the Board in the form attached to these by-laws, and such
person is hereinafter referred to as the licensee and shall be responsible
for the due performance of the provisions of these by-laws. Every
licence shall expire on 31st December and shall be for a period n0t
exceeding one year.

As itmended by No. 1 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 23 of 1903, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
Ar





(2) A licence shall not be required until 1st January, 1912, for any
premises which have been duly registered under the by-laws hereby
repealed, nor for any premises which the Board would not have re-
quired to be licensed under the said repealed by-laws.

(3) Each applicant shall produce either a licence issued by the
authority of the Governor under the Crown lease of the premises to be
registered or a certificate signed by the proper officer to the effect that
no such licence is required.

4. Licences under these by-laws shall be issued only in respect of
premises tbat are substantiaily built, adequately lit and ventilated to
the satisfaction of the Board, and drained in accordance with the pro-
visions of the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance. The ground
surfaces of such premises shall be paved ivith good colicrete-laid down
at least 6 inclies thick and the surface ther6of shall be rendered smooth
and impervious with asplialt, cement or such other material as the
Board may approve of. The interior surfaces of all walls, which must
be substantially built of brick or stone, as well as the surfaces of the
brick or stoue supports of the pans, and other utensils, shall be render,
ed smooth and impervious to the height of at least 7 feet from the floor
level with asplialt, cement or such other material as the Board may
approve of.

All such premises shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Board
with proper and adequate urinal and latrine accommodation for the use
of the work-people einployed therein.

5. Every licensee shall cause all materials which have been received
upon the premises where trade is carried oil and which are not
immediately required for use, to be stored in such manner and in such
a situation as to prevent the emission of noxious or injurious effluvia
therefrom.

6. Everv liectisee sliall cause sticb portions of the internal surface of
every wall upon th premisees whre his trade is carried on as have not
been' rendered imperviews with suitable material, to be thoroughly

elcansed, and after being cleansed, to be thoroughly ivashed with hot

limewash during the montlis of January- and July of each Year.


7. Every licensee shall, at the close. of everv day, cause all fat,
tallow, grease, refuse or filth which has been spilled or splashed, or has
fallen or beeil deposited upon any floor, pavement, or wall upon the
premises where his trade is carried on to be collected therefrom by
scraping or sonic other effectual means of cleansing and, unless it is
intended to be subjected to further trade processes on the premises,
forthwith removed irom the premises. All apparatus must be kept in
a cleardy and wholesome condition.

8. Every licensee, sball cause every part of the internal surface of the
walls and every floor or pavement up'on the premises where his trade is
carried on to be kept at all times in good order and repair so as to pre-

Theby-laws repealed by G. N. 349 of 17.11.11 were those con-
tained in seliedule B of Che Ordinance.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





vent the absorption therein of any liquid filth, or refuse, or any noxious
or injurious triatter which may he splaslied or may fall or be deposited
thereon.

9. Every licensee shall adopt the best practicable means of rendering
innocuous in vapours or dnt emitted during the process of manufac-

ture upon the premises where his trade is carried on.

He shall in every case wliere boiling is a necessary part of the process
of manufacture either eatise the. vapour to be Ischarged into the
external air in such a manner and -,it such a height as to admit of the
diffusion of the vapour without noxion's or injurious effects, or he shall
cause the vapour to pass directly from the pan or press through a fire,
or into a suitable condensing apparatus and theti through a fire in such
a manner as effectually to consurne the vapour or to deprive the same
of all noxious or injurious properties.

10. No persons (other than two caretakers in respect of each block of
buildingq) shall be allowed to pass the night in any of the room., used
as work rooms unless actually engaged in carrying on works connected
with the trade.

11. Every licensee shall cause every drain or rneans of drainage upon
or in connection with the premises where his trade is carried on to be
maintained. at all times in good order and efficient action. He shall,
wliere it is in the opinion of the 13oard necessarv so to do, provide the
drains on his premises with the appliance as a ---grease-trap
and shall not pass or permit to he passed any hot liquid refuse (i.e-
above, 1100 Fahr.) into the drains or sewers.

12. Every licensee shall, at all times, afford free access to every part
of the said premises to any meinber of the Board, or officer of the
Department.

13. No person under the alge of 10 years sliall be permitted upon any
premises used for tlie trade. of rag-picking, rag-storing, hair-cleaning,
feather-storing, or feather-cleaning,

14. The Board may reanire, in the case of dusty offensive trades, the
adoption of such special measures or appliances for mitigating as far as
possible the danger and nuisance arising from the dissemination of dust
through the atmosphere of such premises, as may, seem to them to be
necessary.

15. The licensee shall cause a duly authenticated copy of these by-
laws in English and Chinese to he hung tip in a conspicuous position in
his promises.

Form of Application.
I, the undersigned, hereby notify the Sanitary Board that I propose
to commence/continue the business of an offensive trade namely
on the premises known as No. Street

As amen~ed by No. 1 of 1912.





floor Lot No. and I bco- leave to
request that the said premises may be duly registered for such purpose.


Signature of Applicant.

Form of Licence

on the trade of
Lot X0.

Dated this day of
is hereby authorised by the Sanitary Board to carr,s
at the premises known as
durim the Year 19 .

Overcrowding.

1 19 .

Secretary of the Board,

. [21st February, 1903.1

The Medical Officer of Health, or suell other officer as the Board may
appoint for this purpose, shall, within suell limits as the said Board
may froni time to-time define, cause to be measured the floor area and
cubic capacity of all domestic buildin gs or parts thereof, and shall cause
to be calculated the number of occupants that may lawfully pass the
night in such buildings or any part., thereof in accordance wil the pro-
visions of the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance, and shall Cause
such number in English and Chinese to be fixed to such buildings or

parts thereof in such manner as the Board may from time to time
direct.

Opium Divans.
[j,ep. No. 23 of 1909, s. 93-0pium.]

Poisons.
[rep. No. 12 of 1908, s. 14-Pharmacy.]

Prevention and Mitigation of Epidemic, Endemic, Contagious,
or Infectious Disease.
[4th December, 1908.

1. The Board may at any time with a view to the prevention or
mitigation of any epidemic, endemic, contagions or infectious disease

direct that a periodical cleansing shall be made of all the premises in





any district or districts in which the Board may *consider such cleansing
necessary. Such periodical cleansing yshall be carried out either by the
staff of the Department or by the inmates under the supervision 'of an
officer of the Department to the satisfaction of the _Medical Officer of
Health or of such other officer as may be appointed for that purpose by
the Board, and due notice of such cleansing shall be given to the
inmates of such premises, and such inmates may have all the furniture
and coods removed from such premises.

All care shall be taken to prevent unnecessary interference with busi-
ness and the cleansing shall be discontinued if the weather is unfavour-
able or carried out in such a way as shall not expose the inmates and
their effects and furniture to the weather.

2. The Board may declare any epidemic, endemic, contagious or
infectious disedse to exist in any district or districts, and may direct
that in such district or districts or any portion thereof a special general
cleansing and disinfection of the premises shall be carried out tinder
the direction of any officer of the Department and to the satisfac-
tion of the Medical bffieer of Health. Such cleansing and disinfection
may include the removal or destruction or both of any lath and plaster
or other hollow partition wall, or any partition, screen, panelling, wain-
scotting, skirting, stair-lining, ceiling or other similar structure or any
fittings or any portion of such wall, structure or fitting, if in the opinion
of the Medical Officer of Health such removal and destruction are
necessary. Compensation for such removal or destruction shall be
given by the Board unless it is proved on behalf of the Board that the
wall, structure or fitting removed or destroyed had been unlawfully

erected or maintained.

The provisions of this by-law shall apply to the premises in any dis
trict in respect of which a special generaland disinfection has
been directed by the Board since the 31st. day of March 1912, or shall
hereafter be directed.

3. Any building or part of any building certified in writing by the
Medical Officer of Health or by any legally qualified and registered
medical practitioner to be unfit for human habitation even although the
same may have been cleansed and disinfected as provided for in No. 2
of these by-laws, may be closed by order of the Board until such time
as the board shall be satisfied that the said premises have been ren-
dered fit for human habitation, and the occupants of the said premises
mav be removed after 48 hours' notice has been given to the house-
holder or occupier to vacate the premises by the service of a notice duly
signed by the Secretary or by the postincr of such notice upon any
portion if the premises. In no' case shall such Premises be re-occupied
except under the certificate of the Board signed by the Secretary that
such premises are fit for human habitatioli. Subject to the approval
of the Governor, the Board may, when necessary erect matsheds or
hire buildings or charter vessels for the accommodation of the persons
removed.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by G. N. 204 of 1912 and No. 1 of 1912.





4. In any district in which the Board has declared any epidemic,
endemic, contagious or infectious disease to exist, the Board may order
all public latrines, their receptacles and the contents thereof to be
treated with disinfectants or other materials, as the Board may direct
and in such manner as the Board may deem expedient.
5. For the purpose of these by-laws any member of the Board or
officer of the Department may enter premlses without notice between
the hours of 8 a. m. and 6 p. m.

6. In these by-laws the term Medical Officer of Health includes any
assistant medical officer of healtb.

7. No ceiling shall hereafter be erected in a ny building outside the
European Reservation and the Hill District unless the consent of the
Buildino, Authority has first been obtained under section 122 of the
Ordinance, and unless the following conditions are complied with:-
(a) The ceiling must be immediately under a pitched roof supported
by trusses with no storey, floor, mezzanine, floor or cockloft above the
ceiling.
(b) The ceiling shall be constructed of tongued and arooved boarding
or of rebated boardim, and shall beby substantial timber
bearers.
(c) The ceiling shall have one opening of an area of not less
than 2 feet by 1 foot and G. inches in the clear, placed in such a position
as to afTord ieady access to the space between the roof and the ceiling

and such opening shall be fitted with a hinged and closely fitting trap-
door.

8. Every ceiling shall be maintained at all times in a thoroughly
sound and clean condition.

Prevention of the Dissemination of Plague by Rats,

121st February, 1903.]

In these by-laws, the word ' ship' means an.y description . of vessel
used in navigation not propelled b.y oars, except junks or lorchas not
propelled bY steam, and except launches playing within the waters of the
Colony.

To prevent rats on board ship coming on shore, and the shore rats
frorn getting on board ship --
1. All cables, hawsers, and ropes used for mooring ships alongside
any wharf, or passing between the ship and the shore, and all shores
us~d for securing ships in dock, must (when such shores are within a
distance of 12 inches from any open port or other opening in the ship's
side, or within 12 inches of the gunwale or rail) have fastened on them
a funnel-shaped appliance consisting of a tube of iron or other metal

1

As arnended by No. 1 of 1912.
As arnended by G. N. 298 of 1912.





about 2 feet in length, with a trumpet-like flange. This trumpet-like

flange must be double, in order to prevent the rats from passing either
way along the cable, and each flange must extend at least 8 inches Clear
of the rope or cable. The rope or cable must be passed through the
tube and the intervening space filled up.

Diagram



2. All openings through which ropes pass from the ship to the wharf

or shore must be stopped up, and all such ropes must be daily tarred to
a distance of 6 feet from the ship and the shore respectively.

3. Brows or gangways for cargo are to be disconnected from the ship
while cargo is not being worked over them; all other brows or gangways
must also be kept disconnected between sunset and except
when required to be used by persons coming oil board or leaving the
ship.
4. From sunset to sunrise a bright light must be kept burning at each

end of every brow or gangway, so long as it connects tile ship with the
shore or wharf.

Prevention of the Dissemination of Disease by Mosquitoes.
[12th November, 1909.]

When larvae of mosquitoes are found on any premises the Board may,
on the advice of the Medical Officer of Health or any assistant medical
officer of health, give notice to the owner or occupier of such premises
:to remove all accumulations of water from such premises or to take
steps to prevent the recurrence of the breeding of mosquitoes in any
such accumulations of water, and such owner or occupier shall comply
with such notice forthwith.

Removal of Ceilings and Stair Linings, &c.
[4th October, 1912.

1. If in the opinion of the Board any area or block or blocks of build-
ings is or are specially liable to encourage the spread of epidemic,
endemic, infectious or .contagious disease, the Board may, subject to






tile approval of the Governor-in-Council, with a view to the prevention
as far as possible of such disease, and whether ally such disease exists
within such area, block or blocks of buildings or not, declare that such
area, block or blocks is or are subject to the provisions of these by-laws,
and a notification of such declaration shall be published in the Gazette,
and notice of such declaration shall be posted in a conspicuous position
in English and Chinese upon each building in the area, block or blocks
affected by such declaration, and such notice shall be served oil each
owner of the property affected in nianner provided by Section 37 of the
Ordinance. .

2, Within a period of one month from the date of the publication in
the Gazette, of the declaration as aforesaid the owner of every part of
every building aflected by the declaration shall (unless exemption has
been granted in manner hereafter mentioned) remove from such build-
ing every ceiling and every lath and plaster or other hollow partition
wall, and every hollow partition, screen, panelling, wainscotting, stair-
lining and other similar structure or fitting, and every skirting not
constructed in accordance with Section 120 of the Ordinance.

3, The Board may, on the application of the owner or occupier of any
buildine, affected by any such declaration as aforesaid, grant to such

owner or occupier exemption from compliance with all or ally of the
provisions of by-law 2 it in the opinion of tile Board the granting of
such exemption will not be prejudicial to the public health.

(4) If no such exemption as aforesaid has been granted, and the owner
shall make default in conipiving with the provisions of by-law 2 within

the prescribed period of one month, any office of the Department, who
has been authorised by the Head of tl;e Department to carry out these,
by-laws, may enter the premises ill respect of which default has been
inade, and may witli such assistance as may be necessary remove the
ceilings, walls and other structures and dttings to -which by-law 2
applies.

5. The Board shall pay to the owner or occupier of ally premises
affected by these by-laws compensation, to be fixed by the Board, for
the ren-io~al of every ceiling, wall and other structure and fitting re-
moved under these by-laws, unless it is proved on behalf of the Board
that the ceiling, wall, struettire or fitting removed had been unlawfully
erected or maintained in contravention of the Public Health and Build-
ings Ordinance. Such compensation shall be calculated so as to
cover the cost of making good the portions of the building damaged by
such removal, including the limewashing of any exposed surface and
the rebuilding of any necessary wall in materials approved by the
Board, but no compensation shall be payable for ally loss of rent or
deterioration in the value of the property occasioned or alleged to be
occasioned by the opdration of these by-law . In any case in which the
amount claimed for compensation exceeds $250 an appeal shall lie
from the decision of th6 Board as to the amount of the compensation
to the Governor-in-Council whose decision thereon shall be final and
conclusive provided however that no such appeal shall lie unless notice

Af> amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by' No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No, 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





thereof shall have been given to the Clerk of Councils within fourteen
days from the date upon which the appellant shall have been notified
by the Board ofany such decision as aforesaid.
6. The.Board shall decide in each case whether the compensation, if
any, is to be paid to the owner or to the occupier, and payment in
accordance with the decision of the Board shall bar ally further claim
to compensation by owner or occupier, provided that nothing ill these
by-laws shall affect the rights of the owners or occupiers inter se as to
the ultimate apportionment of any compensation awarded.

Removal of Patients.

[4th December, 1908.]

'1. The Board by officers of the Department inay provide for the
removal of, and may remove to the Government Civil Hospital, the
Kennedy Town Hospital, or other appointed place, any person suffering
from any epidemic, endemic, contagious or infectious disease, and no
removal shall take place except under the orders of the Board or of a
legally qualified and registered medical practitioner, and then only in
such manner and with such precautions as the Medical Officer of
Health may deem necessary. No such removal, however, shall take
place if the _Medical Officer of Health or any legally qualified and re-
gistered medical practitioner certifies that such person is being lodged
and care ' d for without danger to tile public health, or that such person
is-too ill to be removed.

2. The Board by officers of the Department may remove or cause to
be removed for burial or cremation all bodies of person. who have died
from any of the diseases mentioned in the foregoing by-law, and may
bury or cremate or cause the same to be buried or cremated in accord-
ance with the custom of the race to which tlie deceased belonged in
such place and in such manner and with such precautions as the
Board may direct, and no person, unless actin- under the written
sanction or direction of the Secretary or of the Aledical Officer of
Health to bury or cremate, shall remove or bury or cremate any such
bodies.

3. On receipt of a certificate from a duly qualified medical practi-
tioner that anY person suffering from any epidernic, endemic, con-
tagious or infectious clisease is improperly- lodged, the Medical Officer
of Health may, in case the said person is unwilling to be removed,
forthwith apply to a Magistrate for an order for the removal of such
person under the provisions of the Public Health and Buildings
Ordinance.

4. When ally person suffering from any epidemic, endemic, con-
tagious or infectious disease is willing to ~e removed to a hospital or

M amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
-t*





other suitable place, the Medical Officer of Health or any duly
authorised officer of the Department shall take ' such measures as he
may deem necessary for the safe and convenient removal of- the said
patient.

5, For the purpose of these by-laws, the words---epidemic, endemic,
contagious or infectious disease' shall mean and include plague,
cholera, small-pox, diphtheria, scarlet fever, typhus fever, enteric
fever, puerperal fever, relapsing fever, and such other diseases as may
be defined by the Board by resolution.

6. The term ' Medical Officer of Health--- includes any assistant
medical officer of health.

Scavenging and Conservancy.
[22nd November, 1912.]

L-(1) The President shall employ contractors for the general sur-
face, scavenging of the following districts
(a) The City of Victoria.
(b) The Hill District.
(c) The Villages of Shaukiwan, Shauiwan West, Sai Wan Ho,
Wong Kok Tsui, Quarry Bay, Tsat Tsz Mui, Chuen Luna, Ma Shan
Ha, Fo Tau Fat, Tsin Shui Ma Tau, A Kung N-am, Aberdeen,
.Aplieliau, Stanley and Taitanl.
(d) Such portions of Kowloon (including New Rowloon) as are
situated to the South of a line drawn from a point on the sea-shore
North of the Village, of _Ma Lung Kung to a point South of the Village
of Kak Hang and thenee in a South-easterly direction to the sea-shore,
as shown on a plau deposited at the Sanitary Board Offices and dated
the 17th _May, 1910.

Such contractors are hereinafter referred to as Scaven-ing Contrac-
tors.

(2) The President shall also employ contractors for the removal of
excretal matterq from. the following building
(a) All buildings in the Hill District.
(b) All Government buildings (including Government latrines) and

all privately owiied public latrines in the followin- districts:-
(i) The City of Victoria.
(ii) The Villages of Shaukiwan, shaukiwan West, Sai Wan Ho,
Wong Kok Tsui, Quarry Bay, Tsat Tsz _Mui, Chuen Lung, Ma Shan
Ha, Fo Tau Fat, Tsin Shui _Ma Tau, A Rung Nrgarn, Aberdeen,
Aplichau, Stanle.v and Taitam.
(iii) Such portions of Kowloon (including New Kowloon) as are
situated to the South of a line drawn from a point on the sea-shore

A% amended by No. 1 of 1912. .
M amended by N o. 50 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912.





North of the village of Ma Lung Kung to a. point South of the village of
Kak Hang and thence in a South-easterly direction to the sea-shore,
as showm on a plan deposited at the Sanitary Board Offices and dated
the 17th May, 1910.

Such contractors are hereinafter referred to as Conservancy Contrac-
tors.
(3) The terms and conditions of the contracts shall be settled by the
Board subject to the approval of the Governor.

2. The servants of the contractors shall, while at work, wear such
distinguishing badge as shall from time to time be directed bv the
Board.

3-(1) The occupier of any premises which are situated within any
of the districts specified in By-law No. 1 (2) (b), or if there be no
occupier, the owner or immediate landlord, shall, unless such premises
are a Government building or a privately owned public latrine, make
due provision for the daily removal of all excretal matters from such
premises to the conservancy boat at the nearest Conservancy Boat
Station and for the delivery thereof to the servants of the Conservancy
Contractor at such station, and shall not dispose of any such excretal
matters in any other manner.
(2)-(a) The occupier of every privately owned public lairine which
is situated within any of the districts specified in By-law No. 1 (2) (b)
shall provide not less than one bucket per seat for the storage of ex-
cretal matters in rough weather and for the removal of excretal matters
by the Conservancy Contractor. Such buckets shall be of a pattern
approved by the Board.
(b) The occupier of every privately owned public latrine which is
situated within any of the districts specified in By-law, No. 1 (2) (b)
shall allow the Conservancy Contractor for that district to remove all
excretal matters from such latrine, and shall pay to such Conservancy
Contractor for-the removal of the excretal matters from the latrine to
Kwai Chung Bay at the rate of ten cents per pictil of nightsoil (tai fo)
and five cents per picul of urine (shui fo).
, (c) The occupier of every privately owned public latrine which is
situated within any of the districts specified in By-law No. 1 (2) (b)
shall make due provision for the reception of such excretal matters at
the conservancy boats anchorage in Kwai Chung Bay.
(d) No excretal matters shall be removed from any privately owned
public latrine which is situated within any of the districts specified in
By-law No. 1 (2) (b) except by the Conservancy Contractor for that
district.

4. All conservancy boats, that is to say, all vessels tised for the con-
veyance of excretal'matters whether in 'the employ of the contractors
or privately owned, shall be registered annually at the offices of the
Sanitary Board and no vessel not so registered shall convey excretal
matters.

5.-(a) All conservancy boats shall be completely decked and pro-
vided with closely fitting hatches and shall at all times be kept in a





thoroulah state of repair and in a seaworthy and cleanly condition to the

satisfaction of the Board.
(b) The decks of every conservancy boat shall be washed down
immediately after the transshipment of any excretal matters.
(c) No conservancy boat shall be loaded above the under side of the
hatch coaming.
(d) No conservancy boat shall enter the waters of the Colony except
with it.. holds clean and its bilges pumped dry.
6. All conservancy boats shall fly such distinguishing flag as shall
from time to time by directed by the Board.
7. No conservancy. boat shall unless otherwise provided for under the
terms of the contracts for the time being in force anchor or lie at any
place within the svaters of the Colony otfler than the conservancy boats
anchorage in Kwai Chung Bay.
8. The occupier of any premises situate within- any of the districts
specified in By-law No. 1 (1) (a) (c) (d) or if there be no occupier the
owner or the immediate landlord shall make due provision for the daily
removal from his premises of all ashes, domestic waste, refuse and
other objectionable matters to the dust carts, dust baskets, dust-bins
or diist boats provided by the Sanitary Board, or by the Scavenging
Contractors.

0. The occupier of any premises which are situated within ani- of the
districts specified in By-law No. 1 (1) shall provide himself -with a
strong substantial movable dust-bin constructed of impervious materials
with closely fitting cover to the satisfaction of the Sanitary Board and
sufficient for the reception of the day's house refuse.

10. The occupier of any premises upon which any water closet or
urinal has been or hereafter shall be constructed, or if there be no
occupier the owner or immediate landlord, shall provide a constant and
adequate supply of water, stored in accordance with the Drainage
Regulations from time to time in force, for the flushing of every such
water closet and urinal and shall maintain every such water closet and
urinal in a thoroughly efficient and cleanly condition.

11. No excretal matters shall be placed in or upon or conveyed along
or across anv street or open space situated within any of the districts
specified in By-law No- 1 (1) except between the hours' of midnight and
6 a.m. and except in strong substantial buckets with closely fitting
covers, and of such pattern as may from time to time be approved by
the Board.

12. No pigwash shall be placed in or upon or conveyed along or across
any street or open space situated within any of the districts specified in
By-law No. 1 (1) except between the hours of midnight and 9 a.rn. and
except in strong substantial buckets with closely fitting covers, and of
such pattern as may from time to time be approved by the Board; and
no such pigwash shall be conveyed in any boat or vessel except in such
buckets as aforesaid or if in bulk in watertight tarred holds with closely
fitting hatches. Pigwash, if not placed in such a boat or vessel, must
be conveyed direct to a licensed pigsty.





13-(a) No excretal matters or pigwash shall be emptied, discharged,

deposited or placed in, or conveved to, over, or upon anY gully, drain,
sewer or any inlet thereto.
(b). No excretal matters removed from any premises situated within
the districts specified in By-law No. 1 (2) shall be emptied, discharged,
deppsited or placed in or conveyed to any place other than the conser-
vancy boats provided for that purpose.
(c) No excretal matters shall be brought from any premises or place
situated outside the districts specified in By-law No. 1 (2) to any pre-
mises or place situated within the said districts.
(d) No pigwash shall after removal from any premises be emptied,

discharged, deposited or placed in or conveyed to any place except a
licensed pigsty.

14. Excretal matters which have beenplaced in a conservancy boat
.shall not. be landed at. any place within the Colony including New
Kowloon but excludimy the rest of the, Territories.

15. In these the term ---excretal rriatters--- shall include
nightsoil and urine.


Slaughter-houses.

[12th November, 1909.]

PART I.
Slaughter-houses at Sham Pu, Shaukiwcan and Aberdeen.
1. The respective lessees of the privilege of slaughtering swine in the
slaughter-houses at Sham Shui Pu, Shaukiwan, and Aberdeen shall pro-
vide all persons necessary for the purpose of slaughtering such animals
and dressin- the careasis thereof, together with a sufficient supply of

hot water, and shall have the same in readiness at all times for the
persons making use of the slaughter-houses.

2. Each of the said lessees shall at all times 'allow any person to
slaughter any such animal or dress any carcase for sale on payment to
him of a fee not exceeding 30 cents for each animal, besides the blood
of such animal which the lessee may retain.
[No. 3, rep. G. N. 61 of 25.2.10.1 .
4. Each slaughter-house shall be provided with a banging shed, in
which the carcase of every animal slau.-htered shall be hung as soon as
it is dressed. Such carcases shall continue hanIging in such shed until
they are removed to the markets, which removal shall be by means of
a . wheeled and covered vehicle or in a boat, in either of which the
carcases shall be bun,-.

5. Each of the said lessees shall cause the. means of ventilation and
drainaud provided in or in connection with his slaughter-houses to be
kept, at all times, in proper and efficient action.

1 . * As amen(kd by G. N. 60 of 1910.





6. Eacil of the said lessees shall cause tile means of water supply
provided in or in connection with his slaughter-liouses to be kept, at all
times, in proper order.
7. Each of the said lessees shall provide a sufficient number of
vessels or receptacles, properly constructed of soine non-absorbent
material, and furnished with closely fitting covers, for tile purpose of
receiving and conveying from his slaughter-houses all blood, manure,

garbage, filth, or other refuse products of the slaughtering of such

animal or the dressing of any carcase therein. He shall forthwith upon
the completion of the slaughtering of such aninial or the dressing of any
carcase in the slaughter-houses, cause saich blood, manure, garbage,
filth, or otlier refuse products to be collected and deposited in suell
vessels or receptacles, and lie shall cause all the contents of such
-vessels or receptacles to be removed from the slaughter-house at least
once in every 24 hours. He shall cause ever.v such vessel or receptacle
to be thoroughly eleansed immediatly after it shall have been used for
such collection and removal, -and shall cause every which vessel or
receptacle when not in actual use to be kept, thoroughly clean.

8. Each of the said lessees shall provide the pr)per instruments,
appliances, and utensils required for the purpose of slaughtering, and
lie shall cause all sucli articles to becleansed immediately
after the completion of the process of slauIghtering ill which they have
been used, and lie shal also cause every such ntensil when not in actual
use to be kept thoroughly clean.
9. Each of the said lessees shall cause every part of the internal

surface ol the svalls and every part of the floor of slaughtering, and
to be kept, at all times, in good order and repair, so as to prevent the
absorption therein of ally blood or liquid refuse or filth which may be
spilled or splashed thereon, or any offensive or noxious matter which
may be deposited thereon or brought in contact therewith. He shall
cause every part of the internal surface of the slaughter-houses above
the floor to be either thoroughly washed with hot lime-wash, or tarred,
at least 4 times in every year. He shall cause ever part of the floors
of his slaughterc-houses, and every part ot the internal surface of every
wall oil which any blood or liquid refuse or filth inay have been spilled
or splashed, or with which any offensive or noxious matter may have'
been brought in contact during the process of slaughtering or dressing
in such slaughter-houses, to be thoroughly waslied and cleansed within
3 hours after the completion of such slaughtering or dressing.

10. The owner of any animal that is slaughtered shall cause the hide
or skin, fat, and offal if such animal to be removed from the slaughter-
houses within 24 hours after the completion of the slaughtering of such
animal.

11. None of the lessees shall at any time keep any dog or. cause or
suffer ally dog to be kept in his slaughter-house. he shall not at any
time keep, or cause, or stiffer to be kept in any of the slaughter-houses
any such animal of which the flesh may be used for the food of man,
unless such animal be so kept in preparation for the slaughtering
thereof upon the premises, and he shall not keep such animal or cause
or suffer such animal to be kept in any of the slaughter-houses for 4





longer period than may be necessary for the purpose of preparing such
animal for the process of slaughtering. He shall cause animals kept in
preparation for slaughtering to be confined in the stalls, pens, or lairs
provided on tile premises for this purpose.

12. Each of the said lessess shall cause every animal brought to his
slaughter-houses, and confined in any stall, pen, or lair upon the pre-
mises previous to being slaughtered, to be provided during such confine-
ment with a sufficient quantity of wholesoinc water.
13. Swine confined in the stalls, pens or lairs, attached to the
slaughter-houses shall have at least the following space allotted to

them, viz. :-

for every pig ................................


4 superficial feet.
14. No person shall convey or cause to be conveyed or attempt to
convey any dead animal into any of the slaughter-houses for any
purpose whatsoever.

PART II.
Slaughter-huse in the City of Victoria and at Ma tau Kok.
1. Each slaughter-house shall be, provided with a hanging slied, in

which the carcase of every animal slaughtered shall be liting as soon as
it is dressed. Such carcases shall continue lianging in such shed until
they are removed to the markets, which reinoval shall be by means of
a wheeled and covered vehicle, or in a boat, in either of which the car-
cases shall be hunla.

2. The lessee of the privilege of collecting blood and hair shall forth-
with upon the completion of the slaughtering of ally anirrial or the
dressing of any carcase, cause such blood and hair to be collected and
deposited in a sufficient number of receptacles, properly constructed of
non-absorbent material and furnished with closely fitting covers, and
lie shall cause the contents of such receptacles to be renjoved from the
slaughter-house at least once in every 24 hours. He sliall cause every
such receptacle to be thoroughly cleansed immediately after it sliail
have been used for such collection and removal, and shall cause every
such receptacle when not in actual use to be kept thoroughy clean.
3. The owner of any animal to be slaughtered shall provide the pro-
per instruments, appliances, and utensils required for such purpose,
and shall cause such article., to be thoroughly cleansed immediately
after the completion of the process of slaughterine, in which they have
been used, and shall cause evey such article when not in actual use to
be kept thoroughly clean.

4. The owner of any animal that is slaughtered shall cause the hide
or skin, fat, and offal of such animal to be removed from the slaughter-
house within 24 hours after the completion of the slaughtering of such-
animal.

5. The owner of any animal shall not keep such animal in any
slaughter-house for a longer period than 12 hours.

As ameffied by No. 2 of 1912.





6. No person shall convey or cause to be conveyed or attempt to con-
vey any dead animal into ally of the slaughter-houses for any purpose
whatsoever.
7. Fees in accordance with the following scale shall be paid by the
owner of any animal to be slaughtered
cattle (including calves) 40 cents er head.

sheep and goats
swine ...........

...................... 20
........................ 30

1 1

1 1

The fee shall in all cases be payable on admission to the slaughter-
house.

PART III.

Slaughter of Aniinals.
All animals killed for food in a Government slaughter-house shall be
killed in the following manner:-
(1) All cattle (except buffaloes) shall be killed with a pole axe of a
pattern to be approved by the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon.
(2) All buffaloes shall be killed with a rifle of a size and pattern to be
approved by the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon. All rifles used for this.
purpose shall be kept by the Inspector in charge of each slaughter-
house and used by him alone.

(3) All sheep, goats, and swine shall be killed with a knife in the.

usual manner, except in the case of pigs which, in the opinion of the
Inspector in charge of the sktughter-house, are too large to be killed in
this way. Such pigs shall be killed in the same manner as cattle.

Provided always that nothing in this by-law shall affect Jews,
Mahommedans or other peoples holding religious beliefs which compel

them to kill aninials for food in a particular manner.

Water-Closets.
LNow included in'the Drainage Regulations-ef. Schedule M.]

REGULATIONS AND FORMS.

SCHEDULE C. [ss. 9 and 266.1

RULES FOR THE ELECTION OF MAMBERS OR THE SANITARY BOARD
[8th January, 1909.1
1. Elections for members to serve on the Sanitary Board shall take
place at such time and place as shall be previously notified by corn-
mand of the Governor in the Gazette.

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sebed.





2. The Registrar of the Supreme Court (hereinafter termed the Re-
gistrar) shall in accordance with any such notification summon to an
election the persons by law entitled to vote at such election.
3. The narne of every candidate shall be nominated inwriting by one
elector and seconded by another, and the said nominations delivered to
the Re-istrar not less than 4 clear days before the day fixed for the
election. Every nomination shall be personally handed to the Registrar
by the candidate or by his nominator or seconder.
4. Should the number of candidates duly nominated and seconded
not exceed the number of members to be elected, the Registrar shall
make a return to the Governor of the names of the candidates and the
names of their nominators and seconders, and the Governor may there-
upon declare such candidates duly elected.
Should the number of candidates duly nominated and seconded ex--
ceed the number of vacancies to be filled the following further rules
shall be observed:

5. The Registrar, or such other person as the Governor may appoint,

shall preside at the. election (the person presiding is hereinafter called
the. Presiding Officer -).
6. No elector shall give more than one vote in respect of each seat
declared vacant.

7. The voting shall be by ballot.
8. The name of every elector voting shall be recorded by the Presid-
in- Officer.


9. The ballot box shall be opened and the votes counted in the pre-
sence of the candidates or the duly authorised agent of each candidate.
0

10. Candidates, as such, shall not be disqualified from voting.

11.In the event of two or more candidates having an equal number

of votes, only one of whom can be elected, their names shall be sub-
mitted within a period of not less than 7 days to another ballot to be
publicly notified by the Presiding Officer, who shall state the time and
place.

12. As to any matters connected -with. the order of proceeding not
hereby provided for, the Presiding Officer shall take such order as he
thinks fit.

13. The Presiding Officer shall make a return of the election to the
Governor as soon as conveniently may be after the election. The re-
turn shall be accompanied, for the Governor's information, by:-
(a) a list of the candidates with the nanies of their nominators and
seconders;
(b) a list of the voters who have recorded their votes;
(c) a statement of the number of votes given for each candidate;
(d) -a stateme--it as to the objections, if any, that may have been
taken to the vote of any elector.
4W





14. On the receipt of the return by the Presiding Officer the Governor
shall, if satisfied that the foregoing rules have been complied with,
cause the candidate who has received the largest number of votes (and
if there be more than one vacancy the candidates who have received
thenext largest number of votes, in order according to the number of
vacancies) to be informed that lie has (or they have) been duly elected;
and a notification of the election shall likewise be made to the Pre-
sident.

SCHEDULE D.

NOTICE TO ABATE A PUBLIC HEALTH NUISANCE.

I s. 29. ]

[21st February, 1903.]

Sanitary Board Office,



Honakong

' 19

NOTICE is hereby given to you on behalf of the Sanitary Board that
the nuisance specified liereunder is found to exist in your premises
No.and that you are therefore hereby required within*
from the time of service upon you'of the present
notice to abate such nuisance in the manner hereunder set forth.

by order of the Sanitary Board,

Nature of ................................................................
Action to be, taken for the abatement of Uic naisance ....................
* Note-Here insert period of time allowed.

SCHEDULE E.

Secretary.

[ss. 134, 266.1

ON OR OVER UNLEASED CROWN LAND. 112th. February, 1910.]

.........hereby agree in consideration of being permitted by His Ex-
cellency the Governor to erect a Verandah (or Balcony) over unleased
Crown Land adjoining house No . ........on Lot

As amended by No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 -Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.





1. That during the construction of the said Verandah (or BalcoRy)
........................will in no way deviate from the plans and drawings
thereof supplied, signed by
the Building Authority.
2. That .will always keep the said Verandah (or
Balcony) in good repair and will colour-wash, paint and cleanse the
same whenever required by the Building Authority to do so.
3. That .. will always give free ingress to the Buildin 'a
Authority or any officer authorised by such Authority to enter the pre-
mises and examine the Verandah (or Balcony),

... 1 and deposited in the office of

4. That should the land oil or over which such Verandah (or Balcony)
is to be erected be, at any future. time, required by the Government for
any public work, improvment, or other public purpose .....................
hereby undertake on receipt of -a notice in writing from the Building
Authority to remove at own expense the whole of the
structuri within a period of three months from the date of such notice,
and without making any claim for compensation on the Government for
such removal.

4a. That in the event of street being hereafter raised .
hereby undertake on receipt of a notice in writing singned by the Build-
ing Authority to raise within a period of three months from the date of
such notice and at own expense the whole of flie grotind floor
surfaces to such levels as shall be determined bv the Building Authority
and further undertake to make no claim for compensation on
the Government in respect of such raising.

5. That will always comply with all regulations
in force relating to Verandahs and Balconies.

6. And that this Agreement shall be binding also on .....................
executors, administrators and assigns.

Dated the day of

Witness to signature.

Signature of Owner of Lot No . .........

SCHEDULE F. [ss. 134, 266.1

UNDERTAKING WITH REGARD TO AREAS FOR THE ADMISSION OF LIGHT
AND AIR INTO BASEMPNTS TO BIG CONSTRUCTED ON
UNLEASED CROWN LAND.
[12th February, 1910.]
.....................hereby agree in consideration of being permitted by His
0 0
Excellency the Governor to construct as an encroachment on unleased
Crown Land the following works:-

As amerided by G. N. 381 of 1910.
As amerided by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 8 of 1912.





adjoining house No.
Lot No . .............

1. That ...will in no way deviate from the plans and draw-
ings of such works supplied, signed by ..........................................
and deposited in the office of the Building Authority.

2. That ...will keep the whole of the said works in good

repair, and not permit the accumulation of rubbish therein or the use
thereof for storage purposes, or as a smoke-hole or in an way other

than as a channel for the admission of light and air.

3. That ...will alwavs give free ingress to the Building
Authority or any officer authorised by sueb Authority, to enter the pre-
mises for the purpose of inspection.

4. That should the land occupied by such works be at any time
required by the Government for public work, improvement, or
other public purpose hereby undertake, on receipt, of a notice
in writing from the Building to remove at own
expense the whole of such works within a period of three months from
the date of such notice and without making any, for cornJensation
on the Government for such removal.

5. That ....... will always compis,- with all regulations in force
relating to Areas.

6. And that this Agreement shall be binding on executors,
administrators and assigns.

Dated the

Witness to signature.

. day of ......19

Signatvre of Owner of Lnt No . .........

SCHEDULE G.

VERANDAH AND BALCoxy REGULATIONS

[ss-. 134, 266.1

[12th February, 1910.]

Provided that notwithstanding anything contained in the schedule
G published hereunder no structural alteration shall be required to be
made in any verandah, balcony or basement already constructed in
compliance with the regulations hitherto in force.

1. Except as hereinafter mentioned any verandah projected over any
street frorn the ground storey of any building shall not be less than 7

As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
f As amended by G. N. 51 of 1910.





feet 9 inches wide, between the face of the wall from which it is pro-
jected and the inside face of the base of the piers, or columns upon
which it is supported.

As far as practicable, unless the Building Authority shall otherwise
direct, the external face of the base of the piers or cohinnis shall align
with the face of the kerb of the side svalk.

2. Any such verandah shall not lie less than 12 feet high measured

from the top of the kerb-stone or, if there is no kerb-stone, from the
level of the centre of the street to the widerside of the bressummers or
lintels, or if arches are used, to the highest point of the widerside of
each arch.

3. Any balcons- projected over any street shall have a clear height
underneath every part thereof of at least 12 feet measured from the top
of the kerb-stone or, if there is no kerb-stone, from the level of the
centre of such street.

4. Any such verandah, balcony, or part thereof, projected over any
strelet from any storey higher than the ground storey of any building
shall not be less tthan 11 feet high. Such height shall be measured

from the floor of. the verandah, or balcony, to the underside of the
bressummers or lintels, or, if arches are used to the highest point of
the underside of each arch.

5. The ends of all such verandahs or balconies, which do not, abut oil
any verandah or balcony existing at the date of their construction, shall
be left open and shall be finished in all respects in a similar manner to
the front elevation thereof.

6. Special plans and drawings of any such verandah or balcony shall
be submitted to the Building Authority and shall be on tracing cloth,
and such plans and drawings shall be drawnto a scale of not less than
one-tenth of an inch to the foot, and the details of all brackets, mould-
ings, caps, cornices, balustrades, and sinfilar parts of the proposed
structure, shall be drawn to an uniform scale of 1 inch to the foot.
Such plans and drawings shall clearly show the lines and levels of
existing kerbs and any proposed alterations to such lines or levels,
figured dimensions being given of such proposed alterations.
7. Any such verandah or balcony shall be constructed of iron, stone
or brick, except that within any urban district, the piers of every
verandah shall, on the ground storey of any building, be made of iron
or of cut stone worked straight, the exposed faces of which shall be
extra fine-punched.

8. All bressummers or lintels., in connection svith any such verandah
or balcony, shall be constructed of granite (fine-punched on the exposed
face) or of iron.

9. The roof and floors of any such verandah or balcony shall be pro-
vided, to the satisfaction of tfie Building Authority, with gutters laid
to a proper fall and with downpipes to carry ofE water.

* As ainendqd by No. 43 of 1912.





10. In the case of balconies any bracket whcih is not built into any
prty or cross wall or main wall other than the wall from which it pro-
jects, shall have its top member extended for R length of at least 3 feet
underneath the floorjoists.
11. The footpath or roadway underneath any verandah or balcony
over unleased Crown land or projectin beyond any such verandah or
balcony out to th kerb-stone, shall be paved with fine cement-concrete
at least 4 inches thick, or finely dressed gramite stone nto more than
18 inches square closely jointed and laid on a bed of lime-concrete, or
with such other materials as may be approved by the Builidng
Authoriyt, by the owner for the time beign of the property from which
such verandah or balcony projets, who shall maintain the same in
good order, to the satisfaction of the Building Autouity: Provided
that wherever the Building Authority may consider it expeient to do
so he may lay or repair any such footpath or roadway at hte expense
of the owner, as aforesaid, who shallpay into the Treasury, within 7
days of the date of notice, the amount certified by the Building
Authourity as bein due in respect of the work done, and in default of
such payment the Buildign Authority may recover such amount by an
action in the Supreme Court in its Summary Jurisdiction.

12. All balconies projected over any street shall be of an uniform
width in eacb street, and in no case shall they be of a greater width
than 3 feet 6 inches.

13. No verandah or balcony shall hereafter be constructed over un-
leased Crown land unless the building from which it projects has a clear
and unobstructed courtyard, backyard, back lane, or other open space
extending across the entire width and int he rear of such buildign and
of a minimum depth of 8 feet.

Provided that-
a) a bridge or covered way, not exceedin- 3 feet 6 inches in width,
when such is necessary for giviug access to buildiugs in the rear of the
property, shall not be deemed an obstruction to such courtyard, back-
yard, back lane, or other open space, within the of this regula-
tion;
(b) any building situated at a corner formed by two streets and havincy

on each hoor a windoss, or windows of a total area of not, less than one,
tenth of the floor area opening upon each street Aiall be exempted from
this regulation;
(c) the Building Authority shall have power to modify this, regulation
in any case in which be may consider it expedient to do so.

SCHEDULE H.

MATSHED REGITIATIOXS. 209, 266.]
[9th February, 1910, in force lst April, 1910.1
General.
1. Definition-In these regulations the expression matshed ' in-

As amended bY No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





eludes buildings of wood, mats, palm-leaves, thatch or other Inflam-
mable material.

2.Proxinity to Buildings.- No matshed shall be erected or main-
tained within 50 yards of any other building unless with the permission
in writing of the Buildign Authourity.

3.application-Every application for permission to erect a matshed
shall specify the proposed dimensions fo the matshed, the period of time
for which such matshed is required, and, if it is intended for habitation
by more thant wo persons, th maiximum number of persons it is intend-
ed to accommodate at night; and no matshed shal be used for habita-
tion by more than two persons unless thw permission to erect such
matshed expressly states that it may be so used

4. Proximity to telgraph and telephone Wires.-No part of the
strucrure of any matshed shall be within 10 feet any telegraph or
telephone wire.

5.contracentions.- The permit-holder shall be responsible for any
act or omission by which any of these regulations is contravened, and
shall indemnify the government and the Buldign authority from all
and every claim that may be brought against the Goveernment or tthe
Buildign autbority in respec of sanctonin gthe erection or the
matsheds referred to in such permit.

6.Pewilty-Any contravention of these regulations and any breach
of the conditionsof a permit will entitle the Building uthority to
cancel and withdraw the permit without notice, and will render the
person responsible for any such contravention ro breach liable, on
summary convictio, to a fie nto exeedign 100 dollars.

7.Sanitary Maintenance.-Every matshed shall, at all times, be
kept in a cleanly condition, and all garbage and other refuse matters
shall be removed therefrm at least once every 24 hurs and be pro-
perly disposed of to the satisfactinof the Board.

8.Removal- On the expiry of the permit the permit-holder shall
remove such matshed without delay and shall clear the site to the

Special Regulations for Matsheds used or intended to
be used for Habitation.

9. The following regulations apply only tomatsheds used or intended
to be used for habitation (either temporary or permancetn) by more than
two persons.

10.Preparation of Site.-Teh site of every such matsheds used or intended
levelled, and the site, including th ground surface for a distance of not
less than 3 feet from th outer walls of such matshed, shall be covered
with a lyer of good lime or cemtn concrete at least 6 inches thick and
finished off smooth to the satisfaction of the Building Authority.



* As ~itjieit&d by No. 30 of 1911.





Provided that in all cases in which the floor of the matshed averages
at least 2.1 feet above the ground and the space below such floor is not
enclosed, or in wilich the matslied is erected over water, the foregoing
requirements may with the permission of the Building Authority be
dispensed with.

11. Distance from Hillside-No such inatslied may he erected in
such a manner that any part of any external wall of such matshed is
at a less distance than 8 feet horizontally from any hillside or bank of
earth.

12. Notice to be affixed-A board shall be exposed on the outside of
-very such matshed containing the folio-wing information:-,
(a) name of permit-holder;
(b) number of permit;
(c) date of issue of permit;
(d) duration of permit
(c) imaximum number of persons it is intended to accommodate.

13. Kitchens.-ground surface of every kitchen used in connec-
tion with anv such inatshed shall be covered lime good lime or cement
concrete at feast 6 inclies thick and finished off smooth to the satisfac-
tion of the Buildin- Authority

14. Latrinces- Adequate latritic acconlinodation shall be provided for
the occupants of every such matshed, and the ground surface of every
suchshall be jovered witli good lime or ceinent Concrete at least
6 inches thick and finished off smooth to the satisfaction of the Building
Authority.

15. Drainage-Adequate arrangement, to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority, shall be made for the drainage of every such
matshed, and also of every suefi kitchen and latrine, as well as of the
ground immediately surrounding them. Adequate provision shall also
be made for conducting all sullage waters into a public selver, if avail-
able, failing which, they shall be disposed of as the Building Authority
may direct
16. Overcrowding-Each occupaut of any such matshed shall be
provided with at least 30 square feet of twobstructed floor area and 330
cubic feet of clear and unobstructed internal air space.

17. Sleeping Accommodation- Every such matshed upon a site that
is concreted shall be provided with suitable beds or bunks for the use
of the occupants, and such beds or bunks shall be at least 2 feet above
the floor of such matshed.

18. Expemption- In all cases in which any such matshed is intended
to be used for occupation for a period not exceeding 3 months, and is
occupied by not more than 20 persons, the Building Authority may, in
his discretion exempt such matshed from compliance with any or all
of the foregoiyig provision.: *Provided always that such exemption shall
not be deemed to protect the permit-holder from legal action in the
event of a nuisance arising from the erection of such matshed.





19. Protection of Plantations-The Building Authoritv may require
0
the applicant for permission to erect ally matshed intended for the
housing of more than 2 persons, to sign all undertaking in the follow-

ing form, and to make a deposit in the Treasury of a sum to be fixed
by the Building Authority, not exceeding $500 for each matshed, as
security for the performance of such undertaking.

Undertaking to Protect Trees &C. near a Matshed.

In consideration of the issue. to the undersigned ...........................
of a permit to erect .....................matshed at for the housing of [work
..........................................0
vien] .................hereby undertake to make good any loss ordestruction of or
damage to any 6ees, shrubs or undergrom-th`on unleased Crown land
within a dist~nce of 500 yards from any part of any inatshed erected
under such permit, occurring while such matshed stands, unless .........
.....................can prove to the stands, of the Building Authority that
such loss, destruction or damage has not occurred through the act,

neglect or default of any person employed by or any person
making use of any such matshed; and hereby agree that tht
amount of any such loss, destruction or dainage for which maV
be liable under this document, as assessed by the Superintendent of tho
Botanical and Forestrv Department, may be, deducted from the sum off
$ .which ...liave depoAted with the Treasurer as security for
that purpose.

As witness .....hand .this ......day of... 19

1,Vitness.

SCHEDULE J.

is. 211.3

RE'GULATIONS AS TO OBTAINING STONE, EARTH, OR TunF FROM
UNLE'ASEW CR0WX LAND.

[21st FebruarY, 1903.]

1. No person shall cut or ren-love earth or turf, or collect, extract,
split, blast, or remove stone,; from any land not, under lease from the
Crown, without having previoursly obtained a written permit from the
Director of Public Works, and such permit must be kept by the head
workman on the ground and shall be produced whenever required by
the Director.of Public Works or any officer deputed by him, or by the
police, and shall have stated in it the period for which it will be avail-
able.

2. The place where stone, earth, or turf is to be obtained shall, where
practicable, be stated in the permit.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912.
As ainended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 8 of 1912
As aLnetidfid by No. 8 of 1912.





3, As each case may require special precautions, the permit holde'
must obey any special instructions of the Director of Public Works en-
dorsed on tile perinit.
4. Permits for the obtaining of stone will be limilted to the collection
of loose boulders.
5. No stone shall be rolled oil to, or left deposited upon, any public

road or allowed to roll over any hill slope to the danger of life or-pro-
petty or to the dett.iment of trees.
6. All escarpinents caused by the cutting of earth on unleased Crown
land niust be sloped uniformly and properly turfed upon completion of
the excavation.

7. Any infringement of these regulations will entitle tile Director of

Public Works to cancel and withdraw the permit without notice, and
will render the person to whoin the perinit -was granted liable, on suni-
inarv conviction, to a fine not exceedin,- 100 dollars.
8. The Director of Public Works shall have power at any time to
cancel and witlydraw a permit, without giving any notice or assigning-
ally cause for sucli withdrawal.
9. The permit-bolder is to provide a coinpetent foreman, who is to
rennain on the ground during the whole of the time the men are obtain-
ing earth Or stone, for tlie purpose of ensuring that the work is carried
Out without undrmining or prejudicially affecting or endallgering the
stability of any bank or earth or of any land or property adjoining, and
to prevent the rolling of stones over any hill slope to the danger of life
or property or to the detriment of treees, and to se that all regulations
and conditions attaclied to the perinit are properly complied 'with.
Note.-AnY contravention of the Public Ilealth and Buildign Ordi.
liance, as regards the above niatters, tenders not only the labourer doin-
the work, but the perruit holder, contractor, or foreman under whom
such labourer is working, liable to the penalty provided by suell Ordi-
nance.

SCHEDULE K.

NOTICE OF INTE.KTION TO COMMENCE 01, RESUAIE
A..\y BuiLD1NG OR MI-ORKS.

Is. 228.1

[21st Fel)rt~ar,v, 1903. ]

To the Building Authority.

llongkong,

1 19

hereby give you notice, pursuant to the Public Health ano

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. .90 of 1911 wid No. 2 of 1912.
As amended 6~ G. N. 481 of 1903.





Buildings Ordinance, of intention to con-mience (or resume) the
following building (or works) viz. :-

in accordance with the dran-ing (s) and plan.

Particillars.

No. of'Lot
Locality
Naine and Number of Street (if any)
Width of Street opposite buildign (if any)
Parpose for which it is intendetl to tise
the builgin .............................

Special or material particulars (if any )
Name and adress fo Wener an dOcen-
pier (if any), an(A of the Agent nf
Owiier (if any) . ......................

of Owner, Occapier, dr Agent.]

(Statellient of capacity in which the party signs.)

SCHEDULE L.

NOTICE TO ABATE A BUILDING

No.

Is. 230.]

[21st FebruarY, 1903.1

Office of the Buildging Authority,
0

Hongkong

To A.B.
It has been brought to my attention that a Nuisance exists

1 19

your Lot No. situated

viz. --

which contravenes section of the Public Health and Building.,
Ordinance. I have therefore to give you notice under the said Ordi-
nance to abate tile nuisance within a period of
by

(Signed)

0

Building Authority.





SCHEDULE M.

DRAINAGE, REGULATIONS. [ss. 192, 266. ]
[12th. February, 1910.]
[The Drainage By-laws originally contained in Schedule B of- the
Public Health and Buildin.s Ordinance, 1903, and transfer*r'e'd to
Schedule M by the Public Health and Buildings Amendment Ordi-
nance, 1908, and the By-laws relating to Wate-closets originally con-,'
tained. in Schedule B of the Public Health and Buildings Ordinance,
1903, are hereby repealed, and the following Regulations are substi-

tuted for all such by-laws:
Provided always that such repeal and substitution shall not affect
any existing drain, sewer, water-closet or urlinal constructed and
maintaind in compliance with the by previously in force until
such drain, sewer, water-closet or urinal shall hecome defectivel

In these Regulations


Drain---means any drain of and used for the drainage of one build-
ing only, or premises within. the same curtilage, and made merely. for
the purpose of communicating therefrom with a cesspool or other like.
receptacle for drainage, or with a sewer Into which. the drainage of two'
or more buildings or prerniRes occupied bY difterent persons iss conveyed;
and ---Main drain--- means the whole of such drain excluding any
branches thereof.

---Sewer--- includes sewers and drains of every description except
drains to ivIiich the word---drain---interpreted as aforesaid applies.

1. Any owner or occupier of private premises about to construct, re-
construct, alter, or amend any drain shall give the notice and forward
the plans required by sections 222 and 223 of the Public Health and
Buildings Ordinance. Such plans must the whole of the drainage
works proposed to be carried out, the diameter of the pipes, their
gradient and their connection to the main drain, sewer, channel, or
nullah, and also the level. and sizes of any existing drains crossed by
or adjacent to such new drains. Copies of schedule K, in English and
Chinese, may be obtained gratis on application at the office of the
Building Authority, or, in the case of the villages, at any village police
station between 1b a.m. and 4 p.m.

Provided that when drainage works are being carried out in conjunc-
tion with other works it shall only be necessary to forward one such
form of schedule K, which must however contain particulars of the
whole of the works includina such drainaue works.

Note- The approval of plans by the Building Authority under these. regulations
certifies simply to the fact that the plans are in accordance with the Public Health and
Buildings Ordinance and with the regulations made thereunder, but signifies no ap-
proval of flhe sufficieney or otherwise of the plan and throws no responsibility on the
Building Authority.

A& As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 2 of 1912.





2. Any person carrying out excavations for drainage works on any
premises contiguous to a public thoroughfare, whereby the safety of the
public may be jeopardized, shall light such excavations by means of a
lantern or lanterns kept lighted through the night; and he shall further
provide watchmen, erect hoardings and otherwise take such precautions
as may be necessary for securing the safety of the public and the pro-
tection of adjoining properties.
3. Covered drains and sewers shall be made of impervious materials,
to be approved by the Building Authority, with smooth internal sur-
faces, such as well glazed earthenware pipes, or cast-iron pipes protect-
ed against rust or corrosion by suitable asphaltie coating, and shall be
so constructed as to be watertight and air-tight. In jointing pipes with
cement, tarred-hemp shall be caulked into the joints before the cement
is applied, and care shall be taken that no cement or other jointing

material projects froin the joints into the interior of the pipes, and any
such projecting material or other irregularities in the bore of the drain

or sewer shall be carefully removed.

4. All drains and sewers shall be laid so as to have a firm bed
oughout their length. Where the bottom of a trench is in rock or
similar hard substance the pipes shall be firmly bedded in suitable
selected material free from large stones and weli rammed into place.
Where such drains or sewers are laid under a wall they shall be pro-
.ected by means of a relieving arch.
5. All stoneware pipes shall be well glazed and free from cracks and
flaws, and shall have a thickness of not less than one-twelfth of their
diameter.

6. That portion of the drain of any building which is immediately
connected with any sewer shall (unless specially exempted by the
Building Authority) be provided with a suitable and efficient intercept-
ing trap at a point situate on the ground of the owner of the drain as
distant as may be practicable from such building, and as near as may
be practicable to the point at which such drain is connected wtih such
sewer. Adequate means of access shall be provided to every drain by
a manhole or disconnecting chamber or other means of access to be
approved by the Building Authority for the purpose of cleansing the
drain. All manholes and disconnecting chambers shall be constructed
of brickwork at least 9 inches in thickness built in cement-mortar so as
to be watertight up to the level of adjacent ground, and shall be fitted
with manhole covers and frames to be approved by the Building
Authority. If placed within a building surih covers shall be air-tight.

7. All covered drains and sewers shall be laid in straight lines and
regular gradients between the points at which any change of direction
occurs, and all changes of direction shall be made by means of properly
curved pipes by half channels in manholes.
8. Concrete for encasing drains or sewers shall be composed of 4
parts of good sound clean stone, broken to pass through a one inch ring,
2 parts of red or yellow earth, and one part of lime thoroughly well
mixed and well rammed into place, or of such other materials and in
such proportions as the Building Authority may approve.





9. Cement-mortar for the jointing of pipes or any other work shall be
mixed in the proportions of not more than 3 parts of clean sharp sand
to one part of good Portland cement and used fresh.

10. No covered drain or sewer shall be less than 4 inches in clear
internal diameter, but the Building Authority may require any covered
drain or sewer to be constructed of a larger diameter.

11. Subject to the limitation mentioned in the preceding regulation,
no drain or sewer shall be larger than is necessary in the opinion of the
Building Authority to carry off the sewage of the premises drained or

the sewa e with rain-water, which, under conditions hereinafter
specified in Nos. 33---34and 35 of these regulations, shall be admitted
to the drain.

12. Every drain or sewer shall have the maximum fall, throughout
its length, that the relative levels of the public sewer and of the most
remote inlet, will admit of:

Provided

(a) that if the available fall exceeds 1 in'30 the part of the ' drain or
sewer more remote from the public sewer, may be laid with a fall of 1
in 30, and the remainder, with such greater fall as may be necessary to
connect with the public sewer;

(b) that if the excavation, necessary to obtain the maximum avail-
able fall, is likely in the opinion of the Building Authority to endanger
the stability of the adjoining or neighbouring property the gradient may

be modified to such extent as the Building Authority may approve.

13. Whenever the available fall for a covered drain or sewer, is less
tban 1 in 30 the Building Authority may require the gradient of the
drain or sewer to be varied by increasing such gradient in the upper
portion of such drain or sewer and by reducing it in the remaining
portions.

14. Whenever the gradient of any portion of a covered drain or sewer
is less than 1 in 30, the Building Authority may require an automatic

flush tank or any other suitable contrivance for attaining an effective
flush to be provided to his satisfaction.

15. No drain or sewer shall be- so constructed as to pass under any
domestic building except when any other mode of construction is.im-
practicable. Any drain or sewer passing under a building shall be of
cast-iron pipes coated insidl with Dr. Angus Smith's patent composi-
tion, or of other material approved by the Building Authority, and
all such pipes shall be of a quality to be approved by the Building
Authority, and the joints shall be properly caulked and run'with lead,
and (unless the written permission of the Building Authority has first
been obtained to lay the drain or sewer otherwise) shall-be laid in one
straight line for the whole distance beneath such building, and shall be
imbedded and encased throughout its entire length in 4 inches of con-
crete as specified in regulation No. 8.

0

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





16. Whenever a covered drain or sewer traverses soft or yielding
ground, or where water may make its appearance in the trench, the
drain or sewer shall be surrounded throughout its entire length with 4
inches of concrete as specified in regulation No. 8.

17. No drain or sewer shall be constructed in such manner as to
allow any inlet to such drain or sewer to be placed inside any roofed
building, (except such inlet as may be necessary from the apparatus of
any water-closet or urinal):

Provided that if in the opinion of the Building Authority it is irri-
practicable to comply with this regulation in respect of any premises
without encroaching on unleased Crown land, the Building Authority
shall, on payment by the owner of such premises of a fee of 8 dollars,
construct an inlet in the said. Crown land to receive the drainage of
such premises and connect such inlet with a sewer. The cost of
cleansing and maintaining such inlet shall thereafter be borne by the
owner for the time being of the said premises, and may be recovered
by the Building Authority from such owner by an action in the
Supreme Court in its Summary Jurisdiction.
18. The aggregate area of the openings in any grating fixed on the
inlet to a waste-pipe from a bath or sink shall not be less than 4 square
inches, and such waste-pipe shall not have a less internal diameter
than 11 inches.


19. Every inlet to a drain or sewer shall be provided with a trap of
a pattern to be approved by the Building Authority. All surface traps
and gulleys shall be provided with hinged gratings having the net area
of the openings not less than. twice the area of the trap or pipe. Such
gratings shall be sunk to a depili of at least one inch below the sur-
rounding surface with a slope round them equal to half the width of
the grating.

20. Traps shall have not less than 2 inches of water seal and shall be
properly fixed and jointed to the satisfaction of the Building ' Authority.
All stoneware traps shall be surrounded with 4 inches of concrete as
specified in regulation No. 8.

21. No person shall construct or fix in connection with any drain or
waste-pipe the form of trap of the kind known as the Belltrap, or any
trap of the kind known as the D trap.

22. Every covered main drain or sewer carrying sewage or sullap
water shall be ventilated at its upper end by carrying up in the open air
an iron ventilating pipe of a diameter of.not less than 4 inches to a
height of not less than 3 feet above the eaves of the building to which
it is affixed or of any of the immediately adjoining buildings, and clear
of all windows, skylights or other openings. The joints of all such
pipes shall be properly caulked and run with lead.
23. Every coverei main drain or' sewer. carrying sewage or sullage
water shall have a ventilating opening near to its lower end and in the

As amended by No. 2 of 1912, No. 8 of 1912 and No. 43 of 19-12
Supp. Sched.As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sehed.
f





open air, and no trap or other obstruction to the free circulation of air
shall exist between this opening and the one described in the preceding
regulation.
When a covered main drain receives the drainage of more than one
building the Building Authority may require additional provision for

ventilation of the branch drain from each building.


24. All eaves gutters shall be of cast iron or other material approved
by the Building Authority, and shall be securely fixed at a proper
gradient and connected to rain-water pipes to the satisfaction of the
Building Authority.
25. Rain-water pipes and waste-pipes frorn baths, sinks, and other
similar appliances on the upper floors of buildings shall be fixed, as far
as may be practicable, vertically, and shall be of cast iron socketted
pipes jointed with cement, or wrought iron pipes, with screwed joints,
coated with bituminous composition, or galvanised, or of well glazed
stoneware socketted pipes, or other approved materials, securely fixed
outside the wall, and in the open air, by means of wrought iron bands
fitted round the pipe, and made fast with wrought iron spikes not less
than 4 inches long, or in the case of iron pipes by means of ears, made
fast as above described and provided, at each point of connection, with
a suitable llead, and at their losver extremity with a bend, shoe, or
pedestal pipe. Every opening in the wall of a building for.the dis-
charge of sullage water shall be of a suitable size and entirely protected
to the satisfaction of the Building Authority by a fixed gra~ing of cast
iron or other material to be approved by te Building Authority.

Provided that in the case of rain-water pipes and waste-pipes abut-
ting on any street, cast or wrought iron pipes only shall be used, pro-

perly jointed as above described, (unless permission has been granted
by the Building Authority to use pipes of other material), and wherever
practicable rain-water pipes shall be carried under the foot-path and
shall discharge into the side channel. All joints of stoneware pipes
shall be made in the manner provided by No. 3 of these regulations.

NOTE-ZinC, tin -plate, rivetted or lap-jointed sheet-iron will not be pertnitted,
26. No waste-pipe (other than a soil pipe from a water-closet or
urinal) and no rain-water pipe shall be connected directly with any
covered drain, but every such pipe shall be brought down to within one

foot from the ground and shall discharge in the open air near to or over
a trap.

27. No rain-water pipe from the roof of a building shall be used as a
ventilating pipe for -,my drAin which communicates or is designed to
communicate with a sewer.

28. Any person who may have laid any drain or sewer or constructed
drainage works connected therewith shall not cover up such drain,
,sewer, or works until the same shall have been previously inspected and
passed by the Building Authority or an officer depute:~ by him, and
every such person shall give 3`clear days' written notice to such
Authority that such drain or sewer or works are ready for inspection,
and such notice shall be delivered at the office. 'of the Building
AuthoriV in a form of which printed copies in English and Chinese





may be obtained gratis on application at the office of the Building
Authority, or, in the case of villages, at any police station between
10 a.m. and 4 p.m. Provided that in all cases where plans or a notice
signed by an authorised architect have been submitted under regula-
tion No. 1, tile notice referred to in this regulation shall, if the Building
Authority so require, be signed by an authorised architect.

29. Before anv drain or sewer is covered in it shall be inspected and

tested bythe Building Authority or an officer deputed by him to
ascertain whether it is watertight and air tight; and no drain or sewer
that fails in either of these respects shall be passed. A fee of 10 dollars
shall be paid by the person who signs the notice referred to in the pre-
ceding, regulation for every inspection after the first if the Building
Authority is satisfied that such further inspection has been necessitated
by negligence or by bad workmanship or the use of improper materials.
After a drain or sewer has been passed, the earth shall be carefully
filled in, above and around the drain or sewer, and thoroughly rammed
and consolidated. For a depth of at least 6 inches above the summit
of the sockets of the pipes, selected material, free from stones larger
than will Tass through a 2-inell ring, shall be used in filling in the
trench.

30. Surface channels shall be constructed of impervious materials to
be approved by the Building Authority and of such section as the Build-
ing Authority may approve, and shall be finished off smooth and laid
to regular gradients of not less than 1 in 80 unless the Building
Authority shall permit a less gradient.

1 31. The floors of all kitchens, sculleries, bathrooms, stables, cow-
sheds and the like', shall, where practicable, be laid to proper falls, and
shall be elevated above the ground outside the building, and shall be
provided with surface channels passing out through the wall and de-
livering above a trapped gulley outside. When new drains are being laid
and where the floor is at the level of the ground outside, such surface
channel shall be connected to a trap outside the house bY a straight.
pipe terminating above the water-level and below the grating of the
trap, which shall be accessible and in free communication ivith the
open air. Every such opening in the wall shall be of a suitable size and
entirely protected by a fixed grating at its upper end, to the satisfaction
of the Buildino, Aulority.
32. All surfaces of back-vards and paved areas of premises wherever
practicable shall have a falf towards the trap or inlet of the drain of not
less than 1 in 40, and such inlet, shall be placed as far from the walls as
practicable. .

33. Open surfaces such as back-yards, court-yards or other spaces on
which slops are thrown, or from which foul-waters flow, shall be pro-
vided with trapped connections to the covered drains for the removal of
such waters as well as some of the rain-water.

34. Whenever an outlet is available, surface channels shall be pro-
vided to carry excessive rain-fall from the premises, and these channels
shall be properly connected with a storm-water channel or drain. As
many 4-inch traps as the. Building Authority may approve shall be





placed in such surface channels and connected with the covered drains
for the purpose of flushing the sewers.

35. The rain-water from roofs which slope towards enclosed court-
yards or back-yards may, if diversion to the surface channel is impracti.
cable, be received into the covered drains, but no ventilating pipe shall
be used for the conveyance of rain-water from the roof.

36. No person shall, where it can possibly be avoided, lay any pipe
for conveying sub-soil drainap in such manner or in such position as to
communicate directly with any sewer, cess-pool, or covered drain used
for the conveyance or reception of sewage.

37. In every case where the course of a drain or sewer shall be
diverted, any cess-pool previously existing and into which such drain or
sewer may have previously emptied, shall be cleansed, deodorized and
filled with clean earth.

38. Every water-closet and urinal in a building shall be constructed
against an external wall, and all apparatus shall be fixed as near to
0
such external wall as in the opinion of the Building Authority is practi-
cable.

39. Every water-closet and urinal shall be furnished with a separate
cistern or flushing box, unless the Building Authority shall otherwise
permit. In the case of kn-ater-closets such cistern or Aushing box shall
be so constructed, fitted and placed as to admit of a supply of water to
such closet, pan, basin, or other receptacle of not less than 2 gallons
and not more than 3 gallons each time such pail, basin or other re-
ceptacle is used.

Such cistern or flushine, box shall in all cases, except where it is in
0
connection with a valve closet, be of the type known as the Water
Waste Preventor.

Such cistern shall be provided with a suitable ball-cock fixed on the
supply-pipe, and it shall be furnished with all overflow pipe carried
through the external wall of the building into the open air and termina-
ting in a conspicuous place.

Provided that in the case of trough water-closets and urinals such
cistern or flushing box shall be of automatic. action and of such size and
pattern, and discharging at such intervals, as may be approved by the
Building Authority.

40. Every water-closet and urinal shall be furnished with a suitable
apparatus for the effectual application of water to any pan, basin, or
other receptacle with which such apparatus may bi connected and
used, and for the effectual flushing and cleansing of such pan, basin,
or other receptacle, and for the prompt and effectual removal therefrom.
of any solid or liquid filth which may from time. to time be deposited
therein.

Every water-closet and urinal shall be furnished with a pan, basin,
or other suitable receptacle or receptacles of non-absorbent material, and
of such shape, capacity, and mode of construction as to receive a
sufficientr quantity of water; and every such receptacle in connection





with a water-closet shall in addition contain a sufficient quantity of
water to allow all filth which may from time to time be deposited
therein to fall directly into the water. Every such receptacle shall be
provided with a suitable trap, having a water seal of not less than
li inches.

No container or other similar fitting shall be constructed or fixed
under such receptacle.

No trap of the kind known as the D trap shall be constructed or fixed
in connection with any such water-closet or urinal apparatus.

41. No water-closet or urinal apparatus or receptacle shall be directly
connected with any water service pipe.

42. No flush-pipe connecting any water-closet apparatus with the
cistern shall be less than 1.1 inches in diameter, and no flush-pipe in

connection with any urinal shall be less than three quarters of an inch
in diameter.

43. No water-closet or urinal apparatus or receptacle shall be eased
in.

44. Every water-closet and urinal shall be provided with an efficient
soil-pipe of cast or wrought iron securely fixed to the wall in the man-
ner described for ventilatino, and waste pipes; and sach soil-pipe shall
be at least 4 inches in diameter in the case of water-closets, and at least
2 inches in diameter in the case of urinals, and shall be properly con-
nected to the drain at the foot, and shall be continued up in full
diameter without bends or angles except where unavoidable, and shall
terminate in an open end at least 3 feet in height above the eaves of
the building to which it is affixed or of any adjacent building, and not
less than 10 feet from any window.

Such soil-pipe shall be jointed with yarn and molten lead and well
caulked.

. Every soil-pipe shall be provided with proper junctions for connecting
with the water-closet or urinal receptacle, the trap of which shall be
connected in a, sound and substantial manner. No soil-pipe shall re-
ceive any pipe other than that from a water-closet apparatus or urinal,
and no trap shall befixed in any portion thereof.

Every soil-pipe shall be fixed throughout its entire length outside the
building in the open air.
45. When more than one trap from a water-closet or urinal receptacle
is connected with a soil-pipe, the trap of each and every such receptacle
shall be provided with an air-pipe not less than 1-1 inclies in diameter,

which shall be carried up throughout its entire length outside the build-
ing, and shall either be connected to the soil-pipe above the connection
with the uppermost trap, or shall terminate not less than 3 feet above
the eaves of the building and not less than 10 feet from any window.

4 6. All joints, pipes, fittings and apparatus in connection with any
c
water-closet or urinal shall be perfectly watertight and air-tight, and
fixed to the satisfaction o~the Building Authority.





47. All drains, sewers, and drainage works shall be built and carried
out in all respeetb in accordance with the provisions of the Public
Health and Buildings Ordinance and of these regulations and of any
that may be made hereafter, and if no written notice provided by No.
1 of these regulations shall have been given to the Building Authority
by any owner or occupier about to construct, re-construct, alter, repair,
or amend anv drain or sewer on his premises, and if by sucli default the
Building Aithority shall have had no opportunity of inspecting and
approving or disapproving of any such drain, sewer, or drainage works
actually built and already covered in, it shall be lawful for the Building
Authority on discovering the existence of such drain or drainage works,
to call upon such owner or occupier to open and uncover the same for
the purpose of inspection, and should such drain, sewer, or drainage
works prove upon inspection to be defective either in respect of design,
workmanship, or materials, they shall be deemed a nuisance. under Part
III of the afore-mentioned Ordinance anddealt with accordingly.

48. All works connected with the construction of drains, sewers, and
connections shall be carried out in strict accordance with plans and
sections previously submitted to and approved by the Building An-
thority, or with such amendments to such plans and sections as may
have been required by him, to make them comply with the provisions
of the Public Health and Buildigns Ordinance, and such works shall be
carried out in a proper and workmanlike manner with the best materials
of their respective kinds, and shall be subject during their progress to
the control and supervision of the officers of the Building Authority
appointed in that behalf, and shall be completed to the entire satisfac-
tion of the Building Authority.

49. Whenever any drain or sewer is about to be constructed or re-
constructed the Building Authority shall have power to require the
provision of a surface channel of approved materials and design, in lieu
of a covered drain or sewer, in any position in which a covered drain or
sewer may appear to him to be undesirable.

Waste pipes from buildings and surface channels from kitchens,
sculleries, bathrooms, stables, cow-slieds and the like, shall discharge
into such surface channel without the intervention of a trap; but any
communication between such surface channel and a covered drain or
sewer shall be by means of a trap.

50. The position and depth of any sewer to which it is proposed to
make a connection shall be ascertained by the person submitting.any
plan or notice relating to anydrainage works. The Building Authority
shall, on application being made to him by such person, open the road
or footway where necessary to enable such information to be obtained,
but the cost of such opening and of the re-instatement of the surface
shall be borne by the applicant.

51. The Building Authority, or any officer deputed by such Authority,
may, with such assistants as may be necessary, enter any building

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
Aa amended. by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
.9 As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
eurtilage or works, and may open the ground surface, or take such other
action as he may consider necessary for the purpose of inspecting and
supervising the works to be carried out or about to be carried out under
these recfulations: Provided that any darnage caused to the owner by
reason of such inspection shall be made gond by the Building Authority
at the public expense should the work of which inspection is made be
found sound and good.
52. In any case in which the Building Authourity inav consider the
provisions of any of these regulations inapplicable or inexpedient lie
may grant such modifications; or exeniptions as lie may consider
necessary.

Short title. By-laws. Government wells,buildings,and works exempt. Saving as to tenancy contracts. Interpretation of terms. List of authorised architects. Constitution of the Sanitary Board. No.6 of 1887. No.12 of 1908. No.3 of 1904. Election of members of the Board. Names of members to be gazetted. Substitute members. Vacancies on the Board. Board meetings. Quorum. Standing orders. Appointment of select committees. Delegation of powers to medical officers of health or to select committees. Failure to comply with orders of the medical officers of health or of select committees. Matters with regard to which the Board has power to make by-laws. By-laws subject to approval of Legislative Council. Power to inflict fines on officers or servants for misconduct or neglect of duty. Misconduct Book to be kept. Constitution of sanitary staff. Power of medical officers of health to enter and inspect premises. Power of medical officers of health to enter and inspect without notice. General power of officers of the Department to inspect. Special inspection to ascertain over-crowding. Definition of 'nuisance.' Entry to inspect nuisances. Notice of such entry to be given if objection raised. Penalty for refusing admission after due notice. Board may serve notice requiring abatement of nuisance. Board may serve notice directing compliance with by-laws. Proceedings without notice. Board may review notice. On non-compliance with notice complaint to be made to a magistrate. Power of Magistrate to make an order dealing with the nuisance. Order prohibiting use,&c., of building unfit for human habitation. Penalty for contravention of order of Magistrate or for defacing any copy of such order. Form of notices. Manner of serving notices. Common lodging house to be registered and the keeper licensed. Penalty for false statements in application. Inspection of common lodging-houses. Regulation of public washermen. Establishment of dangerous or offensive trades. Definition of 'to establish.' Nuisances in factories or workshops. Dangerous or offensive trades in domestic premises. Basements not to be occupied without permission. Overcrowding defined. Overcrowding in European Reservation and Hill District. Overcrowding prohibited. Steps to be taken to abate overcrowding. Magistrate to make order for abatement. Penalty for disobedience of order. Subsequent inspection. Kitchen not to be used as a sleeping room. Calculation of cubic space. Limit of fittings for sleeping accomodation. Licence for keeping cattle,swine,etc. Transport of animals,etc. Compensation for infected cattle slaughtered. Value to be fixed by the Colonial veterinary surgeon. Cattle depots to be provided by Government. Grazing may be prohibited. Establishing of slaughter-houses and letting thereof. Prohibition of private slaughter-houses. Privilege of slaughtering animals for food. Sub-letting prohibited. Slaughtering except in slaughter-houses prohibited. Unauthorised fees or charges prohibited. Marking of animals for slaughter. Only marked animals for human food. Forging marks. Passing of unmarked animals into slaughter-house prohibited. Stamping of beef,mutton and pork. Forging stamps. Seizure of unstamped meat. Slaughter-house to be open to inspection. Establishment of markets;unauthorized markets prohibited. Buildings in markets limited. Letting of market buildings. Sub-letting prohibited. Alterations to market buildings. Repairs to market buildings by lessees may be ordered by Magistrate. Sales of certain articles outside markets prohibited. Exceptions to the prohibition of sales outside markets. Unauthorised fees or charges prohibited. Markets to be open to inspection. Sale of un-wholesome food prohibited. Seizure of unwholesome food. Penalty under ss.82 and 83. Inspection of dairies;power to prohibit supply of milk in certain cases. Penalty for refusal to permit inspection. Penalty for allowing infected persons to milk animals or assist in the conduct of the dairy or reside therein. Removal of infected persons to hospital. Conveyance of infected persons in public vehicles. Disinfection of infected vehicles. Recovery of cost of dis-infection and payment of compensation for damage. Cemeteries to be appointed. Penalty for improper interment. List of authorised cemeteries. Penalty for burials elsewhere. Permit to exhume. Conditions of permit to exhume. Magistrate may order exhumation. Graves on land under Crown lease. Exhumation needed for execution of public works may be ordered. Re-interment. Record of permit for exhumation. Closing of cemeteries by Governor-in-Council. Reimbursement of expenses to the Board. Recovery of expenses by the Board.No.6 of 1875. Granting of certificates by Board. Authorised building materials. Construction of exceptional buildings. Structures of glass,iron,&c., subject to the approval of Building Authority. Buidings in districts outside an urban district may be of wood. Construction of walls regulated. Thickness of external and party walls. Sec.101 to apply to walls hereafter erected or re-erected. Limitation of length of walls. Cross walls. Walls over 76 feet in height to be approved by Building Authority. Measurement of height of walls. Tie-rods required for external walls more than 30 feet in length. Thickness of cross walls to be two thirds that of main walls. Thickness of partition walls. Damp-proof courses to be provided. Construction of foundations. Retaining walls. Party walls to be arried up above roof. Openings through party or external walls. Recessess. Returns to shop fronts. Openings and recessess to be arched so spanned. Lath and plaster walls prohibied. Bonding of walls of domestic buildings. Bearings of bressummers and lintels. Impermeable floors to be provided. Repairs to impermeable material over ground surface. Level of the ground floor to be above level of ground outside. Distance between floor timbers of contiguous buildings. Floors to rest on corbels of brick or stonework. Space to be left between floors. Ventilation under boarded floors in the lowest storey. Rules as to mezzanine floors or cocklofts. Wooden floors to be watertight. Cement skirtings required. Rules as to tread and rise of stairs. Ceilings prohibited outside European Reservation. Corbels to be of stone or brick. Convering of roof to be of incombustible material. Space between timbers of contiguous buildings. Platforms on roofs prohibited. Roofs to rest upon brick or stonework. Bond timbers or woodplates not to be built into walls. Tomber or wood-worl near flue or chimney-opening prohibited. Rules as to constuction of arches. Material for coping,cornices,etc. Eaves-gutters,and rain water down-pipes to be provided. Projections into public thoroughfares prohibited. Proviso in case of public buildings. Encroachments on or over unleased Crown land regulated. Balconies forbidden in streets less than 25 feet wide; or when the building exceeds in height one and a quarter times the width of the street. Verandahs forbidden in streets less than 50 feet wide. Limitation to height of verandahs in streets less than 60 feet wide. Verandahs and balconies not ot be enclosed. Kitchen accommodation to be provided in domestic buildings. Limitation of extent of kitchens in domestic buildings outside the European Reservation or Hill District. Construction of chimneys or fire-places. Fire-places adapted for use of charcoal or wood to have hoods. Floors under oven,stove,or fire-place to be incombustible. Chimneys not to be fixed near wood-work. Thickness and height of chimney above roof. Corbelling and foundations of chimneys regulated. Thickness of back of chimney-opening. Fire escapes to be provided. Windows in rooms required. Limitation of depth of buildings. Compensation. Measurement of depth of a building. Rooms in existing domestic buildings without windows or skylights prohibited. After 3rd July,1908,cubicles to be provided with specified windows. No.6 of 1889. Construction of screens and partitions. Structure of ping fung. Structure of accountant's office. Conditions under which cubicles may be erected or maintained. Governor-in-Council on representation of the Board may order demolition of storeys,provision of additional windows,and other works in certain cases subject to compensation. Imposition of special improvement rate. No.6 of 1901. Governor-in-Council may permit owner to carry out work. Obstruction of windows prohibited. Construction and dimensions of latrines. Ventilation of latrines and rendering of walls with cement. Construction of floor of latrines. Latrines not to be connected directly with drain. Direct connecting of water service with latrines,etc.,prohibited. Receptacle and seat in latrine to be provided. Construction of water-closets and urinals without permission prohibited. Removal of insanitary water-closets and urinals. Latrines to be provided in factories,etc. Latrines to be provided for tenement houses. Inadequate provision of latrines to be dealt with by the Board. Sanction of the Board for erection of public latrines. Board may apply to Government for additional public latrines. Notification of intention to erect latrine. Objections to such erection. Resolution of the Legislative Council where objection is made. No injunction to be granted or suit to be brought in certain cases. Existing public latrines protected from injunction. Board to control public latrines. Saving of existing rightrs. Open spaces to be provided for existing buildings. Buildings with two main frontages. Obstructions in such open spaces prohibited. Modifications in special cases. Open space between new building and hill-side. Sub-soil drainage of such open spaces. Structures in areas prohibited. Open spaces to be provided at the rear or side of new buildings on land hereafter leased by the Crown. Open spaces to be provided at the rear or side of buildings on land already leased by the Crown. Means of access to open space of domestic buildings from scavenging lanes. New private streets to be approved by Building Authority. Width of new private streets. Space in front of new buildings in private lanes. Obstruction of streets by buildings prohibited. Compensation in case of refusal to allow re-erection. Maintenance and lighting of private streets. Refuse Removal. Limitation of height of buildings. Height of buildings on land not yet leased. Limitation of number of storeys. Methof of determining height of buildings. Sub-soil drains to be provided when required. Drains to be provided in new buildings. Drainage works to be carried out by persons approved by Building Authority. Drains in existing buildings to be amended or reconstructed if defective. Groups of buildings to be drained in combination is requred by Building Authority. Owner's liabilities as to drains. Suspected drains to be opened by an officer of the Building Authority. House drains in places other than urban districts. Open drains in places other than urban districts. Sumps to be provided where there is no public drainage system. Drain connections with main sewers to be regulated by Director of Public Works. Chinese domestic buildings within European Reservation or Hill District prohbited. Building Authority to inspect any such building on complaint. Restriction not to apply to the residence of Chinese. Existing rights of the Government to regulate type of buildings to be erected preserved. Occupation of new building without a certificate prohibited. Shoring and fencing of dangerous building. Taking down dangerous building. Shoring or taking down dangerous building at cost of owner. Procedure in cases of emergency. Powers of Magistrate in case of dangerous building. Hoardings and scaffoldings in thorough-fares to be sanctioned by Building Authority. Inflammable structures not to be erected without permission; and prohibited within gathering ground of a public reservoir. Precautions to be adopted when blasting. Regulations as to earth cutting ,etc. Timber yards to be enclosed. Wells not to be sunk or re-opened without permission of Building Authority. Exclusion of surface water. Excavation allowing stagnant water prohibited. Closing of insanitary wells. Building over drains. Nullahs. Powers of Director of Public Works. Interference with any drain,nullah,catch-water or water-channel prohibited. Construction of boundary or enclosure walls. Construction of retaining walls. Consent of Building Authority required in connection with all new works. Plans to be submitted. Building Authority to notify if plans are not regular. Amendment of plans. Deposit of plans. Misrepresentation in plans punishable. Power of Magistrate to require compliance with Ordinance. Misrepresentation. Further plans to be considered only if former plans withdrawn. Notice of commencement or resumption of works. In case of emergency notice may be given after commencement of works. Certificate of authorised architect required before alteration to existing building. Power to enter and inspect buildings. Openings in building may be made. Director of Public Works may stop or divert traffic. Building nuisances defined. Notice to abate building nuisance. Magistrate's order empowering abatement of nuisance. Recovery of expenses of abatement of nuisance by sale of materials. Distress in case of non-payment of expenses. Saving of other remedies for nuisances. Method of service of notice,summons of order. Provisions concerning buildings on line of junction when adjoining lands are unbuilt on. Rights of building owner in relation to party structures,etc. Existing prior buildings. Requirements of adjoining owner inrelation to party structures. Differences between building owner and adjoining owner. Notice to the given by building owner before work commenced. Differences netween building owner and adjoining owner. Right of entry of building owner. Under-pinning or strengthening of foundations of adjoining building. Adjoining owner may require security to be given for payment of expenses. Expenses to be borne jointly by building owner and adjoining owner. Expenses to be borne by the building owner. Proportion of expenses which may be borne by adjoining owner. Statement of expenses to be submitted by building owner. Difference between building owner and adjoining owner as to expenses. Failure by adjoining owner to express dissatisfaction to be deemed acceptance. Adjoining owner failing to contribute building owner to become sole owner. Adjoining owner liable for expenses incurred on his requisition. Other easements and rights in regard to party structures preserved. Submission of claim. Appointment of arbitrators. Principles on which compensation to be based. [No.6 of 1901.] Evidence to be received. Effect of each evidence on compensation. Vacancies among arbitrators. Contraventions. Recovery of penalties. Penalty for building nuisance. Penalty for refusing to obey Magistrate's order or for obstructing Building Authority. Penalty for other contraventions. Liability of secretary or manager of company. Proceedings against several persons. Closure of premises by order of Magistrate. Power of Magistrate to order removal of illegal structures. Power of Magistrate to authorise officer to enter and inspect premises. Power of Building Authority to grant modification or exemption in certain cases. Appeal to Governor-in-Council against decision of any person entrusted with powers under this Ordinance. Governor-in-Council empowered in any appeal to state case for the opinion of Full Court on question of law. Order of Governor-in-Council enforced by the Court. Breach of condition of modification or exemption. Registration of modification and cancellation thereof. Governor-in-Council may make regulations. Application of Ordinance to New Territoriesm,etc. Application of ss.204,222,and 225 limited:type-plans. Certificates granted under Ordinances repealed preserved. Limitation of personal liability of members of the Board,Building Authority,and others. Protection of persons acting under the Ordinance.[No.31 of 1911.] Preserving rights of the Crown. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations.

Abstract

Short title. By-laws. Government wells,buildings,and works exempt. Saving as to tenancy contracts. Interpretation of terms. List of authorised architects. Constitution of the Sanitary Board. No.6 of 1887. No.12 of 1908. No.3 of 1904. Election of members of the Board. Names of members to be gazetted. Substitute members. Vacancies on the Board. Board meetings. Quorum. Standing orders. Appointment of select committees. Delegation of powers to medical officers of health or to select committees. Failure to comply with orders of the medical officers of health or of select committees. Matters with regard to which the Board has power to make by-laws. By-laws subject to approval of Legislative Council. Power to inflict fines on officers or servants for misconduct or neglect of duty. Misconduct Book to be kept. Constitution of sanitary staff. Power of medical officers of health to enter and inspect premises. Power of medical officers of health to enter and inspect without notice. General power of officers of the Department to inspect. Special inspection to ascertain over-crowding. Definition of 'nuisance.' Entry to inspect nuisances. Notice of such entry to be given if objection raised. Penalty for refusing admission after due notice. Board may serve notice requiring abatement of nuisance. Board may serve notice directing compliance with by-laws. Proceedings without notice. Board may review notice. On non-compliance with notice complaint to be made to a magistrate. Power of Magistrate to make an order dealing with the nuisance. Order prohibiting use,&c., of building unfit for human habitation. Penalty for contravention of order of Magistrate or for defacing any copy of such order. Form of notices. Manner of serving notices. Common lodging house to be registered and the keeper licensed. Penalty for false statements in application. Inspection of common lodging-houses. Regulation of public washermen. Establishment of dangerous or offensive trades. Definition of 'to establish.' Nuisances in factories or workshops. Dangerous or offensive trades in domestic premises. Basements not to be occupied without permission. Overcrowding defined. Overcrowding in European Reservation and Hill District. Overcrowding prohibited. Steps to be taken to abate overcrowding. Magistrate to make order for abatement. Penalty for disobedience of order. Subsequent inspection. Kitchen not to be used as a sleeping room. Calculation of cubic space. Limit of fittings for sleeping accomodation. Licence for keeping cattle,swine,etc. Transport of animals,etc. Compensation for infected cattle slaughtered. Value to be fixed by the Colonial veterinary surgeon. Cattle depots to be provided by Government. Grazing may be prohibited. Establishing of slaughter-houses and letting thereof. Prohibition of private slaughter-houses. Privilege of slaughtering animals for food. Sub-letting prohibited. Slaughtering except in slaughter-houses prohibited. Unauthorised fees or charges prohibited. Marking of animals for slaughter. Only marked animals for human food. Forging marks. Passing of unmarked animals into slaughter-house prohibited. Stamping of beef,mutton and pork. Forging stamps. Seizure of unstamped meat. Slaughter-house to be open to inspection. Establishment of markets;unauthorized markets prohibited. Buildings in markets limited. Letting of market buildings. Sub-letting prohibited. Alterations to market buildings. Repairs to market buildings by lessees may be ordered by Magistrate. Sales of certain articles outside markets prohibited. Exceptions to the prohibition of sales outside markets. Unauthorised fees or charges prohibited. Markets to be open to inspection. Sale of un-wholesome food prohibited. Seizure of unwholesome food. Penalty under ss.82 and 83. Inspection of dairies;power to prohibit supply of milk in certain cases. Penalty for refusal to permit inspection. Penalty for allowing infected persons to milk animals or assist in the conduct of the dairy or reside therein. Removal of infected persons to hospital. Conveyance of infected persons in public vehicles. Disinfection of infected vehicles. Recovery of cost of dis-infection and payment of compensation for damage. Cemeteries to be appointed. Penalty for improper interment. List of authorised cemeteries. Penalty for burials elsewhere. Permit to exhume. Conditions of permit to exhume. Magistrate may order exhumation. Graves on land under Crown lease. Exhumation needed for execution of public works may be ordered. Re-interment. Record of permit for exhumation. Closing of cemeteries by Governor-in-Council. Reimbursement of expenses to the Board. Recovery of expenses by the Board.No.6 of 1875. Granting of certificates by Board. Authorised building materials. Construction of exceptional buildings. Structures of glass,iron,&c., subject to the approval of Building Authority. Buidings in districts outside an urban district may be of wood. Construction of walls regulated. Thickness of external and party walls. Sec.101 to apply to walls hereafter erected or re-erected. Limitation of length of walls. Cross walls. Walls over 76 feet in height to be approved by Building Authority. Measurement of height of walls. Tie-rods required for external walls more than 30 feet in length. Thickness of cross walls to be two thirds that of main walls. Thickness of partition walls. Damp-proof courses to be provided. Construction of foundations. Retaining walls. Party walls to be arried up above roof. Openings through party or external walls. Recessess. Returns to shop fronts. Openings and recessess to be arched so spanned. Lath and plaster walls prohibied. Bonding of walls of domestic buildings. Bearings of bressummers and lintels. Impermeable floors to be provided. Repairs to impermeable material over ground surface. Level of the ground floor to be above level of ground outside. Distance between floor timbers of contiguous buildings. Floors to rest on corbels of brick or stonework. Space to be left between floors. Ventilation under boarded floors in the lowest storey. Rules as to mezzanine floors or cocklofts. Wooden floors to be watertight. Cement skirtings required. Rules as to tread and rise of stairs. Ceilings prohibited outside European Reservation. Corbels to be of stone or brick. Convering of roof to be of incombustible material. Space between timbers of contiguous buildings. Platforms on roofs prohibited. Roofs to rest upon brick or stonework. Bond timbers or woodplates not to be built into walls. Tomber or wood-worl near flue or chimney-opening prohibited. Rules as to constuction of arches. Material for coping,cornices,etc. Eaves-gutters,and rain water down-pipes to be provided. Projections into public thoroughfares prohibited. Proviso in case of public buildings. Encroachments on or over unleased Crown land regulated. Balconies forbidden in streets less than 25 feet wide; or when the building exceeds in height one and a quarter times the width of the street. Verandahs forbidden in streets less than 50 feet wide. Limitation to height of verandahs in streets less than 60 feet wide. Verandahs and balconies not ot be enclosed. Kitchen accommodation to be provided in domestic buildings. Limitation of extent of kitchens in domestic buildings outside the European Reservation or Hill District. Construction of chimneys or fire-places. Fire-places adapted for use of charcoal or wood to have hoods. Floors under oven,stove,or fire-place to be incombustible. Chimneys not to be fixed near wood-work. Thickness and height of chimney above roof. Corbelling and foundations of chimneys regulated. Thickness of back of chimney-opening. Fire escapes to be provided. Windows in rooms required. Limitation of depth of buildings. Compensation. Measurement of depth of a building. Rooms in existing domestic buildings without windows or skylights prohibited. After 3rd July,1908,cubicles to be provided with specified windows. No.6 of 1889. Construction of screens and partitions. Structure of ping fung. Structure of accountant's office. Conditions under which cubicles may be erected or maintained. Governor-in-Council on representation of the Board may order demolition of storeys,provision of additional windows,and other works in certain cases subject to compensation. Imposition of special improvement rate. No.6 of 1901. Governor-in-Council may permit owner to carry out work. Obstruction of windows prohibited. Construction and dimensions of latrines. Ventilation of latrines and rendering of walls with cement. Construction of floor of latrines. Latrines not to be connected directly with drain. Direct connecting of water service with latrines,etc.,prohibited. Receptacle and seat in latrine to be provided. Construction of water-closets and urinals without permission prohibited. Removal of insanitary water-closets and urinals. Latrines to be provided in factories,etc. Latrines to be provided for tenement houses. Inadequate provision of latrines to be dealt with by the Board. Sanction of the Board for erection of public latrines. Board may apply to Government for additional public latrines. Notification of intention to erect latrine. Objections to such erection. Resolution of the Legislative Council where objection is made. No injunction to be granted or suit to be brought in certain cases. Existing public latrines protected from injunction. Board to control public latrines. Saving of existing rightrs. Open spaces to be provided for existing buildings. Buildings with two main frontages. Obstructions in such open spaces prohibited. Modifications in special cases. Open space between new building and hill-side. Sub-soil drainage of such open spaces. Structures in areas prohibited. Open spaces to be provided at the rear or side of new buildings on land hereafter leased by the Crown. Open spaces to be provided at the rear or side of buildings on land already leased by the Crown. Means of access to open space of domestic buildings from scavenging lanes. New private streets to be approved by Building Authority. Width of new private streets. Space in front of new buildings in private lanes. Obstruction of streets by buildings prohibited. Compensation in case of refusal to allow re-erection. Maintenance and lighting of private streets. Refuse Removal. Limitation of height of buildings. Height of buildings on land not yet leased. Limitation of number of storeys. Methof of determining height of buildings. Sub-soil drains to be provided when required. Drains to be provided in new buildings. Drainage works to be carried out by persons approved by Building Authority. Drains in existing buildings to be amended or reconstructed if defective. Groups of buildings to be drained in combination is requred by Building Authority. Owner's liabilities as to drains. Suspected drains to be opened by an officer of the Building Authority. House drains in places other than urban districts. Open drains in places other than urban districts. Sumps to be provided where there is no public drainage system. Drain connections with main sewers to be regulated by Director of Public Works. Chinese domestic buildings within European Reservation or Hill District prohbited. Building Authority to inspect any such building on complaint. Restriction not to apply to the residence of Chinese. Existing rights of the Government to regulate type of buildings to be erected preserved. Occupation of new building without a certificate prohibited. Shoring and fencing of dangerous building. Taking down dangerous building. Shoring or taking down dangerous building at cost of owner. Procedure in cases of emergency. Powers of Magistrate in case of dangerous building. Hoardings and scaffoldings in thorough-fares to be sanctioned by Building Authority. Inflammable structures not to be erected without permission; and prohibited within gathering ground of a public reservoir. Precautions to be adopted when blasting. Regulations as to earth cutting ,etc. Timber yards to be enclosed. Wells not to be sunk or re-opened without permission of Building Authority. Exclusion of surface water. Excavation allowing stagnant water prohibited. Closing of insanitary wells. Building over drains. Nullahs. Powers of Director of Public Works. Interference with any drain,nullah,catch-water or water-channel prohibited. Construction of boundary or enclosure walls. Construction of retaining walls. Consent of Building Authority required in connection with all new works. Plans to be submitted. Building Authority to notify if plans are not regular. Amendment of plans. Deposit of plans. Misrepresentation in plans punishable. Power of Magistrate to require compliance with Ordinance. Misrepresentation. Further plans to be considered only if former plans withdrawn. Notice of commencement or resumption of works. In case of emergency notice may be given after commencement of works. Certificate of authorised architect required before alteration to existing building. Power to enter and inspect buildings. Openings in building may be made. Director of Public Works may stop or divert traffic. Building nuisances defined. Notice to abate building nuisance. Magistrate's order empowering abatement of nuisance. Recovery of expenses of abatement of nuisance by sale of materials. Distress in case of non-payment of expenses. Saving of other remedies for nuisances. Method of service of notice,summons of order. Provisions concerning buildings on line of junction when adjoining lands are unbuilt on. Rights of building owner in relation to party structures,etc. Existing prior buildings. Requirements of adjoining owner inrelation to party structures. Differences between building owner and adjoining owner. Notice to the given by building owner before work commenced. Differences netween building owner and adjoining owner. Right of entry of building owner. Under-pinning or strengthening of foundations of adjoining building. Adjoining owner may require security to be given for payment of expenses. Expenses to be borne jointly by building owner and adjoining owner. Expenses to be borne by the building owner. Proportion of expenses which may be borne by adjoining owner. Statement of expenses to be submitted by building owner. Difference between building owner and adjoining owner as to expenses. Failure by adjoining owner to express dissatisfaction to be deemed acceptance. Adjoining owner failing to contribute building owner to become sole owner. Adjoining owner liable for expenses incurred on his requisition. Other easements and rights in regard to party structures preserved. Submission of claim. Appointment of arbitrators. Principles on which compensation to be based. [No.6 of 1901.] Evidence to be received. Effect of each evidence on compensation. Vacancies among arbitrators. Contraventions. Recovery of penalties. Penalty for building nuisance. Penalty for refusing to obey Magistrate's order or for obstructing Building Authority. Penalty for other contraventions. Liability of secretary or manager of company. Proceedings against several persons. Closure of premises by order of Magistrate. Power of Magistrate to order removal of illegal structures. Power of Magistrate to authorise officer to enter and inspect premises. Power of Building Authority to grant modification or exemption in certain cases. Appeal to Governor-in-Council against decision of any person entrusted with powers under this Ordinance. Governor-in-Council empowered in any appeal to state case for the opinion of Full Court on question of law. Order of Governor-in-Council enforced by the Court. Breach of condition of modification or exemption. Registration of modification and cancellation thereof. Governor-in-Council may make regulations. Application of Ordinance to New Territoriesm,etc. Application of ss.204,222,and 225 limited:type-plans. Certificates granted under Ordinances repealed preserved. Limitation of personal liability of members of the Board,Building Authority,and others. Protection of persons acting under the Ordinance.[No.31 of 1911.] Preserving rights of the Crown. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations. Drainage Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/930

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

552

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 1 of 1903

Number of Pages

167
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:34 +0800
<![CDATA[STAR FERRY COMPANY'S ORDINANCE, 1902]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/929

Title

STAR FERRY COMPANY'S ORDINANCE, 1902

Description


No. 46 of 1902.

To authorise the making of By-laws by the ' -Star--- Ferry
Company. [17th December, 1902.1
1. The---Star ' Ferry Company's Ordinance, 1902.

1

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended. by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
2. The 'Star Ferry' Company Limited shall have power to
make by-laws for regulating the conditions under which persons may
travel in or upon any launch or vessel belonging to thein and for the
prevention of frands on the, said company.

3. Any such by-laws shall be submitted for approval to the
Governor-in-Council, and shall be published in the Gazette within
9, weeks after the approval thereof.

4. Any such by-laws may impose fines for offences against the
same not exceeding 25 dollars for the first offence and not exceeding
50 dollars for any subsequent offence.

5. A copy of every by-law clearly printed in English and Chinese
in large type shall be posted in a conspienous place on the com-
pany's business premises and on each of the company's wharves and
in each launch or other vessel of the company employed in tile
carriage of passengers.


[s. 6, rep. No. 1 of 1912.]
Short title. Power to make by-laws. By-laws to be approved and published. Fines. Copies of by-laws to be posted.

Abstract

Short title. Power to make by-laws. By-laws to be approved and published. Fines. Copies of by-laws to be posted.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/929

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

104

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 46 of 1902

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:34 +0800
<![CDATA[EMPLOYERS AND SERVANTS ORDINANCE, 1902]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/928

Title

EMPLOYERS AND SERVANTS ORDINANCE, 1902

Description

No. 45 of 1902.

To amend the law relating to Employers and Servants.
[17th December, 1902.]
1. The Employers and Servants Ordinance, 1902.

2. In this Ordinance,-

---Contract of service---means any contract, whether in writing or
verbal, to work- personally for any period of tinie :
---E mployer--- includes any person, firm, corporation or company
who, or which, enters into any contract of service with any servant
as next hereinafter defined, and the agent of every such person,
firm, corporation or company:
Servant---includes every person above the age of 16 years being
a mechanic, artificer or other handicraftsman, engine-driver or
firem an, boatinan, any person engaged for service on board any
launch, motor-boat, cargo-boat, fishing-Pink, or trading-junk,
messenger, lift attendant, godown-keeper, tallyman, watchman,
labourer, servant in husbandry or manufacture, coachman, groom
or other stable servant, gardener or other gard en servant, bearer of
private chair, puller or propeller of private jinricksha water carrier,
domestic menial or other house servant whether ordinarily employed
in or out of doors, who enters into a contract of service with an
employer.

3. Any person over the age of 16 years inay enter into a. contract*
of service under this Ordinance.

4. In the absence of any agreement in writing to the contrary
every contract of service (except in the case of hire by the day, job,
or journey) shall be deemed to be a contract for one month renew-
able froin month to nionth, and every such contract shall be deemed
to be so renewed unless such contract shall be determined in the
manner prescribed in the next section.
Every servant under such contract shall, in addition to any service
which he may have specially contracted to perform, be deemed to
have contracted to perform all such additional light duties as he may
reasonably be called upon by his employer to perform.

As aniended by No. 8 of 1912.
As 6mended by No. 1 of 1912, No. 43 of 1912 and No. 43 of'1912
Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





5. Every such contract may he determined (1) by either party
thereto giving to the other notice to determine such contract at the
termination of one calendar month from the date of such notice -
or (12) at any time without notice by the employer paying to the
servant in lieu of such notice the wages, if any, due to him for the
time he has served and a further sum of money equal to one month's
wac,es from the date of the determination of such contract.


6. A contract of service for more than one rnonth shall be in
writing and shall bc executed in the. manner hereina fl er prescribed.

7. E'very such contract shall be executed in duplicate in the pre-
sence of a Magistrate, or in the case of any sailor, boatman, or
other person engaged for service on any eargo-boat or fishing or
trading junk before the European police officer in charge of the
police station of the, district in which stich contract is made, who
shall before the exectition thereof explain to the servant the nature
of such contract, and. upon the execution thereof shall endorse,
thereon his certificate that siich contract has been dnly explained
by him to such servant, and thereafter shall deliver such dtiplicate
to such servant.

8. No such contract shall be effective for a longer period than 5
years if made beyond the Colony, nor shall be for a longer period
than 3 years. if made within the Colony.

9. Any person beyond the Colony desiring to enter into a contract
to serve within the Colony may do so in writing in the presence of
two witnesses who shall certify as such witnesses that the contract
was, before the execiition thereof, duly explained to the party
or parties executing the same.

10. Every such contract shall clearly ctpress therein the time for
which it is to endure, the wages to be paid, the nature of the service
to be performed, the sum of money (if any) to be chargeable aoainst
and deducted from the wages, and that the employer is bound to
provide regular work at stipulated, wages for the servant.

11. Any Magistrate, lipon proof that such contract has been duly
executed, may, if so desired by the parties 'thereto, endorse such
contract as acknowledged before him and thereupon such contract
shall be as valid and binding within the Colony as a contract of
service in writing exeouted within the Colony.





12. Every question between the parties to any contract of service
re3pecting wage3 or alleged disobedience of lawful orders, negligence,
carelescness, injury to property, insolence, abusive or insulting lan.
guage, or other alleged ruisconduct in the course of service under
.-tieh contract; and every question respecting any alleged refusal or
neglect to enter upon or commence service under any such contract,
or respecting alleged unlawful absence from service under any such
contract, or other alleged failure to fulfil the terms thereof ; and
every queAion respecting any alleged wrongful determination of any
such contract shall be heard and determined by a Magistrate in a
sumniary manner in accordance with the law regulating procedure
before Magistrates.

If it be made to appear to a Aslagistrate that there is good
ground for believing that any party against whom a complaint has
been ---rlade under this Ordinance, lias absconded or is about to
abscond, such Magistrate may issue a warrant to apprehend such
party and detain hirn in custody until the bearing of such complaint,
unless such party shall give security to the satisfaction of such
Magistrate for his hppearance to answer such complaint.

14. On the hearing of any complaint for the recos-ery of wages the
Magistrate may order that the whole or any part of any wageg claim-
ed be withheld, or that the whole or any part of any wages, witb
such an amount not exceeding 10 days' wages in addition as n-lay
seem just, shall be paid by way of compensation to the servant for
unpaid wages.

15. On the hearing of any complaint for wrongful determination
of any contract of service the Magistrate may order any wages due

on the contract to be paid or withheld either wholly or in part and
may, if he sees fit, order the party in default to pay to the other
party any sum not exceeding one month's wages by way of conipen-
sation for the wrongful determination of the contract.

16. On the hearing of any complaint for refusal to enter upon or
commence service under any contract of service or for unlawful
absence from service or for disobedience to lawful orders, negligence
carelessness, injury to property, insolence, abusive or insulting lan-
guage or other misconduct the Magistrate may order the party

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.





complained against to pay a fine not exceeding 50 dollars, and may
order that the whole or any part of such fine be paid by way of
compensation to the party complaining

17. On any complaint by a party to a written contract of service
that the other party neglects or onilts to fulfil the contract, or omits
or refuses to enter on or commence service, or absents himself from
service, the Magistrate inav, in addition to any other penalty
authorised by this Ordinance, order the party complained against to
fulfil the contract, and may, if he thinks fit, order such party to
find security for the fulfilment of such contract, and in default of
such security to, nay a fine not exceeding- .50 dollars.

18. Every servant, whether in combination with others or not,
who wilfully breaks a. contract of service under this Ordinance know-
ing or having reasonable cause to believe that the probable conse-
quences of so doing will be to cause the stoppage of work in any
factory, field or place in such a manner as may lw attended with
serious loss to the owner of the factory field or place, or seriolls
inconvenience to the public shall, on simunary conviction, be
liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars.

19. The wages of a servant shall in, the absence of agreement to
the contrary, be payable monthly.

20. No wages shall be payable to any servant for any period of
his term of servicewhich he has undergone sentence
of imprisonment.

21., If any servant under a written contract of service shall,
during the continuance of such contract, have been sentenced to
imprisonment, or shall have been convicted for having absented
hiniself without leave, such period of imprisonment or absence shall
be'endorsed on the contract by the Magistrate by whoni such ser-
vant may be sentenced to imprisonment or before whorn such
servant shall be proved to have been absent without leave, and the
period. of such imprisonment or absence shall not be deemed to be
a part of the service of such servant, and he shall be cornpellable,
if his employer so requires, to serve for the full period for which he

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As: amendo by, No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
had contracted to serve, and he shall for such extended period
continue to be under the provisions of this Ordinance.

22. On the hearing of any complaint under this Ordinance the
parties to the contract of service and their husbands and wives shall
be coini)etent as witnesses.

23. Every contract of service in force at the coming into operation
of this Ordinance shall be subject to the provisions tbereof and the
parties thereto shall be entitled to the benefit of such provisions.

24. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed to deprive an
employer of his right to dismiss a servant summarily for cause, nor
to deprive an employer or a servant of his civil remedy for the
breach or Don-performance of any contract of service in any case
where proceedings for such breach or non-perforinance are not
instituted by him under this Ordinance.

25. Nothing in this Ordinance shall prevent the application of the
criminal law to the parties to a contract of service, provided that no
person be punished twice for the same offence; and any prosecution
commenced under this Ordinance may be withdrawn before Judg-
ment and a fresh prosecution be instituted tinder the criminal law
applicable to the circumstances.

26. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall be deemed to affect
in any way the provisions of the merchant Shipping Act, 1894, or the
Merchant Shipping Ordinance, 1899, with reference to the engage-
ment of seamen and to agreements therewith made by masters of
ships.

Is. 127, 1,ransf6rred to s. 1 by No. 8 of 1912.]

[Sched. rep. No. 1 of 1912.]

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Person over 16 may contract.Contract if verbal to be monthly unless within exceptions. Determination of monthly contract. Contract for more than one month to be in writing.To be executed in duplicate;servant entitled to duplicate. Limitation of duration of contract. Contract made beyond Colony for execution within. What conditions shall be stated therein. Endorsement of contract by Magistrate. Questions between parties to be determined by Magistrate in a summary manner. Cf.No.3 of 1890. Magistrate may issue warrant to arrest absconding party to contract. Power of Magistrate over wages. Power of Magistrate in cases of wrongful determination of contract. Power of Magistrate to fine. Power of Magistrate to order security for fulfilment of written contract. Power to Magistrate to punish for wilful breach of contract causing or likely to cause serious loss. Wages payable monthly. Forfeiture of wages. Absence while in prison or without leave not deemed part of period of service under written contract. Parties,their husbands and wives competent as witnesses. Existing contracts. Saving of civil remedy in cases of breach or non-performance of contract. Saving of criminal proceedings in certain cases. Saving of Merchant Shipping laws.57 & 58 Vict.c.60. No.10 of 1899.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Person over 16 may contract.Contract if verbal to be monthly unless within exceptions. Determination of monthly contract. Contract for more than one month to be in writing.To be executed in duplicate;servant entitled to duplicate. Limitation of duration of contract. Contract made beyond Colony for execution within. What conditions shall be stated therein. Endorsement of contract by Magistrate. Questions between parties to be determined by Magistrate in a summary manner. Cf.No.3 of 1890. Magistrate may issue warrant to arrest absconding party to contract. Power of Magistrate over wages. Power of Magistrate in cases of wrongful determination of contract. Power of Magistrate to fine. Power of Magistrate to order security for fulfilment of written contract. Power to Magistrate to punish for wilful breach of contract causing or likely to cause serious loss. Wages payable monthly. Forfeiture of wages. Absence while in prison or without leave not deemed part of period of service under written contract. Parties,their husbands and wives competent as witnesses. Existing contracts. Saving of civil remedy in cases of breach or non-performance of contract. Saving of criminal proceedings in certain cases. Saving of Merchant Shipping laws.57 & 58 Vict.c.60. No.10 of 1899.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/928

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

57

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 45 of 1902

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:34 +0800
<![CDATA[NATURALIZATION ORDINANCE, 1902]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/927

Title

NATURALIZATION ORDINANCE, 1902

Description

No. 44 of 1902.

Relating to the Naturalization of Aliens.

1. The Naturalization Ordinance, 1902.

[In force 1st January, 1903.]

2. Any alien who has continuously resided in Hongkong or been
in the service of the Crown for a term ' of not less than 5
Years immediately preceding his application, and who intends if
naturalized to reside permanently in Hongkong, may apply to the
Governor for a certificate of naturalization as a British subject in
Hongkong.

3. - The applicant shall adduce in support of his application such
evidence of his residence or service, and. intention to reside, as the
Governor may require ; and the Governor may, on consideration of
the evidence adduced, grant or withhold a certificate as he thinks
Most conducive to the public good, and no appeal shall lie from his
decision.

4. Every such certificate shall contain the condition that the
grantee shall continue to reside permanently in Hongkong and that
the certificate shall be determinable on the grantee ceasing so to
reside. No certificate of naturalization shall be issued or take
effect until the applicant, bas taken the oath of allegiance.

5. Any alien who has been naturalized previously to the passing
of this Ordinance may apply to the Governor for a certificate of
naturalization under this Ordinance, and it shall be lawful for the
Governor to grant such certificate upon the such terms and subject
to the same conditions in and upon which such certificate might
have been granted 11 such alien had riot been previously naturalized
in Hongkong.

d 6. Any alien to whom a certiticate of naturalization is granted
shall while in Hongkong be entitled to all political and other rights,
powers, and privileges, and be subject to all obligations, to which a
natural-born British subject is entitled or subject in Hongkong.

7. The Governor may revoke any certificate of naturalization
which may have been granted to any' alien if he shall -be satisfied
that such certificate was obtained by misrepresentation; and there-
upon such certificate of naturalization shall become null and void.

No. 1 of 1912.
As, smended by ,





A notification of the revocation of any certificate of naturalization
shall be published in the Gazette.

8. There shall be paid for every certificate of naturalization and
before the issue thereof such fee as the Governor-in Council may
direct.

Is. 9, rep. No. 1 of 1912.]

10-M An alien on naturalization shall take the oath of allegi-
ance in the form provided in the Prornis-sory Claths Ordmance, 1869,
and the same shall be tendered by the Clerk of the Collnells in the
presence of the Colonial Secretary.

(2) If an alien who hag applied for a certificate of naturalization
declines or neglects to take the oath of allegiance when duly tender-
ed, he shall be disqualified from obtaining the said certificate, and
if the sarne has already been granted, it shall becoine iipso facto void.
(3 ) Section 15 of the Promissory patlis Ordniance, 1869, shall
apply to the oath required to be taken by this section.

SCHEDULE.

FoRm OF CERTIFICATE oF NATURALIZATION,


Governor.

. By His Excellency .............. 1
has applied to me for a Certificate of Naturalization as a British Subject :
AND whereas the said .......................................................................................
has satisfied me that lie has before making such application continuously resided in
Hongkong (or been in the service of the Crown) for the space of .....years and
that lie intends if naturalized to reside permanently in Hongkong

Now, therefore, I, the said .......................................................
as Governor aforesaid, Do hereby under the powers vested in me in that regard by the
Naturalization Ordinance, 1902, certify that the said ;

.................... Of
IS a Naualized British subject entitled in Hongkong to all political and other rights
powers and privileges, and subject to all obligations to which a Datural-born British
subject is entitled or subject in Hongkong.
Given under my hand this day of
By Command,

As amended by No. 50 of 1911. For the fee directed see Bowley's
Regulations of Hongkong 1910 p. 458.
As am%
,p4ed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 15.
Short title.Certificate of naturalization. Evidence in support of application. Conditions. Certificate to alien previously naturalized.[cf.No.9 of 1901.] Rights,etc., of naturalized alien. Revocation of certificate of naturalization. Fee. Oath. No.1 of 1869. [The term must not be less than 5 years.]

Abstract

Short title.Certificate of naturalization. Evidence in support of application. Conditions. Certificate to alien previously naturalized.[cf.No.9 of 1901.] Rights,etc., of naturalized alien. Revocation of certificate of naturalization. Fee. Oath. No.1 of 1869. [The term must not be less than 5 years.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/927

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 44 of 1902

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:33 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINESE ANGLICAN CHURCH BODY INCORPORATION ORDINANCE, 1902]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/926

Title

CHINESE ANGLICAN CHURCH BODY INCORPORATION ORDINANCE, 1902

Description


No. 18 of 1902.

To provide for the Incorporation of the Church Body of the
Chinese Anglican Church in Hongkong.
[30th June, 1902.]
1. The Chinese Anglican Church Body Incorporation Ordinance
1902.

2. In this Ordinance-

---TheBishop' ineans the Bishop of the Church of Encrland
residing and officiating at Victoria :
-Chinese Church Body- means the Church Body of the Chinese,
Anglican Church in -11ongkong constituted as follows: (1) the
Bishop, who shall be chairman; (2) a vice-chairman of the Churcli
Body appointed by the Bishop by writing under his hand; (3) all
ordained pastors and clergy of Chinese race officiating in
Anglican Churchesand Chapels in the Colony with the licence of lhe
Bishop, and all clergy of non-Cbinese race whe, are acting pastors of
such Churches and Chapels with such licence as aforesald ; (4) the
delegates appointed by, the vestries of the Chinese Churches and
Chapels in the Colony; (.5) so long as the Chinese Anglican Chtirch
in Hongkong uses buildgings belonging in whole or in part to the
Society known as the Church Missionary Society, or is dependent
on the hell) of that Society in education or other work, the secre-
tary in Hongkong of the Church Missionary Society:

Vestr - means the body constituted in rnanner provided by

the regulations made by the Chinese. Church Body for the nianage-
ment of each place of worship established by it :

Delegates - means the delegates elected by the vestries in
manner provided by the regulations made bY the. Chinese Chtirch
Body.

3. A certificate under the hand of the Bishop, or (in his absence
from the Colony) of the vice-chairman of the Chinese Church
Body that any persons therein named are the persons constituting
such Body, or that any regulations annexed to such ceritificate are
the regulations of the Chinese. Church Body, shall be accepted
for all purposes as sufficient proof of (lie fact that such persons are
the persons constituting such Body, or that such regulations were
duly made and are in force.

As ankende'd byNo. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
f As aniended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





The Chinese Church Body shall be a body corporate
under the name of - Church Body of the Chinese Anglican Church
in Hongkong- (hereinafter referred to as the corporation).

(.2) The corporation by the name aforesaid shall have perpetual
succession, and shall and may sue and be sued in all Courts, and
shall and may have and use a cortunon seal, and mav break, change,
alter and,-make anew the said seal as to the corporation may seem
fit.

(3) The corporation shall have power to acquire, accept leases of,
purchase, take, hold and enjoy any, lands, buildings, niessuages or
tenements of what nature or kind soever and wheresoever situated,
and also to invest money upon inortgage of any lands, buildings,

inessuages or tnements, or upon the mortgages debentures,
stocks, funds, shares or securities of any corporation or company,
and also to purchase, acquire and possess goods and chattells of
what nature and kind soever.

(4) The corporation shall further have power by deed under its
seal to grant, sell, convey, assign, surrender, exchange, partition,
yield up, mortgage, demise, re-assign, transfer or otherwise dispose
of any lands, buildings, inessuages, tenements, mortgages, deben-
tures, stocks, funds, shares, or securities, or goods and chattels,
which are vested in or belong to the corporation upon such terms
as to the corporation may seem fit.

5. All deeds, documents and other instruments requiring the seal
of the corporation shall be. sealed therewith in the presence of the
Bishop, or (in his absence from the Colony) of the vice-chairman,
and shall also be signed by the Bishop, or such vice-cbairman,
in whose custody the seal shall be kept.

6. Nothing herein contained shall affect or be deemed to afTect
the rights of His MalesLy the King.


As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of
Supp. Sched.
Asamended by No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of
Supp. Mied.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
Short title. Interpretation of terms. Proof of the constitution of the Church Body and of its regulations. Incorporation. Succession and seal. Power to hold property. Power to dispose of property. Use of seal. Saving of rights of Crown.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Proof of the constitution of the Church Body and of its regulations. Incorporation. Succession and seal. Power to hold property. Power to dispose of property. Use of seal. Saving of rights of Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/926

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

1158

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 18 of 1902

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:33 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAMWAY ORDINANCE, 1902]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/925

Title

TRAMWAY ORDINANCE, 1902

Description

No. 10 of 1902.

For authorising the construction of a tramway
[14th May, 1902.]

WHEREAS it is desirable to authorise the construction of a tramway
within the Colony of Hongkong:-

1. The Tramway Ordinance, 1902.

2. In this Ordinance,-
' The Government--- means the Governor acting on behalf ol
His Majesty or his assigns, or on behalf of the Government of the
Colony

Department includes the War Departnient, the Admiralty,
and the Hongkong Government :

---The company- means ---The Hongkong Tramway Company,
Limited---:

---The Court---means the S apreme Court:

---Special case--- means a special case stated for the opinion of
the Court under the provisions of any Ordinance relating to Civil
Procedure:

---Road---means means roadway over which the tramway shall pass,
and the roadway of any bridge forining part of or; leading to the.
same

' Section--- means a section (as hereinafter described) of the
tramway

Car includes all cars and trucks used upon the tramway

The works -, or ---the undertaking', mean the works or un-
dertaking of whatever nature herein authorised to be executed.

Construction of Tramway.
3. The company may construct, lay down and maintain, subject
to the provisions of this Ordinance, and in accordance with the
plans which have been deposited as hereinafter mentioned, the
tramway hereinafter described, with all proper electric generating
stations, crossings, passing-places, sidings, Junctions, rails, turn-

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 43 of 1912.
As amended bv No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No- 2 of HM2 an(]
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 2 of 1912.





tables, plates, offices, weith-bridges sheds, overhead and other
wires, cables, standards, poles and brackets, pipes and all such other
works and conveniences in connection therewith as the company
may for the purposes thereof, think fit, and may work and use the
same. The company may also generate and use electricity for the
purposes of lighting their own buildings, erections, and premises,
and for any other purposes of their own.

The Tramway authorised by this Ordinance is as follows-

Section No. 1-A single Iffle 122 furlongs 9.12 chains (or there-
abouts) in length, commencing at a point in Catchick Street 50
feet (or thereabouts) cast of the intersection of the centre lines of
Catchick Street and Smithfield, thence passing into and, in
a southerly direction, along SmitEfield to its junction with
Belcher Street, thence into and, in a westerly direction, along
Belcher Street to its junction with Cadogan Street, thence into
and, in a northerly direction, along Cadogan Streef tc its junction
with Catchick Street, and thence into and, in an easterly direction,
along Catchick Street, terminating at the point Miere this Section
is authorised. to commence.

Section No. 2.-A double line 4 miles 3 furlongs 4.5 chains (or
thereabouts) in length, commencing by junction with Section No.
1 at the point where such Section is authorised to terminate, thence
passing, in easterly, north-easterly and southerly directions, along
Catchick Street, Praya Rennedy Town, Des Voeux Road, and Con-
naught Road to the junction of Connau 'c' lit Road with Morrison
Street. From this point Section No. 2 is authorised to divide, one
line passing in a southerly direction along Morilson Street to its
junction with Des Ycoux Road and thence into and, in an easterly
direction, along Des Veeux Road to its Pinction with Cleverly
Street, and the other line passing, in an easterly direction,
along Connaught Road to its junction with Cleverly Street,
and thence into and, in a southerly direction, ~dong Cleverly
Street to its junction with Des Voeux Road. From this point Sec-
tion No. 2 is authorised to pass, in easterly, southerly and north-
easterly directions, along Des Yceux Road, Queen's Road, Arsenal
Street,'Praya East, Yee Wo, Street, and Shau-ki-wan Road,
terminating in that road at a point 50 feet (or thereabouts) from
the north-east corner of.4Inland Lot No. 1,149.





Section No. 3.-A single line 8.5 chains (or thereabouts)
in length, commencing in Prava East by junction with Section
No. 2 at a point 50 feet (or thereabouts) west of the intersection
of the centre lines of Praya East and Tin Lok Lane, thence passing
into and, in a southerly direction, along Tin Lok Lane, and
terminating in Morrison Hill Road at a point 50 feet (or there-
abouts) south of the intersection of the centre lines of Morrison
Hill Road and Sharp Street.

Section No. 4.-A single line 1 furlong 1.5 chains (or there-
abouts) in length, commencing in Praya East by Junction
wit Section N6. 2 at a point .50 feet (or thereabouts) west of the
intersection of the centre lines of Praya East and Bowrington
Road, thence passing into and, in a southerly direction, along
Bowrin',don Boad to its itinction with Sharp Street, thence into
and, in a westerly direction, along Sharp Street and terminating at
the point where Section No. 3 will terminate.

Section No. 5.-A double line 3 furlotigs, .6 chains (or there-
abouts) in length, commencing in Morrison Hill Road by junction
with Sections Nos. 3 and 4 at the point where such Sections will
terminate, thence passing, in a southerly direction, along Morrison
Hill Road and terminating in Wong-Nei-Cliong Road, at a point
50 feet (or thereabouts) north of the northernmost point of the
building known as the Grand Stand.

Section No. 6.-A single line 2 miles 4 furlongs 3.8 chains (or

thereabouts) in length, commencing in Shau-ki-wan Road by
junction with Section No. 2 at the point where such Section will
terminate, thence, passing, in an easterly direction, along Shau-ki-
wan Road and terminating in that road at a point 530 feet
(or thereabouts) northwest from the centre of No. 5 Bridge.

Section No. 7.-A single line (with passing places) 1 mile
2 furlongs 4.5 chains (or thereabouts) in length, commencing
in Shau-ki-wan Road by junction with Section No. 6 at the point
which such Section will terminate, thence passing, in an easterly
direction, along the new road to Shau-ki-wan now being con-
structed in place of a portion of the existing road to Shau-ki-wan,
thence, in an easterly direction, along the existing Shau-ki-wan
Road, and terminating in that road at a point 20 feet or
thereabouts east of the intersection of the centre lines of Wo Hing
Street and Shau-ki-wan Road.





Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance or the said plans
contained or shown, the company may construct, lay down
and maintain the above Sections, or any of them, in such oth 1 er
positions along the lines of route shown on the said plans as the
Governor-in-Council shall approve.

4. The plans hereinbefore referred to are the plans all dated 9th
April, 1901, and numbered 1 to 4, deposited by the company in
the office of the Director of Public Works.

5. Where a double line of tramway is hereby authorised to be
laid down and has been constructed, it shall be lawful for the com-
pany, with the consent of the Governor-in-Council, to lay down in
lieu thereof a single line of tramway, and, with the like consent,
at any time thereafter to convert such single line into the double
line hereby authorised to be laid down.

6. Subject to the approval of the Goverrior-in-Council the coin-
pany may, in the construction of the above Sections, or any of
them, at their own expense alter the level of, and widen any
bridge, road, street or space along or over which any Section is
hereby authorised to he laid down, and make and construct
all necessary cuttmigs -and embankments, bridges, viaducts,
culverts, catch-water drains, and other works, and divert streams:
Provided always that the earth excavated and thrown to waste is
disposed of to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works,
and in such manner as to prevent its being washed by rain into the
harbour.

7. 'Subject to the approval of the Governor-in-Council after
timely . and adequate notification by public advertisement or
otherwise of the intention of the company to apply for such
approval, and after such approval has been confirmed by a resolu-
tion of the Le gislative Council, the company may construct and
maintain, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, and in
accordance with plans to be previously deposited in the office of the
Director of Public Works, all such lines, crossings, passing places,
sidings, junctions, turn-tables and other works in addition to or
as extensions of those particularly specified in and authorised
by this Ordinance as may be approved of by the Governor-in-
Council, and may work and use the same.

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amented by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No, 20 of 1912,





8. Subject to the approval of the Director of Public Works as to
the method and position of laying down, the company may
la y down under any public roadway, street, or space, pipes from
any of their generating stations to the sea. The company may
also lay down any such pipes over or under any private land with
the consent of the owner thereof. The company may pump sea
water through any such pipes for the purposes and works of the
tramway, and shall make proper provision, to the satisfaction of
the Director of Public Works, for the return of the surplus sea
water into the sea.

9. The Sections numbered 1 to 5 shall be constructed, laid down
and maintained as nearly as may be in the middle of the road, and
shall not be so laid that, for a continuous distance of 100 feet or
upwards, a less space. than 9 feet shall intervene between the
outside edge of the footpath on either side of the road and the
nearest part of the car, except where it may be necessary to con-
struct and maintain loops for enabling the cars to pass each other,
or to construct sidings and curves, all which exceptions shall be
subject to the approval in writing of the Director of Public Works.
Provided that the company may lay down a double single line in
any road where the width may not be sufficient to allow a space
of 9 feet on either side. The Sections numbered 6 and 7 shall be
constructed, laid down and maintained in such positions on the
roads along which they are authorised to he laid down as shall be
approved by the Governor-in-Council: Provided that the said last
mentioned Sections niay be so laid that a less space than 9 feet
may intervene between the outside edge of the footpath on either
side of the road, where there is a footpath, or, where there is no
footpath, between the outside edge of the road and the nearest pact
of the tramcar.

10. The tramway shall be constructed on a gauge, of not less
than 3 feet 6 inches in width, and with steel rails, which said rails
shall, before being laid down, be approved by the Director
of Public Works, and shall be laid and maintained in such manner
that the uppermost surface thereof shall be on a level with the
surface of the road.

11. The company for the purpose of making, forming, laying
down, maintaining, renewing, altering, adding to, or removing any

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 60 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





Section or any. part thereof respectively, may open and break up
any road subject to the following regulations:-
(1) They shall give to the Director of Public. Works notice of
their intention, specifying the time at which they will begin to
do so, and the.portion of road proposed to be opened or broken up,
such notice to be given 7 days at least before the commencement
of the work.

(2) They shall not open or break up or alter the level of any
road except with the authority, under the superintendence, and to
the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works.

12. When the company have opened or broken up any portion
of any road, they shall be under the following further obligations,
namely :-
(1) They shall, with all convenient speed, complete the work on
account of which they opened or broke up the same, and (subject
to the formation, maintenance, renewal, or alteration of, addition
to, or removal of the tramway) fill in the ground, and make good
the surface, and, to the satisfaction of the Director of Public
Works, restore the road to a good condition.
(2) They shall in the meantime cause the place where the road
is opened or broken up to be fenced and watched, and to be pro-
perly lighted at night.
If the company fail to comply with any of the provisions of this
section they shall, for every offence (without prejudice to the
enforcement of specific performance of the requirenients of this
Ordinance or to any other remedy against theni) be liable,
on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars, and to
a further fine not exceeding 2,5 dollars for every day during which
any such failure continues after the first day on which such penalty
is incurred.

13. In addition to the requirements of the preceding section, the
company shall, when they give notice as aforesaid to the Director
. of Public Works of their intention to open or break up any road
for any of the purposes aforesaid, lay before the Director of Public
Works a cross section showing the proposed mode of constructing,
laying down,- maintaining, renewing, altering, adding to, or
removing the tramway or works in respect of which they propose

* As amended*by No. 30 of 1911.





to open or break up such road, and a statement of the materials
intended to be used therein; and the company shall not commence
the construction, laying down, maintenance, renewal, alteration
of, addition to, or removal of such tramway or works, or any part
thereof respectively, except for the purpose of necessary repairs,
until such cross section and statement have been approved in
writing by the Director of Public Works, and the work shall be
executed in accordance with such approved cross section and state-
ment and under the superintendence and to the satisfaction of
the Director of Public Works.

14. The company shall, at their own expense, at all times main-
tain and keep in good condition and repair, with such materials and
in such manner as the Director of Public W orks shall direct and
to his satisfaction, so much of any road whereon any tram-
way belonging to the company is laid as lies between the rails of
the tramway and (where a double line of tramway is laid by the
company in any road at a distance of not more than 4 feet from
each other) the portion of the road between the two lines, of
tramway, and in every case so much of the road as extends
18 inches beyond the rails of and on each side of any such tram-
way. Except as aforesaid the company shall not be liable to pay
for the cost of the maintenance or repair of any road whereon the
tramway is laid.

15. The company shall maintain in good condition and repair,
and at their proper level so as not to be a danger or annoyance to
the ordinary traffic, the rails of which the tramway for the. time
being consists, and the substructure upon which the same rest;
and if the Director of Public Works shall at any time alter the
level of any road along or across which the tramway shall be laid,
then the company shall, at their own expense, alter their rails so
that the uppermost surface thereof shall be on a level with the
surface of the road as altered, and if the company make default
in complying with any of the provisions of this section, they shall,
for every offence, be subject, on summary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars and, in case of a continuing offence, to a
further fine not ex ' ceeding 25 dollars for every day after-the first on
which such default continues.

* As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 80 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





16. The company shall keep those portions of the roads which
are occupied by the track of the Sections Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5
watered to the satisfaction of the Director of Public Works.

17. Where by reason of the execution of any work affecting the
surface or soil of any road along which the tramway is laid, it is
in the opinion of the Director of Public Works, necessary or
expedient temporarily to remove or discontinue the use of such
tramway or any part thereof, the Director of Public Works shall,
before such tramway or any part thereof shall be feniporarily
removed, or the uso thereof discontinued, give to the company 14
days notice at least of the necessity or expediency of Such
temporary removal or discontinuance, and immediately on receipt
of any such notice the company may, subject to such conditions
and rules as the Governor-in-Council may make, construct in the
sanie or any adjacent road, and, subject as aforesald, maintain so
long as necessary a temporary tramway in lieu of the tramway or
part thereof so removed or discontinued, and the road on which
such temporary tramway is laid shall, subject as aforesaid, be
maintained so loner as necessary by the Director of Public Works
at the expense of the company.

18. Any paying, metalling, or material excavated by the com-
pany in the construction of their works from any road under the
control of the Director of Public Works may be applied by theni,
so far as may be necessary, in or towards the reinstating of such
road, provided such paving, metalling or material are, in the
opinion of the Director of Public Works, fit and proper to be used
for -such purpose, and all surplus paving, nietalling or material
not so used shall be the property of the company, and shall
be removed by them with all reasonable diligence.

19. For the purpose of making, forming, laying down, main-
taining, renewing, altering, adding to, or removing the tramway
or any part thereof, the company may, where it is necessary or
appears expedient for the, purpose of preventing frequent interrup-
tion of the traffic by repairs or works in connection with the same,
alter the position of any mains or pipes for the supply of gas or

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 12 of 1910, No. 30 of 1911. No. 50 of 1911,
No. 1 9f 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





water, or any tubes, wires, standards, poles, or apparatus for
telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting, or any other purposes,
subi.ect to the following restrictions:-

(1) Before the company shall alter the position of any such
mains or pipes, tubes, wires, standards, poles, or apparatus they
shall obtain the written assent of the Director of Public Works to
such alteration.

(2) Before laying down the tramway in a road in which
any mains or pipes, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus
may be laid, the company shall, whether they contemplate altering
the position thereof or not, give 7 days notice to the Department
or person to whom they belong of their intention to lay down or
alter the tramway, and shall at the same time deliver a plan of the
proposed work. If it appears that the construction of the tramway
as proposed would endanger any such main or pipe, tube, wire,
standard, pole or apparatus, or interfere with or impede the
supply of water or gas, or the telegraphic, telephonic, electric
lighting, or other communication, such Department or person may
give notice to the company to lower or otherwise alter the
position of the said mains or pipes, tubes, wires, standards, poles
or apparatus in such manner as may be considered necessary; and
any difference as to the necessit therefor shall be settled in
manner provided by this Ordinance for the settlement of differences
between the company and Departments or persons.

(3) The company shall not remove or displace any of the mains
or pipes, valves, syphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or
apparatus, or other work belonging to any such Department
or person, or do anything to impede the passage of water or gas,
or the telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting, or other communi-
cation into or through such mains or pipes, valves, syphons, plugs,
tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus, without the consent of
such Department or person, or in any other manner than such
Department or person shall approve, until good and sufficient mains,
pipes, valves, syphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or
apparatus, and other works necessary or proper for continuing the
supply of water or gas, or telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting
or other communication as sufficiently as the same was supplied by
the mains or pipes, valves, syphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards,
poles or apparatus proposed to be removed or displaced, shall, at the
expense of the company, have been first made and laid down in lieu





thereof and be ready for use to the reasonable satisfaction of the
surveyor or engineer of such Department or person, or, in case of
disagreement between such surveyor or engineer and the company,
in such manner as the Director of Public Works, or other fit and
proper-person specially appointed by the Governor shall direct.

(4) All alterations to be made tinder this section shall be made
with as little detriment and inconvenience to such Department or
person as the circumstances will admit of and tinder the superin-
tendence of such Department or person, or of its or his surveyor or
engineer.

(.5) The company shall not lay down any such mains or pipes,
valves, syphons, plugs, tubes, wires, standards, poles or apparatus
contrary to the provisions of any Ordinance relating to water, gas or
other companies, or to telegraphs.

(6) The company shall make good all damage done by thein to
property. belonging to or controlled by ans such Department or
person, and shall make full compensation to all for any loss
or damage which they may sustain by reason of any interference
with such property or with the private service pipes or wires of any
person supplied by any such Department or person with water or gas
or electric light unless such Department or person shall, by or by
reason of their or his own default, neglect or ornission, have con-
tributed to or assisted in the doing, happening, or bringing about
of such loss or damage.
(7) If by any such operations as aforesaid the company interrupt
the supply of water or gas or electric light in or through any main,
pipe or wire for a period exceeding 12, consecutive hours they shall
be liable to a fine not exceeding 100 dollars for every day or portion
of a day after the expiration of such period of 12) hours during which
such supply shall be so interrupted.

20. When the tramway or any works connected therewith inter-
feres with any sewer, drain, water-course, or sub-way, or in any
way affects the sewerage or drainage of the Colony the company
shall not commence the construction of the tramway or works until
they shall have given to the Director of Public Works 14 days
previous notice in writing of their intention so to do, and shall have
left with such notice all necessary particulars relating thereto, nor
until the Director of Public Works shall have signified his written

' z~. As arnendedoby No. 1 of 1912,





approval of the saine, unless he do not signify his approval, dis-
approval or other directions within 14 days after service of the said
notice and particulars as aforesaid; and the company shall comply
with the directions of the Director of Public Works in the execution
of the said works, and shall provide by new, altered or substituted
works, in such nianner as the Director of Public Works shall re-
quire, for the proper protection of, and for preventing injury or
impediment to the sewers, drains, water-courses, sub-ways, sewer.
age or drainage hereinbefore referred to by or by reason of the tram-
way, and shall save harmless the Director of Public Works against
the expense occasloried thereby; and all such works, shall be done by
or under the, superintendence of the Director of Public Works at the
cost and expense of the company, and when any new, altered, or
substituted works shall be coinpleted by or at the cost or expense of
the conipany tinder this Ordinance, the saine shall thereafter be as
completely tinder the control of the Director of Public Works, and
be maintained by hini, as anv other sewers, dra,Ins, water-courses,
sub-ways, sewerage or drainage.

21. If any cable or line tised for the purpose of'tclegraphic,
telephonic, or electric sigmalling conimimication, now or hereaftei
to be constructed and worked in the Colony by a Government De-
partment or the Eastern Extension Australasia and China Telegraph
Company Limited and the Great Northern Telegraph Company
Limited, & any aerial or subterranean line connected with any
such cable, or the sheathings, coverings or supports of any such
cable or line, shall be injuriously affected by the construction or
working of the undertaking, or by electrolysis or other cause arising
or resulting from the undertaking, the company shall pay the ex-
penses of all such alterations in or additions to such cable, line,
sheatbings, coverings or supports as may be necessary to remedy
such injurious affection. For the purposes of this section a cable or
line shall be deemed to be injuriously affected if telegraphic com-
munication by rneans of such cable or line is, whether through
induction or otherwise, in any manner affected by any act or work
of the company.

22. Nothing in this Ordinance shall take away---orabridge any
power to open or break ul) any road along or across which the tram-

As aniended by No. 32 of 1902 and No. 1 of 1912.
As ameiided by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 ana
No. 21 of 1912.





way is laid or any other power now vested in any Department or
person for the doing of any matter or thing which such Department
c
or person is authorised to do, but in the exercise of such power all
such Departments or persons shall be subject to the following
restrictions .-

(1) They shall cause as little detriment Or inconvenience to the
company as circumstances admit.

(2) Before they commence any works whereby the traffic on the
tramway will be interrupted they shall (except in cases of urgency,
in which case notice of the commencement of such work shall be
given to the company within 24 hours after such commencement)
give to the conipany and the Director of Public Works notice of
their intention to commence such work, specifying the tinie at
which they will begin to do so, such notice to be given 24 hours at
least before the commencement of the work.

(3) They shall not be liable to pay to the company any compensa-
tion for loss of traffic occasioned thereby, or for the reasonable
exercise of the powers so vested in them as aforesaid.

(4) Whenever for the purpose of enabling them to execute such
works any such Pepartment or person shall so require, the company
shall either stop traffic on that portion of the tramway to which such
notice shall refer, where it would otherwise interfere with such
work, or shore up and secure the same at their own risk and cost
during the execution of the work there : Provided that' such work
.shall always be completed with all reasonable expedition.

(5) Such work so far as it immediately affects the tramway shall
not be executed except under the superintendence of the company,
unless the company do not give such superintendence at the time
specified in the notice for the commencement of the work, or per-
manently discontinue the same during the progress of the work,
and such work shall be executed without cost to and to the reason-
able satisfactiou of the company.

23. If any difference arises between the company on the one hand
and any Department or person (other than the Director of Public
Works) to whom any sewer, drain, tube, wires, standards, poles, or
apparatus for telegraphic, telephonic, electric lighting or other
purposes may belong on the other hand, with respect to any inter-
fererice or control exercised, or claimed to be exercised, by or on

As amended by No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





behalf of such Department or person, or by the company by virtue
of this Ordinance in relation to any Section of the tramway or
works or in relation to any work proceeding of such Department or
person, or with respect to the propriety of or the mode of execution
of any work relating to the tramway, or with respect to the amount
of any compensation to be made by or to the company, or on the
question whether any work is such as ought reasonably to satisfy
the Department or person concerned, or with respect to any other
subject or thing regulated by or comprised in the Ordinance, the
matter in difference shall (unless otherwise specially provided for
by this Ordinance) be settled by a special case.

1 24. If any difference arises between the company on the one hand
and the Director of Public Works oil the other band with respect
to any interference or control exercised or claimed to be exercised
by the company or the Director of Public Works by virtue of this
Ordinance in relation to any Section of the tramway or works, or
in relation to any work or proceeding of the Director of Public
Works, or with respect to the propriety of or the mode of execution
of any work relating to the tramway, or with respect to the cost of
the maintenance or repair of any road along or across which the
tramway passes, or with respect to the amount of any compensation
to be made by or to the company, or on the question whether any
work is such as ought to satisfy the Director of Public Works, or
with respect to any other subject or thing regulated by or comprised
in this Ordinance, the matter in difference shall (unless otherwise
specially provided for by this Ordinance) be settled by a special case.

25. Neither the tramway nor any portion thereof shall be opened
for public traffic until the same has been certified to be fit for such
traffic by the Director of Public Works or other officer duly appoint.
ed in writing for that purpose by the. Governor-in-Council, and the
Governor-in-Council has, by notification in the Gazette, authorised
the same to be opened for such traffic.
[s. 26, rep. No. 1 of 1912.]

Insuffictent User of Tramucay
27. If it shall be represented in writing to the Governo-in-Council
by the Director of Public Works or by 20 inhabitant ratepayers that
the public are not afforded the full benefit of the tramway, the

14 * As ainended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Governor-in-Council may (if satisfied that prima facie the case is one
for enquiry) appoint an officer to enquire into the matter and to hold
an enquiry and report thereon, and, if the truth of the representation
shall be proved, the Governor-in- Council may issue an order to the
company, requiring it to provide such a service of cars as will
afford to the public the full benefit of the tramway, and such order
may prescribe the number of cars which the company shall run
upon the tramway, and the mode and times in and at which such
cars shall be run. Every such order shall be served upon the com-
pany within 48 hours after it shall have been irlade, and shall be
published in the Gazette next following the making thereof. Pro-
vided that the Governor-in- Council shall, before issuing any such
order, be satisfied that under good and economical management the
prescribed service will be fairly remunerative to the company; and
that, after the company shall have complied with such order for not
less than 30 days, the Governor-in-Council may on the application
of the company revoke or modify any such order.

28. If for the period of 3 months after the service of such order
the company shall fail or neglect to comply therewith, the tramway
shall be deemed to be a tramway to which all the provisions of this
Ordinance relating to the discontinuance of the tramway after proof
of such discontinuance shall apply, and it may be dealt with
accordingly.

Discontinuance of Tramway.
29. If the company discontinue the working of the tramway or
of any part thereof for the space of 6 months (such discontinuance
not being occasioned by circumstances beyond the control of the
company, for which purpose the want of sufficient funds shall not
be considered a circumstance beyond its control) and such dis-
continuance is proved to the satisfaction of the Governor-in-Council,
the Governor-in-Council may by order declare that the powers of
the company in respect of the tramway or the part thereof so dis-
continued shall from the date of such order be at an end, and
thereupon the powers of the company shall cease and determine,
unless the same are purchased by the Government in manner by
this Ordinance provided. Where any such order has been made the
Director of Public Works may, at any time after the expiration of

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
Asamended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912,
No. 21 of 1912 and No. 4.3 of 1912 Supp, Sched,
-0 -





2 months from the date of such order, under the authority of a
certificate to that effect of the Governor-in-Council, remove the
tramway or part of the tramway so discontinued, and the company
shall pay to the Director of Public Works the cost of such removal
and of the making good of the road by the Director of Public Works,
such cost to be certified by him, and his certificate shall be final and
conclusive, and if the company fall to pay the amount so certified
within 2 months after delivery to it of such certificate or a true
copy thereof, the Director of Public Works may (without any
previous notice to the company but without prejudice to any other
remedy which lie may have for the recovery of the amount) sell and
dispose of the materials of the tramway or part of the tramway
removed, either by public auction or private contract and for such
sum and to such person as he may think fit, and may out of the
proceeds of such sale reimburse himself the amount of the cost
certified as aforesaid, and of the cost of sale, and the balance, if any,
of the proceeds of sale shall be paid to the company,.

Insolvency of Company

30. If it appears to the governor-in-council that the company is
insolvent, so that it is unable to maintain the tramwya or work the
same with advantage to the public, the Governor-in-Council maly
enquire into the financial affairs of the company, and, if satisfied
that the company is so insolvent as aloresaid, may by order declare
that the powers of the company shall, at the expiration of 6 month 3
from the making of the order, be at an end, and the powers of the
company shall cease and determine at the expiration of the said
period unless the same are prchased by the Government in manner
by this Ordinance provided, and thereupon the Director of Public
Works may remove the tramway in like manner and subject to the
same provisions as to the payment of the costs of such removal and
to the same remedy for recovery of such costs in every respect as in
cases of removal under the preceding section.

Purchase of Tranavoy.
31. The Governor-in-Council may at the expiration of 50 years
from 1he date of the comnienceinent of this Ordinance, or at the
expiration of any subsequent period of 5 years, or at the expiration

As alnended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As aluended b-y No, 1 of 1912.





of 3 months after the making of any order under either of the two
preceding sections, on giving to the company a notice in writing in
manner following :-
(a.) at least 6 months' notice prior to the expiration of such 50
years ;
(b) at least 6 months' notice prior to the expiration of any such
subsequent period of 5 years;
(c) at least 2 months' notice prior to the expiration of such 3
months---
require the company to sell and thereupon the company shall
sell to the Government their undertaking, and all lands, build-
ings, works, materials and plant of the company suitable to and
used by the company for the purposes of their undertaking, for and
in consideration of the then value of the sa-nie. Provided that the
value aforesaid shall be deemed to be the fair value at the. time of
the -purchase, due regard being had to the cost of construction less
depreciation, ' and to the then nature, condition and state of repair
of the buildings, works, materials and plant, and to the fact that
they are in such a condition and state ol repair as to be ready for
immediate workimi, and to the suitability of the same for the pur-
poses of the undertaking, but without any addition in respect of
compulsory purchase, or of goodwill, or of any profits which might
have been made from the undertaking, or of any similar considera-
tions. In case of difference, such value as aforesald shall be deter-
mined by a special case. When any such sale has been made and
completed all the rights, powers an~ authorities of the company in
respect of the premises sold, or, where any order has been made by
the Governor-in-Council under either of the two preceding sections,
all the rights, powers and authorities of the company previous to the
making of such order in respect of the premises sold shall be trans-
ferred to and vested in and may be exercised by the Government.

Motive Power.
32. The cars used on the tramway shall be moved by electric
power conveyed by means of a bare overhead wire and the rails of
the tramway. Provided always that the exercise of the powers by
this section conferred with respect to the use of electric power shall
be subject to the rules set forth in schedule A, and to any rules which
may be added thereto or substituted therefor by any order which the
Governor-in-Council may make for securing to the public all reason-

As amended by 'No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





able protection against danger in the exercise of the powers hereby
conferred with respect to the use of electric power on the tramway.
In the event of the company being unable at any time to move the
cars by electric power the cars may temporarily be moved by animal
power.

33. Every motor car and trailer car used on the tramway shall be
so constructed as to provide for the safety of passengers and for their
safe entrance to and exit from and accommodation in such car and
their protection from the machinery used for drawing or propelling
such car.

34. The Director of Public Works, or any officer appointed for
that purpose by the Governor in writing, inay inspect ally car used
on the tramway, and the machinery therein, and any wires or other
machinery of the company, and report thereon, and the Governor
may (after receiving from the company and considering their report
on the matter) by, order prohibit the use of any such car wires or
machinery as may be determined to he unsafe or unfit for use.

35. The company or any person using electric power on the tram-
way contrary to the provisions of this Ordinance, or to any of the
rules set forth in schedule A, or to any rule added thereto or sub-
stituted therefor as aforesaid, shall for every such offence be subject
to a fine not exceeding 225 dollars, and also in the case of a continuing
offence to a further fine not exceeding 10 dollars for evenr day after
the first during which such offence continues.

Rules.

36. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the Governor-in-
Council may make rules with regard to the tramway for regulating
the working of the tramway as well as for any of the following
purposes
for regulating the use of the warning apparatus affixed to the cars;
for providing that the cars shall be brought to a stand at such
places and in such cases of impending danger as the governor-in-
Council may deem proper for securing safety;

As amended by No. 12 of 1910 and No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and*
No. 8 of 1912.





for regulating the entrance to, exit from, and accommodation in
the cars, and the protection of passengers from the, machinery of any
car used on the tramway;
for regulating the rate of speed of the cars : Provided that the
speed as regards Sections Nos. ---1, 2, 3, 4 and .5 shall not (unless
another rate be authorised by the Governor-in-Council under the
authority of this clause) exceed the rate of 10 miles ai-i. hour, and,
as regards Sectio.Ds Nos. 6 and 7, shall not exceed the rate of 1,5
miles ari hour, and that no cars may ~ass through inovable facing
points at a pace exceeding the rate of 4 miles an honr : Provided
also that, as regards Sections Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and .5 the Governor-
in-Council may, if he shall think fit so to do, authorise the maxumum
rate of speed to be Mereased to a. rato, not exceeding the rate of 121
miles an hour;
for the stopping ol cars using the tramway;
for providing for the due publicity of all rules relating to the tram-
way by exhibition thereof in conspicuous places:
for providing for the safety of the public in all cases in which it
shall appear to the Governor-in-Council that such safety is, or is
likely to be, endangered or imperilled.

Subject to the provisions of theis Ordinance and to their furnishing
to the Governor-in-Council a true copy of every rule which they
propose to make one month at least before the same is made, the
company may make rules-
for preventing the cpmmission of any nuisance in or upon any car
or in or agalnst any preinises belonging to theni
for regtt)atitig the travelling in or upon any car belonging to them.


Rules made by the Governor-in-Couneil or by the conipany shall
come into force one month after their publication In the Gazette.

37. Any such rule may impose fines for offences against the came
not exceeding 10 dollars for each offence, with or without further
penalties for continuing offencen not exceeding for any continuing
offence 5 dollars for every day dtiring which the offence continues.

Wheels and Width of Cars.
38. The company may rise, on the tramway cars with flange-
wheels, or wheels suitable only to run on the rails of the tramway,

* As aiixen&i,.d by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





and, subject to this Ordinance, the company shall have the exclusive
use of the tramway for cars with flange-wheels or other wheels suit.
able only to run on the said rails, and no car used on the tramw ay
shall exceed 6 feet 6 inches in width.

Power to Sell.

49. Subject to the approval of the Giovernor-in-Council, the com
pany may sell or assign the whole oil their undertaking to such
person, by public auction or private contract, or partly by public
auction and partly by ivate contract, and with, under and subject

to such terms and conditions in all respects, as the company shall
think fit, with power at any such sale to fix a reserve price for, or
buy in the saine; and when any such sale,.or assignment has been
inade and completed all the rights, powers, autborities, obligations
and liabilities of the company in respect to the undertaking shall be
transferred to, vested in and may be exercised by and shall attach
to the person to whorn the sanie have been sold or assigned, in like

wanner as if teh undertaking had been constructed by such person
tinder the powers conferred upon film by this Ordinance, and in
reference to tbe sarne he shall be deemed to be the company and to
be. subject in all respects to the provisions of this Ordinance and to
any order or rules made hereunder. Provided that the company may
at any time sell or assign any land, machinery, property, chattel or

effect which is not required lot. the efficient maintenance and work-
ing of its undertaking.

Power to Lease.

40. Subject to the approval of the, Governor-in-Council, Ihe
company may demise or let the whole of their undertaking to such
person, for such term of years or from year to year or for any Jess
period, and for such rent and upon such terms and conditions in
all respects as the company shall tbink fit, to take effect either in
possession or at soine future date. and either with or without a
premium as a consideration for such demise; and when any such
demise or letting has been made the lessee shall be subject in all
respects to the provisions of. this Ordinance and to any ordei or
rules made hereunder. Provided that the company- may at any

As amended by No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912, No. 22 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 191g
Supp. Sched.





tline dernise, or let any land, machinery, property, chattel or effect
which is not required for the efficient maintenance and working
of its undertaking.

Power to Mortgage.
41. Subject to the approval of the Governor-in-Council, it shall
be lawful for the company to borrow money on mortgage of the
whole of its undertaking, and for that purpose to assign or
demise by way of mortgage all its lands, messuages or tene-
ments, erections, buildings, works, rolling stock, plant, machinery,
chattels and effects, to any person, and to enter into all such
covenants, provisoes, declarations and agreements as the company
shall think fit or proper, and any mortgagee in possession shall be
subject in all respects to the provisions of this OrdinaDee and to
any order or rules made hereunder.

Rights of Governinent.
42. The. Governor-in-Council may by order direct that precedence
over the company and all other persons in the user of the tramway,
or any part thereof, be taken for defensive or military purposes, or
for the passage of troops and war material, on giving to the coni-
pany before each occasion of such user 3 clear days' notice, when
practicable.

43. The Governor-in-Council shall direct the payment to the
company for such user as aforesaid of such fares and charges as
shall be agreed on, or, if no agreement shall be come to, then the
amount of the fares and charges to be paid shall be determined upon
a special case.

44. Postmen and policemen in the service of the Governinent o
duty and in uniform shall be carried free of charge.

Traffic upon the Trainway.
45. The tramway may be used for the purpose of conveying
passengers, animals, goods, merchandise, commodities, minerals
and parcels.

416. Save and except passengers' lug age not exceeding 16

pounds in weight or 1 cubic. foot in measurement, the company
shall not be bound to carry any animals, goods, merchandise, com-
modities, minerals or parcels.

As ameudelft by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As arnended by No. 1 of 1912.





Royalties to Governnient.
47.-(1) The company shall not be required to pay any royalty
for 10 years after the tramway has been opened for public traffic,
but in consideration of the rights, powers and authorities hereby
granted or conferred, the company thereafter shall pay to the
Government the following royalties:-
(a.) from and after the expiration of the said 10 years, for the
period of 25 years, 5 per cent. per annum of the profits
(b) after the said period of 2.5 years has expired and for so long
as the company shall exercise their said rights, powers and authori-
ties, 25 per cent. per annum of the profits.
For the purposes of this section profits shall be the gross takings
of the conipany less working expenses, and such working expenses
shall not be deemed to include any interest or dividends upon any
nioneys borrowed for the purposes of the company.
(2) Any person appointed by the Government as auditor for the
purpose may at all reasonable tlines inspect the books, papers and
vouchers of the company and take notes therefrom.
(3) In the event of any dispute arising between the Government
and the company as to what is, for the purposes of this section, the
correct amount of the profits of the company in any particular year,
such amount shall be determined upon a special case.

Fares and Charges.
48. The company may demand and take for every passenger
t'ravelling upon the trainway or any portion thereof, fares ot ex-

ceeding the following rates:-
(i) from or to the point where Section No. 1 is authorised
to commence to or from the General Post Office, for any distance,
for a 1st class passenger 15 cents, for a 2nd class passenger
10 cents, and for a 3rd class passenger .5 cents;
(ii) from or to the G'eneral Post Office to or from the point in
Shau-ki-wan Road where Section No. 2 is authorised to terminate, or
to or from the Point in Wong Nel Cliong Road where section No.
5 is authorised to terminate, for any distance, for a 1st class
passenger 15 cents, for any class passenger 10 cents, and for a,
3rd class passenger 5 cents;



As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
Supp. Sched.





(iii) frorn or to the point in Shau-ki-wan Road where Section No.
6 is authorised to commence to or from the point in Shau-ki-wan
Road where Section No. 7 is authorised to terminate, for any dis-
tance, for a Ist class passenger 20 cents, for a 2nd class passenger
1.5 cents, and for a 3rd class passenger 5 cents.

A list printed in the English and Chinese languages of all the
fares and charges authorised to be taken shall be exhibited in a
conspicuous place at the offices of the. company, and inside and
outside every car used upon the tramway: Provided that if there
be any variation between the English and Chinese prints of the
said list the English print thereof shall prevail.

49. The company shall at all times after the tramway shall have
been opened for public traffic run on the tramway such number of
cars as may be fixed by resolution of the legislative each
way every morning and evening in the week, at such hours
not being later than 7 a.m. nor earlier than -5.30 p.m. respectively,
as the company shall think most convenient for artizans, mechanics
and daily labourers, at fares not exceeding 2 cents for the single
journey and 3 cents for the return iourney : Provided that in case
any complaint shall be made to the G overnor-in- Council of
the hours appointed by the company for the running of such cars
the Governor-in-Council shall have power by order to fix and
regulate the same.

50. Separate cars or separate accommodation shall be provided
by the company for Chinese 3rd class passengers.

51. If the cars shall during any journey contain their authorised
complement of passengers, the company shall not be bound to find
accommodation for any other passenger, notwithstanding that such
other passenger may have purchased a ticket entitling him to travel
upon the tramway.

52. No passenger shall speak to the driver ol any car whilst such
driver is on duty.

53. No passenger may take on the tramway personal luggage
other than small hand-baskets, bags, or parcels, no one of which
shall exceed 16 pounds in weight, or 1 cubic foot in measurement.

As anriended by No. 51 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
f As aniendei by No. 50 of 1911.
& As araendea by No. 2 of 1912.





All such personal luggage shall be carried by band, and at
the responsibility of the passenger, and shall not occupy any part of
a seat, nor be of a form or description to annoy or inconvenience
other passengers.

54. The company may demand and take in respect of any
animals, goods, merchandise, commodities, minerals or parcels
conveyed by them on the tramway, except as is by this Ordinance
specially provided, charges not exceeding those specified in sche-
dule B, subject to the rules therein contained.

55. The said fares and charges shall be paid to such persons and
at such place and in such manner as the company may, by notice
annexed to the list of fares and charges, appoint.

Abandonment of Undertaking.
56. If the company abandon its undertaking or any part
thereof and take up the tramway or any portion thereof it shall,
with all convenient speed, and in all cases within 8 weeks at the
most (unless the Director of Public Works otherwise consents in
writing) fill in the ground and make good the stiri'ace, and, to the
satisfaction of tile Director of Public Works, restore the portion
of the road upon which the tramway, or such portion thereof as
shall be abandoned, was laid, to a good condition, and shall clear
away surfJus paying or metalling material or rubbish occasioned
by such work, and shall in the meantime cause the place where the
road is ope-ned or broken tip to be fenced and watched and to be
properly lighted at night : Provided that iE the company fall to
comply with the provisions ol this section the Director of Public.
Works may at any time, after 7 days notice to the company, remove
the tramway and do the work necessary for the restoration of the
road to the extent provided for in this section, and the expense
incurred by him in so doing shall be revald by the company.

Offences.

57. If any person infringes any of the provisions of this Ordi-
nance, or wilfully obstructs any person acting under the authority
of the company in the lawful exercise of any of the powers hereby
conferred, or defaces or destroys any mark made for tE6 purpose of

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1
f.As amended by -No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 191
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No. 80 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





setting out the line of the tramway, or damages or destroys any
property of the company, he shall for every such offence be liable
to a fine not exceeding 500 dollars.

58. If any person without lawful excuse wilfully does any of the
following things, namely:-
(a) interferes with, removes, or alters, any part of the tramway,
or of the works connected therewith ; or

(b) places or throws any stone, dirt, wood, reftise, or other
material on any part of the tramway; or
(c) does, or causes to be done, anything in such inanner as to
obstruct any car using the trainway, or to endanoer the lives
of persons therein, or tbereon ; or
(d) knowingly aids or assists in the doing of any of sch things

he shall for every such offence be liable (in addition to any pro-
ceedings by way of indictment or otherwise to lie may be
subject) to a fine riot exceeding 1,000 dollan, and in default,
of payment to imprisonment for any terni not exceeding 1.2
months.

59. If any person travelling, or having travelled in any car,
avoids or attempts to avoid payment of his fare, or if any person,
having paid his fare for a certain distance, knowingly and wilfully
proceeds in any such car beyond such distance, and does not pay
or tender the additional fare for the additional distance, or attempts
to avoid payment, thereof, or if any person knowingly or wilfully
rell-1ses or neglects, on arriving at the point to which he has paid
his fare, to quit such car, every such person shall for every such
offence be liable to a fine not exceeding 10 dollars.

60. It shall be lawful for any officer or servant of the company
and any person called by him to his assistance to seize and detain
any person discovered either in, or immediately after, committing
or attempting to commit any offence against the preceding section,
and whose name or residence is unknown to such officer or servant,
until such person can be handed over to an officer of police for safe
custody.

* As aniended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
+ As srnended by No. 30 of 1911.
As amendel by No. 51 of 1911 aDd No. 2 of 1912.





61. No person shall be entitled to carry or to require to be carried
on the tramway any dangerous goods as defined by Ordinance No.
1 of 1873, and if any person send by the tramway any such goods
without distinctly marking their Dature on the outside of the
Yessel or package containing the same, or otherwise giving notice
in writing to the book-keeper or other servant with whom the same
are left, at the time of such sending, lie shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars for every such offence, and it shall be lawful
for the company to refuse to take any parcel that it may, suspect
to contain any such dangerous goods or require the same to
be opened to ascertain the fact.

62. If any person (except under the authority of this Ordinance)
uses the trarnway with carriages, cars or vehicles having flange-
wheels, or other wheels suitable to run on the rail of the tramway,
such person shall for every such offence be liable to a fine
not exceeding 100 dollars.

[ss. 63 to 69~, rep. No. 8 of 1912.]

Miscellaneous.
70. Every fare, charge, pena,Ity or forfeiture imposed by this Ordi-
nance the recovery of which is not otherwise provided for, may be
recovered before a Magistrate, and on complaint beinle, inade to a
Magistrate he shall issue a summons requiring the party complained
against to appear before any Magistrate at a time and place to be
named in such summons, and every such summons shall be served
on the party offending either in person or by leaving the same with
some inmate at his usual or last known place of abode, and upon
the appearance of the party complained against., or, in his absence,
after proof of the due service of such summons, it shall be lawful
for any Magistrate to proceed to the hearing of the complaint
although no information in writing shall have been exhibited
before him, and, upon proof of the offence, it shall be lawful for
such Magistrate to convict the offender and to order him to pay
such fare, charge, penalty or forfeiture, as well as such costs
attending the conviction, as he shall think fit.

71. If forthwith, upon any such adjudication as aforesaid, the
amount of the fare, charge, penalty or forfeiture, and of such costs

Asaniended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As atnended bv No. 30 of 1911.
As ainended by' No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





as aforesaid be not paid, the amount thereof shall be levied
by distress, and any Magistrate shall issue his warrant of distress
aceirdingly. The said amount shail be levied by distress and sale
of the goods and chattels of the party liable to pay the same, and
the overplus arising from the sale of such goods and chattels, after
satisfying the amount due and the expenses of the distress and
sale, shall be returned on demand to the party whose (foods have
been distrained.

72. The Magistrate by virtue any such penalty or forfelture shall A
be imposed may, where the application thereof is not otherwise
provided for, award one moiety thereof to the informer or party
prosecuting or complaining.

73. No distress levied by virtue of theis ordinanece shall be deemed
unlawful, nor shall any party making the same be deenied a.
trespasser, on account of any defect or want of forin in the sum-
mons, conviction, warrant of distress or other proceeding relating
thereto, nor shall such partY be deemed a tres 1 passer ab inition on
account of any irregularity afterwards cominitted by hini, but all
persons aggrieved by such defect or irregularit mav recover full

satisfaction for the special damage in a civil action.

74. No person shall be liable to the payment of any fare, charge,
penalty or forfeiture imposed by virtue of this Ordinance for any
offence made cognizable before a-Magistrate unless the complaint
respecting such offence shall have been made before such Magistrate
within 6 months next after the commission n of stich offence.


75. It shall be lawful for any Magistrate to summon any person

to appear before him or any other Magistrate as a witness in any
matter in which a Magistrate has jurisdiction under the provisions
of this Ordinance, at a time and place. mentioned in such
summons, and to administer to him an oath to testify the truth in
such matter, and if any person so summoned shall, without
reasonable excuse, refuse or neglect, to appear at the time and place
appointed.for that purpose, having been paid or tendered a reason
able sum for his expenses, or if any person appearing shall refuse

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amendedlby No. 30 of 1911 and No. 2 of 1912.





to be examined upon oath or to give evidence before such Magis-
trate, every such person shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 50
dollars for every such offence.

76. The Magistrate before whorn, any person shall be convicted
of any offence against this Ordinance may cause the conviction to
be drawn up according to the forin in schedule C.

77. No proceeding before a Magistrate in pursuance of this Or-
dinance shall be quashed or vacated for mrant of form or removed
by certiorari or otherwise into the Court.

78. If any party shall feel aggrieved by any determination or
adjudication of any Magistrate with respect to any fare, charge,
penalty or forfeiture under the provisions of this Ordinance, such
party may appeal under the provisions of and in manner provided
by any Ordinance relating to appeals from a Magistrate.

79. The company shall be, answerable for all accidents, damages
and injuries happening throngh its act or default, or throngb the
act or default of any person in its employment, by reason or in
consequence of any of its works or car and shall save harmless
all Departments, and persons collectively and individually, and
their officers and servants, from all damages and costs in respect of
such accidents damages and injuries.

80. Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance contained the

company shall not acquire any right other than that of user of the
roads along or across which they lay the tramway.

81. Nothing in this Ordinance shall limit the powers of the police
to regulate the passage of any traffic along or across any public
road along or across which the tran-iway is laid down, and the police
may exercise their powers as well on as off the tramway, and with
respect as well to the traffic of the company as to the traffic
of other persons, and in particular nothing in this Ordinance shall
limit the power of the Captain Superintendent of Police under any
Ordinance to make regulations with reference to traffic.

'82. Nothing in this Ordinance shall take away or abridge the
riglit'of the public to pass along or across every or any part of any

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
+ As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. lof 1912 aDd No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sehed.





public road along or across which the tramway is laid, whether on
or oIT the tramway, with carriages, cars, or vehicles not hav-
ing flange wheels or wheels suitable only to run on the rail of the
tran-iway.

83. The powers and privileges given by this OrdinanCe are

so given saving and reserving always the rights of His majesty, and

of those claiming by, from, or tinder him.

84. Nothing in this Ordinance shall exonerate the company frorn
atiy itidletinent, uction ot. other proceedings for muisance in the
event of any nuisance being caused or permitted by it,

SCHEDULE A.
RULES
In the following rules,-
'energy' means electrical energy:
'generator' means the dynameo or dyamos ro other electrical ap-
paratus used for the generation of energy;


motor--- iticans any electric motor carried on a car and used for
the conversion of energy:
c,
pipe--- means any Yas or water pipe, or other metallic pipe, struc-
tiwe, or substance

1, wire---niewis any wire or apparatus used for telegraphic, telephonic,
electrical signalling or other similar purposes:
11 current--- ineans an electric current exceeding one. thousaildth part
of one ampere.
1. Any dynamo used as a generator shall be of such pattern and con-
struction as to be capable of producing a continuotis current without
appreciable pulsation.
2. One of the two conductors used for transmitting energy from the
(Yenerator to the motors shall be in every case insulated frorn earth, and
is hereinafter referred to as the ---line -; the other may be uisulated
throughout, or may be uninsulated in such parts and to such extent as
is provided in the following rules, and is hereinafter referred to as the
1, return.---

As arnended by No. 1 of 1912.
4s arnended by No. 50 of 1911,





3. Where any rails, on which cars run, or any conductors laid between
or within 3 feet of such rails, form any part of a return such part may
be uninsulated. All other returns or parts of a return shall be in-
sulated, unless of suefi sectional area as will reduce the difference of
potential between the end's of the uninsulated portion of the return
below the limit laid down in rule 7,

4. When any uninsulated conductor laid betsveen or within 3 feet of
the rails forms any part of a return, it shall be electrically connected
to the rails at distanceg apart not exceeding 100 feet by means of copper

strips having a sectional area of ai, least one-sixteenth of a square inch,
or by other rneans of equal conductivity.

5. When any part of a return is uninsulabed it shall be connected
with the negative terminal of the generator, and in such case the
ne-ative terminal of tile generator shall also be directl connected,

through the current indicator hereinafter mentioned, to two separate
earth connections which shall be placed not less than 20 yards apart.
Provided that in place of such -0so earth connections the company l-nay
make one connection to a main for water supply of not less than 3
inches internal dianleter, with the consent of the owern thereof and
of the person supplyingAhe water, and provided that where, froin the
nature of the soil or for other reasons, the companv can show to the
satisfaction of an inspecting officer of the Goveriin~eiit that the earth
connections hereffl. specified cannot be, constructed and maintained
without undue expense, the provisilions of this rule shall not apply. The
earth connections referred to in this rule shall be constructed, laid, and
maintained so as to secure electrica contact with the general mass of
earth, and so that an electro-motive force, not exceedina 4 volts, shall
suffice to produce a current of at least 2 amperes frow one earth con-
nection to the other throuAl the earth, and a test shall be made at
least once in every month to ascertain whether this requirement is
complied with. No portion of either Parth connection shall be placed
within 6 feet of any pipe except a main foi svater supply of not less
than 3 inches inter7ial diaincter which is inetallically con~ected to the.
earth connections with the consents hereiDbefore specified.
6. When the return is partly or entirel ' v uninsulated the company
shall in the construction and maintenance of the tramwya-(a) so
separate the uninsulated return from the general mass of earth, and
from any pipe in the vicinity- (b) so connect together the several lengths
of the rails: (.c) adopt such mean., for reducing the difference produced
by the current between the potential of the uninsulated return at any
other poinll: and (d) so mainflain the efficiency of the'earth connections
specified in the preceding rules, as to fulfil the following conditions,
viz. :-

(i) that the current passing from the earth connections through the
indicator to the generator shall not at any time exceed eithera amperes
per mile of single tramway line, or 5 per cent. of the total current out-

put of the station.
(ii) that if at any time and at any place a test be made by connecting
a galvanometer oi other current-indicator to the uninsulated return to
any pipe in' the vicinity, it shall always be possible to reverse the





direction of any current indicated by interposing a battery of 3
Leclanche cells connected in series if the direction of the current is
from the return to the pipe, or by interposing one Leclanche cell if the
direction of the current is from the pipe to tile return.

In order to provide a coliGilluous indication that the condition (i) is
complied with, the ccpmpany shaii place in a conspicuous position a
suitable properly connected and correctly niarked currentAndicator, and
shall keep it connected during the whole time that the line is charged,

The owner of ally such pipe inay require the company to permit him
at reasonable times and intervals to ascertain by test that the condi-
tions specified in (ii) are complied with as regards his pipe.

7, When the return is partly or entirely uninsulated a continuous
record shall be kept by the company of the diderence of potential
duriii,y the working of the tramway between the points of tile un-
insulated return furthest from and nearest to the generating station. If
at any time such dificrence of pollential exceeds the limit of 7 volts,
the company shall take immediate steps to reduce it below that limit.

8. Every electrical connection with any pipe shall be so arran-ed as
to admit of easy examination, and shall be tested by tile company at
least once in every 3 months.

. 9. Every line and every insulated return or part of a return except
any feeder shall be constructed in sections not exceeding olle half of a
inile in length, and ineans shall be provided for insulating each such
section for purposes of testing'

10. The insulation of the line and of the. return when insulated, and
of all -feeders and other conductors, shall be so maintained that the
leakage current shall not exceed one hundredth of all ampere per mile
of tramway.The leakage current shall be ascertained daily before or
after the hours of running when the line is fully charged. If at any
time it should be found that thecurrent exceeds one half of
all ampere per mile of tramway the leak shall be localised and removed
as soon as practicable and the running of the cars shall be stopped

unless the leak is localised and removed witbin 24 hours. Provided
that where both line and return are placed within a conduit this regula-
tion shall.not apply.
11. The insulation resistance of all continuously insulated cables used
for lines, for insulated returns, for feeders, or for other purposes, and
laid below the surface of the ground, shall not be permitted to fall be-
low the equivalent of 10 riegolirns for a length of one mile. A test of
the insulation resistance of all such cables shall be made at least once
in each month.

12. Where in any case in any part of the tramway the line is erected
overhead and the return is laid on or under the grou'nd, and where any
wires have been erected or laid before the construction of the tramwav
in the same or nearly the same direction as such part of the tramwa~
the company shall, of required so to do by the owners of such wires or
any of them, permit sujh owners to insert and maintain in the. com-
pany's line one or more induction-coils or other apparatus approved by





the company for the purpose of preventing disturbance by electric induc-

tion. In any case in which the company withhold their approval of
any such apparatus the owners may appeal to the Governor-in-Council,
who may, if he thinks fit, dispense with such approval.
13. Any insulated return shall be placed parallel to and at a distance
not exceeding 3 feet from the line when tile line and return are both
erected overhead, or 18 inches when they are both laid underground.
14. In the disposition, connections, and working of feeders the com-
pany shall take all reasonable precautions to avoid injurious inter-
ference with ally existing wires.
15. The company shall so construct and maintain their system as to
secure good contact between the motors Ad the line and return
respectively.
16. The company shall adopt the best means available to prevent the
occurrence of under sparkin at the rubbing or rolling contacts in any
place and in the construction and use of their generator and motors.

17. In working the cars the current shall be varied as required by

means of a rheostat containincy at least 20 sectin or by some other

equally efficient method of gradually varying resistance.
18. The company 'shall, so far as may be applicable to their systern
of working, keep records as specifiedThese records shall, if
and when required, be forwarded for the information of the Governor
in-Council.

Duily Records.
Number ol ears running
Maximum working current.
Maximum working pressure.
Maximull current from the earth connections (vide rule 6 (i).).
Leakage current (vide rule 10).
Fall of potential ill return (vide rule 7).

Monthly Records.
Condition of earth connections (vide rule 5).
Insulation resistance of insulated cables (vide rule 11).

Quarterly Records
Conductance of joints to pipes (vide rule

Occasional Records.
Any test made under the provisions of rule 6 (ii).
Localisation and removal of leakage, stating tine occupied.

Particulars of any abnormal occurrence affecting the electric working
of the tramway.

* M aniended by No. 2 of 1912.





SCHEDULE 13.

CHARGES FOR ANIMALS, GOODS, &C.

Animals.
Forevery horse, mule, or other beast of dratiglit or
For every ox, cow, bull or head of cattle, per head

For every calf, pig, sheep, dog, or other small animal,



Per mile.

........................ 12 cents.
......... 12 ,

Goods and Minerals.
For all coals, coke, culm, charcoal, cannel, limestone,
chalk, lime, salt, sand, fire clay, cinders, dung,
compost and all sorts of manure, and all undressed
materials for the repair of public roads or highways,
per ton
For all iron, iron ore, pig iron, bar. iron, rod iron, sheet
iron, hoop iron, plates of iron, slabs, billets and rolled
iron, bricks, slags and stone, stones for building,
pitching and payin ',, tiles, slates and clay (except fire
clay), and for wrought iron not otherwise specially
cla~sed herein, and for heavy iron castin 7, including
railway chairs, per ton ...........20
For all sugar, grain, corn, flour, hides, dve-woods,
0 1
earthenware, timber and metals (except iron), nails,
anvils, vices and chains, and for light iron castings,
per ton ............................................................
Forcotton and other wools, drugs (except opium), and
manufactured goods, and all other wares, mer-
chandise, fish, articles, matters or things, per ton ...
Foropium, perchest ..............................................

20 ,

20 ,

30
20

Small Parcels.
For every parcel not exceeding 7 pounds in weight, each
Forany parcel exceeding 7 pounds and not exceeding
14 pounds in weight, each .................................
For any parcel exceeding 14 pounds and not exceeding
28pounds in weight, each .............

For any parcel exceeding 28 pounds and not exceeding

56 pounds in weight, each .20
For any parcel exceeding 56 pounds in weight, such sums
as the company may think fit.

5

11







10 ',

15 ',

Provided always that articles sent in large aggregate quantities,
although made up in separate parcels such as bags of sugar, coffee,
meal, and the like, shall not he deemed small parcels, but that term
shall apply only to single parcels in separate packages.





Rules as to the Charges mentioned in this Schedule.
A fraction of a mile beyond an integral number of miles shall be
deemed a mile.
For a fraction of a ton tile company may demand and take charges
according to the number of the quarters of a ton in such fraction, and
if there be a fraction of a quarter of a ton such fraction shall be deemed
a quarter of a ton.
With respect to all articles except stone and timber, the weight shall
be determined accordin. to the usual avoirdupois weight.

With respect to stone and timber, 14 cubic feet of stone, 50 cubic feet
of China fir or Singapore cedar, and 40 feet of any other timber, shall
be deemed one toll weight, and so in proportlon for any smaller
quantity.

SCHEDULE C.

Fortn of Conviction.

Hongkong to writ.
Be it remembered that on the dav of
Our Lord 19

('4. B.)

in the year of
is convicted before (C.D.)
a Magistrate for the Colony of Hongkong.
[here describe the offence generally and the time and place when and wherc committed,'
contrary to the Tramway Ordinance, 1902.

Given under my hand and seal the day and year first above written.

C.D.
Short title. Interpretation. [cf.No.3 of 1901.] Construction and route of tramway. Plans. Power to lay single line where double line authorised,and to reconvert into double line. Power to widen bridges,etc. Power to make additional crossings,etc. Power to lay down seawater pipes. Position of Sections in road. Gauge of tramway. Power to break up roads. Completion of works,and rein-statement of road. Further provisions as to construction of tramway. Repair of roads on which tramway laid. Maintenance and level of rails. Roads to be watered. Temporary tramways may be made when necessary. Application of road materials excavated in construction of works. Protection of Departments and persons. Protection of sewers,etc. Protection of Government or telegraph cables or lines. Rights of Departments,etc.,to open roads. Differences between company and others (other than the Director of Public Works). Differences between company and Director of Public Works. Tramway not tobe opened until certified fit for traffic. Procedure when public not afforded full benefit or tramway. Procedure on non-compliance with order. Discontinuance of tramway. Proceedings in case of insolvency of company. Purchase by Government of tramway. Motive power. Construction of cars. Powers ot Authorities to inspect cars,etc. Penalty for using electric power contrary to Ordinance. Rules. Penalties may be imposed in rules. Wheels and width of cars. Power to sell. Power to lease. Power to mortgage. Rights of Government in military emergency. Fares,etc.,to be paid in such emergency. Postmen and policemen on duty and in uniform free. Traffic upon tramway. Company not bound to carry animals or goods. Royalties. Fares for passengers. Cheap fares for labouring classes. Separate car for Chinese third class passengers. If cars full,company not bound to carry. Passengers not to speak to driver. Passengers' luggage. Charges for animals and goods. Payment of fares and charges. On abandonment,road to be reinstated. Breach of provisions of Ordinance,etc. Further offences. Further offences. Power to temporarily seize offender. Penalty for bringing dangerous goods on tramway. Penalty for using tramway with flange-wheeled carriages,etc. Recovery of fares,etc. Distress. Application of penalties. Distress not unlawful for want of form. Fares,etc., to be sued for within 6 months. Power to summon witnesses. Form of conviction. Proceedings not to be quashed for want of form. Appeal. Cf.No.3 of 1890. Company to be responsible for all damage through its act or default. Right of useer of roads only acquired. Power to police to regulate traffic. Rights of public reserved. Reservation of rights of the Crown. Company not exempted from proceedings for nuisance.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation. [cf.No.3 of 1901.] Construction and route of tramway. Plans. Power to lay single line where double line authorised,and to reconvert into double line. Power to widen bridges,etc. Power to make additional crossings,etc. Power to lay down seawater pipes. Position of Sections in road. Gauge of tramway. Power to break up roads. Completion of works,and rein-statement of road. Further provisions as to construction of tramway. Repair of roads on which tramway laid. Maintenance and level of rails. Roads to be watered. Temporary tramways may be made when necessary. Application of road materials excavated in construction of works. Protection of Departments and persons. Protection of sewers,etc. Protection of Government or telegraph cables or lines. Rights of Departments,etc.,to open roads. Differences between company and others (other than the Director of Public Works). Differences between company and Director of Public Works. Tramway not tobe opened until certified fit for traffic. Procedure when public not afforded full benefit or tramway. Procedure on non-compliance with order. Discontinuance of tramway. Proceedings in case of insolvency of company. Purchase by Government of tramway. Motive power. Construction of cars. Powers ot Authorities to inspect cars,etc. Penalty for using electric power contrary to Ordinance. Rules. Penalties may be imposed in rules. Wheels and width of cars. Power to sell. Power to lease. Power to mortgage. Rights of Government in military emergency. Fares,etc.,to be paid in such emergency. Postmen and policemen on duty and in uniform free. Traffic upon tramway. Company not bound to carry animals or goods. Royalties. Fares for passengers. Cheap fares for labouring classes. Separate car for Chinese third class passengers. If cars full,company not bound to carry. Passengers not to speak to driver. Passengers' luggage. Charges for animals and goods. Payment of fares and charges. On abandonment,road to be reinstated. Breach of provisions of Ordinance,etc. Further offences. Further offences. Power to temporarily seize offender. Penalty for bringing dangerous goods on tramway. Penalty for using tramway with flange-wheeled carriages,etc. Recovery of fares,etc. Distress. Application of penalties. Distress not unlawful for want of form. Fares,etc., to be sued for within 6 months. Power to summon witnesses. Form of conviction. Proceedings not to be quashed for want of form. Appeal. Cf.No.3 of 1890. Company to be responsible for all damage through its act or default. Right of useer of roads only acquired. Power to police to regulate traffic. Rights of public reserved. Reservation of rights of the Crown. Company not exempted from proceedings for nuisance.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/925

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

107

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 10 of 1902

Number of Pages

33
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:32 +0800
<![CDATA[ROPE COMPANY'S TRAMWAY ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/924

Title

ROPE COMPANY'S TRAMWAY ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 21 of 1901.

To authorise the Hongkong Rope Manufacturing Company to
construct a Tramway. [15th December, 1901]
WHEREAS the Honakong Rope Maufacturing Company, Limited, is
desirous of constructing a tramway for the purpose of loading and
discharging goods, merchandise, and cargro, and has applied to the
Government to confer upon it the necessar powers for so doing,
and it is expedient that such powers should be granted, under and
subject to the conditions, restrictions, and provisions hereinafter
contained:-
1. The Rope Company's Tramway Ordinance, 1901.

2-(2) The Hongkong Rope Manufacturing Company, Limited,
(hereinafter referred to as ' the company -, which shall include
its assigns) inay construct, lay down, and rnaintain, subject to the
provisions of this Ordinance and in accordance with the plan
which has been deposited as hereinafter mentioned, the tramway
hereinafter described, with all proper signalling arrangements,

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As arnended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.
AS aniended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





crossings, passing places, sidings, junctions, rails, turn-tables,
works, and conveniences, and the company shall have the exclu-
sive right to work and use the same.
(2) The tramway authorised by this Ordinance is as follows:-
A partly single and partly double line commencing at a point
(shown on the said plan) Dear to and to the south of the north-
east corner of Inland Lot -No 906, thence passing (by a curve)
in a northerly direction along Smithfield and across the Prava in
the position shown on the said plan and terminating upon the
wharf intended to be erected in the position shown on the said plan.

3. The plan hereinbefore referred to is the plan dated 17th
October, 1901, and deposited by the company in the office of the
Director of Public Works.

4. The tramway shall be constructed on a gauge of 2 feet
6 inches in width, and with rails of such material and type
as shall, before being laid down, be approved of by the Director
of Public Works, and shall be laid and maiDtained in such manner
that the uppermost surface thereof shall be on a level with
the surface of the road: Provided that the Governor-in-Council
may requife the company to adopt and apply, at its sole cost and
charges, such improvements in or additions to the tramway and
all appliances onnected therewith, including the motive power
and trucks employed thereon, rails, sleepers, turn-tables, signal-
ling arrangements, and sub-structure, as experience may suggest,
having regard to the greater security of the public and advantage
to the ordinary traffic, and the company shall, with all reasonable
despatch, comply with any order made by the Governor-in-Council
for the purpose of carrying out any such iraprovements.

5. The company may, for the purpose of making, forming,
laying down, maintaining, renewing, altering, adding to, or re-
moving the tramway or any part thereof., open and break up any
road, subject to the following regulations:-
(1) the coinpany shall give to the Director of Public Works
notice of its intention, specifying the time at which it will begin
to do so, and the portion of road proposed to be opened.or broken
up, such notice to be given 7 days at least before the commence-
ment of the work; and

As amendpd by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As ainend-ed by No. 60 of 1911 and ',No. 1 of 1912,





(2) the company shall not open or break up or alter the level of
any road except with the authority of the Director of Public Works.

6.-M When the , company has opened or broken up any
portion. of any road, it shall be under the following further
obligations:-
(a) it shall, with all convenient speed, complete the work on
account of which it opened or broke up the same and (subject to
the formation, maintenance, renewal, or alteration of, addition to,
or removal of the tramway) fill in the ground, and inake good the
surface, and restore the road, to the satisfaction of the Director of
Public Works; and
(b) it shall in the meantime cause the place where the road is
opened or broken up to be fenced and watched and. to be properly
lighted from sunset to sunrise..
(2) If the company falls to comply with this section, it shall for
every offence (without prejudice to the enforcement of the specific
,performance of the requirement of this Ordinance or to any other
remedy against it) be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars, and to a further fine not exceeding 25
dollars for each day during which any such failure continues after
the first day on which such penalty is incurred.

7.-(1) The company shall maintain in good condition and
repair, and at their proper level so as not to be a danger or
annoyance to the ordinary traffic, the rails of which the tramway
for the time being consists, and the turn-tables and other appli-
ances used in connexion with the tramway, and the sub-structure
upon which the same rests, together with the roadway between
the rails of the tramway and so inuch of the roadway as extends
18 inches beyond the rails of the tramway, which shall be
laid with such materials and in such manner as the Director of
Public Works may direct; and if the Director of Public Works
alters the level of any road along or across which the tramway is
laid, then and so often as the same may happen the company shall,
at its own expense, alter the rails so that the uppermost surface
thereof shall be on a level with the surface of the road as altered.
(2) If the company makes default in complying with this sec-
tion, it shall for every offence be liable, on summary conviction, to

As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 80 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





a fine not exceeding 25 dollars and, in case of a continuing ollence,
to a further fine not exceeding 10 dollars for every day after the
first day on which such default continues.

8. If the company disuses the tramway or any part thereof for
6 months, without affording the Governor-in-Council some satis-
factory reason, it shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to
abate and remove the same and restore the site to its former con-
dition at the cost of the company, and the amount of such cost
shall be a debt due to the Government and shall be recoverable
against the company.

9.-(1) Subject to the approval of the Governor-in-Council, the
company may sell or assign the tramway'or any part thereof, and
the rights conferred by this Ordinance, to such person by public
auction or private contract or partly by public auction and partly
by private contract, and with, under, and subject to such terms
and conditions in all respects as the company may think fit, with
power at any such sate to fix a reserve for or buy in the same.
(2) 'When any such sale or assignment has been made, all the
rights, powers, authorities, obligations, and liabilities of the com-
pany in respect to the tramway or part thereof sold or assigned,
shall be transferred to, vested in, and may be exercised by and
shall attach to the person to whom the same has been sold
or assigned, in like manner as if the tramway or part thereof sold
or assigned was constructed by such person under powers conferred
upon him by this Ordinance, and in reference to the same he shall
be deemed to be the company.

10. Subject to the approval of the Governor-in-Council the com-
pany may demise the tramway or any part thereof, together with
the rights, powers, and privileges conferred by this Ordinance, to
such person, for such term of years or from year to year,-or for any
less period, and for such rent and on such terms and conditions in
all respects as the company may think fit to adopt, to take effect
either in possession or reversion, and either with or without a pre-
mium as a consideration for such demise.

11. It shall be lawful for the company to borrow money
on mortgage of all or any part of the tramway and of the rights,

As amended by No. 19 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As am nd d b N . 60 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
e y 10
4s anlen?ed by No. 1 of 1912.





powers, and privileges conferred by this Ordinance, and for that
purpose to assign or demise by way of niortgage all.or any portion
of the trarnway to any person, and to enter into all such
covenants, provisoes, declarations, and agreements as the company
may think fit and proper.

12. The rights, powers, and privileges granted by this Ordinance
to the company and its assigns shall continue lit force for 10 years,
to be computed from 15th December, 1901 : Provided always that
the Governor-in-Council may, so often as he may think expedient,
by order to be published in the Gazette, declare that the duration
of such rights, powers, and privileges shail be extended for any
further term not exceeding 10 years at a tline, and thereupon such
rights, powers, and privileges shall coiitiniie in force for such
extended period.

11-(1) On the cessation of the rights, powers, and privileges
granted by this Ordinance, it shall be at the option of the
Governor-in-Councit to purchase the trainway and works authorised
by this Ordinance from the company for a price which shall
be exclusive of any allowance for past or future profits of the
undertaking or any compensation for coniptilsory sale, to be deter-
mined, in case of digerence, by two arbitrators to be nominated
one by tile Governor-in-Council and the other by the company,
and, in case the said arbitrators cannot agree, by an umpire to be
agreed upon between them.

(2) If the Governor-in-Council does not exercise the option to
buy within one month of such cessation as aforesaid, the company
shall, at its own expense, remove the trainway and works and res-
tore the site thereof to its former condition, and, lit the event of
its failure, to do so within one year of the date of such cessation,
it shall be lawful for the Goverlior-in-Councll to abate and remove
the same and restore the site the,eof to its former condition, at
the cost of the company, and the amount of such cost shall be a
debt due to the Government and shall be recoverable 3gainst the
company accordingly.

14. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to alter or afEect
the provisions of any enactment conferring power upon the

Asamended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 2 of. 1912. The rights,
powers and privileges referred to in this section were revived
retrospectively by Ordinance in 1913.
't~s amended by So. 1 of 1912.






Director of Public Works to stop or otherwise deal with traffic along
streets or roa ds or to block up or otherwise deal with streets or
roads, for the purpose of carrying out works of a public nature.

15. Nothing in this Ordinance, or in any order made thereunder,
shall take away or abridge the right of the public to pass along or
across every part of any public road along or across which the
tramway is laid, whether on or od the tramway, with carriages,
cars, or vehicles not having wheels suitable only to run on the rails
of the tramway.

16. The powers and privileges given by this Ordinance are so
given saying and reserving always the rights of His Majesty, and
those claiming by, from, or under him, except as is herein other-
wise provided.


* As aineiicfed by No. 1 of 1912.
Short title. Powewr to Hongkong Rope Manufacturing Company to construct tramway. Plan of tramway. Gauge of tramway. Power to company to break up road,etc. Completion of work and re-instatement of road. Penalty for not maintaining rails,roads,etc.,at proper level and in good condition. Power for Governor-in-Council to abate and remove works in certain events. Power to sell tramway. Power to demise tramway. Power to mortgage tramway. Duration of Ordinance. Cessation of powers of company. Saving of power to stop or divert traffic,etc. Reservation of rights of public. Reservation of rights of the Crown.

Abstract

Short title. Powewr to Hongkong Rope Manufacturing Company to construct tramway. Plan of tramway. Gauge of tramway. Power to company to break up road,etc. Completion of work and re-instatement of road. Penalty for not maintaining rails,roads,etc.,at proper level and in good condition. Power for Governor-in-Council to abate and remove works in certain events. Power to sell tramway. Power to demise tramway. Power to mortgage tramway. Duration of Ordinance. Cessation of powers of company. Saving of power to stop or divert traffic,etc. Reservation of rights of public. Reservation of rights of the Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/924

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 21 of 1901

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:32 +0800
<![CDATA[TRUSTEE (HONGKONG GOVERNMENT SECURITIES) ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/923

Title

TRUSTEE (HONGKONG GOVERNMENT SECURITIES) ORDINANCE, 1901

Description



No. 20 of 1901.

To facilitate the Investment of Trust and other Funds in the
United Kingdomin Hongkong Gocerninent Securities.
[10th December, .1901.]
WHERICAs by the Colonial Stock Act, 1900, tlie securities in which a
trustee may invest under the powers of the Trustee Act, 1893, are
declared to include any Colonial Stockis registered in the
United Kingdom in accordance with the Provisions of the Colonial
Stock Acts, and with respect to which there have been observed
such conditions, if any, as the Lords Commissioners of tfle Treasury
may, by Order notled in the London Gazette, prescribe; AND
WHEREAS the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury have, by an
Order dated 6th December, 1900, prescribed as two of the said
conditions that a Colony shall provide by legislation for the pay-
ment, out of the revenues of the Colony, of any sunis which ma
become payable to stockholders under any judgment, decree, rule,
or order of a Court in the United Ringdoin, and that the Colonial
Government should place on record a. forinal expression of their
opinion that any colonial legislation which appears to the Imperial
Government to alter any of the provisions affecting the stock to
the injury of the stockholder, or to involve a departure from the
original contract in. regard to the stock, would properly be dis-
allowed; AND WHEREAS.it. is expedient that provision should be
made to enable advantage to be taken of the said Acts in respect
-of investment of trust funds in HOngkong Government securities:--
1. The Trustee (Heongkong Government Securities) Ordinance,

2. In this Ordinance,---The Colonial Stock Acts---mean the Ae
of Parliament known as the Colonial Stock Acts, 1877 to 1900.

3. This drdinarice shall apply to all securities heretofore or here-
after created or issued on behalf of the Government of Hongkong
to which the Colonial Stock Acts apply, and which are registered
in the United Kingdom in accordance with the provisions of those
Acts, each and all of which securities are hereinafter referred to as
---Hongkong G-overnment Securities'

4.-(1) Whenever, by the final judgment, decree. rule, or order

of any Court of competent jurisdiction in the United Kingdom, any
sum of money is adjudged or declared to be payable by the Govern-
ment of Hongkong in respect of any Hongkong Government

1 * As amendedoby No. 1 of 1912.
securities, the Government shall forthwith pay that sum out of the
funds in the hands of the Crown Agents belonging to the Govern-
ment, without further appropriation than this Ordinance.

(2) For the purposes of this section, ---final judgment, decree,
rule, or order,' mean, in case of appeal, the final judgment, de-
cree, rule, or order of the ultimate Court hearing the appeal.

5. In order to enable every such payment to be duly made, a
certificate under the hands of the Crown Agents, specifying the

suni so paid under the order of any such Court, shall be sufficient
authority to the Auditor General or other officer having the audit-
ing of their accounts for passing such sum without further
appropriation.

6. If at any tline her eafter an Ordinance is passed which appears
to the Imperial Government to alter any of the provisions affecting
the Hongkong Government securities to the injury of the holder

thereof, or to involve a departure from tht original contract in regard
to those securities, that Ordinance will properly be disallowed.
[63 & 64 Vict.c.62.] [56 & 57 Vict.c.53.] Short title. Interpretation.[40 & 41 Vict.c.59;55 & 56 Vict.c.35;63 & 64 Vict.c.62.] Application of the Ordinance. Provision for payment of money due to stockholders by Government of Hongkong. Certificate by Crown Agents. Provision for disallowance of Ordinance injuriously affecting Government securities.

Abstract

[63 & 64 Vict.c.62.] [56 & 57 Vict.c.53.] Short title. Interpretation.[40 & 41 Vict.c.59;55 & 56 Vict.c.35;63 & 64 Vict.c.62.] Application of the Ordinance. Provision for payment of money due to stockholders by Government of Hongkong. Certificate by Crown Agents. Provision for disallowance of Ordinance injuriously affecting Government securities.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/923

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

77

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 20 of 1901

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:31 +0800
<![CDATA[FINE ARTS COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/922

Title

FINE ARTS COPYRIGHT ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 17 of 1901.

Relating to Copyright in works of the Five Arts, and for
repressinq the of Fraud in the Production and
Sale of such Works. [12th October, 1901.]
1. The Fine Arts Copyright Ordinance, 1901.

[ss. 22, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, rep. No. 24 of 19112 s. 11]

8.-(1) No person shall do or cause to be done anly or either of
the following acts :-
(a) fraudulently sign or otherwise affix, or fraudulently cause to
be signed or otherwise affixed, to or upon any painting, drawing,
or photograph, or the negative thereof, any name, initials, or,
monogram ;
(b) fraudulently sell, publish, exhibit, or dispose of, or offer for
sale, exhibition, or distribution, any painting, drawing, or photo-
graph, or negative of a photograph, having tbercon the name,
initials, or monogram of a person who did not execute or make such
work;
(c) fraudulently utter, dispose of, or put off, or cause to
be uttered or disposed of, any copy or colourable imitation of any

* As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
f As amendedp by No. 30 of 1911, No, 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and
No, 2 of 1912.





painting, drawing, or photograph, or negative of a photograph,
whether there is subsisting copyright therein or not, as having
been made or executed by the author or maker of the original work
from which such copy imitation has been taken.


(122) Where the author or maker of any painting, drawing, or
photograph, or negative of a photograph, made either before or
after the commencement of this Ordinance, has sold or otherwise
parted with the possesion of such work, if any alteration is after-
wards made therein by any other person, by addition or otherwise,
no person shall be at liberty, during the life of the author or maker
of such work, without his consent, to niake, or knowingly to sell
or publish or offer for sale, such work or any copies of such work
so altered as aforesaid, or of any part thereof, as or for the
unaltered work of such author or maker.

(3) Every offender under this section shall forfeit to the person
aggrieved a sum not exceeding 100 dollars or not exceeding double
the full price, if any, at which all such copies, engravings,
itations, or altered works have been sold or offe ed for sale; and


further all such copies, engravings, imitations, or altered works
shall be forfeited to the petson, or the assigns or legal represen-
tatives of the person, whose name, initals, or monograms is or are
so fraudulently signed or affixed thereto or to whom such spurious
or altered work is so fraudulentIv or falsely ascribed as aforesaid.
Provided always that the penalties imposed by this section shall not
be incurred unless the person whose name, initials, or monogram
is or are so fraudulently slianed or affixed, or to whom such
spurious or altered work is so fraudulently or falsely ascribed as
aforesaid, has been living at, or within 20 years next before, the
time when the offence may have been committed.

9. All pecuniary penalties which are incurred, and all such
unlawful copies, imitations, and all other effects and things which
are forfeited, by offenders, pursuant to this Ordinance, may
be recovered by the person hereinbefore empowered to recover the
same, either by action in the Supreme Court against the party
offending or by summary proceedings before a Magistrate.

- [ss. 10, 11, 12, and 13, rep. No. 24 of 1912 s. 2.]-

No. 18 of 1901, repealed by No. 8 of 1912 s. 12.

No. 19 of 1901, repealed by No. 31 of 1911 s~ 50.
Short title. Penalties for fraudulent productions and sales.[25 & 26 Vict.c.68 s.7.] Recovery of pecuniary penalties.[25 & 26 Vict.c.68 s.8.]

Abstract

Short title. Penalties for fraudulent productions and sales.[25 & 26 Vict.c.68 s.7.] Recovery of pecuniary penalties.[25 & 26 Vict.c.68 s.8.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/922

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

528

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 17 of 1901

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:31 +0800
<![CDATA[STAMP ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/921

Title

STAMP ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 16 of 1901.

To cnnsolidate and aniend the laws relating to Stamps and Stamp Duty.
[5th October, 1901]
1.The Stamp Ordinance, 1901.

2. In this Ordinance-
---The Collector---includes the person appointed by the Governor
to have the control and management of the Stamp Office:
Document--- means any deed, instrument, or writing whatso-
ever :

---Material--- means paper or parchment :

---Executed--- and---execution,- with reference to documents not
under seal, mean signed and signature respectively.



As amended by No. 11 of 1902, No. 12 of 1903, No. 13 of 1911 and
No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 11 of 1902 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
As amended by No, 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Administration.
3. There shall be one general Stainp Office and such subsidiary
stamp offices as the Governor may appoint.

4. The Governor may appoint a Chief Officer who shall have the
control and mana-evient of the Stamp Office, and such other officers
as may be required to carry on the, business of the office.

5. For every document executed of any of the kinds specified by
the 1st schedule as requiring stamps, there shall be payable a stamp
duty of the amount indicated in the said schedule to he proper for
such document.

6. The Govenor-in-council may make rules--

(1) fixing lower rates of dtity than those specified in the 1st
schedule;

(2) exempting froni dtity any of the. documents mentioned in the
said schedule ;
(3) prescribing the, form, size, and material of the stamps to be
used, and the mode and place of Impressing, affixing, or denoting
the value of the same, and the manner of writing upon or filling up
the same, and also the manner of cancelling the same;

(4) authorising or prohibiting the use of adhesive stamps for any
documents required to bear stamps;

(5) authorising the over-embossing of the stamps, and the method
of such over-embossing;

(6) providing for the Collector certifying that stamp duty has
been paid; and

(7) generally for the carrying out of the provisions of this
Ordinance.

Fxecution out of the Colony.
7. All documents whatever executed out of the Colony shall,
before being used, brought into force, or registered within the
Colony, be stamped according to the rate of dirty to which they
would have been liable if they had been executed in the Colony.

As 4mended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amendOU by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





Stamping after Execution.
8.-(1) Any civil Court may direct the Collector to stamp and
receive the duty and penalty, if any, upon any document which
may be stamped alter execution under this Ordinance. Such duty
and penalty shall be paid into Court, and shall be remitted to the
Collector with the document to be stamped, after the document has
been admitted in evidence.

(2) The Collector may stamp documents after execution in cases
where be is satisfied that the omission or neglect to stamp or to
stamp sufficiently did not arise from any intention to evade payment
of starnp duty or otherwise to defraud, subject to the following
rules :-
(a) transfers of shares shall not be stamped until the numbers
of the shares and the consideration money are entered, nor shall
they, if executed in the Colony, be stamped after execution;
(b) bills of exchange and promisory notes executed in the Colony
shall not be stamped after execution;
(c) documents executed out of the Colony shall be stamped in
accordance with the provisions of section 7;
(d) the documents mentioned in the 2nd schedule may be stamp-
ed, without payment of penalty, at any time within 7 days from the
date of execution; and,
(e) subject to the precedmig rules, all documents which may
be stamped after execution may be so stamped on payment of a
penalty, as follows :-
(1) if within 1 month of execution, double the amount of deficient
duty ;
(ii) if within 2 months, 4 times the amount of deficient duty; and
(iii) if after 2 months, 10 times the amount of deficient duty :
Provided always that the Collector may remit the whole or any
portion of the penalty prescribed by this sub-section if he is satisfied
that the omission or neglect to stamp arose solely from urgent
necessity or unavoidable accident or that the special circumstances
of the case otherwise justify his doing so. He may require sworn
or other evidence as to the circumstances.
Provided further that the instruments specified in sub-sections (2)
(a) and (b) may be stamped after execution if the Collector is

As ainended by No. 34 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 aud
No. 2 of 1912.





satisfied by statutory declaration, or otherwise as he way require,
that the omission to stamp arose solely from urgent necessity and
if the instruments be brought to be stamped without any delay.

Adjudication, Reception in Evidence, and Impounding.

9.-(1) Whenever any person is in doubt respecting the prope
amount of stamp duty payable upon any document, he may apply
to the Collector for an adjudication on such document, on payment
of a fee of 1 dollar, whereupon the Collector shall decide the
amount of duty to which the document is liable, and, on payment
thereof, shall impress the document with stamps to that amount,
and also with an additional stamp denoting that the adjudication fee
has been paid.
(2) If the Collector is of opinion that the document is not charge-
able with any duty, he may stamp the document with a particular
stamp denoting that it is not chargeable with any duty, or may
make an entry to that effect on the document, in addition to which
lie shall impress it with the adjudication fee stamp.
(3) Any document bearing the adjudication fee stamp shall be
received in evidence in any Court or registered by any public officer
as properly stamped, and shall be regarded as properly stamped for
any purpose whatever.

10.-(1)All decisions, orders, or acts of the Collector may be
reversed or modi---fied by the Governor.
(2) Whenever any person supposes any adjudication of the Collec-
tor, with reference to any document tendered by such person to be
stamped, to be erroneous, it shall be lawful for such person to make
application to the Supreme Court in its Summary Jurisdiction, and
the Court,Iiaving heard such person and the Collector or his deputy,
may order the payment of the duty in dispute or may make such
other order as may be necessary under the circumstances.

11. Except as otherwise provided by this Ordinance, Do document
liable to stamp duty under this Ordinance shall be received as creat-
ing, transferring, or extinguishing any right or obligation, or as
evidence in any civil proceeding in any Court, or shall be acted
upon, registered, or authenticated in any such Court or public or

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by NQ. 1 of 1912.





other office or by any public officer, unless such document is stamped
according to this Ordinance or in accordance with the law in force
at the time when it was executed.

12. It shall be lawful for all Courts and for the Collector, and for
all persons employed for the sale and distribution of stamps, and
they are hereby required, to take possession of any document as to
which any breach of the laws relating to stamp duty may appear to
have been committed, and to deliver the same to the Collector to
be used in prosecuting the offender.

13.-(1.) Every instrument written upon stamped material is to
be written in such manner, and every instrument partly or wholly
written before being stamped is to be so stamped, that the stamp
may appear on the face of the instrument, and cannot be used for
or applied to any other instrument written upon the same piece of
material.

(2) If more than one instrument be written upon the same piece
of material, every one of the instruments is to be separately and
distinctly stamped with the duty with which it is chargeable.

14. Except where express provision to the contrary is made by
this or any other Ordinance,-
(a) an instrument containing or relating to several distinct
matters is to be separately and distinctly charged, as if it were a
separate instrument, with duty in respect of each of the matters;
(b) an instrument inade for any consideration. in respect whereof
it is chargeable with ad valorem duty, and also for any further or
other valuable consideration or considerations, is to be separately
and distinctly charged, as if it were a separate instrument, with
duty in respect of each of the considerations.

15.-(1) Where an instrument is chargeable with ad valorem
duty in respect of-
(a) any money in currency other than Hongkong currency, or
(b) any stock or marketable security,
the duty shall be calculated on the value, on the day of the date of
the instrument, of the money or stock or security in Hongkong
currency according to the current rate of exchange.

A

AS amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 34 of 1911 and No. 35 of 1911.
As amended by No. 84 of 1911.





. (2) Where an instrument contains a statement of current rate of
exchange, or price, as the case may require, and is stamped in
accordance with that statement, it is, so far as regards the subject-
matter of the statement, to be deemed duly stamped, unless or until
it is shown that the statement is untrue, and that the instrument is
in fact insufficiently stamped.

16. Where the duty with which an instrument is chargeable
depends in any manner upon the duty paid upon another instru-
ment, the payment of the last-nientioned duty shall, upoii application
to the Collector and production of both the instruments, be denoted
upon the first-mentioned instrument in such manner as the Collector
thinks fit.

17.-(1) An instrument, the duty upon which is required or per-
mitted by law to be denoted by an adhesive stamp, is not to be
deemed duly stamped with an adhesive stamp, unless the person
required by law to cancel the adhesive stamp cancels the same by
writing on or across the stamp his name or mitials, or the name or
initials of his firm, together with the true date of his so writing, or
otherwise effectively cancels the stamp and renders the same in-
capable of being used for any other instrument,, or for any postal
purpose, or unless it is otherwise proved that the stamp appearing
on the instrument was affixed thereto at the proper time.
(2) Where two or more adhesive stamps are used to denote the
stamp duty upon an instrument, each stamp is to bc cancelled in the
manner aforesaid.

(3) Every person who, being required by law to cancel an ad-
hesive stamp, neglects or refuses duly and effectually to do so in the
manner aforesald, shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a fine
of 100 dollars.

Miscellaneous Matters.
18.-(1) Every letter or power of attorney for the purpose of
appointing a proxy to vote at a. meeting, is to specify the day on
which the meeting at which it is intended to be used is to be held,
and is to be available only at the meeting so specified or any adjourn-
ment thereof.

* As amended by No. 84 of 1911.
No. 12 of 1912.
As amended by No. 80 of 1911, No. 84 of 1911 Bud No. 21 of 1912.





(2) Every person who votes or attempts to vote under or by
means of any such letter or power of attorney, not being duly
stamped, shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not
exceeding 200 dollars.
(3) Every vote given or tendered under the authority or by means
of any such letter or power of attorney, not being duly stamped, shall
be absolutely null and void.

[s. 19 (formerly s. 1.5), rep. 1No. 5.5 of 1911.]

20.-(1) The expense of the stamp for any bill of exchange or
promissory note shall be borne by the persoin drawing or making or
negotiating the same.
(2) The expense of any receipt stamp shall be borne by the person
receiving payment.

21. The Government shall not be responsible for the loss of or
for damage to any document tendered for stamping whilst in the
custody of the Collector, nor shall any officer of the Stamp Office
be responsible for such loss or damage, unless he has caused it
wilfully, fraudulently, or by gross negligence.

Probate Duty.
22.-(1) In. this and the following sections the word ---estate
or---property--- or ---effects---of a deceased person, means the per-
sonal estate and effects of whatever kind of such person, and includes
property passing on the death of such person.
(2) The petition of any person applying for probate of the will,
or letters of administration, with or without the will annexed, of
the estate of a deceased person shall include or have annexed thereto
a list or schedule of-
(a) any property taken as a donatio mortis causd made by the
deceased person, or taken under a disposition made by the deceased
person purporting to operate as an immediate gift inter viros,
whether by way of conveyance, assignment, transfer, delivery,
declaration of trust, or otherwise, which has not been bond fide made
12 months before the death of the deceased person, or taken under
any gift, whenever made, under which the donee has not assumed

As ainended by No. 34 of 1911.
As aniended by No. 34 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 84 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





bond fide possession and enjoyment immediately upon the gift and
thenceforward has retained the same, to the entire exclusion of the
donor or of any benefit to him by contract or otherwise;
(b) any property which the deceased person, having been abso-
lutely entitled thereto, has, without valuable consideration, caused
to be transferred to or vested in himself and any other person
jointly, whether by disposition or otherwise, so that the beneficial
interest therein or in some part thereof passes or accrues by
survivorship on his death to such other person;
(c) any property passing tinder any past or future settlement
made, without valuable consideration, by the deceased person, by
deed or any other instrument not taking effect as a whereby
an interest in such property for life or any other period determin-
able by reference to death is reserved, either expressly or by im-
plication, to the settlor, or whereby the settlor may have reserved
to himself the right, by the exercise of any power, to restore to
himself or to reclaim the absolute interest in siicli property; and
(d) any money payable ---undera policy of insurance effected by
any person on his life where the policy is wholly kept up by him
for the benefit of a donee whether nominee or assignee, or a part
of such money in proportion to the premium paid by him where the
policy is partially kept up by him for such benefit;
and probate duty shall be payable in respect of all such property
included in such list or schedule in the same manner as if such
property formed part of the estate and effects of the deceased person
for or in respect of which such probate or letters of administration
is or are granted.
(3) A covenant to pay any Crown rent and observe and perform
any conditions or covenants contained in any Crown lease shall not
be deemed to be valuable consideration withiri the ineaning of this
section.
(4) A covenant by the transferee in any disposition of an equity
of'redemption in mortgaged propekty to pay the mortgage debt and
interest or any part thereof, or to indemnify the transferor against
such debt and interest or any part thereof, shall not be deemed to
be valuable consideration for the transfer of such equity of redemp-
tion within the meaning of this section.

23.-(1) It shall be lawful for any person applying for probate or
letters of administration, or for the exeinplification of probate or

4s amended by No. 34 of 1911 and ING. W of 1911.





letters of administration, or for the sealing of any probate or letters
of administration granted in the United Kingdom to deliver with,
or to annex to or include in, the sworn petition a schedule of the
mortage debts due and owing from the deceased person on the
security of leasehold property situated in the Colony where such
property forms part of the estate of the deceased person and is the
sole seenrity by way of mortgage for such debts, and also of the
debts due from the deceased person to persons resident in the
Colony, and in that ease, for the ptirl)ose of the payment of probate
duty, the aggregate aniount of the debts appearing in the schedule
shall be deducted froin the valtie of the deceased person's estate and
effects in the_Colony as specified in tbe schedule delivered with, or
annexed to or included in, the sworn petition.

(2) Debts to be deducted under the power hereby given.shall be
debts due and owing from the deceased perscn and payable by law
out of any part of the estate and effects in the Colony comprised in
the sworn petition, and are not to include voluntary debts expressed
to be payable on the death of the deceased person or payable under
any instriuneDt which has not been bon6 fide delivered to the donee
thereof 3 montlis before the death of the deceased person.

24. In every case where probate or letters of administration of
the estate of a deceasedis for the first time applied for after
the lapse of one year from the date of the death of such person, and
in every case wlibi.e sealing under the provisions of Part VI of the
Probates Ordinance, 1897, is for the first time applied for after the
lapse of one year from the date of the grant by a Court of Probate
sittiate outside the Colony of the probate or administration of which
the sealing is desired, probate duty shall be charged at 3 times the
customary rate, unless the Derson making the application can prove
to the satisfaction of a Judge that be was not within the said period
of one year aware of the existence within the Colony of any property
of whatsoever nature belonging to the estate of the deceased person,
and that he could not within such period with due and reasonable
diligence have ascertained the existence of the same.

25-(1) If at any time it is discovered that any deceased person's
personal estate and effects in the Colony were at the'date of the

As amended by No. 44 of 1909, No. 34 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 44 of 1909, No. 30 of 1911, No. 34 of 1911,
No. 35 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 21 of
1912.





death in the case of property passing on death, or in other cases at
the time of the grant of probate or letters of administration or of
exemplification or of the scaling of any probate or letters of adminis-
tration aforesaid, of,greater value than the value. mentioned in the
sworn petition, or that any deduction for debts was made erroneous-
ly, the person acting in the administration of such estate and effects
shall, within 6 month after the discovery, deliver an affidavit with
an account to the Collector and shall pay to the Collector the amount
of duty which, with the duty, if any, previously paild, Atall be guffi-
cient to cover the duty chargeable aceording to the true value
thereof, and shall at the same time pay to the Collector interest
upon such amount at the rate of 8 per cent. per anninn from the
date of the grant, or scaling, or from such subsequent date as the
Collector mav in the circumstances think proper.

Provided always that if the said affidavit and account are not
delivered to the Collector within the said period of 6 months then
any duty remaining unpaid at the expiry of the perliod shall be
charged at 3 times the customary rate, ---unlessthe person liable to
render such affidavit and account can prove to the satisfaction of a
Judge that his omission to do so was not diie to any negligence or
default on his part : Provided further that every person who neglects
or omits within the said period of 6 inonths to render such account
shall, on summary conviction, be personally liable to a fine not
exceedin 500 dollars, unless he can prove to the satisfaction of the
Magistrate that his omission to do so was not due to any wilful
neglect or default on his part.

(2) Notwitbstariding neglect or omission and notwithstahd-
ing any such conviction., such duty (whatever the amount thereof)
may be recovered at the suit of the Treasurer in the Supreme Court
in its Surninary Jurisdiction, without prejudice to any other remedy.

26. The Governor may order a refund by treasury warrant of the
whole or any portion of any probate duty which may have been
paid io the Collector, for the refund of which any equitable claim is
proved to his satisfaction, on the ground of payment of probate duty
on the same estate elsewhere, assignment or diminution of value
of the estate, discharge of debts, or other reasonable cause.

As amended by Xo. 34 of 1911 and No, 35 of 1911.





Offences and Penalties.

27. If any person in any way administers any part of the estate
and effects of any deceased person without obtaining probate of the
will or letters of administration of the estate and effects of such
deceased person within 6 months after such. decease, or within 2
months after the termination of any action dispute respecting
the will or the right to letters of administration, if there is any such
which is not ended within 4 months after such decease, every such
person shall forfeit the sum of 500 dollars, and shall also be liable
to pay 3 times the amount of stainp duty chargeable on the estate
and effects-of the deceas-ed person, and the same shall be a debt due
to the Crown and be recoverable in the same shall way as Crown rents
may be recovered : Provided that nothing in this section shall be
deemed to interfere with the special powers conferred upon certain
officers by Ordinance of acting without obtainin.g probate of the will
or letters of administration of a deceased person.

28. Every person who commits any of the following offences shall,
on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 100
dollars :-

(1) drawing, accepting, issuing, indorsing, negotiating, paying,
or receiving payment of any bill of exchange, promissory note, or
other similar instrument, or making, executing, or signing (except
as hereinbefore provided) any document enumerated in the 1st
schedule on unstamped or insufficiently stamped material;

(2) giving receipts or discharges for the payment of money, or
in acquittal of a debt paid in money or otherwise, where the amount
paid has been separated or divided with intent to evade the duty;

(3) refusing to give a receipt duly stamped in any case where a
receipt would be liable to duty

(4) any breach of this Ordinance not specially provided for

29. Every person who commits any of the following offences
shall, on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding
500 dollars :-

As amended by No. 44 of 1909, No. 34 of 1911, No. 35 of 1911
No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. .90 of 1911, No. 34 of 1911, No. 35 of 1911,
No. 50 of 1911, No. 55 of 1911 and No. 21 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 34 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911 and
No. 21 of 1912.





(1) drawing any bill of exchange purporting to be drawn in a seL
of two or more without drawing on duly stamped material the whole
number of bills constituting, such set;
(2) knowingly and wilfully executirg any document charged,
under the 1st schedule, with ad valor duty, in which the con-
sideration money or amount involved is not truly expressed and set
forth, with intent to avoid full payment of stamp duty, or knowing-
ly and wilfully inserting or setting forth, or procuring to be inserted
or set forth, in such document a less amount than the full and true
consideration money or amount involved.

30. All the facts and circumstances affecting the liability of any
instrument to duty, or the amount of the duty with which
any instrument is chargeable, are to be fully and truly set forth in
the instrument : and every person who, with intent to defraud the
Government,-
(a) executes any instrument, in which all the said facts and
circumstances are not llilly and truly set, forth; or
(b) being employed or concerned in or about the preparation of
any insfrument, neglects or omits fully and truly to set forth there-
in all the said facts and circumstances,
shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 100
dollars.

Miscellaneous Provisions.
31. No person shall be proceeded against under sections 28, 29,
or 30 except within 2 years tront the date oil the offence or without
the consent of the Attorney General.

FIRST SCHEDULE
Shouing the proper stamps for such Documents as require to bestamped under this Ordinance.
is to be separately and distinctly charged with duty in respect
of each of such matters. Any docoument liable to stamp duty
under more than one Article of this schedule shall be charged
under that Article which imposes the highest duty.


As ameuded by No. 34 of 1911. No. 35 Of 1911, NZO. 2 of 1912 and
No. 22 of 1912.
As aniended by No. 84 of 1911, No. 2 of 1912, No, 22 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912.
This schejule was introduced by No. 88 of 1902 in substitution
the original 1st ochedule. for





1. Adjudication, as to the
amount of stamp duty to be levied
on any document ......................

2. Affidavits, statutory deala-
rations or declarations in writing on
oath or affirmation made before any
person authorised by law to take
the same or to administer an oath
or affirmation and not otherwise
chargeable with duty,


.

Exemption:-This Article shall not apply to any such affidavit
or declaration made for the immediat purpose of being filed or
iised ill the sapreme Coitp.t or before any Judge or officer of such
Court or to any affidavit or declaration viade for the sole purpose
of enabling any person to receive any pension or charitable
allowance.
3. Affirmation ......

4. Agreement, or any memo-
randum of an asgreement, under
hand only, and not otherwise speci-
ally charged with any duty, whether
the same be only evidence of a
contract or obligatory on the partles
from its being a written instrument.

Note. --Agreements as to letting or tenancy are in all cases
chargeable as leases. See articles 32 and 34.
Agreement or contract accom -
panied with the deposit of title
deeds to any immovable property
or for securing the payment or
repayment of any money or stock.
Exemptions- Lable, slikp or memorandum contaning the
heads of any insurance to be effected bil means of a duly stainped
policy or risk note.
Memorandum, letter, or agreement madc for or relating to tile
sale of any goods, wares, or vierchandise, or to the sale of any
shares in any public company, not being's note or doeu-
rnent given by a broker.
Seaman's advance note, or or a..qrecincitt made
between the viaster and mariners of an*y ship for ivages.
Emigration contract
passage ticket.



5. Arbitration Award . .....



Where the amount claimed or in-
volved does not exceed $500, $1.
Where the amount claimed or in-






volved exceeds $500 but does
not exceed $1,000, $2.
And for every additional $1,000, or
part of $1,000 over the first
$1000 $1.
Where no money claim is made or
the amout involved cannot be
aseertained, $6.





6. Articles of Clerkshil,
or contract whereby any person
shall first some bound to serve as $15o.
a clerk in order to his admission as
an attorney or solicitor

7. Assignment, by way of
security, or of any security

see Mortgage, 38.

Upon a sale . .......see Conveyance, 21.

8. Attested Copy of any
document chargeable with stamp $3.
.duty under this schedule ............

In case ally document of which. ail attested copy shall be made has
annexed to it or subscribed upon it ally certificate, affidavit, declara-
tion, or attestation referring to the execution of such document or to
any other formality ill connection with such document, no separate or
additional stanip shall be required for or in respect of an attested copy
of any such certificate, affidavit, declaration, or attestation, and the
stamp of $3 upon the attested copy of the principal document shall be
deemed to cover and include the attested copies of all such certificates,
affidavits, declarations, and attestations.

9. Attorney, letter or power
of ..........................................

10. Average Statement,...

11. Bank Cheque payable 0
demand to any person, to bearer or
order .....................................

12. Bank Notes, or other
obligations for the payment of
money issued by ally Banker or
Banking Company ill the Colony
for local circulation and payable
and ........
to bearer on dem.

13. Bill of Exchange drawn
out of but payable on demand with-
in the Colony, not being a cheque,
and bearing the date on which it
was made

Bill of exchange of any other kind whatsoever except a chewue or
bank note, and





circula-
tion. j

a cents.

15.

To be collected monthly
on a statement thereof
to be furnished 1) y each
Bank er or Banking Com-
pally to tile Collector of
Stailip Revenue at the
end of eaell mouth, and
to be signed by the
Banker, or Manager, or
Agent, and by the Ae-
countant of such Banker
or Banking Company.


Bill of Exchange of any other kind whatsoever except a cheque or
bank note, and,

0





Promissory Note of any kind whatsoever except a bank note:-

from $ 00 to $ 10 .....
$ 10 $ 250
$ 250 $ 500
$ 500
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
$ 3,000
$ 5,000
.$10,000

Y 1

~ 1

$ 1,000
$ 2,000
$ 3,000
$ 5,000
$10,000
$15,000
every $ 5,000 additional

.............. free.
5 c
10
20
... 50
... $1.00
................... $1.50
................... $3.00 or part thereof.. $0.50
Note I-A Bill of Exclianae for exactiv $250 is to be charged 5
cents, and so throughout the table.

drawn ill sets of two or more, lialf tile above duties are to
be char-ect on. each part of a set. If the duty, be 5 cents
the flust part of the set shall be charged 3 cents, and the
other parts 2 cents each.
Note 3.--ln the case of a Bill of Exchange drawn out of and pay-
able on demand out of the Golony, the duty payable when
such bill is ilecotiated within the the Coloby, shall be 5 cents.
Note 4.-In the case of bills in sets drawn out of the Colony, the
whole duty shall be payable oil that part of the set wflich is
first presented for payment or acceptance, or is first other-
wise negotiated, the other parts of the set being free.


14. Bill of Lading, or ship's
receipt whether in the fortn of an
accountable receipt or otherwise
where bills of lading are not used-

When the freight is under $3
c 10 cents.
for each part of every set

When the freight is $3 or more, 1.20 cents.
for each part of every set







Exemption.-Bill of Lading for goods shipped by any Govern-
wient Officer on account of Governvient.

15. Bond, or other obligation '
concerning Respondenti10 cents for every $100 or part
Bottomry, and Aveia;e thereof.
Statement, or Bond where no
statement is drawn tip

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 84 of 1911,





Bond. for securing the payment
or repayment of money not other-
wise provided for, or for the transfer
or re-transfer of stock, or accom-
panying the deposit of Title Deeds
to any immovable property .........

Bond

16. Broker's Note, or any
cument having reference to the sale
or purchase of any inerehandise,
given by any Broker

17. Charter Party, or any
agreement or contract for the char-
ter or hiring of aily sea-goillg ship
or vessel, to be charged on the
estimated freight


18. [rep., G.N. 259 of 1912.]

19. Collateral Security ...

20. C.ontract ..........

21 Conveyance, or Assign- 1
Ment on sale, to be levied on the
amount or value of the consideration
money, such consideration money
to include any suin payable by the
purchaser in respect of any mort-
gage or other debt remaining upon
the property purchased or released
by such purchaser to the vendor
(see also article 25)

see Mortgage, 38.


see also Articles 6.. 29, 31, 46.

10 cents for every qzloo
thereof.

see Mortgage, 38.

see Agreenient,4

50 Celits for every $100 or part
thereof.

Where the consideration, or ally part of the consideration,
for a conveyance oil sale consists of any stock or marketable
security, the convevance is to be charged with ad valoren? duty
in respet of the value of the stock or security.
Where it consists of any securit ' v not being a marketable
security, the conveyance is to be charged with ad valorevi, duty
in respect of the amount due oil the day of the date thereof for
principaLand interest upon the security.
The expression - marketable security - ineans a security of
such a description as is capable of Geing sold in the stock






market in Hongkong.

Exemptioris-Transfer by mere endorsoinent of a duly stamped
bill of exchange, promissor-y note or other negotiable instrument,
or of a, bill of lading.

As amended by No. 44 of 1909 and No. 8 of 1912.





Instruments for the sale, transfer, or other disposition either
absolutely or by way of mortgage, or otherwise of any ship, vessel,
junk, or boat, or any part, interest, share or property of or in any
ship, vessel, junk or boat.

02. Co-partnership, Deed or
other instrument of ...................

23. Declaration

24. Declaration of Trust ...

25. Deed, or other instrument
of Gift, assignment, or
where no money consicleratlion,
merely nominal money considera-
tion passes ..............................

Deed, or other instrumen of as-
signment by a Trustee to the cestui
que trust, where no money consi-
deration or a mereiv nominal money
consideration passes ..................

Deed of assignment where no
money consideration or a merely
nominal money considenition passes
in cases where such (Iced of assilan-
ment is merely confirmatory of .in
assignment on which the full con-
veyance duty has been paid .........

The Collector shall, unless the
two deeds referred to in the last
paragraph are comprised in one
and the same document, denote by
an entry under his hand made
upon the deed stamped with the
$20 duty, that the full conveyance
duty (if more than $20) has been
paid upon the other.

26. Deposit of Title Deeds ......

27. Duplicate or Counter-
part of any document chargeable
with duty under this schedule, to
be affixed on the production of'the
original document bearing its Fro-
per stainp, and not otherwise. If
the original duty is-

As atriended by No. 34 of 1911.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.

$15.

see 2.

$10.

S 20.

$20.







see Mortgage, 38.






under $ 1,
$ 1, and not excee $10
over $10, and not exceeding $20, $2.
and over $20 .......1 $3.

Note-The Duplicate or Counterpart of any instrument chargeable
with duty is not to be deemed duly stamped unless it
appears by some entrY made bY the Collector, or by some
stamp impressed thereon, that the full and proper duty has
been paid upon the original instrument of which it is a
duplicate or counterpart, or unless it is stamped as an
original instrument.

28. Equitable Charge . ........

29. Foreign Attachment)
Bond, in the Supreme Court
in either Jurisdiction :

30. Guarantee, .

31. EveryInstrument in
writing under Seal, and other
wise speciallY charged with dirty
under this schedule ...................



Note.-The impressions of Chi-
nese names, shop names, or tradin
names, commonly called chops, slial
not be taken to be seals within th
meaning of this article.

32. Lease or Agreement for a)
Lease, made for a term of yeirs or
for a period determinable with e
or more life or lives or otherivise
contingent, in consideration of a c
sum of money paid in the way of
premium, fine, or the like, if with-
out rent ...........

33. Lease, executed in pursu-
ance of a (July stamped agreement
for the same ...........................

34. Lease or Agreement for a
Lease of any land, horise, build-
ing or tenement, at a rent, without
payment of any sum of money by
way of fine or premium, to be
levied on the annual rent, for a
term not exceeding-
c

see Mortgage, 38.

$1 for every $ 100 or part thereof.

see Agreement, 4.







$10.

30 cents for every $100 or part
thereof.

$3.

* As amencltd by No. 22 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
f As amended by No. 34 of 1911.





1 year.
3 year
30 years ............
exceeding 30 years

Lease, sunender of . ..............
1

10 cents
2.5
50
7 5

(for every $100 or
part thereof.

The same amount of dutv its is
Inlyable 011 the lease itseli.
Note-When rent is paid and there is a fine or premium, the duty is
to be the total of that due under both articles 32 and 34.

Exemption-All rentals under $50 per annum.

35. Lettpr -or other instrument
of Hypotbecation accompany-
ing deposit of document of title to
any movable property, or bond, or
otlier instrument of guarantee in
respect oF such property o
ment of title ...

36. Letter or Power o At-]
torney, or other instru lit in
the nature thereof, for the sole
purpose of appointing or authoris-
ing a proxy to vote at any unc.
meeting at which votes may be
given by proxy, whethth
ber of persons named in such in-
strument be one or more

Referring to particular property, $3.

Duplicate, 30 cents.
General, $6.

cents. see abw 42.

37. Letter of Guarantee see Agreement, 4.

38. Mortgage, or Agreement 1
for a Mortgage, bond, deberiture,
covenant, warrant of attorney to
confess and enter up judgment, and
foreign security of any kind not
specially charged with duty under
this schedule, to be levied on the
amount or value of the principal
sum secured







(i) Being the only, or principal,
or primary security, and also where
any further money is added to tile
money already secured . ......

10 cents for every $100 or part
thereof.

* 4s aniended by No. 1 of 1912.





(ii) Being a collateral( or auxi-
liary or additional or substituted
security, other than a mortgage
executed pursuant to auduly stamped
agreement for the same, or by way
of further assurance for the above-
mentioned purpose where tile prin-
cipal or primary security is duly
stamped, and for every estension of
the time of an original mortgage
whether or not endorsed on such
mortgage ............................


(iii) Transfer, assignment, dis-
position or assignation of any
mortgage, bond, debenture, cove-
naut, or foreign security, or of any
money or stock sedlired by any such
instrument, or by any warrant of
attorney to enter up judgment, or
by any judgment ; to he levied on
the amotint transferred ........

(is,) Re-assignment, release, dis-
charge, surrender, re-surrender,
warrant to vacate, or renunciation
of any such security as aforesaid,
or of the benefit thereof, or of the
money thereby secured. Where
the payment of interest in respect
of tile money secured is mentioned
in any re-assignment or other do-
cument specified in this sub-
section, no duty shall be payable
in respect of such interest ............

(v) Mortgage executed in pur-
suatice of a duly staniped agree-
ment for the same .....................

39. Any Notarial Act what-
soever not otherwise charged with
duty in this schedule .........

40. Note of Protest, any
commander or tinaster of a vessel
or with regard to any promissory
note or bill of exchange ..............

cents for every $100 or part
thereof.

cents for every $100, or part
thereof.

1cent for every $100 or part
thereof.

75 cents.







41. Policy or Risk Note
(Insurance), for each copy, and
every. renewal . ...........................

42. Power Of Attorney, or)
Revocation of Power of At-
torney .................................

a)Life insurance
(Includingin- 25 cents for
every
terim receipt)$1,000 or
partthereof
insured.

(b.) Marine bull
risks, for tirne...

ment.

(c.) 11 Floating 1 where the
Policies ', for amount
each endorse- insured does
not exceed
Z-, 1,000,- 1
cents.
(d.) All other in- where it
surance (fire, exceeds
marine or other- $1,000,-25
wise) ...j cents.

.3A. see also 36.

will annexed, to be calculated upon the value at the date of the
death of the deceased of the estate and effects passing. on death
for or in respect of which such Probate or Letters of Adminis-
tration shall be granted, exclusive of what the deceased shall
have been possessed of or entitled to as a trustee for any person
or persons and not beneficially:-

Where the valve of the
estate and effects-

is above $
$ 1,000
$ 1,0,000
$ 10M00
$ 250,000

$ 750,000
$1,000,000
$1,500,000
$2,500,000 ......

Rate for every $100 and for
.fractional part of $100 ov
any multiple of $100.
250 but not above S.....1M0 $1
$ 10,000 ....$2
$ 100,000 . .
$ 250,000 ...$5
$ 500,000 ...$5.50






$ 750,000 ...$6
$1,0^000 ....$6.50
$1,500,000 ..~$7
$2,500,000 ..$7.50
....... $8

1 1

EXMPTION-Where the value of the estate and effeets
does not exceed $250,

As amended by No. 34 of 1911, No. 55 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.
+ As amended by No. 19 of 1909, No. 34 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and
No. 9 of 1912---





NOTES.-1. Simple interest at the rate of 8 per cent. per
annum shall be payable upon all sums recoverable under article
43 should the same not be paid within 6 months after the date of
the death of the deceased.

2. The Collector may renit such interest where the amount
appears to him to be so small as not to repay the expense
and trouble of calculation and account.

41. Re-assignment .....

45 Receipts or Discharge
given for the payment of money,
or in acquittal of a debt poid in
money or otherwise, when the surn
received, discharged, or acquitted
exceeds....$10.......... .................

see Mortgage, 38.

5 cents.

EXEAIPTION-1,etter acknowledging the arrival of a
currency or promissory note, bill of excliallae, or any
secuitry for money, receipt or debit note, for the premium
on a duly stamped policy of insurance.

Receipts for pay and allowances of persons in the service
of the Imperial or Colonial Government whether civil, naval,
or military.

46. Servants' Securityl
Bond. Any instrument in writing
tinder seal by which any domestic
or other servant or clerk or com-
pradore shall give security for the
4lue discharge of his duties, or of
the duties of other persons to be
employed by him, or for the safe
custody of money or property to be
entrusted to him, or for the proper
carrying on of business to be, con-
ducted by him, or for the discharge
of his responsibilites arising from
such business, wehther such security
shall he given by the binding of
other persons, or by the deposit of
money or valuable property or 1)y
deposit of the title deeds to any
property or by any assignment ....

the same duty as a -Mortgage,
see artcle 38 (i) and (ii).

0
As amended by No. 19 of 1909.





47. Settlement. Ally instru- 1
ment, whether voluntary or upon
any good or valuable consideration,
other than a bona fide pecuniary
consideration, whereby any definite
and certain principal slim of rnoney
(whether charged or chargeable on
lands or not, or to be laid. out any the
purchase of lands or not) or ally
definhe and certain amount of stock,
or any security, is settled or agreed
to bp, settled any any manni
ever ..............

30 Cents for every $100 or part
thereof of the amount or value
of the property settled or
agreed to bc settled.


Exeniptioii.-Instrument of appointment relating to
any property in favour of persons specially nanted or
described as the objects of a power of appointment creat-
ed by a previous settlement stwinped with, ad valorern
duty in respect of the same property, or by will, where
probate duty, has been paid in res ' Dect of the saine pro-
perty as personal estate of the festalor.

48. Settlement executed in
pursuance of a duly stamped agree-
ment for the same .....................

48a. Share warrants to
bearer ....................................

49. Statutory Declaration

50. Surrender of a Lease

51. Transfer of Shares or
stock in any public company, to bp,
cimputed on the market value of
such shares oil the day of stamping,
which, if doubt arises, the Collector
shall decide, subject to section 10 of
this Ordinance . ..J

Transfer for a nominal ammount
to be approved by the Collec

30 cents for every $ l00 or part
thereof.

see 2.

the saine aniount of duty as is pay-
able on the lease itself.

10 ceuts for every $100 'or part
thereof.

. 1

GENERAL EXEIMPTIOXS.
Any document made or executed by or on behalf of His Majesty or of
any Department of His Majesty's service, or whereby any 'property or

interest is transferred to or any contract of any kind whatsoever is viade
with His Majesty or any person for or on behalf of His Majesty or any
such Department as aforesaid.

As amended by No. 34 of 1911, No. 2 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1912.
But this exemption does not extend to any document executed by the
Registrar of the Supreme Court as office Administrator or by a re-
ceiver appointed by any Court, or to any document rendered necessary
by any Ordinance or by the order of any court neither does it extend
to a sale made for the recovery of any arrear of revenue or rent, or in
satisfaction of a decree or order of Court, in any of which cases the
purchaser shall be required to pay the ampant of the requistite stamp in
addition to the purchase money.

SECOND SCITED-ULE. P_ 8.

penalty, at any ffine within seven dayq from the
Sale Execution.
All the Documents which are included in Articles 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 1,5,
19, 20, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42,
44, 46, 47, 48, 48a, and 50 of the 1st seliediile, with the following- excep-
tion, namely, Leases or Agreement. for leanses for a period of one, ,-ear
or under.
Short title. Interpretation of terms. Stamp Offices. Appointment of Officers. Stamp duties payable on documents. Making o rules. Documents executed out of the Colony. Provisions as to stamping of documents after execution. Adjudication by Collector as to duty payable. Appeal from Collector's decision. Non-admissibility in evidence of unstamped document. Impounding of unstamped document. How instruments are to be written and stamped.[54 & 55 Vict.c.39 s.3.] Instruments to be separately charged with duty in certain cases.[ib.s.4.] Mode of calculating ad valorem duty in certain cases.[ib.s.6.] Denoting stamps.[54 & 55 Vict.c. 39 s.11.] General direction as to the cancellation of adhesive stamps.[ib.s.8.] Provisions as to documents appointing proxies. Incidence of cost of certain stamps. Responsibility for loss of or damage to document. Liability of donationes mortis caused and certain other gifts and disposition of property to probate duty.[44 & 45 Vict.c.12 s.33(2).] Deduction of debts for purposes of probate duty. Increased duty when delay in taking out probate. No.2 of 1897. Duty payable on undisclosed property. Refunding of probate duty on certain grounds. Penalties for default in taking out probate for administration. [cf.No.6 of 1875.] [cf.No.2 of 1897,ss.62,et seq.] Penalty for not stamping document,etc. Penalty for fraudulent act. Facts and circumstances affecting duty to be set forth in instruments.[54 & 55 Vict.c.39 s.4.] Limitation of time in certain prosecutions. How ad valorem duty to be calculated in respect of stock and securities.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Stamp Offices. Appointment of Officers. Stamp duties payable on documents. Making o rules. Documents executed out of the Colony. Provisions as to stamping of documents after execution. Adjudication by Collector as to duty payable. Appeal from Collector's decision. Non-admissibility in evidence of unstamped document. Impounding of unstamped document. How instruments are to be written and stamped.[54 & 55 Vict.c.39 s.3.] Instruments to be separately charged with duty in certain cases.[ib.s.4.] Mode of calculating ad valorem duty in certain cases.[ib.s.6.] Denoting stamps.[54 & 55 Vict.c. 39 s.11.] General direction as to the cancellation of adhesive stamps.[ib.s.8.] Provisions as to documents appointing proxies. Incidence of cost of certain stamps. Responsibility for loss of or damage to document. Liability of donationes mortis caused and certain other gifts and disposition of property to probate duty.[44 & 45 Vict.c.12 s.33(2).] Deduction of debts for purposes of probate duty. Increased duty when delay in taking out probate. No.2 of 1897. Duty payable on undisclosed property. Refunding of probate duty on certain grounds. Penalties for default in taking out probate for administration. [cf.No.6 of 1875.] [cf.No.2 of 1897,ss.62,et seq.] Penalty for not stamping document,etc. Penalty for fraudulent act. Facts and circumstances affecting duty to be set forth in instruments.[54 & 55 Vict.c.39 s.4.] Limitation of time in certain prosecutions. How ad valorem duty to be calculated in respect of stock and securities.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/921

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

117

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 16 of 1901

Number of Pages

24
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:31 +0800
<![CDATA[FORESHORES AND SEA BED ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/920

Title

FORESHORES AND SEA BED ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 15 of 1901.

To validate Crown Leases of Foreshoreand Submerged Lands
for Reclamation, and to facilitate the making of such
Leases. [5th October, 1901.]
WHEREAs divers Crown leases of portions of the foreshore and sea
bed have been granted by the Governor in the name and on behalf
of His Majesty and of Her late Majesty Queen Victoria, for re-
clamation and other purposes; AND WHEREAs doubts have arisen
as to how far some of such leases or agreements for such leases
are valid and effectual for the purposes for which they were made,
and it is expedient to remove such doubts, and also to make
provision for the making of such leases and agreements in the
future:-

1. The Foreshores and Sea Bed Ordinance, 1901.

2. All Crown leases of any portions of the foreshore or of the sea
bed and all agreements for the grant of such leases, heretofore made
by the Governor, shall be deemed to have been and to be as valid
and effectual for all intents and purposes as if they had been duly
made under the provisions of this Ordinance : Provided that this
section shall not be deemed in any way to affect the Crown lease of
Lantao Marine Lot No. 2.

3. It shall be lawful for the Governor to grant and to agree to
grant such Crown leases for any term not exceeding 75 years, or
for such longer term as the Secretary of State may authorise, of
the foreshore and sea bed within the limits of the waters of the
Colony, and of Crown land covered with water in any tidal river
or channel connected with such waters, as may be declared by the
Governor-in- Council to be expedient to be granted for the purpose
of reclarnation, harbour improvenaent, or building, or for the con-
struction of docks, slips, piers, or wharves, or in view of the require-
ments of manufactures, commerce, or traffic, or for any other
purpose whatsoever : Provided always that, -before any such
declaration is made, the terms of the lease proposed to be made,
with a description of the property intended to be demised, shall
be inserted in every ordinary issue of the Gazette during a period
of one month and shall be published by proclamation in the Chinese
language, which proclamation shall be publicly posted in some suit-
able place near the site of the said property, together with a notice

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 12 of 1903, No. 41 of 19^ No. 50 of 1911,
No. 1 of 1912 and No. 8 of 1012.





calling upon all persons having objections to the granting of such
lease to send in their objections in writing to the Colonial Secretary
before the expiration of the said period of one nionth, and all such
objections shall be dulv considered by the Governor-in-Cnvil:
Provided, also, that this section shall not be deemed to authorise.
the grant of any Crown lease which would derogate from or be
inconsistent with the special rights of sea access, if any, of any
holder of any lot, holding under a Crown lease, without the consent
of such holder.
So much of the provision of this section as requires the insertion
in the Gazette of the terms of the Crown leases propwled to be made
under this Ordinance with a description of the property intended
to be demised shall not apply in respect of such leases as may
hereafter be granted of any portions of the foreshore, sea-bed, and
submerged land as are situated in or contiguous to the New
Territories.

4. Every Crown lease made under the providons of this Ordi-
nance shall specify the purposes for which the land is leased, and
shall be deemed to demise to the lessee the foreshore or sea bed
included in such lease free and discharged from all right, privileges,
profits-a- prendre, and easements, whether public or private, which
may have existed or may be claimed in or over such foreshore and
sea bed, so far as is necessary for carrying out the said purposes,
and shall contain-
(1) a proviso that, in the event of the lessees, their executors,
administrators, and assigns or successors, as the case may be,
failing, at any time during the continuance of the term of the lease,
to use the demised land for the purposes so specified, without the
previous licence or consent of His Majesty, or his assigns, signified
in writing by the Governor, then it shall be lawful for His Majesty,
or his assigns, by the Governor or by any officer authorised by him
in writing, to re-enter on such land, foreshore, and sea bed, or on
any portion thereof in the name of the wbole, and thereupon the
same shall be forfeited to and vest in the Crown ;
(2) such covenants and provisoes as may be approved in each
case by the Governor-in-Council with regard to the construction
and use of any works to be made and done upon the said land and
as to the time within which such works shall be commenced and
completed ; and

0
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
(3) a reservgtion to the Crown of all mines and minerals under
the demised lands.

5. Sections 3 and 4 shall not apply to any grant, or demise, by
the Crown of the right of erecting and maintaining, or to any permit
to erect and maintain, any pier or wharf in upon, over, across, and
above Crown foreshore, sea bed, or Crown land covered with water.
All such grants, demises, and permits inay be made or granted by
the Crown subject, where applicable, to the provisions of the Piers
Ordinance, 1899, and shal not be deemed to infringe any public
rights or alleged public rights of navigation or fishing.

Provided that nothing, in this section shall be deerfied to derogate
from the special rights of sea access (if any) of any holder of any
marine lot, holding under a Crown lease.

6. All piers erected since 5th October, 1901, with the permission
of the Government, shali be deemed to have been legally erected
and may be maintained in accordance ,with the terms of the grant,
demise, or permit.

7. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be in derogation of any of the
powers or rights of the Cro-wii in respect of the foreshore or of the
waters of this Colony.
Short title. Validation of former Crown leases of foreshore and sea bed. Power to grant Crown leases of foreshore and sea bed in future. Effect and contents of lease under the Ordinance. Section 3 and 4 not to apply to certain cases. No.11 of 1899. Piers erected since 5th October 1901 to be deemed legally erected. Saving of powers and rights of the Crown.

Abstract

Short title. Validation of former Crown leases of foreshore and sea bed. Power to grant Crown leases of foreshore and sea bed in future. Effect and contents of lease under the Ordinance. Section 3 and 4 not to apply to certain cases. No.11 of 1899. Piers erected since 5th October 1901 to be deemed legally erected. Saving of powers and rights of the Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/920

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

127

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 15 of 1901

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:31 +0800
<![CDATA[GUNPOWDER AND FIREWORKS ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/919

Title

GUNPOWDER AND FIREWORKS ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 14 of 1901.

To consolidate and amend the laws relating to the manufacture
of Gunpowder and Fireworks, and to regulate the sale and
conveyance of Gunpowder. [15th October, 1901.]
1. The Gunpowder and Fireworks Ordinance, 1901.

2. In this Ordinance-
---' Gunpowder ' means the coninion or black variety and includes
nitro-compound explosives :
---Fireworks--- mean what is usually understood by the term
fireworks and include Chinese crackers :

---Occupier--- includes any number of persons and a body cor-
porate, and, in the case of any manufacture, includes any person
carrying on such manufacture
---Factory magazine---means a building for keeping the gun-
powder or such manufacture:

Restrictions on Manufacture of Gunpowder and Fireworks.
3. No person shall manufacture or cause to be manufactured any
gunpowder within such limits or parts of the Colony as may be
prescribed by rules made by the Governor-in-Council.

4.-(1) Outside such limits or parts no person shall manfacture
or cause to be manufactured in this Colony any gunpowder, except
at a factory established on the site and in the wanner specified in
a licence for the same granted under this Ordinance.
(2) The fee for any such licence shall be 25 dollars per annum
payable in advance.

5.-(1) An applicant for a licence under the last section shall, if
required to do so, submit for the approval of the Governor a state-

Aa amended by No. 60 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





ment accompanied by a plan (drawn to scale) of the proposed
factory and the site thereof (which plan shall be deemed to form
part of and to be included in, the expression ---the licence)
(2) The draft licence shall contain the terins which the applicant
proposes to have inserted in the licence, and shall specify such of
the following matters as are applicable, namely,-
(a.) the boundaries of the land forming the site of the factory and
either any belt of land surrounding the at which is to be kept clear.
and the buildings and works from which it is to be kept elear, or the
distances to be maintained between the factory or any thereof
and other buildings and works;
(b) the situation, character, and construction of all the mounds,
buildings, and works on or connected with the factory and the
distances thereof from each other;
(c) the nature of the processes to be carried on in the factory and
in each part thereof, and the place at which each process of le
-manufacture, and each description of the work connected with the
factory, is to be carried on, and the places in the factory at which
gunpowder and any ingredients of gunpowder, and any articles
liable to spontaneous ignition, or inflammable or otherwise danger-
ous, are to be kept;
(d) the amount of gunpowder and of ingredients thereof, wholly
or partly mixed, to be allowed at the same time in any building or
machine or any process of the manufacture or within a limited
distance from such building or machine, having regard to the
situation and construction of such building and to the distance
thereof from any other building or any works;
(e) the situation of each factory magazine and the maximum
amount of gunpowder to be kept in each.factory magazine and in
each such building as aforesaid;
(f) the maximum number of persons to be employed in each
building in the factory; and
(g) any special terms which the applicant may propose by reason
of any special circumstances arising from the locality, the situation
or construction of any buildings or works, or the nature of any
pro cess, or otherwise.
(3) The Governor, after examination of the proposal, may reject
the application altogether or may approve of the draft licence, with
or without modification or addition, and may grant to the applicant
permission for the estallishment of the factory on the proposed site.





6.-(1) No person shall manufacture or cause to be manufactured
any fireworks except at a factory established on the site and in
the manner specified in a licence for the same granted under this
Ordinance.

(2) The Captain Superintendent of Police may issue licences,
which shall contain such terms and conditions as the Governor may
in each particular case think fit, for the manufacture of fireworks
and for the storage of any ingredients to be used in connexion with
such manufacture.

(3) An applicant for a licence to niantifacture fireworks shall
specify the proposed site and construction of the factory, and the
amount of ingredients which he proposes to store in connexion with
the factory, and the maximuni nurober of persons to be employed
in each building in the factory.

(4) The fee for any such licence shall be 10 dollars per annum
payable in advance.

7. The Governor may at any-tinie aniend any such licence or any
of the terms thereof.

8. Any licence issued under this Ordinance may be cancelled at
any time by the Governor-in-Cotinell for any cause which the
Governor-in-Council thinks fit; in the event of any such cancella-
tion, neither the licence fee nor any portion thereof shall be return-
ed, unless the Governor-in-Council so directs.

9.-(1) In everv factory for gunpowder or for fireworks,-
(a) the factory or any part thereof shall not be used for any
purpose not in accordance with the licence;
(b) the terms of the licence shall be duly observed, and the manu-
facture or keeping, or any process in or work connected with thp
manufacture or keeping, of gunpowder or fireworks shall not be
carried on except in accordance with those terms; and
(c) the factory and every part thereof shall be maintained in
accordance with the licence; and any material alteration in the
factory, by enlarging or adding to the site, or by externally enlarg-
ing or adding to any building, or by altering any mound otherwise
than by enlargement, or by making any new work, shall not be
made except in pursuance of an amending licence.

1

As amended by No. 15 of 1909.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by 2No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912.





(2) In the event of any breach (by any act or default) of this
section in any factory,-
(a) all or any part of the gunpowder or ingredient thereof, or
the fireworks or ingredients thereof, in respect to which, or being
in any building or machine in respect to which, the offence was
committed may be forfeited; and
(b) the occupier shall on suminary conviction, be liable to a fine
not exceeding, in the case of the first offence, 500 dollars, and, in
the case of a second or anly subsequent offence, 1.000 dollars, and
in addition 500 dollars for every clay din.ing whicb such breach con-
tinues, and in default of payment of such fine in the case of the
first offence, to imprisonment, for any term not exceeding 6 months
and, in the case of a second or any subsequent offence, to imprison-
ment for any term not exceeding 12 months.

Sale of Gunpowder and Fireworks.
10. No gunpowder shall be hawked, sold, or exposed for sale upon
any highway, street, public thoroughfare or public place.

11. All gunpowder exceeding one pound in weight, when publicy
exposed for sale or sold, shall be in a substantial case, canister, or
other receptacle made and closed so as to prevent the gunpowder
from escaping, and the outermost receptacle containing such gun-
powder shall have affixed the word ---Gunpowder,- in English or
other European language and Chinese, in conspicuous characters by
means of a brand or securely attached label or other mark.

12. Fireworks kept or exposed for sale on any prernises shall be
placed under cover in boxes or in glass cases, secured so as to protect
the fireworks from ignition.

Conveyance of Gunpowder.
13-(1) The following general rules shall be observed with
respect to the packing of gunpowder for conveyance:-
(a) the gunpowder if not exceeding 5 pounds in aniount, shall be
contained in a substantial case, canister, or other receptacle made
and closed so as to prevent the gunpowder from escaping;
(b) the gunpowder, if exceeding 5 pounds in amount, shall be
contained either in a single package or a double package. A single

As amended by No. 8 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No 8 011191%





package shall be a box, barrel, or case of such strengthp construc-
tion, and character that it will not be broken or accidentally opened,
or become defective or insecure, whilst being conveyed, and will
not allow the gunpowder to escape. If the gunpowder is packed
in a double package, the inner package shall be a substantial case,
canister, or other receptacle made and closed so as to prevent the
gunpowder from escaping and'the outer package shall be a box,
barrel, or case of wood or metal or other solid material, and shall be
of such strength, construction, and character that it will not be
broken or accidentally opened, or become defective or insecure,
whilst being conveyed, and will not allow the gunpowder to escape;
(c) the interior of every package, whether single or double, shall
be kept free from grit and otherwise clean;
(d) every package, whether single or double, when actually used
for the package of gunpowder, shall not be used for any other
purpose;
(e) there shall not be any iron or steel in the construction of any
such single package or inner or outer package, unless the same is
effectually covered with tin, zinc, or other material;
(f) the amount of the gunpowder in any single package, or if
there is a double package, in any one outer package, shall not
exceed 100 pounds, except with the consent of and under conditions.
approved by the Governor; and
(g) on the- outermost package there shall be affixed the word
Gunpowder--- in conspicuous characters, in English or other
European language and Chinese, by means of a brand or securely
attached label or other mark.

(2) In the event of any breach (by any act or default) of any rule
in this section, the gunpowder in respect of which the breach is
committed may be forfeited, and the person guilty of such breach
shall further be liable to a penalty not exceeding 200 dollars.
(3) The Governor-in-Council may make rules for the purpose of
rescinding, altering, or adding to the general rules contained in this
section.

Government Supervision.
14.-(1) The Governor may appoint any fit persons to be inspec-
tors for the purposes of this Ordinance, and any such inspector is
referred to in this Ordinance as a Government Inspector.

4s imerided by No 50 of 1911.





(2) Every order appointing an Inspector shall be published in the
Gazette.

15-(1)A Government Inspector shall have power to make such
examination and inquiry as may be necessary to ascertain whether
this Ordinance is complied with, and for that purpose,-
(a) he may enter, inspect, and examine any factory for gun-
powder or for fireworks and every part thereof, at all times by day
and by night, but so as not to unnecessarily impede or obstruct the
work in such factory, and may make inquiries as to the observance
of this Ordinance, and all matters and things relating to the safety
of the public or of the persons employed in or about such factory;
and
(b) he may require the occupier of any factory which he is
entitled, under this section, to enter, or a person employed by such
occupier therein, to give him samples of any gunpowder and fire-
works, or of any ingredients thereof, or of any substance therein.
(2) The occupier of every such factory, his agents and servants,
shall furnish the means required by the Inspector as necessary for
every such entry, inspection, examination, and inquiry.
(3) Any person who falls to permit a Government Inspector to
enter, inspect, examine,'or make inquiries in pursuance of this
section or to comply with any requisition of such Inspector in
pursuance of this section, or who in any manner obstructs such
Inspector in the execution of his duties under this Ordinance shall,
on summary conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding 1,000
dollars for every oflence, and in default of payment, to imprison-
ment for any term not exceeding one year.

16. It shall be lawful for the Governor-in-Council to make such
rules as he day deem expedient with regard to the mantilacture of
gunpowder and fireworks and the sate and conveyance thereof, and
with regard to the limits within which such manufacture shall be
entirely prohibited, and with regard to the structure and working
of and the precautions to be observed in any factory for gunpowder
or fireworks, and also with regard to the storage of fireworks, and
generally with regard to any matters which the Governor-in-Council
may'deem expedient for the better carrying out of this Ordinance.

As ameffded by No. 80 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 21 of 1912
As amended by No. 60 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1012.





17.-(1) Whenever there occurs any accident by explosion or by
fire in or about or in connexion with any premises licensed under
this Ordinance, the occupier of such premises shall forthwith send
or cause to be sent notice of such accident, and of the loss of life
or personal injuly, if any, occasioned thereby, to the Captain
Superinten dent of Police.

(2) Every such occupier as aforesaid who fails to comply with this
section shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 200 dollars.

Miscellaneous Provisions.
18. Every person who contravenes any of the undermentioned
sections of this Ordinance, or any of the rules made under this Ordi-
nance, shall be deemed guilty of an offence and shall, on summary
conviction, be liable to the following penalties:-

(1) sections 3, 4, and 6,-a fine not exceeding 1,000 dollars for
every day during which the unlawful manufacture is carried on,
and, in default of payment, to imprisonment for any term not
exceeding one year, and further if the Magistrate thinks fit, for-
feiture of all or any part of the gunpowder or ingredients thereof,
or of the fireworks or inuredients thereof, which mav be found in
or about the place where such unlawful manufacture is being carried
on or in the possession or under the control of any person convicted
under any of the said sections;
(2) sections 10, 11, and 12,---or of any rule made thereunder, a
fine not exceeding 100 dollars, and, further, all or any part of the
gunpowder or fireworks hawked, soid, or exposed for sale or found
in the possession of a person convicted under any of the said sections
or rules, may be forfeited.

19.-(1) Every person who enters without permission or other-
wise trespasses upon any factory, or the land immediately adjoining
thereto which is occupied by the occupier of such faitory, shall for
every such offence, if not otherwise punishable, be liable, on sum-
mary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 50 dollars, and way be
forthwith removed from such factory or land by any officer of police
or by the occupier of such factory or any agent or servant of or other
person authorised by such occupier.

As amended by No. 30 of 1911 and No 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 30 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 21 of 1912.
Asamended by No 80 of 1911, No. 51 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 of 1912 and No, 48 of 1912 Supp. SQhed.





(2) Every person, other than the occupier of or person employed
in or about any such factory, who is found committing any act
which tends to cause explosion or fire in or about such factory shall
be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding 500
dollars.

(3) The occupier of any such factory shall post up on some con-
spicuous place or places a notice or notices warning all persons of
their liability to penalties under this section; but the absence of any
such notice or notices shall not exempt a person froin a penalty
under this section.

20. Any person who is found committing any act for which he is
liable to a penalty under`this Ordinance, and which tends to cause
explosion or fire in or about any factory, may be apprehended with-
out a warrant by any officer of police or by the occupier, or the
agent or servant of or other person authorised by the occupier, of
such factory, and be removed from the place at which he is arrested
and conveyed as soon as conveniently may be before a Magistrate.

2L-(1) Whenever it is made to appear to a Magistrate that
there is reasonable cause to suspect that any offence is being com-
mitted against this Ordinance, the Magistrate may, by warrant
under his hand, direct any officer of police to enter, at any time,
any building, premises, or place, with such assistance and using
such force as may be necessary, and to search the same and aseer-
tain whether any such offence has been or is being cmmitted.

(2) If any gunpowder, ingredient of gunpowder, fireworks or
other thing is or are found, with regard to which there is reason to
believe that any offence against this Ordinance has been or is being
committed, such officer may cause the same to be conveyed before
the Magistraie or placed in sate keeping, and may also apprehend
any person so offending or reasonably suspected of so offending, and
the.Magistrate may also, if he thinks fit, order all or any part of such
gunpowder, ingredient of gunpowder, fireworks, or thing to be
forfeited.

22. Every licence issued under this Ordinance must be renewed
annually.

23. This Ordinance shall not apply to Government, military, or
naval stores.

As arnanded by No. 51 of 1911.
As amended by JJ0. 51 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
Short title. Interpretation of terms. [38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.108.] Prohibition of manufacture of gunpowder within prescribed limits. Licence for manufacture of gunpowder outside limits. Application for licence for factory,etc.[ib.s.6.] Prohibition of manufacture of fire-works without licence. Amendment of licence. Cancellation of licence. Regulation of factories for gunpowder and for fire-works.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.9.] Street sales forbidden.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.30.] Sale of gunpowder to be in closed case,etc.,labelled.[ib.s.32.] Fireworks for sale to be placed under cover. General rules as to packing of gunpowder for conveyance.[ib.s.33.] Appointment of Government Inspectors.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.53.] Powers of Government Inspector.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.55.] Rules relating to manufacture of gunpowder and fireworks,etc. Notification of accident by explosion or fire.[38 & 39 Vict.s.17 c.63.] Penalties. Trespass on factory,etc.[ib.s.77.] Apprehension without warrant of person committing dangerous offence.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.78.] Issue of and proceedings under search warrant. Renewal of licence. Exemption of Government,etc.,stores.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. [38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.108.] Prohibition of manufacture of gunpowder within prescribed limits. Licence for manufacture of gunpowder outside limits. Application for licence for factory,etc.[ib.s.6.] Prohibition of manufacture of fire-works without licence. Amendment of licence. Cancellation of licence. Regulation of factories for gunpowder and for fire-works.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.9.] Street sales forbidden.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.30.] Sale of gunpowder to be in closed case,etc.,labelled.[ib.s.32.] Fireworks for sale to be placed under cover. General rules as to packing of gunpowder for conveyance.[ib.s.33.] Appointment of Government Inspectors.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.53.] Powers of Government Inspector.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.55.] Rules relating to manufacture of gunpowder and fireworks,etc. Notification of accident by explosion or fire.[38 & 39 Vict.s.17 c.63.] Penalties. Trespass on factory,etc.[ib.s.77.] Apprehension without warrant of person committing dangerous offence.[38 & 39 Vict.c.17 s.78.] Issue of and proceedings under search warrant. Renewal of licence. Exemption of Government,etc.,stores.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/919

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

295

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 14 of 1901

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:30 +0800
<![CDATA[REFORMATORY SCHOOLS ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/918

Title

REFORMATORY SCHOOLS ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 11 of 1901.

To consolidate and amend the laws relating to Reformatory
Schools. [7th August, 1901]

1. The Reformatory Schools Ordinance, 1901.

2. In this Ordinance,-
---Expenses,' when used with reference to a child detained in a
Reformatory School, include the expenses of the custody, industrial
training, education, and maintenance of the child :
---Order of detention ' means an order of detention made in
pursuance of this Ordinance :
---Parent,- when used in relation to a child, includes a guardian
and every person who is by law liable to maintain the child
---School' means a Reformatory School
---The Superintendent--- means the Superintendent of Refornia-
tory Schools.

3. The Governor may make orders for any of the following
purposes,-
(1) to set apart any available site and buildings for the purpose
of a school;
(2) to appoint fit persons to be respectively superintendent,
masters, chaplains, and surgeons of schools, and also such sub-
ordinate officers for the service of schools as the Governor may
think necessary;
(3) to discontinue the use of any school and appropriate the site
and buildings thereof to any other lawful purpose;
(4) to remove children from one school to another; and,
(5) on the recommendation of the Registrar General, to send a
male child, who appears to the Governor to be less than 14 years
of age, to a school in any instance where such child is not and does
not a . ppear liable to be brought before a Magistrate for the purpose
of being dealt with under the provisions of section 5.
[S. 4, rep. No. 1 of 1912.]

* As ainended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
+ As arnerWed by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Sched.





Proceedings with respect to Children found begging, etc.
5.-(1) In any of the following cases,-
(a) where a child is brought before a Magistrate having been
found under any of the. following circumstances :-
(i) habitually begging or receiving alms (whether actually or
under the pretext of selling anything or offering anything for sale),
or being habitually in any street or public place for the purpose of
so begging or receivingy aims; or
(ii) habitually wandering and, not ha-ving any house or settled
place of abode ; or
(11i) found repeatedly in the compaDv of reputed thieves; or
(b) where a Child is eliar,,edany offence, whether previously
convicted or not,
the Magistrate inay, in addition to or in lieu of sentencing siicl~
child according to law, if satisfied on inquiry that the child was so
found as aforesaid or had committed any such offence, in the case
of a male child,-
(a) if of opinlon. that the clAd is less than 14 years'of age, by an
order of detention, order that the child be sent to a school ; or
(b) if of opinion that the child is less than 10 years of age, order
that he be placed in of the Superinten dent for the purpose
of his being boarded out; and,
in the case of a female child, order that she be placed in charge of
the Registrar General for the purpose of being boarded out.

(2) In the case of female children, all the powers which are con-
ferred upon the, Superintendent by this Ordinance shall be vested in
and may be exercised by the. Registrar General.

(3) The Miglstrate shall, in any such order as aforesaid, specify,
so far as is possible, the. reliffions persuasion to which the child
appears to belong.

(4) The Magistrate may require the parent of any child alleged
to have been found under any of the circumstances aforesaid to
produce the child before the Court.

6.-(1) Before making an order, under this Ordinance with re-
gard to a child, the Magistrate before whom the child is brought,
in order that inquiries may be made as to the circumstances and

As amended b v No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912
Supp. Selled.





antecedents of the child and as to the circumstances of the parent
of the child and his ability to contribute to the maintenance of the
child, and in order that inquiries may be made with a view to
ascertaining whether the parent ha3 rendered himself liable to be
prosecuted under section 122, shall remand the proceedings for a
time not less than 7 and not exceeding 14 days, and, without pre-
judice to any other powers of the Court, direct that the child be
taken to a school or to any other place, not being a prison, which
the Magistrate thinks fit and the occupier is willing to
receive him, and be detained therein until an order is made for his
being brought again before the Court, or for his discharge, or for
his beine, sent to a school, or otherwise dealt with under this
Ordinance; and the master of such school and any such occupier
as aforesaid are hereby required and empowered to detain the child
accordingly, and, if the child escapes, he may be apprehended with-
out warrant and brought back to the place of detention.
(2) The Magistrate shall also. before making any such order,
unless it appears to him impracticable to do so, suitinion the parent
of the child to appear before the Court or, if necessary, issue his
warrant for apprehending such parent and bringing him before the
Court, for the purpose of enabling the parent to inalke any repre-
sentations which he may think fit as to the making or terms of the
order or the amount to be paid by the parent on account of the
child while the child is being detained in a school or boarded out.

7. Whenever proceedings have been instituted respecting a child
under this Ordinance and the Magistrate is of opinion that the child
is less than 14 years of age and ought to be dealt with under this
Ordinance, he may, in lieu of ordering him to be sent to a school
or to be placed in charge of the Superintendent for the purpose of
being boarded out, direct that tbe child be replaced in the charge
of his parent, and inay require the parent to give security, with or
without sureties, for the good behaviour of the child and in such a
sum and for such term as the Magistrate may think fit.

8. In the case of any proceedings instituted under this Ordinance
with a view to having a child placed in a school or in charge of the
Superintendent for the purpose of his being boarded out, the
grounds of such proceedings shall be formulated and recorded in the
Court, and all evidence tendered respecting the circumstances under
which thi child was found or respecting the charge brought against





him, and, so far as possible, all evidence tendered respecting the sur-
roundings and antecedents of the child, shall be given upon oath.

9. Whenever a Magistrate orders a child to be detained in a
school or placed in charge of the Superintendent for the purpose
of being boarded out, lie shall report the fact to the Governor, and
shall also state whether any criminal proceedings have been directed
to be taken against the parent under section 22.

10. A Magistrate shall, before, making any order under this
Ordinance with respect to a child, make due inquiry as to the age
of the child, and for that purpose take such evidence as may be
forthcoming at the hearing of the case, and, failing such evidence,
the Magistrate may presume the child to be of such age as the child
appears to the Magistrate to be; but the order, when made, shall
not be invalidated by any subsequent proof that the age of the
child had not been correctly aseertailled or presumed by the
Magistrate; and the age presumed or declared by the Magistrate to
be the age of the child shall, for the purposes of this Ordinance, be
deemed to be the true age of the child.

11-(1) Where a Magistrate makes an order for the detention
of a child in a school, the Magistrate shall specify in the order the
cause for which and the school in which the child is to be detained;
and the child shall be delivered, with the order, into the custody
of the master or other person in charge of the school.
(2) The, order shall be a sufficient authority for the conveyance
of the child to the school and for his detention therein or in any
other place to which he is transferred in pursuance, of this Ordi-
nance, during the period for which he is liable to be detained.

12. A minister of the religious persuasion specified in the ordez
as that to which the child appears to belong may visit the child at
the school on such days, at such times, and on such conditions as
may be fixed by the Governor, for the purpose of affording religious
assistance to the child, and also for the purpose of instructing him
in the principles of his religion; and every child detained in a school
shall have reasonable facilities, so Lar as circumstances admit. for
attending the religious servioes of his creed.

13. When a child is ordered to be detained in a school the order
shall be in force until the child. attains the age of 18 years:
Provided as follows





(1) the child, on attaining the age of 16 years, shall be entitled
to be discharged from the school, and may, if the Governor so
orders, be discharged froin the school it any previous time;
(12) it shall be the duty of the Superintendent to apply for the
discharge of a child detained in a school, or to grant him a licence
to live out of such school, at the earliest lawful date which is, in
the opinion of the, Superintendent, consistent with the -welfare ot
the child;
(3) where a child is discharged from a school in pursuances of this
Ordinance, he may be so discharged either absolutely or condi-
tionally, that is to say, on such conditions as to the disposal of the
child on his discharge, and as to his conduct thereafter and other-
wise, as the Governor may, by general or special order, direct
(4) where a child has been conditionally discharged from a school
in pursuance of this Ordinance and falls to conform to any one or
more of the conditions on which he was discharged, the Governor
may, on being satisfied of the failure, revoke the order of discharge
and order the child to retkirn to the school and there remain for any
period specified 1D the order (so, however that lie be not detained
in the school after attaining the age of 18 years), and, if the child
disobeys the order, he may be dealt with as if he had escaped froni
the school; and
(5) on the revocation of an order of discharge, any obligation to
contribute to the expenses of the child shall revive and be in force
during the period for which the child is detained.

Licenees to Children to live out of Sehool.
14.-(1) The Superinendent may, at any time after a child-has
been detained in a school for 18 months, permit him, by licence, to
live out of the school, with any trustworthy and respectable person
named in the licence who is willing to receive and take charge of
him.
(2) Any such licence shall be in force for a period specified in the
licence, riot exceeding 3 months, but may, at arty time before the
expiration of that period, be renewed for a further period not ex-
ceeding 3 months, to commence` from the expiration of the previous
period, and so from time to time until the child is discharged.
(3) The Superintendent may also at any time, by order in
writing, revoke any such licence and order the child to return to
the school in which he was detained previously to his being licensed.





(4) A child escaping from the person with whom he is placed in
pursuance of this section, or refusing to return to the school at the
expiration or on the revocation of his licence, may be apprehended
and otherwise dealt with in like manner as if he had escaped fron,
the school.

Boarding out ol Children.
15.-(1) The Governor may make rules consistent with this
Ordinance for the boarding out of children, and for the manage-
ment of children when boarded out in pursuance of this Ordinance,
and for the dtities of the Superintendent with respect to such
children, and for the inspection of such children.

(2) While a child is under the charge of the Superintendent for
the purpose of being boarded out, he shall continue tinder the
control of the Superintendent and of any person with whom he is
boarded out tinder the supervision of the Superintendent, nothwith-
standing that he may be claimed by his parent; and the order of
the Magistrate shall be a sufficient authority to the Superintendent
and to sneh person as aforesaid for retaining the child tinder their
control.

16. The Governor may at any tinie order the Superintendent to
transfer to a school any child boarded out in pursuance of this
Ordinance or to board out any child ordered to be sent to a school,
and, in either of these cases, the provisions of this Ordinance shall
apply as if the child had been in the first instance sent to a school
or boarded out, as the case may be.

17. The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to a child
detained in a school shall, so far as applicable, apply in the case of
a child boarded ont in pursuance of this Ordinance, as if the place
where the child is boarded out were a school : Provided that the
Governor-in-Couneil may make such further modifications of those
provisions as may appear to him to be necessary or proper for
adapting them to the case of children boarded out in pursuance of
this Ordinance.

Apprenticing, Enlistment, and Emigration of Children.
18. If a child who is detained in or living out on licence from a
school or is being boarded out conducts himself well, the Superin-

* As amended by No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.
+ As amended by No 2 of 1912.





tendent may, if the child consents thereto, apprentice him, to or
dispose of him in any trade, calling, or service, or by enlistment in
His Majesty's naval or military forces, or by emigration notwith-
standing that his period of detention has not expired; and such
apprenticing or disposition shall be as valid as if the Superintendent
was the parent of the child : Providedthat where the child is to
be disposed of by enlistment or by emigration, and in any case
unless the child has been detained for 12 mouths, the consent of
the Governor shall also be required to the exercise of any power
under this section.

Liability of Parent for Expenses of Child.
19-(1) The parent of a child detained in a school shall be liable
to pay for his expenses therein.
(2) At the time of making the order of detention, the Magistrate
shall also make an order on the parent to contribute such sums
towards the expenses of the child during his detention as may seem
proper, after due examination into the ability of the parent, to pay
and after consideration of all the circumstances of the case, but the
sum to be contributed shall not exceed the expenses of the child.
It shall be the duty of the Magistrate to re-consider the amount of
the contribution on receipt of an application from the Superin-
tendent, or from the parent, for a revision of the order.
(3) The parent shall pay the sum named in the order monthly
to the Captain Superintendent of Police, who may sue the parent
for payment.
(4) A Magistrate may at any tinie, on just cause being shown,
revoke or vary any order made under this section.

Offences in relation to Schools.

20. If a child who is ordered to be detained in a school, or is living
out on licence from a school, or is being boarded out escapes from
the school, or from t*he person with whom he is living out on licence
or is being.boarded out, he may, at any tinie. before the expiration
of his period of detention, be apprehended without warrant and
brought back to the school.

21. If any person commits any of the following offences

As amendei.by Xo. 1 of 1012. '40, 50 of 1911.
As amended by X0. 80 Qi 1911 and 1





(1) knowingly assists or induces, directly or indirectly, a child
who is detained in or living out on licence from a school or is being
boarded out to escape from the school or from any person with
whom he is living out on licence or is being boarded out; or
(2) knowingly. harbours, conceals, or prevents from returning to
a school, or to any person with whom he is living out on licence or
is being boarded out, a child who has so escaped, or knowingly
assists in so doing,
he shall, on summary.conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding
200 dollars, or to imprisonment for any term not exceeding 2
months.

22.-(1) The parent of any child who has been found under such
circumstances or has committed such an offence as has rendered
him, in the opinion of a Magistrate, liable to be dealt with under
section 5 shall be liable to be prosecuted as for a criminal offence,
and shall, if the Magistrate is satisfied that the child has rendered
himself liable to be dealt with under the said section, either wholly
or in part through the neglect of his parent, be sentenced to pay a
fine not exceeding 100 dollars, and, in default of payment, to be
imprisoned for any term not exceeding one month.

(2) In case of any loss or damage to any person resulting from
such action of the child as may have rendered him liable to be dealt
with under the said section, the Magistrate may further direct that
the parent of the child shall pay in compensation for such loss or
damage a sum not exceeding .50 dollars.

Supple in entary Prorisions.
23 --(1) The Governor may appoint, with their consent, fit per-
sons to constitute an Advisory Committee to the Superintendent
for periods to be specified in such appointments.
(2) Members of the Advisory Committee shall, at frequent in-
tervals, visit the schools and bring to the notice of the Superin-
tendent anything which they consider deserving of comment, and
shall generally assist the Superintendent with their advice on all
matters connected with the schools.

(3) They shall also assist the Superintendent in finding suitable
persons under whose charge to place those children whom 'it is

As aniended by No. 80 of 1911.
+ As arnended by No. 5o of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912,





desired to license to live out of school, or those placed by a Magis-
Irate in charge of the Superintendent for the purpose of their being
boarded out, and shall help in exercising a constant supervision over
such children.

24. Every officer of a school authorised by the Superintendent to
take charge of any child ordered to be detained under this Ordi-
nance, for the purpose of conveying him to or from the school, or
of apprehending and bringing him back to the school, in case of his
escape or refusal to return, shall for that purpose and while engaged
in that duty have all the powers, protection, and privileges of a
police constable.

25.-(1) A certificate purporting to be signed by the Superin-
tendent or by the master or other person in charge of a school to
the effect that the child therein nanied was dub, received into and is,
at the date of the signing thereof, detained in the school, or has been
otherwise dealt with according to law, shall, in all proceedings
relating to the child, be evidence, of the matters therein stated.

(2) A copy of rules purporting to be the rules of a school and to
be signed by the Superintendent shall be evidence of the rules of
the school.

(3) A school to which any child is directed to be sent in pursuance
of this Ordinance shall, until the contrary is proved, be deemed to
be a Reformatory School.

26. The Superintendent may, subject to the approval of the
Governor, make rules consistent with this Ordinance for the
management and discipline of any school.

27. Any notice may be served on the Superinten dent by being
delivered personally to him or by being sent by post or otherwise in
a letter addressed to him at his office.

28. The Governor may prescribe the forms to be used in cases
under this. Ordinance, and any form so prescribed may be used in
the case to which it refers, with such variations as circumstances
may require, and, when used, shall be sufficient; but a summons,

As amended by No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by '1,,'o. 1 of 1912.
,0
AS amended by No. 5Or of 1911.

notice, or order, made for the purpose of carrying into effect the
provisions of this Ordinance, shall not be invalid for want of forin
only.

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Power to Governor to make orders relating to schools. Modes of dealing with children according to age. Remand of case and notice to parent. Replacing child in charge of parent. Grounds of proceedings and evidence. Report as to detention or boarding out of child,etc. Inquiry and presumption as to age of child. Conveyance of child to school and detention therein. Provision as to religious assistance. Period of detention and discharge from school. Licence for living out of school. Rules relating to boarding out of children. Transfer to or from school from or to place of boarding. Application of the Ordinance in case of child boarded out. Disposition,by apprenticing,etc.,of well-conducted child. Making and enforcement of order on parent to contribute towards expenses. Apprenhension in case of escape. Assisting escape or harbouring escaped child. Liability of parent to prosecution in certain cases. Appointment and duties of Advisory Committee. Officer to have in certain cases powers of constable. Evidence. Rules for management,etc. Notices. Forms.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Power to Governor to make orders relating to schools. Modes of dealing with children according to age. Remand of case and notice to parent. Replacing child in charge of parent. Grounds of proceedings and evidence. Report as to detention or boarding out of child,etc. Inquiry and presumption as to age of child. Conveyance of child to school and detention therein. Provision as to religious assistance. Period of detention and discharge from school. Licence for living out of school. Rules relating to boarding out of children. Transfer to or from school from or to place of boarding. Application of the Ordinance in case of child boarded out. Disposition,by apprenticing,etc.,of well-conducted child. Making and enforcement of order on parent to contribute towards expenses. Apprenhension in case of escape. Assisting escape or harbouring escaped child. Liability of parent to prosecution in certain cases. Appointment and duties of Advisory Committee. Officer to have in certain cases powers of constable. Evidence. Rules for management,etc. Notices. Forms.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/918

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

225

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 11 of 1901

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:30 +0800
<![CDATA[NATURALIZED PERSONS ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/917

Title

NATURALIZED PERSONS ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 9 of 1901.

To repeal all Ordinances for the Naturalization of Persons as
British Subjects within this Colony and to make provision
for the preservation of the Rights of such Persons.
[25th March, 1901.]
WHEREAS numerous Ordinances have becii passed for the Naturaliza-
tion of persons as British Subjects within this Colony; AND
WHEREAS it is expedient that all such Ordinances should be
repealed, while at the same time the rights of such persons are
preserved:-

1 1. The Naturalized Persons Ordinance, 1901.

2. All Ordinances for the naturalization of persons as British
subjects within this Colony are hereby repealed.

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
+ As amended by No. 1 of 1912 anI No. 2 of 1912.
As amendod by No. 60 of 1911.
; As amended by No. 1 of 1912.





3. Notwithstanding such repeal, the persons for whose naturaliza-
tion as British subjects within this Colony Ordinances have been
passed, and whose names are set forth in the first column of the
schedule and whose Ordinances of Naturalization are set forth in
the second colunin of the schedule, shall respectively be deemed to
have been, from the dates set opposite to their names in the third
column of the schedule or, where no dates are stated, from the
respective dates of their taking the oath of allegiance in pursuance
of the said Ordinances, and shall, if living, respectively continue to
be, naturalized British subjects within this Colony, and shall enjoy
therein, but not elsewhere, all the rights, advantages, and privileges
of British subjects.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





Is. 3,1

COLU31N 1.

SCHEDULE.
LIST OF PFRSONS NATURALIZED.






NATURALIZED PERSONS

Short title. Repeal of Naturalization Ordinances. Preservation of rights of persons naturalized by Ordinance.

Abstract

Short title. Repeal of Naturalization Ordinances. Preservation of rights of persons naturalized by Ordinance.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/917

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 9 of 1901

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:29 +0800
<![CDATA[CIVIL MEDICAL STAFF (DISCIPLINE) ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/916

Title

CIVIL MEDICAL STAFF (DISCIPLINE) ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 8 of 1901.

To provide for the better enforcement of Discipline aniong the
Subordinate Staff in the Civil Medical Department.

[25th March, 1901.]
1. The Civil Medical Staff (Discipline) Ordinance, 1901.

2. The Principal Civil Medical Officer may punish any sub-
ordinate member of the staff in the Civil Medical Dephrtment whose
annual salary does not exceed 500 dollars for misconduct, or for
neglect or breach of duty, by a fine not exceeding 10 dollars, Which
shall be deducted from his pay.

3. The imposition of every such fine shall be reported without
delay to the Governor, who shall have power to remit the same,
either wholly or partially.

4. A record of every such punishment shall be entered in a book
to be kept for that purpose, which shall be called the Subordinate
Staff's Misconduct Book.

5. Such fines shall be applied for the general benefit and ad-
vantage of the subordinate members of the staff in the Civil Medical
Department, in such manner as may be directed by the Governor.
Short title. Power to fine subordinate member of staff Civil Medical Department. Report to Governor. Record of fines. Application of fines.

Abstract

Short title. Power to fine subordinate member of staff Civil Medical Department. Report to Governor. Record of fines. Application of fines.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/916

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 8 of 1901

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:29 +0800
<![CDATA[RATING ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/915

Title

RATING ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 6 of 1901.

To consolidate and amend the laws relating to Rating.

1. The Rating Ordinance, 1901.

2. In this Ordinance,-

[Ist April, 1901.]

---Annual valuation--- means a general valuation of the rateable
tenements in the whole Colony, or any part thereof, to be made
yearly under this Ordinance :
---Hill district---means any part of the Island of llongkong above
the 700-feet contour, except Chinese villages :
---Interim val-iiation---means valuation made at any time of any
tenement, which may have been increased or reduced in value since
the last valuation thereof,. whether by building, destruction of build-
ing, or other alteration in the structural condition of siicb tenement,
or which, being rateable, is not already rated :
---List--- means the annual valuation list provided for by this
Ordinance :
' Machinery--- means machinery used for purely industrial or
manufacturing purposes, but does not include lifts and machinery
used as adjunicts to any tenements occupied as offices, dwellings,
or hotels. In making, however, any valuation of such lifts and
machinery, the Assessor shall deduct the expenses of working such
lifts and machinery from the rateable value thereof, if such expenses
are paid by the landlord :
---Owner ' means the holder of any tenement direct from the
Crown, whether under lease, licence, or otherwise, or the immediate
landlord of any tenement, or the agent of any such holder or land-
lord who is absent or under disability :

As anerideld by No. 41 of 1902, No. 81 of 1911, No. 50 of 1911,
No, 1 of 1912, Nor 43 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





Pier ' includes wharf ' :
Rateable value means the rent at which any tenement might
reasonably be expected to let, at the time of the valuation, from
year to year, if the tenant undertook to pay all usual tenants' rates
and taxes, and if the landlord undertook to pay the Crown rent and
the costs of repairs and insurance, with any other expenses necessary
to maintain the tenement in a state to command that rent. Such
rateable value shall not include the value of any machinery upon
or in the tenement. In the case of buildings let to more than one.
occupier, there may be deducted from the total annual rent of the
whole teneniciA, estimated as aforesaid, a sum not exceeding 20
per cent. of the whole as ,in allowance for such portions of such
buildings as may reasonably he expected to be unlet from time to
time during the ensuing year, and the remainder shall be the rate-
able value
Tenement---means any land, with or without bluildings, which
is held or occupied as a distinct or separate holding or tenancy,
except piers :
---Unoccupied,- when applied to a tenement, means while such
tenement is put to no beneficial use, and, when applied to a build-
ing, means while such building is neither used for storage of any
goods or chattels nor used for habitation, except by a caretaker:
' Year---means the period from Ist July in any year to 30th June
next following, or any other period of 12 months fixed by the
Governor-in-Council.

The Assessor.
3. The Governor may appoint an assessor and such assistant
assessors as he may deem necessary for the purposes of this
Ordinance, and may allow them such remuneration as he thinks fit.

4. The assessor may-
(1) serve the owner or occupier of any tenement with form 1 in
the schedule and require him to furnish, within 10 days, the parti-
culars therein specified;
(2) enter into and upon any tenement for the purpose of ma king
a valuation thereof, and take such measurements and other parti-
culars as he may deem necessary for the purposes of such valuation;

As amended by No. 12 of 1910 and No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912.





(3) call upon such owner or occupier to exhibit to him all receipts
for rent, rent-books, accounts, or other documents whatever con.
nected with the rent or value of such tenement; and
(4) serve on such owner or occupier a written notice, as in form 2
in the schedule, requiring permission to enter; and, after 24 hours
from the delivery of such notice, may, at any time during the day-
time, enter into and upon the said tenement, and take measure-
ments and other particulars, as hercinbefore provided, and may use
force to effect such entry, if necessary, doing no wore damage than
is necessary for the purpose.

5. The assessor shall separately estimate the rateable value of
each tenement, except in the following cases :-
(1) whenever the value of a tenement is affected by the value of
another tenement contiguous to it or separated only by a road-way,
and both tenements are owned by the same person, the two tene-
ments may be valued together; and
(2) when two or more tenements are so built that their floors
overlap or are intermixed, they may be valued as one tanement,
the rates beine, charged against any one of the owners, who may
be required to adjust their respective shares of payment of such rates
amongst themselves.

Return of Annual Value.
6. Any owner of a tenement occupied by himself for which no
rent passes, or any owner of more than 10 tenements, may, within
10 days from the service on hini of the form 1 in the schedule, as
provided by section 4, apply in writing to the assessor for an exten-
sion of the time allowed for returning such form, stating his reasons
for the application, and the assessor may grant such extension of
time, not exceeding 28 days additional, as to him may appear
reasonable.

Annual Valuation.
7. The assessor shall make in each year, before. 30th April or as
soon thereafter as may be, a valuation of the tenements in the
Colony, or of such part thereof as the Governor-in-Council may
direct.

8. The Governor-in-Council may-

As ammded by No. 50 of 1911, No. 2 of 1912.and No. 43 of 1912.





. (1) fix any other day as the day before which (or as soon there-
after as may be) the valuation shall be finished; and
(2) adopt any valuation at any time existing, either wholly or in
part, as the valuation for the ensuing year or any part thereof ; and
shall cause notice of such adoption, and of the extent thereof, to be
published in the Gazette. Any existing valuation so adopted shall,
for the purposes of appeal, be considered a new valuation.

9. As soon as the said valuation is completed, the assessor shall
niake out a list of the several tenements assessed and of their respec-
tive valuations, and shall deliver the same to the Colonial Secretary.

10. The assessor shall make and subscribe, in the presence of the
Colonial Secretary, a declaration to the effect that the list contains
a true account of all valuations made by him, and that the same is,
to the best of his knowledge and belief, complete and correct in
every respect, and the Colonial Secretary shall deliver the list to the
Treasurer.

11.-(1) After the list has been so declared and delivered, no
alteration shall be made in it, except as provided by sections 23 and
25 or to correct merely clerical errors.
(2) Such errors shall be declared by the assessor before a. Justice
of the Peace in forin 3 in the schedule, which shall be submitted to
the Governor, who may approve any such correction and without
whose written sanction no sitch correction shall be made.

12-(1) When any tenement is valued for the first time, or wh 11 n
any existing valuation is altered, the assessor shall within 14 days
after the completion of the valuation, serve notice in writing on the
owner, or on the occupier, if the owner or his agent cannot be found,
of such valuation having been made and of the amount thereof.
(2) Such notice may be given in form 4 in the schedule : Provid-
ed that the section shall not apply to valuations of tenements in
Chinese villages.

12. The omission to serve such notice shall not invalidate any
valuation or relieve any person from the payment of rates

As amended by -'No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912, No. 2 of 1912 and
No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 48 of 1912.





14. The list, or examined copy thereof, shall be open to inspection
at the Treasury during office hours for 21 days, of which notice shall
be previously given in the Gazette and at least one English and one
Chinese public newspaper : and any owner or occupier of any tene-
ment included in such list may, during such 21 days, take any
extract therefrom.

15. The Colonial Secretary, on receipt of the list of Chinese
tenements for each country district, shall cause a copy thereof to
be made in Chinese (stating only the number of each house, its
valuation, and the annual rates) and to be exhibited in a conspicuous
place in the principal village of each district during the 21 days
above mentioned.

Appeal against Valuation.
16-(1) Any person who is aggrieved on any of the following
grounds,-
(a) that any tenement for which he is rateable is valued beyond
its rateable value; or
(b.) that any tenement is assessed which is not rateable; or
(c) that any person who, or any tenement which, ought to be
inserted in the list is ornitted therefrom; or
(d) that any tenement is valued therein beloss. its rateable value,
may, during the 21 days aforesaid, lodge with the Registrar of the
Supreme Court a notice of appeal to the Court in its Summary
Jurisdiction.

(2) If an existing valuation has been adopted -under section 8 (2),
such period of 21 days shall be reckoned from the date of the
Gazette in which notice of such adoption is published.
(3) The assessor shall be the respondent in any appeal under this
section or under section 28.

17. The notice of appeal shall state fully the grounds on which
the appeal is made, and the appellant shall, within the 21 days
aforesaid, cause a copy thereof to be served on the assessor.

18. When the appeal is in relation to any tenement not the pro-
perty or in the occupation of the appellant, he shall, within the 21

* As amended by No.t50 of 1911.
+ As amended by. No. 2 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1012 Supp. Sched.
j As amended by' No. 2 of 1912.





days aforesaid cause a copy of the notice of appeal to be served on
the person interested in the result of the appeal, and such person
may be heard on the appeal.

19. The appellant shall prosecute his appeal within one month
from the expiration of the aforesaid period of 21 days, and, if he fails
to do so, his right to appeal shall lapse.

20. On the fixing by the Court of a day for hearing the appeal,
the appellant shall forthwith give notice thereof to the assessor.

21. The appeal shall not be entertained if it is shown to the
satisfaction of the Judge,-
(1) that any of the provisions of sections 16 to 20, have not been
complied with; or
(2) that the appellant or his agent knowingly furnished false

or incorrect particulars to the assessor for the purposes of the valua-
tion against which the appeal is made; or
(3) that the appellant refused or neglected to supply the in-
formation required. by section 4 within 10 days of a demand for the
same.

22. In any case in which an appeal might be disallowed under
sub-section (3) of the last section, the Judge may, nevertheless, hear
the appeal ' if it appears-
(1) that the omission to give the, required inforination arose from
the absence or disability of the appellant or other unavoidable
cause; or
(2) that application was made to the assessor under section 6 for
an extension of tline, and was refused without just cause, or that
the time allowed was not, in the opinion of the Court, of reasonable
length.

23. The Court, on proof that the notices required by section 16
to 20 were given within the time fixed by those sections, shall hear
and determine the appeal in a, summary way, and may make such
order therein as it thinks proper, which shall be final and conclusive,
with or without costs to any party; and may direct the Treasurer
to amend the list in any manner.

As ainended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As ainended by, No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 2 of 1912.





Interim Valitation.
24. The assessor may at any time make an interim valuation
any tenement.

25. The assessor shall notify the Treasurer of the amount of such
valuation, and he shall cause the same to be inserted in the list.

26-(1) The assessor shall, without delay, serve on the owner of
such tenement, or on the occupier, if the owner cannot be found,
notice, in form 4 in the schedule, of stich valuation having been
made and of the amount thereof.

(2) No rates shall be recoverable in respect of such tenement un
such notice has been served.

27. The rates assessed shall be payable from the first day of the
month next followin the assessment, and shall thereafter continue
to be payable quarterly.

Appeal against Interim Valuatioli.
28-(1) Any person who is aggrieved by any interim valuation,
on the ground that the tenement assessed is not rateable under this
Ordinance or that it is valued beyond its rateable value, may appeal
to the Supreme Court in its Summary Jurisdiction, whereupon
sections 16 to 23 shall apply in relation to such appeal.
(2) The period of 21 days mentioned in those sections shall be
taken to be 21 days from the service on the owner or occupier of the
tenement of notice as in form 4 in the schedule or, in case such
notice was not received by such owner or occupier, 21 days from
the first demand upon him to pay the rates to -,srhich the appeal has
reference.

Rating.

29. After the time for appealing has expired, the following per-
centages on the valuation of every tenement enumerated in the list
shall be payable as rates from Ist July in each year or from such
other day as may be fixed by the Goverilor-in-Council; namely, for
any tenement-
(a) in the City of Victoria ............13 per cent.



* As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 2 of 1912.
f As arnAded. by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended bj No. 43 of 1912.





'b) in that portion of the Hill District bounded on
the north, south, and west by the 700-feet contour, and
on the east by a line drawn north and south passing
through the Wanchai Gap; and in such other portion
of the Hill District as may, by order of the Governor,
be notified in the Gazette .......13 per cent.
(c) in the remaining portion of the Hill District and
in Quarry Bay
(d) in Yaumati, Mongkoktsui, Kowloon Point,
Hunghom, and Hunghom West
(e) In Tung Lo Wan, Whitfeild and Shaukiwan
Road as far as Inland Lot 1620
(f) In Hok Un and Taikoktsui
(g) lin. the remaining portion of Shaukiwan Road
and in Shaukiwan East and West, Tsing Sbui Ma
Tau, Po Rau Wat, Sai Wan Ho, and Fuk Tsun
Heung ......................................................
(h) In San Tsun or Tai Hang ...........................
(7) In To Ewa Wan
(j) In Aberdeen, Wong Nei Chung, Soo Eon Po,
Hwat Chun Lung, Causeway Bay outside the City
boundary, Ma Tan Wai, Sham Shui Po, and Rowloon
City
(k) in any other place ..............................
[s. 30, rep. No. 43 of 1912.]

83 per cent.

............13 per cent.

121 per cent.
4:
111 per cent.

10j3 per cent.
101 per cent.
2
93 per cent.

9 per cent.
7 per cent.

31.-(1) The rates provided for in section 29 and the districts to
which they apply inay be altered by resolution of the Legislative
Council.
(9) If any such resolution is passed, the Governor shall fix a date
for its coming into effect.

Payinent and Recovery of Rates.
32. The above rates shall be paid quarterly in advance at the
Treasury witbin the first month of each quarter, and the times
appointed for such payment shall be notified quarterly by the
Treasurer in the Gazette.

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





33.--(1) The owners and occupiers of all tenements shall be liable
to the Grown for payment of the rates assessed thereon, but the
same shall be deemed an occupier's rate, and, as between tl;e owner
and occupier of any tenement, shall, in the absence of any agree-
ment to the contrary, be borne by the occupier; and the amount
thereof, if paid by the owner, may be recovered by him froin the
occupier in an action for money paid to his use, or if.he is still in
occupation of the tenement, by distress in the same manner as for
rent.

-(2) The provisions of this section shall eqkially apply to the
recovery of rates paid by one owner on accotint op another tinder
section 5 (2).

34. If any person fails to pay any rates for which lie is liable,
within one month after the day notified in the Gazette as the last
day for payment, the Treasurer inay recover the sailte by action i
the Supreme Court in its Sunimary Jurisdiction, together with
interest at the rate of 8 per cent. per anntirn froin the day when
e.tich rates ought to bave been paid until the day

Refioid of Rates.
35. Refund of rates may be made subject to the following rule,
namely, whenever any tenement is unoccpied during one or more
entire months of any quarter in respect of which the rates upon
such tenement were paid in advance within the first month of such
quarter, the Treasurer shall, subject to the provisions of section 36,
refund the rates for such months: Provided that no refund of rates
shall be made in respect of the non-occupation of any portion less
than the whole of any land or building which may have been
assessed as a separate tenement,.

36. A refund may be obtained in the following manner :-

(1) the owner of any tenement may give notice to the Treasurer
that such tenement is vacant not later than the 15th day of any
month from the first day oE which it is intended to claini such
refund;

(2) so long as such tenement remains continuously unoccupied,
no further notice shall be required, but after the re-occupation of

As amendej by No. 50.of 1911.
As amendea by No. 50 of.1011 and No. 48 of 1912.





such tenement, notice of any subsequent vacancy shall again be
required, as provided in the preceding sub-section;

(3) the person claiming the refund may, within '15 days after the
expiration of the quarter during which the tenement has been un-
occupied, apply to.the Treasurer; in form 5 in the schedule, for
such refund; and

(4) the Treasurer may refund the rates for one or more entire
months during such quarters,4f due notice has been given, and if
the Treasurer is satisfied that the tenement was unoccupied during
such months, which he shall ascertain by causing it to be actually
inspected from month to month.

37. Any person who is aggrieved by a refusal on the part of the
Treasurer to refund rates may apply to the Supreme Court in its
Simimary Jurisdiction, and the Court may adjudicate upon a peti-
tion for a refund of rates, although the claim exceeds 1,000 dollars,
and for the purpose of such adjudication may receive any evidence
it thinks fit.



Exemptions froni Rates.
38. The petitioner shall not recover if the notice required by
section 36 has not been given, the burden of proof whereof shall lie
on him.

39.-(1) Tenemencts below the rateable value of such minimum
amount as may be fixed by the Governor-in-Council and notified in
the Gazette shall not be rateable.

(.2) The following tenements, so long as they are not occupied in
any wa.v for gain or pecuniary profit, shall not be rateable
(a) Alinshouses;
(b) Art schools or Art galleries;
(c) Cemeteries;
(d) Charitable dispensaries;
(c) Free libraries;
(f) Government premises, whether Imperial or Colonial;
(g) Hospitals;
(h) Museums,

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 43 of 1912.





(i) Places of Worship;
(j) Rifle ranges;
(k) Schools; and
(1) the City Hall.
(3) Any village or area may by resolution of the Legislative
Council be exempted from assessment for rates.

10. Except as provided by the last section, no exemption from
rates shall be allowed.

Numbering of Tenement.
41. Every owner or occupier of any tenement shall allow such
tenement to be numbered with such number and in such manner
as the assessor may direct.

42. The owner or occupier of such tenement shall allow the main-
tenance or alteration of such number to the satisfaction of the
assessor, and shall not alter, conceal, remove, deface, or obliterate
it.

Offences.
43. The penalties hereinafter mentioned for the following offences
against this Ordinance shall be recoverable in a suninlary way at any
time within 2 years from the con:Mission of the offence':-
(1) every owner or occupier of a tenement who refuses or neglects
to furnish the particulars required under section 4 shall be liable to
a fine not exceeding 100 dollars;
(2) every pe rson who knowingly furnishes any false or incorrect
particulars specIfied in form 1 in the schedule shall be liable to a
fine not exceeding 100 dollars for each tenement in respect of which
such false or incorrect particulars are furnished;
(3) every ow ner or occupier of a tenement who refuses to exhibit,
when required, to t he assessor any receipt for rent, or any book or
other document relevant to the valuation, shall be liable to a fine
not exceeding 100 dollars;
(4) every person who prevents, hinders, or obstructs the assessor
from entering, inspecting, and measuring any tenement, after de-

As amended by No. 50 of 1911.
As,amended by 'No, 80 of 1911, NO, 50 of 1911, No. 1 of 1912,
No. 2 ol 1912, No. 21 of 1912 and No. 48 of 1912.





livery of doc-notice of his intention to do so and after the lapse of
124 hours from such notice, shall be liable to a fine not. exceeding
100 dollars;

(5) every person who prevents, hinders, or obstructs the num-
bering, or the maintenance or alteration of the number, of any
tenement shall be liable to a fine not exceeding 2.5 dollars;
(6) every person who conceals, removes, defaces, or obliterates
the riumber of any tenenient shall.be liable to a fine not exceeding
10 dollars; and also, in a case where such concealment or oblitera-
tion arises from the act of the owner or occupier of such tenement,
shall be liable to a fine of 1 dollar for each day during which it is
continued; and

(7) every person who gives any notice required by section 36
which is knowingly false or incorrect shall be liable to a fine not
exceeding 100 dollars.

Miscellaneous Provisions.
44-(1) Any notice required by this Ordinance to be served on
the owner or occupier of any tenement shall be served on the owner
of such tenement if he can be found, or, if not, on the occupier.
(2) Service on the owner may be effected by leaving such notice
at his usual address or by sending it to such address through the
Post.

(3) Service on the occupier may be effected by leaving such notice
at the tenement or by sending it to such tenement through the Post.

45. A receipt for any notice signed or stamped by any officer of
the Post Office shall be facic evidence of the service of such
notice at its address, except for the purposes of section 26.

46. No misnomer or inaccurate description of any person, place
or tenement, in any document required for the purposes of this
Ordinance, nor any mistake, informality, or omission committed in
any proceeding had hereunder, shall invalidate or prejudice such
document or proceeding or in any wise affect the execution of this
Ordinance : Provided that such person, place or tenement is
designated in such document or proceeding to common intent and
understanding, and that such mistake, informality, or omission is
not of such a nature as to prevent the requirements of this Ordi-
nance from being substantially complied with.





47. No Judae shall be incapable of acting in his judicial office in,
any proceeding, by reason of his being, as one of several ratepayers
or as one of any other class of persons, liable in common with others
to contribute to or to be benefited by any rate which may be in-
creased, diminished, or in any way affected by such proceeding.

48. The Goverrior-in-Council may make regulations for the better
carrying out of the provisions of this Ordinance.

rs, 49, rep. No. 1 of 1912.]

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.





SCHEDULE.

Hongkong FOny, No. 1.
Requisitionfor Porticulars as to
THE RATING ORDINANCE, 1901- ASSESSMETNT FOR THE YEAR 19
Ist July to 30th Jime.



TO
In pursuance of the Rating Ordinance, 1901, 1 require yon to furnish me with the particulars relating to these Tenements in
the itinartner specified below, and return the saine to me tit
Dated the day of 19


[ss. 4, 6 & 43.]

within ten (lays from the date hereof. '
(Signed.)Assessor.
RIETURN OF HOUSES, BUILD.INGS, AND LANDS IN HONGKONG OF WHICK THIC UNDERSIGNED IS OWNER OR OCCUPIER.


Owner [or Ocewpiei.].
.Note- Every person who knowingly furnis lies any lable or incorrect particulars is lin ble to a P( nalty Dot exceeding one
tenement in respect of which such false or incorrect particulars are funished. If the above information is not furnished withiin ten days.
no appeal from the Assessment will allowed.





[Is. 4.]

FORM No. 2.
Notice requiring Permission to enter Tenement.

HONGKONG.
THE RATING ORDINANCE, 1901-ASSESSMENT FOR THE YEAR 19

To occupier of

1 hereby give you notice, under the provisions of section 4 of the Rating Ordinance,
1901, that I require permission to enter upon the above tenment for the purpose of
inspecting the same, so as to enable me to fix the valuation thereof for the Year 19
and that I intend to enter upon the said tenenient on the dav of
19 , between the hours of and
Dated the day of

[S. 1I.]

HONGKONG.

19

(Signed.) Assessor.
Assessor.
Foam No. 3.
Declaration of Errors in Valuation List.



[S. 11.]

THE RATING ORDINANCE 1901.
Permission is requested to imake the following corrections in the Valuation List for
the year 19 . I declare that such corrections are of clerical. errors only and that the
values so corrected, are, to the best, of iny knowledge and belief, full and fair valtra-
tions of the tenements nanied below, and are correct in every particular.

Declared before me
the day of

(Signed.)


1 Approved the. day of

HONGKONG. FORM No 4
Notice of Valuation



THE RATING ORDINANCE, 1901-VALUATION FOR THE YEAR 19
Ist July to 30th June.
owner or occupier of the lenentents rnentioned below.

You are hereby informed that the tenements specified below have been assessed to

The forms as renumbered by No. 43 of 1912.







the rates for the above year at the rateable values separately entered against them

Dated the day of 19 . -
(Signed.) Assessor.


Folm No. 5.
Application for Refund of Rates.
THE, RATING ORDINANCE 1901.
APPLICATION REFUND OF BATES.
Hongkong, ,19





Sir,

I request that you will rAund the rates paid on the tenements and for the periods
named below. Notice has already been given to you that those tenements were vacant
during the periods stated, which do not include any broken month, and the rates in
question were paid into the Colonial Treasury in advance during the first month of the
quarter.


1 am, &C.,

(Signed.) Owner [or Agent.]



To the Colonial Treasurer.


* Received the above amount the day of

(Signed.)

' 19 .

Owner [or Agent.)

NOTE-If there are more houses than can be entered on the above form, write on
the back of this. This application must be made during the first fifteen days after the
expiration of the quarter during which the tenements were vacant.
* This receipt must not be signed until the claim has been allowed by the Colonial
Treasury.



No. 7 of 1901. repealed by No. 3 Of~ 1903.

+ The forms as renumbered by No. 43 of 1912.
Short title. Interpretation of terms. Appointment of assessor. Powers of assessor. Mode of valuation. Application by owner for extension of time for making return of annual value. General annual valuation of tenements. Powers of Governor-in-Council. List of tenements and valuations. Verification of list. Correction of errors. Giving of notice of first or altered valuation. Omission to serve notice. List to be open for inspection. Exhibition of list for country district. Grounds of appeal. Notice of appeal. Appeal in relation to property of others. Prosecution of appeal. Notice of hearing. Disallowance of appeal in certain cases. Avoidance of disallowance in certain cases. Hearing of appeal. Making of interim valuation. Entry of valuation. Notice of valuation. Payment of rates. Right of appeal against interim valuation. Amount of rates in different places. Power to alter amount or rates. Mode of payment of rates. Liability for payment of rates. [cf.No.1 of 1883.] Recovery of rates. Rule for refund of rates. Mode of obtaining refund. Right of appeal against refusal of refund. Want of notice that tenement unoccupied. Exemption of certain tenements. No other exemptions. Owner of tenement to allow numbering. Maintenance of number. Offences anf penalties. Mode of service of notice. Proof of service of notice. Misnomer,etc., not to affect execution of the Ordinance. Judge not to be incompetent by being interested in rates. Regulations.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms. Appointment of assessor. Powers of assessor. Mode of valuation. Application by owner for extension of time for making return of annual value. General annual valuation of tenements. Powers of Governor-in-Council. List of tenements and valuations. Verification of list. Correction of errors. Giving of notice of first or altered valuation. Omission to serve notice. List to be open for inspection. Exhibition of list for country district. Grounds of appeal. Notice of appeal. Appeal in relation to property of others. Prosecution of appeal. Notice of hearing. Disallowance of appeal in certain cases. Avoidance of disallowance in certain cases. Hearing of appeal. Making of interim valuation. Entry of valuation. Notice of valuation. Payment of rates. Right of appeal against interim valuation. Amount of rates in different places. Power to alter amount or rates. Mode of payment of rates. Liability for payment of rates. [cf.No.1 of 1883.] Recovery of rates. Rule for refund of rates. Mode of obtaining refund. Right of appeal against refusal of refund. Want of notice that tenement unoccupied. Exemption of certain tenements. No other exemptions. Owner of tenement to allow numbering. Maintenance of number. Offences anf penalties. Mode of service of notice. Proof of service of notice. Misnomer,etc., not to affect execution of the Ordinance. Judge not to be incompetent by being interested in rates. Regulations.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/915

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

116

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 6 of 1901

Number of Pages

16
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:29 +0800
<![CDATA[TRUSTEE ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/914

Title

TRUSTEE ORDINANCE, 1901

Description


No. 5 of 1901.

To consolidate and amend the Laws relating to Trustees.
1. The Trustee Ordinance, 1901.

2. In this Ordinance,-

[1st July, 1901.]

Contingent right,- as applied to land, includes a contingent or
executory interest, a possibIlity coupled with an interest, whether
the object of the gift or limitation of the interest or possibility is
or is not ascertained, also a right of entry, whether immediate or
future and whether vested or contingent :
- Convey - and - conveyance applied to any person, include
the execution by that person of every necessary or suitable
assurance for conveying, assigning, appointing, surrendering, or
otherwise transferring or disposing of land whereof he is seized or
possessed or wherein he is entitled to a contingent right, either for

As amended by No. 2 of 1912.
As amended by No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911.





his whole estate or for any less estate, together with the perform-
ance of all formalities required by law to the validity of the
conveyance, including the acts to be perforined by rnarried women
in accordance with the provisions of the Married Wornen's
(Disposition of Property) Ordinance, 1885;
' Devisee - Includes the heir ol a devisee and the devisee of an
heir, and any person who rnay claini right by devolution of title of a
similar description:

- Instrument - includes Act of Parliament and Ordinance.

'Land- includes incorporeal as well as corporeal liereditalnents,
and any interest therein, and also an undivided share of land :

Mortgaee - and - Mortgagee' include and relate to every
estate and interest regarded in equity as nierely a security
and every person deriving title onder the original niortgagee :

Pay - and - payment as applied in relation to stoellis and
securities and in connexion -with the expression - into Court,'
include the deposit or transfer of the sanic in or into Court :

Possessed ' applies to receipt of Meorne of, and to any vested
estate less than a life estate, legal or equitable, in possession or in
expectancy, in any land:

Property, - includes inovable and uninovable property, and any
estate and interest in any proerty, movable or immovabl, and
any debt, and any thing In action, and ans, other rigbt or interest,
whether in possession or not.,

- Rights - includes estates and interests:

- Securities ' include stocks, funds, and shares, and, so far as
relates to pavn-ients into Court, include Iniperial Governinent
securitites, and any security of ans. foreign State, any British pos-
session, or any body corporate or cmpany or standing in books
kept by any body corporate, company, or person in the United
Kingdom or in this ColonY, and all stocks, funds, and effects:

- Stock ' includes fully paid up shares; and, so far is relates to
vesting orders made by the Court under this Ordinance, includes
any fund, annuity, or security transferable in books kept by any
company or seciety, or by instrument of transfer, either alone or
accompanied by other formalities, and any share or interest
therein

The Court ' means the Supreme Court:





---Transfer,' in relation to stock, includes the performance and
execution of every deed, power of attorney, act, and thing on the
part of the transferor to effect and complete the title in the trains-
feree :

---Trust--- does not include the duties incident to an estate,
conveyed by way of mortgage; but with this exception ---trust---
and ---trustee--- include implied and constnictlive trusts, and cases
where the trustee bas a beneficial interest in. the trust property, and
the diities incident to the office of personal representative of a de-
ceased person.

PART I.

THE OFFICIAT, TRUSTEE.

3.-(.1) For the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of
this Part, it shall be lawful for the Governor to appoint a fit and
proper person to be Official Trustee.

(2) The sald office shall have perpetual succession, and all lands
or any interest therein, and all moneys, stocks, and securities and
land which may be vested in the Official Trustee under this Part
shall be deenied to be vested in the Official Trtiste for the time
being, without any further transfer or conveyance.

4. Trustees, or the majority of trustees, having in their hands or
under their control any moneys belonging to any trust, shall be at
liberty, on filing in the Registry of the Court an affidavit shortly
describing the instrurtient creating the trust, according to the best
of their knowledge and belief, to pay the sarne, with the privity of
the Official Trustee and in accordance with such directions as they
may receive for the purpose from him, into the Court; and the said
trust moneys shall be paid through the Treasury into a bank
authorised by the Governor on deposit bearing interest, or other-
wise, to the account of the Official Trustee (by his official designa-
tion) in the matter of the particular trust (describing the same by
the names of the parties, as accurately as may be, for the purpose
of distinguishing it), in trust to attend the orders of the Court.

5. Trustees, or the niajority of trustees, having any securities
standing in their names in the books of any public company or
corporation established in the Colony, or in the names of any

As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amended by No. 50 of 1911 and No. 2 of 1912.





deceased Persons of whom they. are personal representatives, upon
any trust, shall be at lilberty, on filing such affidavit as aforesaid, to
transfer such securities, with such privity and in accordance with
such directions as aforesaid, into the naine of the Official Trustee
(by his official designation) or to deposit the same in his name
in such bank as aforesaid in the matter of the particular trust
(describing the same as aforesaid), in trust to attend the orders of
the Court.

6. Trustees, or the rnajority of trustees, in whoin any land within
the Colony is or becomes vested upon any trust, shall be at liberty,
on filing such affidavit, to aforesaid, to convey such land', with such
privity and in accordance with such directions as aforesaid, to the
Official Trustee, in trust to attend the orders ol the Court.


7. In every such case as aforesaid, the certificate of the Official
Trustee. for the inoneys so paid, or of the transfer or deposit of such
securities, or of the conveyance ol such land shall be a sutlicient
discharge to such trustees or other persons for the moneys so paid,
or the stocks or securities so transferred or deposited, or the land
so conveyed as aioresald.

8.-(.1) Where any moneys or securities, or any land, are or is
vested in any persons as trustees, and the majority of them are
desirous of paving, transiferring, depositing, or conveying the same
as aforesaid, but the concurrence. the other or others cannot be
obtained, the Court may order the payment, transfer, deposit, or
conveyance to be made by the majority without the. concurrence of
the other or others; and where any such niones's or securities are
deposited with any banker, broker, or other depositary, the Court
may order payment or delivery of the moneys or securities to the
majority of the trustees for the purpose of payment into Court.

(2) Every payment, transfer, deposit, delivery, and conveyance
made in pursuance oi any such order shall be valid and take effect
as if the same had been made on the authority or by the act of all
the persons entitled to the moneys, securities, or land so paid,
transferred, deposited, delivered, or conveyed.

9..-0.) Such orders as may seem fit shall be made by the Court
in respect ol the trust estate and for the investment and payment
of any such moneys or of any dividends or interest on any such

As amendedby No. 50 of 1911.





securities, and for the transfer and delivery out of any such securi-
ties, and for the administration of any such trust generally, upon
a petition to be presented in a summary way to the Court by such
party or parties as to the Court may appear to be competent and
necessary in that behalf, and service of such petition shall be made
on such person or persons as the Court may see fit and direct.

(2) Every order made upon any such petition shall have the same
authority and effect, and shall be enforced in the same.manner, as
if the same had been made in an action regularly instituted in the
Court.

(3) If in any case it, appears that the trust estate cannot be safely
adininistered without the institution of one or more action or
actions, the Court may direct any such action or actions to be
instituted.

10.-(1) There shall be imposed and levied for the use of the
Crown upon every trust. estate administered under this Part a charge
equivlent to the following percentage on the net value of the trust
estate:-2 per cont. Where the value of the trust estate does not
exceed 10,000 dolloars and 1 per cent. on the excess.
per cent. on the first 10,000 dollars and 1 per cent. on the excess.

(2) The sald charge shall constitute a priniary lien upon the trust
estate, and shall be levied, in the case of trust moneys deposited in
a bank, by an order of the Court, authorising the payment thereof
to the Official Trustee for the use of the Crown, and, in the case of
secur t, es or land, by sale, mortgage, or otherwise as the Court may
direct., and in case of any such sale or mortgage, the Court may, by
the same or any further order, empower the Official Trustee to
execute all instruments necessary for carrying out this provision,
and instruments so executed shall be as valid and effectual to all
intents and purposes as if the same had been executed by all persons
who, but for this provision, would have been necessary parties
thereto.

(3) There shall also be, imposed and levied for the use of the
Crown upon every such estate a charge equivalent to 2 per cent.
on the annual revenue of the trust estate. The Official Trustee shall
dednet Euch charge in making up the annual accounts of the estate.


11. In the administration of any trust estate, the Official Trustee
shall have and may exercise all the rights and powers conferred upon

As amended by No. 1 of 1912.





trustees by this Ordinance, so far as they are applicable to such trust
estate.

12. The Official Trustee shall incur no personal liability by reason
of any securities being transferred into his name as aforesaid, or by
reason of any land being conveyed to hirn as aforesaid, or by reason
of any loss accruing to any trust estate in his hands, otherwise than
by his own wilful neglect or default : Provided that nothing in this
Part shall be deemed to aFfect any rights or reniedles acrainst the
trust estate or any cestni que trust or any person other than the
Official Trustee and the trustee so discharged as aforesaid.

13. The rules contained in the schedule shall be observed in pro-
ceedings under the provisions of this Part relating to the surnmary
administration of trust funds, subject to the repeal or variatiou
thereof under the powers vested in the Court in relation to the
makin.g of general rules and orders.

PART Il.

INVESTMENTS.

14. A trustee may, unless expressly forbidden by the instrument,
if any, creating the trust, invest any trust funds in his hands,
whether at the time in a state of investment or not, in manner
following-

(1) in any of the parliamentary stocks, or public funds, or govern-
ment securities of the United Kingdom;

(2) on real or heritable securities in Great Britain or Ireland or
this Colony;

(3) in the stock of the Bank of England or the Bank of Ire ' land

(4) in India 31- per cent. stock and India 3 per cent. stock, or in
any other capital stock which may at any tin-ie hereafter be issued
by the Secretary of State in Council of India under Lhe authority of
any Act of Parliament and charged on the revenues of India;

(5) in any securities the interest of which I's for the time being
guaranteed by Parliament;

* As amended by No. 5() of 1911 and No. 1 of 1912.
As amendfd by No. 50 of 1911,





(6) in consolidated stock created by the Metropolitan Board of
'Works or by the London County Council, or in debenture stock
created by the Receiver for the Metropolitan Police District;

(7) in the debenture, or renteharYe, or guaranteed, or preference
stock of any railway company M Great Britain or Ireland incorpor-
ated by special Act of Parliament, arid having, during each of the
10 years last past before the (late oll linvestment, paid a dividend at
the rate of Dot less than 3 per cent per annum on its ordinary stock;

(8) in the stock of any railway or canal company in Great Britain
or Ireland whose undertaking is leased in perpetuity, or for a term
of not less than 200 years, at a. fixed rental to any such railway
company as is mentioned in sub-section (7), either alone or jointly
with any other railway
(9) in the debentore stoch. of any railway company in India the
interest on which is paid or guaranteed by the Secretary of State
in Council ol India;

(10) in the - B - annuities of the Eastern Bengal, the East
Indian, and the Scinde, Punjaub, and Delhi Railways, and any like
annuities which rnav at any time hereafter be created on the
purchase of any otherby the Secretary of State in Council
oF India, and charged on the revenues of India, and which may be
authorised by Act o' Parlianient to be accepted by trustees in lieu
of any stock held by them in the purchased railway; also in deferred
annuities comprised in the register of holders of annuity Class D
and annuities comprised in the register of annuitants Class C of the
East Indian Railway Company
(11) in the stock of any railway company in India upon which a
fixed or inimmurn dividend in sterling is paid or guaranteed by the
Secretary of State in Council of India or upon the capital of which
the interest is so guaranteed;

(12) in the debenture or guaranteed or preference stock of any
company in Great Britain or Ireland established for the supply of
water for profit, and incorporated by special Act of Parliament or
by Royal Chater, and having, during each of the 10 years last past
before the date of investment, paid a dividend of not less than
per cent. on its ordinary stock;

(13) in nominal or inscribed stock issued, or to be issued, by the
corporation of any municipal borough in the United Kingdom
having, a&ording to the returns of the last census prior to the date





of investment, a population exceeding 50,000, or by any County
Council in the United Kingdom, under the authority of any Act of
Parliament or Provisional Order;
(14) in nominal or inscribed stock issued, or to be issued, by any
commissioners in 1 corporated by Act of Parliament lor the
of supplying water, arid having a compulsory power of levying rates
over an area having, according to the returns of the last census prior
to the date of investment, a population exceeding 50,000, provided
that, during each of the 10 years last past before the date of invest-
ment, the rates levied by such commissioners have not exceeded 80
per cent. of the amount authorised by law to be levied;
(15) in any colonial stock which is registered in the United
Kingdom in accordance with the provisions of the Colonial Stock
Acts, 1877 to 1900, and with respect to which all conditions pre-
scribed by the Imperial Treasury, by order notified in the Lwidon
Gazette, have been observed ;
(16) in any of the securities for the time being authorised for the
investment of cash under the control or subject to the order of the
High Court of Justice in England; and
(17) in any securities authorised by the Court, on summary
application for that purpose made, in Chambers,
and may also vary any such investment.

15.-(1) trustee may, under the powers of this Ordinance,
invest in any of the securities nientioned or referred to in the last
section, notwithstanding that the saine may be redeemable arid that
the price exceeds the redemption value.
(2) Provided that a trustee may not, under the powers of this
Ordinance, purchase at a. price exceeding its redemption value any
stock mentioned or referred to in sub-sections (7), (9), (11), (12),
1(13), and (15) of the last section which is liable to be redeemed
within 15 years of the date of purchase at par or at some other fixed
rate, or purchase any such stock as is mentioned or referred to in
the sub-sections aforesaid which is liable to be redeemed at par or
at some other fixed rate, at a price exceeding 15 per cent. above
par or such other fixed rate.
(3) A trustee may retain until redemption any redeemable stock,
fund, or security which may have been purchased in accordance
with the powers of this Ordinance.

* As anierided by No. 50 of 1911.





16. Every power conferred by the preceding sections of this Part
shall be exercised according to the discretion of the trustee,
but subject to any consent required by the instrument, if any,
creating the trust with respect to the investment of trust funds.

17. The preceding sections of this Part shall apply as well
to trusts created before as to trusts created after the commencement
of this Ordinance, and the powers thereb conferred shall be in
addition to the powers conferred by the instrument, if any, creating
the trust,

18.-(1) A trustee having power to invest in real securities,
unless expressly forbidden b the instrument creating the trust,
may invest, and shall be deemed to have always had power to
invest,-

(a) on mortgage of property in the United Kingdorn held for an
unexpil-ed terni of not less tban 200 years, and not subJect to a
reservation of rent greater than a, shilling a year, or to any right of
redemption, or to any condition for re-entry, except for non-pay-
rnent of rent ;

(b) on mortgage of property in this Colony held under Crown
lease for an unexpired term of not less than 50 years ; and


(c) on any charge, or on niortga of any charge, made under
the Improvement of Land Act, 1864.

(2) A trustee having power to invest in the mortgages or bonds
of any railway company or of any other description of company
may, unless the contrary is expressed in the instrument authorising

the investment, invest in the debenture stock of a railway company
or such other company as aforesaid.

(3) A trustee having power to invest money in the debentures or
debenture stock of any railway or other company may, unless the
contrary is expressed in the instrument authorising the investment,
invest in any nominal debentures or nominal debenture stock issued
tinder the Local Loans Act, 1875.

(4) A trustee having power to itivest nioney in securities in the
Isle of Man, or in securities of the Government of a British Colony,
may, unless the contrary is expressed in the instrument authorising
the investment, invest in any securities of the Government of the
Isle of Man under the Isle of Man Loans Act, 1880.





(5) A trustee having a general power to invest trust moneys in or
upon the security of shares, stock, mortgages, bonds, or debentures
of companies incorporated bv or acting under the authority of an
Act of Parliament or Ordinance may invest in, or upon the security
of, mortgage debentures duly issued under and in accordance with
the provisions of the Mortgage Debenture Act, 1865.

19. A trustee having power to invest in the purchase of land oi-
on mortgage of land inay invest in the purchase or on 1 lortg ge
of am, land, notwithstandinfr the same charged with a rent tinder
the powers of the Public Money drainage Acts, 1846 to 18.56, or
the Landed Property Improvement (Ireland) Act, 1847, or by an
absolute order made tinder the linprovenient of Land Act, 1864,
unless the terms of the trust expressly provide that the land to be
purchased or taken in niortgage shall not be subject to any such
prior charge.

20-(1) A trilstec, unless authorised by the terins of his trust,
shall not apply for or hold arily certificate to beaxer issued tinder the
authority of any of the following Acts:-
(a) the India Stock Certificate Act, 1863
(b) the National Debt Act, 1870;
(c) the Local Loan Act, 187,5 ; and
(d) the Colonial Stock Act, 1877.

(2) Nothing in this section shall linpose on the Bank of England
or the Bank of Ireland, or on any person authorised to issue any
such certificates, any obligation to inquire wliether a person apply-
ing for such a certificate is or is not a trustee, or subJect them fo
any liability in the event of their granting any such certificate to
trustee, or invalidate any such certificate, if granted.

21-(1) A trustee lending inoney on the security of any property
on which he can lawfully lend shall not be chargeable with breach
of trust by reason only of the proportion borne by the aniount of
the loan to the value of the properts- at the tline when the loan was
made, provided that it appears to the Court that, in inakin 'a the
loan, the trustee was acting upon a report as to the value of the
property made by a person whom lie reasonably believed to be an

* See however the subsequent Ordinance IN70. 20 of 1901,





able practical surveyor or valuer instructed and employed indepen-
dently of any owner of the property, whether such surveyor Or
valuer carried on business in the localit where the property is
situate or elsewhere, and that the amount of the loan does
not exceed two equal third parts or the value of the property as
stated in the report, and that the loan was made under the advice
of the surveyor or valuer expressed in the report.
(2) A trustee lending money on the security of any leasehold
property shall not be chargeable with breach of trtist only upon the
ground that, in making the loan, lie dispensed either wholly or
partly with the production or investigation of the lessor's title.
(3) A trustee shall not be chargeable with breach of trust only
upon the ground that, in effectincr the purchase of or in lending
money upon the security of any property, he has accepted a shorter
title than the title which a purchaser is, in the absence of a. special
contract, entitled to require, if, in the opinlon of the Court, the
title accepted is such as a. person ac,Ong with prudence and caution
would have accepted.
(1) This section applies to transfers of exisiting securities as well
as to new securities, and to investments made its m-ell before as after
the coniniencei-nent of this Ordinallee.

22.-(1) Where a trustee improperly advances trust money on a
mortgage security which would, at the tinic of the investnient, be a
proper investment in all respects for a sinaller sum than is actually
advanced thereon, the security shall he deemed an autliorised
investment for the smaller sum and the trustee shall only be liable
to make good the sum advanced in excess thereof, with interest.
(2) A trustee shall not be liable for breach of trust by reason only
of his continuing to hold an investment which hs ceased to be an
investment authorised by the instrument creating the trust or by
the general law.
(3) This section applies to investments made as well before as
after the commencement of this Ordinance.

PART III.
VARIOUS POWEI1S AND DUTIPS op TntuSTEES.
Appointment of New Trustees.
23.-(1) Where a trustee, either original or substituted and
whether appointed by a Court or otherwise, is dead, or remains out





of the Colony for more than 12 months, or desires to be discharged
from all or any of the trusts or powers reposed in or conferred on
him, or refuses or is unfit to act therein, or is incapable of acting
therein, then the person or persons nominated for the purpose of
appointing new trustees by the instrument, if any, creating the
trust, or, if there is no such person or no sucli person able
and willing to act, then the surviving or continuing trustees or
trustee for the tline being or the personal representatives of the last
surviving or continuing trustee, may, by writing, appoint another
person or other persons to be a trustee or trustees in the place of
the trustee dead, remaining out of the Colony, desiring to be
discharged, refusing, or being unfit, or being incapable, as afore-
said.

(2) On the appointment of a. new, trustee for the whole or any
part of trust property,-

(a) the number of trustees niav be increased ; and

(b) a separate set of trustees may be appointed, for any part of
the trust property held on triists distinct froln those relating to any
other part or parts of the trust property, not withstanding that no
new trustees or trustec are or is to be appointed for other parts of
the trust property, and any existing trustee inay be appointed or
remain one of such separate set of trustees ; or, if only one trustee
was originally appointed, then one separate trustee may be so
appointed for the first-mentioned part ; and

(c) it shall not be obligatory to appoint niore than one new
trustee where only one trustee was originally appointed, or to fill
up the original number of trustees -where niore than two trustees
were originally appointed; but, except where only, one trustee was
originally appointed, a trustee shall not be discharged under this
section froin his trust unless there wIll be at least two trustees to
perform the trust, and

(d) any assurance or thing requisite for vesting the trust
property, or any part thereof, jointly in the persons who are the
trustees shall be executed or done.

(3) Every new trustee so appointed, as well before as after all
the trust property beconies by law, or by assurance or otherwise,
vested in him, shall have the same powers, authorities, and dis-
cretions, and may in all respects act, as if he had been originally
appointed a trustee by tge instrument, if any, creating the trust.





(4) The provisions of this section relative to a trustee who
is dead include the case of a person nominated trustee in a will but
dying before the testator, and those relative to a continuing trustee
include a refusing or retiring trustee, if willinga to act in the
execution of the provisions of this section.

(5) This section applies only if and as far as a contrary intention
is not expressed in the instrument, if any, creating the trust, and
shall have effect subject to the terms of that instrument and to any
provisions therein contained.

(6) This section applies to trusts created before or after the com-
mencement of this Ordinance.

24.-(1) Where there are more than two trustees, if one of them
by deed declares that he is desirous of being discharged from the
trust, and if his co-trustees, and such other person, if any, as is
empowered to appoint trustees, by deed consent to the discharge of
the trustee and to the vesting in the co-trustees alone of the trust
property, then the trustee desirous of being discharged shall be
deemed to have retired from the trust, and shall, by the deed, be
discharged therelrom tinder this Ordinance, without any new
trustee being appointed in his place.

(22) Any assurance or thing requisite for vesting the trust property
in the continuing trustees alone shall be executed or done.

(3) This section applies only if and as far as a contrary intention
is not expressed in the instruments, if any, creating the trust, and
shall have effect subject to the terms of that instrument and to any
provisions 'therein contained.

(4) This section applies to trusts created either before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance.

25.-(1) Where a. deed by which a new trustee is appointed to
perform any trust contains a declaration by the appointor to the
effect that any estate -or interest in any land subject to the trust
or in any chattel so subject, or the right to recover and receive any
debt or other thing in action so subject, shall vest in the persons who
by virtue oi the deed become and are the trustees for performing
the trust, that declaration shall, without any conveyance or assign-
ment, operate to vest in those persons, as joint tenants and for the
purposes of the trust, that estate, interest, or right.





(2) Where a deed by which a retiring trustee is discharged under
this Ordinance contains such a declaration as is mentioned in this
section by the retiring and continuing trustees, and by the other
person, if any, empowered to appoint trustees, that declaration
shall, without any conveyance or assignment, operate to vest in the
continuing trustees alone, as joint tenants and for the purposes of
the trust, the estate, interest, or right to which the declaration
relates.
(3) This section does not extend to land conveyed by way of
mortgage for securing money subject to the trust, or to any such
share, stock, annuity, or property as is only transferable in books
kept by a company or other body, or in manner directed by or under
any Act of Parliament or Ordinance.
(4) For the purposes of registration of the deed in any registry,
the person or persons making, the declaration shall be deemed the
conveying party or parties, and the conveyance shall be deemed to
be made by him or them under a power conferred by this Ordinance.
(.5) This section applies only to deeds executed after the com-
niencement of this Ordinance.

Purchase and Sale.
26.-(1) Where a trust for sale or a power of sale of property is
vested ill a trustee, he may sell or concur with any other person in
selling all or any part of the property, either subject to prior charges
or not and either together or in lots, by public auction or by private
contract, subject to any such conditions respecting title or evidence
of title or other matter as the trustee thinks fit, with power to vary
any contract for sale and to buy in at any auction, or to'rescind any
contract for sale and to re-sell, without being answerable for any
loss.

(2) This section applies only if and as far as a contrary intention
is not expressed in the instrument creating the trust or power, and
shall have ellect subject to the terms of that instrument and to the
provisions therein contained.
(3) This section applies only to a trust or power created by an
instrument coming into operation after the coromencement of this
Ordinance.

27.-M No sale made by a trustee shall be impeached by any
beneficiary upon the ground that any of the conditions subject to






which the sale was made may have been unnecessarily depreciatory,
unless it appears that the consideration for the sale was thereby
rendered inadequate.
(2) No sale made by a trustee shall, after the execution of the
conveyance, be impeached as against the purchaser upon the
ground that any of the conditions subject to which the sale was
made may have been unnecessarily depreciatory, unless it appears
that the purchaser was acting, in collusion with the trustee at tbe
time when the contract for sale was made.

(3) No purchaser, upon any sale made by a trustee, shall be at
liberty to make any objection against the title upon the ground
aforesaid.

(4) This section applies only to sales inade after the commence-
ment of this Ordinance.

28. When any land is vested in a married woman as a bare
trustee, she may convey or surrender it as if she were a feine sole.

Various Powers and Liabilities.
29.-(1) A trustee may appoint a solicitor to be his agent to
receive and give a discharge for any money or valuable consideration
or property receivable by the trustee under the trust, by permitting
the solicitor to have the custody of and to produce a deed having in
the body thereof or indonsed thereon. a receipt for consideration
money or other consideration, the deed being executed or the in-
dorsed receipt being signed by the trustee: and a trustee shall not
be chargeable with a breach of trust by reason only of his having
made or concurred in making any such appointment. The pro-
duching of any stich deed by the solicitor shall have the same validity
and effect as if the person appointing the solicitor had not been a
trustee.

(2) A trustee may appoint a banker or solicitor to be his agent to
receive or give a discharge for aDy money payable to the trustee
under orby virtue of a policy of assurance, by permitting the banker
or solicitor to have the custody of and to produce the policy of
assurance with areceipt signed by the trustee; and a trustee shall
not be chargeable with a breach of trust by reason only of his having
made or concurred in making any such appointment.
(3) Nothing in this section shall exempt a trustee from any
liability Which he would have incurred if this Ordinance had not





been passed, in case he permits any such money, valuable considera-
tion, or property to remain in the hands or tinder the control of the
solicitor or banker for a period longer than is reasonably necessary
to enable the solicitor or banker, as the case may be, to pay or
transfer the same to the trustee.

(4) This section applies only where the money or valuable con-
sideration or property is received after the commencement of this
Ordinance.

(5) Nothing in this section shall authorise a trustee to do any-
thing which he is in express terms forbidden to do, or to omit to do
anything which he is in express terms directed to do, by the instril-
ment creating the trust.

30-(1) A trustee may insure against loss or damage by fire any
building or other insurable property to any amount (including the
amount of any insurance already on foot) not exceeding three equal
fourth parts of the full value of such building or property, wid pay
the premiums for such insurance out of the inconte thereof or out
of the income of an other person subject to tbe sairle trusts,
without obtaining the consent. of any person who inay be entitled
wholly or partly to such income.

(2) This section does not apply to any building or property which
a trustee is bound forthwith to convey absolutely to any beneficiary
upon being requested to do so.

(3) This section applies to trusts created either before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance, but nothing in this section shall
authorise any trustee to do anything which he is in express terms
forbidden to do, or to ornit to do anything which he is in express
terms directed to do, by the instrument creating the trust.

31-(1) A trustee of any leaseholds for lives or Years which are
renewable from time to time, either tinder any covenant or contract
or by custom or usual practice, may, if he thinks fit, and shall, if
thereto required by any person having any beneficial interest, pre-
sent or future or contingent, in the leaseholds, use his best
endeavours. to obtain from time to time a renewed lease of the
same hereditaments on the accustomed and reasonable terms, and
for that purpose may from time to time make or concur in making
a surrender of the lease for the time being subsisting, and do all
such other acts as may be requisite : Provided that where, by the
terms of the settlemenf or will, the person in possession for his life





or other limited interest is entitled to enjoy the same without any
obligation to renew or to contribute to the expense of renewal, this
section shall not apply unless the consent in writing of that person
is obtained to the renewal on the part of the trustee.

(2) If money is required to pay for the renewal, the trustee
effecting the renewal may pay the same out of any money then in
his hands in trust for the persons beneficially interested in the lands
to be comprised in the renewed lease; and if he has not in his hands
sufficient money for the purpose, he may raise the money required
by mortgage of the hereditaments to be comprised in the renewed
lease or of any other hereditaments for the time being subject to
the uses or trusts to which those hereditanients are subject; and no
person advancing money upon a mortgage purporting to be under
this power shall be botind to see that the money is wanted or that no
more is raised than is wanted for the ptirpose.

(3) This section applies to trusts created either before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance, but nothing in this section shall
authorise any trustee to do anything which he is in express tdrms
forbidden to do, or to omit to do anything which he is in express
terms directed to do, by the instrument creating the trust.

32. In all cases where by any will, deed, or other instrument of
settlement it is expressly declared that trustees or other persons
therein named or indicated shall have a power of sale, either
generally or in any particular event, over any land named or re.
ferred to in or from time to time subject to the trusts of such will,
deed, or other instrument, it shall be lawful for such trustees or
other persons, whether the land is vested in them or not, to exercise
the power of sale by selling the land either together or in lots, and
either by public auction or private contract, and either at one time
or several times, and (in case the power expressly authorises an
exchange) to exchange any land which for the time being may be
subject to the trusts aforesaid for any other land in the Colony, as
the case may be, and upon such exchange to give or receive any
money for equality of exchange.


33. It shall be lawful for the persons making any such sale or
exchange to insert any such special or other stipulations, either as
to title or evidence of title or otherwise, in any conditions of sale,
or contract for sale or exchange, as-they may think fit, and also to
buy in the land or any part thereof at any sale by public auction,





and to rescind or vary any contract for sale or exchange, and to
resell the land which is so bought in or as to which the contract is
so rescinded, without being responsible for any loss which may be
occasioned thereby : and no purchaser under any such sale shall be
bound to inquire whether the persons making the same may or may
not have in contemplation any particular re-investinent of the
purchase money in the purchase of any other land or otherwise.

34. For the purpose of completing any such sale or exchange as
aforesaid, the persons empowered to sell or exchange as aforesaid
shall have lull power to convey or otherwise dispose of the land in
question, as may be necessary.

35.-(1)The receipt in writing of any trustee for any money,
securities, or other ersonal property or effects payable, transfer-
able, or deliverable to hlin under any trust or power shall. be a
sufficient discharge for the sarne, and shall effectually exonerate the
person paying, transferring, or delivering the same from seeing to
the application or being answerable, for any loss or misapplication
thereof.

(2) This section applies to trusts created either before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance.

36.-(1) -An executor or administrator inay pay or allow any debt
or claim on any evidence that he thinks sufficient.
(2) An executor or administrator, or two or more trustees, acting
together, or a sole acting trustee where by the instrument, if any,
creating the trust a sole trustee is authorised to execute the trusts
and powers thereof, may, if and as he or they may think fit, accept
any composition or any security, movable or immovable, for any
debt or for any property, movable or irninovable, cialined, and may
allow any time for payment of any debt, and may compromise,
compound, abandon, submit to arbitration, or otherwise settle any
debt, account, claim, or thing whatever relating to the testator's or
intestate's estate or to the trust, and for any of those purposes may
enter into crive, execute, and do such agreements, instruments of
composition or arrangement, releases, and other things as to him
or them may seem expedient, without being responsible for any loss
occasioned by any act or thing so done by him or them in good faith.
(.3) This section applies only if and as far. as a contrary intention
is not expressed in thdinstrument, if any, creating the trust, and





shall have effect subject to the terms of that instrument and to the
provisions therein contained.

(4) This section applies to executorships, administratorships, and
trusts constituted or created either before or after the commence-
ment of this Ordinance.

37.-(1) Where an executor or administrator, liable as such to
the rents, covenants or agreements: cuntained in any lease or agree-
ment for a lease granted, or assigned to the testator or intestate
whose estate is being administered, has satisfied all such liabilities
under the lease or agreement for a lease as may have accrued due
and been claimed up to the time of the assignment hereinafter
mentioned, and has set apart a sufficient fund to answer any future
claim that may be made in respect of any fixed and ascertained sum
covenanted or agreed by the lessee to be laid out on the property
demised or agreed to be denlised, although the period for laying out
the same may not have arrived, and has assigned the. lease or
agreement for a lease to a purchaser thereof, he shall be at liberty
to distribute the residuary personal estate of the deceased to and
amongst the parties entitled thereto respectively, without appro-
priating any part or any further part, as the case may be, of the
personal estate of the deceased to meet any future liability under
the lease or agreement for a lease; and the executor or administrator
so distributing the residuary estate shall not, after having assigned
the lease or aureement for a lease and having, where necessary, set
apart such sufficient fund as aforesaid, be personally liable in respect
of any subsequent claim under the lease or agreement for a lease.

(2) Nothing in this section shall prejudice the right of the lessor
or those claiming under him to follow the assets of the deceased into
the hands of the person or persons to or amongst whom the said
assets may have been distributed.

38-(1) Where any property is held by trustees in trust for an
infant, either for life or for any greater interest and whether
absolutely or contingently on his attaining the age of 21 years or
on the occurrence of any event before his attaining that age, the
trustees may, at their sole discretion, pay to the infant's parent or
guardian, if any, or otherwise apply for or towards the infant's
maintenance, education, or benefit, the income of that property or
any part thereof whether there is any other fund applicable to the





same purpose or any person bound by law to provide for the infant's
maintenance or education or not.
(2) The trustees shall accumulate all the residue of that income
in the way of compound interest, by investing the same and the
resulting income thereof from time to time on securities on which
they are, by the settlement, if any, or by law authorised to invest
trust money, and shall hold those accumulations for the benefit of
the person who ultimately becomes entitled to the property from
which the same arise ; but so that the trustees may at any time, if
they think fit, apply those accumulations, or any part theueof, as if
the same were income arising in the then current year.
(3) This section applies only if and as far as a contrary intention
is not expressed in the instrument under which the interest of the
infant arises, and shall have effect subject to the terms of that
instrument and to the provisions therein contained.
(4) This section applies whether that instrument comes Into
operation before or after the commencement of this Ordinance.

39.-(1) A trustee making or doing any payinet or act, in good
faith, in pursuance of a power of attorney, shall not be liable in
respect of the payment or act by reason that before the payment
or act the donor of the power had died, or become lunatic, of un-
sound mind, or bankrupt, or had revoked the power, if the fact of
death, lunacy, unsoundness of mind, bankruptcy, or revocation was
not, at the time of the payment or act, known to the trustee.
(2) This section shall not affect any right against the payee of
any pe rson interested in any money so paid; and that person shall
have the like remedy against the payee as he would have had against
the trustee if the payment had not been made by him.

40.-(1) Where a power or trust is given to or vested in two or
more trustees Jointly, then, unless the contrary is expressed in the
instrument, if any, creating the power or trust, the same may be
exercised or performed by the survivor or survivors of them for the
time being.
(2) This section applies only to trusts constituted after, or created
by instruments coming into operation after, the commencement of
this Ordinance.

41. A trustee shall, without prejudice to the provisions of the
instrument, if any, creating the trust, be chargeable only for money
and securities actually feceived by him notwithdanding his signing





any receipt for the sake of conformity, and shall be answerable and
accountable only for his own acts, receipts, neglects, or defaults,
and not for those of any other trustee, nor for any banker, broker,
or other person with whom any trust moneys or securities may be
deposited, nor for the insufficiency or deficiency of any securities,
nor for any other loss, unless the same happens through his own
wilful default; and may reimburse himself, or pay or discharge out
of the trust premises, all expenses incurred in or about the execu-
tion of his trusts or powers.

PART IV.

POWERS OF THE COURT.
Appointment of New Trustees and Vesting Ordersl
42.-(1) The Court may, whenever it is expedient to appoint a
new trustee or new trustees, and it is found inexpedient, difficult,
or impracticable to do so without the assistance of the Court, make
an order for the appointment of a new trustee or new trustees,
either in substitution for or in addition to any existing trustee or
trustees or although there is no existing trustee. In particular and
without prejudice to the generality of the preceding provision, the
Court may make an order for the appointment of a new trustee in
substitution for a trustee who is convicted of felony or is a bankrupt.
(2) An order under this section, and any consequential vesting
order or conveyance, shall not operate further or otherwise as a
discharge to any former or continuing trustee than an appointment
of new trustees under any power for that purpose contained in any
instrument would have operated.
(3) Nothing in this section shall give power to appoint an
executor or administrator.

43. In the following cases, namely,-
(1) where the Court appoints or has appointed a new trustee; and
(2) where a trustee entitled to or possessed of any land, or en-
titled to a contingent right therein, either solely or jointly with any
other person,-
(a) is an infant; or
(b) is out of the jurisdiction of the Court; or
(c) cannot be found; and





(3) where it is uncertain who was the survivor of two or more
trustees jointly entitled to or possessed of any land ; and
(4) where, as to the last trustee known to have been entitled to
or possessed of any land, it is uncertain whether he is living or dead;
and

(5) where there is no heir or personal representative of a trustee
who was entitled to or possessed of land and has died intestate as
to that land, or where it is uncertain who is the heir or personal
representative or devisee of a trustee who was entitled to or
possessed of land and is dead; and
(6) where a trustee jointly or solely entitled to or possessed of any
land, or entitled to a contingent right therein, has been required, by
or on behalf of a person entitled to require a conveyance of the land
or a release of the right, to convey the land or to release the right,
and has wilfully refused or neglected to convey the land or release
the right for 28 days after the date of the requirement,
the Court may make an order (in this Ordinance called a - vesting
order -) vesting the land in any such person, in any such manner,
and for any such estate as the Court may direct, or releasing or
disposing of the contingent right to such persons as the Court may
direct :
Provided that-
(a) where the order is consequential on the appointment of a new
trustee, the land shall be vested for such estate as the Court may
direct in the persons who, on the appointment, are the trustees, and
(b) where the order relates to a trustee entitled jointly with
another person, and such trustee is out of the jurisdiction of the
Court or cannot be found, the land or right shall be vested in such
other person, either alone or with some other person.

44. When any land is subject to a contingent right in an unborn
person or class of unborn persons who, on cominy into existence,
would, in respect thereof, become entitled to or possessed of the
land on any trust, the Court may make an order releasing the land
from the contingent right, or may make an order vesting in any
person the estate to or of which the unborn person or class of unborn
persons would, on coming into existence, be entitled or possessed
in the land.

45. Where any person entitled to or possessed of land, or entitled
to a contingent right inland, by way of security for money, is an





infant, the Court may make an order vesting or releasing or dis-
posing of the land or rlight in like manner as in the case of an infant
trustee.

46. Where a mortgagee of land has died without having entered
into the possession or into the receipt of the rents and profits
thereof, and the money due in the respect of the mortgage has been
paid to a person entitled to receive the same, or that last-mentioned
person consents to any order for the reconveyance of the land, then
the Court may make an order vesting the land in such person or
persons, in such manner, and for such estate is the Court may direct
in any of the following cases, namely,-
(1) where an heir or personal representative or devisee of the
mortgagee is out of the jurisdiction of the Court or cannot be found;
(2) where an heir or personal representative or devisee of the
mortgagee, on demand inade by or on behalf of a person entitled to
require a conveyance of the land, has stated in writing that lie will
not convey the same or does not convey the same for the space of
28 days next after a proper deed for conveying the land has been
tendered to him by or on behalf of the person so entitled;
(3) where it is uncertain which of several devisees of the mort-
gagee was the survivor;
(4) where it is uncertain as to the survivor of several devisees of
the mortgagee, or as to the heir or personal representative of the
mortgagee, whether he is living or dead; and
(5) where there. is no heir or personal representative of a mort-
gagee who has died intestate as to the land, or where the mortgagee
has died and it is uncertain who is his heir or personal representa-
tive or devisee.

47. Where the Court gives a judgment or makes an order direct-
ing the sale or mortgage of any land, every person who is entitled
to or possessed of the land or entitled to a contingent right therein,
and is a party to the action or proceeding in which the judgment
or order is given or made or is otherwise bound by the, judgment
or order, shall be deemed to be so entitled or possessed, as the case
may be, as a trustee within the meaning of this Ordinance, and the
Court may', if it thinks fit, make an order vesting the land or any
part thereof for such estate as the Court thinks fit in the purchaser
or mortgagee or in any other person.



* As arnended b~ No. 43 of 1912 Supp. Sched.





48. Where a judgment is given for the specific peformance of a
contract concerning any land, or for the partition, or sale in lieu of
partition, or exchange of any land, or generally where any judgment
is given for the conveyance of any land either in cases arising out
of the doctrine of election or otherwise, the Court inay declare that
any of the parties to the action are trustees of the land or any part
thereof within the meaning of this Ordinance, or inay declare that
the interests of unborn persons who might claim under any party
to the action, or under the will or voluntary settleinont of any
person deceased who was, during Ins lifetime, a party to the con-
tract or transactions ewicerning whicb the judgnient is given, are
the interests of persons who on coming into existence, would be
trustees within the riieariliiy of this Ordinance, and thereupon the
Court may make a vesting order relatinIty to the rights of those
persons, born and unborn, as if they had been trustees.

49. A vesting order under any of the preceding provisions shall,
in the case of a vestirw. order consequential on. the appointment of
a new trustee, have the same eflect as lif the persons who before the
appointment ~vere the trustees, if any, had duly executed all proper
conveyances of the land for such estate as the Court directs, or if
there is no such person, or no such person of full capacity, then as
if such person had existed and been of full capacity and had duly
executed 9,11 proper conveyances of the land for such estate as the
Court directs, and shall in every other case have the same effect as
if the trustee or other person or description or class of persons to
whose rights or supposed rights the said provisions respectively re-
late had been an ascertained and existing person of full capacity,
and had executed a conveyance or release to the effect intended by
the order.

50. In all cases where a vesting order can be made under any of
the preceding provisions, the Court may, if it is more convenient,
appoint a person to convey the land or release the contingent right,
and a conveyance or release by that person in conformity with the
order shall have the same effect as an order under the appropriate
provision.

51.-(1) In any of the following cases, namely,-
(a.) where the Court appoints or has appointed a new trustee; and

* As amende 0 d by No. 22 of 1912,





(b) where a trustee entitled alone or jointly with another person
to stock or to a chose in action-

(i) is an infant; or

(ii) is out of the jurisdiction of the Court; or
(iii) cannot be found; or

(iv) refuses or neglects to transfer stock or receive the dividends
or income thereof or to sue for or recover a chose in action, accord-
ing to the direction of the person absoluitely entitled thereto, for 28
days next after a request in writing has been made to him by the
person so entitled; or
(v) refuses or neglects to transfer stock or receive the dividends
or income thereof, or to sue for or recover a chose in action, for 28
days next after an order of the Court for the purpose has been served
on him; or
(c) where it is uncertain whether a trustee entitled alone or joint-
ly with another person to stock or to a chose in action is living or
dead,
the Court may make an order vesting the right to transfer or call
for a transfer of stock, or to receive the dividends or income thereof,
or to sue for or recover a chose in action in any such person as the
Court may appoint :

Provided that-

(a) where the order is consequential on the appointment by the
Court of a new trustee, the right shall be vested in the persons who,
on the appointment, are the trustees ; and
(b.) where the person whose right is dealt with by the order was
entitled jointly with another person, the right shall be vested in that
last-mentioned person, either alone or jointly with any other person
whom the Court may appoint.

(2) In all cases where a vesting order can be made under this
section the Court, may, if it is more convenient, appoint some proper
person to make or join in making the transfer.

(3) The person in whom the right to transfer or call for the
transfer of any stock is vested by an order of the Court under this
Ordinance may transfer the stock to himself or any other person,
according to the order, and all banks and companies shall obey every
order under this section according to its tenor.





(4) After notice in writing of an order under this section it shall
not be lawful for any bank or company to transfer any stock to
which the order relates or to pay any dividends thereon except in
accordance with the, order.

(5) The Court may make declarations and give directions con-
cerning the manner in which the right to any stock or chose in
action vested tinder the provisions of this Ordinance is to be
exercised.

(6) The provisions of this Ordinance as to vesting orders shall.
apply to shares in ships registered under the enactments relating to
merchant shipping as if they yvere stock.


52 -(1) An order under this Ordinance for the appointment of
a new trustee, or concerning any land, stock, or chose in action
subject to a trust, may be made on the application of any person
beneficially interested in the land, stock, or chose, in action, whether
under disability or not, or on the application of any person duly
appointed trustee thereof.
(2) An order under this Ordinance concerning any land, stock,
or chose in action subi . ect to a mortgage may be made on the
application of any person beneficially interested in the equity of
redemption, whether under disability or not, or of any person
interested in the money secured by the mortgage.

53. Every trustee appointed by a Court of competent jurisdiction
shall, as well before as after the trust property becomes by law or
by assurance or otherwise vested in him, have the same powers,
authorities, and discretions, and may in all respects act, as if he had
been originally appointed a trustee by the instrument, if any,
creating the trust.

54. The Court may order the costs and expenses of and incident
to any application for an order appointing a new trustee or for a
vesting order, or of and incident to any such order or any convey-
ance or transfer in pursuance thereof, to be paid or raised out of the
land or personal estate in respect whereof the same is made or out
of the income thereof, or to be borne and paid in such manner and
by such persons as to the Court may seem just.

55. The powers conferred by this Ordinance as to vesting orders
may be exercised for vesting any land, stock, or chose in action in
any trustee of a charity or society over which the Court would have






jurisdiction upon action duly instituted, whether the appointment
of the trustee was made by instrument under a power or by the
Court under its. general or statutory jurisdiction.

56. Where a vesting order is made as to any land under this Ordi-
nance, or under any Ordinance relating to lunacy, founded on an
allegation of the personal incapacity of a trustee or mortga;gee, or
on an allegation that a trustee or the heir or personal representative
or devisee of a mortgagee is out of the Jurisdiction of the Court or
cannot be found, or that it is uncertain which of several trustees or
which of several devisees of a mortgages was the survivor, or
whether the last trostee or the heir or personal representative or
last surviving devisee of a, mortgagee is living or dead, or on an
allegation that any trustee or mortgagee has died intestate without
an. heir or has died and it is not known who is his heir or personal
representative or devisee, the fact that the order has been so made
shall be conclusive evidence of the matter so alleged in any Court
upon any question as to the validity of the order; but this section
shall not prevent the Court from directing a reconveyance or the
payment of costs occasioned by any such order, if improperly
obtained.

Giving Judgaient in Absence of Trustee, etc.
57. Where in any actioii the Court is satisfied that diligent search
has been inade for any person who, in the character of trustee, is
made a defendant in any action, to serve him with a process of the
Court, and that he cannot be found, the Court may hear and de-
terminc the action and give judgment therein against that person
in his character of a trustee, as if he had been duly served or had
entered an appearance in the action, and had also appeared by his
counsel and solicitor at the hearing, but without prejudice to any
interest which he may have in the matters in question in the action
in any other character.

58-(1) Where a trustee or other person is for the time being
authorised to disp6se of land by way of sale, exchange, or partition,
the Court may sanction his so disposing of the land with an excep-
tion or reservation of any minerals, and with or without rights and
powers of or incidental to the working, getting, or carrying away of
the minerals, or so disposing of the minerals, with or without the
said rights or powers, separately from the residue of the land.





(2) Any such trustee or other person, with the said sanction
previously obtained, may unless forbidden by the instrument creat-
ing the trust or direction, from time to time, without any further
application to the Court, so dispose of any such land or minerals.
(3) Nothing in this section shall derogate from any power which
a trustee may have under any other Ordinance.

59-(1) Where a trustee commits a breach of trust at the
instigation or request or with the consent in writing of a beneficiary,
the Court may, if it thinks fit, and notwithstanding that the bene-
ficiary may be a married woman entitled for her separate use and
restrained from anticipation, make such order as to the Court may
seem just for impounding all or any part of the interest of the bene-
ficiary in the trust estate by way of indemnity to the trustee or
person claiming through him.
(2) This section shall apply to breaches of trust committed as well
before as after the commencement of this Ordinance.

PART V.
MISCFLLANEOUS AND SUPPLEXIENTAL PROVISIONS.
60. Property vested in any person on any trust or by way of
mortgage shall, in case of that person being convicted of treason
or felony, remain in the trustee or mortgagee, or survive to his
co-trustee, or descend to his representative as if lie had not been so
convicted : Provided that this enactment shall not affect the, title
to the property so far as relates to any beneficial interest therein of
any such trustee or mortgagee


61.-(1) Any trustee, executor, or administrator shall be at
liberty, without the institution of an action, to apply by petition
to the Court, or upon a written statement by summons in Cham-
bers, for the opinion, advice, or direction of the Court on any
question respecting the management or administration of the trust
property or the assets of any testator or intestate.
(2) The petition or statement shall be signed by counsel, and the
Court may require the petitioner or applicant to attend by counsel
either in Court or in Chambers, where the Court deems it necessary
to have the assistance of counsel.

. * As amenled by No. 1 of 1912.





(3) The application shall be served on, or the hearing thereof
shall be attended by, all persons interested in such application, or
such of them as the Courtmay think expedient.
(4) The trustee, executor, or administrator acting upon the
opinion, advice, or direction given by the Court shall be deemed, so
far as regards his own responsibility, to have discharged his duty as
such trustee, executor, or administrator in the subject-matter of the
application : Provided, nevertheless, that this section shall not
extend to indemnify any trustee, executor, or administrator in
respect of any act done in accordance with such opinion, advice,
or direction, if such trustee, executor, or administrator has been
guilty of any fraud or wilful concealment or misrepresentation in
obtaining such opinion, advice, or direction.

62. If it appears to the Court that a trustee is or may be per-
sonally liable for any breach of trust, whether the transaction
alleged to be a breach of trust occurred before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance, but has acted honestly and
reasonably, and ought fairly to be excused for the breach. of trust
and for omitting to obtain the directions of the Court in the matter
in which he committed such breach, then the Court may relieve the
trustee, either wholly or partly, from personal liability for the same.

63.-(1) In any action or other proceediDg against a trustee or
any person claiming through him, except where the claim is found-
ed upon any fraud or fraudulent breach of trust to which the trustee
was party or privy, or is to recover trust property, or the proceeds
thereof, still retained by the trustee or previously received by the
trustee and converted to his use, the foilowing provisions shall apply :
(a) all rights and privileges conferred by any statute of limitations
shall be enjoyed in the like manner and to the Ilke extent as they
would haye been enjoyed in such action or other proceeding if the
trustee or person claiming through him had not been a trustee or
person claiminer through him; and
(b) if the action or other proceeding is brought to recover money
or other property, and is one to which no existing statute of limita-
tions applies, the trustee or person claiming through him shall be
entitled to the benefit of and be at liberty to plead the lapse of time
as a bar to such action or other proceeding in the like manner and
to the like extent as if the claim had been against him in an action
of debt for money had and received, but so, nevertheless, that the





statute shall run against a married woman entitled in possession for
her separate use, whether with or without a restraint upon anti-
cipation, but shall not begin to run against any beneficiary unless
and until the interest of such beneficiary shall be an interest in
possession.

(2) No beneficiary, as against whom there would be a good de-
fence by virtue of this section, shall derive any greater or other
benefit from a judgment or order obtained by another beneficiary
than he could have obtained if he had brought such action or other
proceeding and this section had been pleaded.

(3) For the purposes of this section, the expression ---trustee
shall be deemed to include an executor or administrator and a
trustee whose trust arises by construction or implication of law as
well as an express trustee, but not the Official Trustee.

(4) The provisions of this section shall apply as well to several
joint trustees as to a sole trustee.

(5) This section shall apply only to actions or other proceedings
commenced on or after 1st January1902, and shall not deprive any
executor or administrator of any right or defence to which lie is
sentitled under any existing statute of limitations.

64. This Ordinance, and every order purporting to be made under
this Ordinance, shall be a complete indemnity to any bank and to
all persons for any acts done pursuant thereto; and it shall not be
necessary for any bank or person to inquire concerning the propriety
of the order or whether the Court had jurisdiction to make the sanie.

Is. 6-5, rep. No. 1 of 1912.]

SCHEDULE.

Is. 13. ]
RULES RELATING TO THE SUMMARY ADMINISTRATIOX OF TRUST FUNDS.
1. Any trustee desiring to pay money to the account of, or to transfer
or deposit shares, stock, or securities into or in the name of, the
Official Trustee under the provisions of the Trustee Ordinance, 1901,
relating to the summary administration of trust funds, shall file an
affidavit setting forth-
(1) his own name and address;
(2) the place where he is to be served with any petition or any notice
of any proceeding or order of the Court, or of the Judge in Chambers,
relating to the trust fuild;





(3) the amount of money, shares, stock, or securities, which he pro-
poses to pay or transfer into or deposit in Court, to the credit of the
trust;
(4) a short description of the trust and of the instrument creating it;
(5) the nanie of the persons interested in or entitled to the fund, to
the best of the knowledge and belief of the trustee; and
(6) the submission of the trustee to answer all such inquiries relating
to the application of the money, shares, stock, or securities paid in,
transferred, or deposited under the Ordinance as the Conri or a Judge
in Chambers may think proper to make or direct.
2. The Official Trustee, on production of an office copy of the
affidavit, shall give the necessary directions for payment, transfer, or
deposit, and place the money, shares, stock, or securities, to the
account of the particular trust; and shall gran a certifcate of such
payment, transfer, or deposit.

3. Where it is deemed unnecessary to bave the money, or the
dividends or interest of the shares, stock, or securities, invested in the
meantime, the affidavit shall further contain a statement to that effect.
But where the affidavit contains no such statement, the Official
Trustee sliall be at libert to invest, as soon as conveniently may be,
the money paid in or the dividends or interest on the shares, stock, or
securities transferred, and all accumulations thereof, in or upon such
investments and securities as the Court, may direct or approve, and
every such investment shall be made in the matter of the particular
trust: Provided that where at any time a request in writing, by or
on behalf of any party claiming to be entitled, that such investment
may be discontinued is left with the Official Trustee, he shall be at
liberty to cease making any further investment in the matter of the
particular trust until the Court has made some ordier in that behalf.

4. The trustee, having made the payment, transfer, or deposit, shall
forthwith give notice thereof to the several persons named in his
affidavit as interested in or entitled to the fund.

5. Such persons, or any of them, or the trustee may apply by
petition, or, in a case where the fund does not exceed 2,000 dollars in
value, by summons, respecting the investment, payment out, or dis-
tribution of the fund or of the dividends or interest thereof.

6. The trustee shall be served with notice of any application made
to the Court or in Chambers respecting the fund, or the dividends or
interest thereof, by any person interested therein or entitled thereto.

7. The persons interested in or entitled to the fund shall be served
with notice of any application made by the trustee to the Court or in
Chambers respecting the fund or the dividends or interest thereof.

8. No petition shall be set down to be heard, and no summons shall
be sealed, until the petitioner or applicant has first named in his peti-
tion or Summons a place where he may be served with any petition
or summons or notice of any proceeding or order of the Court relating
to the fund.
9. Every petition presented, summons issued, and affidavit filed
under tile said provisions shall be entitled in the inatter of tbe Ordi-
nance and in the inatter of the particular trust.
Short title. Interpretation of terms.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.50.] No.5 of 1885. Appointment of Official Trustee. Payment of trust moneys into bank to credit of Official Trustee.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.1;56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.42.] Transfer of trust securities into name of Official Trustee.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.1.] Conveyance of land in trust to Official Trustee.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.1.] Certificate to be given by Official Trustee.[ib.] Order for payment,etc., by ,ajority of trustees without concurrence of others.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.42.] Administration of trust estate.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.2.] Charges upon trust estate administered by Official Trustee. General rights and powers of Official Trustee. Limitation of liability of Official Trustee. Rules for summary administration of trust funds. Authorised investments.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.1.;63 & 64 Vict.c.62 s.2.] [40 & 41 Vict.c.59;55 & 56 Vict.c.62.][cf.No.20 of 1901.] Purchase at premium of redeemable stock.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.2.] Discretion of trustee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.3.] Application of preceding sections of Part II.[ib.s.4.] Enlargement of express powers of investment.[ib.s.5.] [27 & 28 Vict.c.114.] [38 & 39 Vict.c.83.] [43 & 44 Vict.c.8.] [28 & 29 Vict.c.78.] Power to invest,notwithstanding drainage charges.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.6.;9 & 10 Vict.c.101;10 & 11 Vict.c.11;11 & 12 Vict.c.119;13 & 14 Vict.c.31;19 & 20 Vict.c.9;10 & 11 Vict.c.32;27 & 28 Vict.c.114.] Trustees not to convert inscribed stock into certificates to bearer.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.7;26 & 27 Vict.c.73;33 & 34 Vict.c.71;38 & 39 Vict.c.83;40 & 41 Vict.c.59.] Loans and investments by trustees not chargeable as breaches of trust.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.8.] Liability for loss by reason of improper investment.[56 & 57 Vict.c. 53 s.9;57 & 58 Vict.c.10 s.4.] Power of appointing new trustees.[56 & 57 Vict.c.58 s.10.] Retirement of trustee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.11.] Vesting of trust property in new or continuing trustees.[ib.s.12.] Power of trsutee for sale to sell by public auction,etc.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.13.] Power to sell subject to de[reciatory conditions.[ib.s.14.] Case of married woman bare trustee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.16.] Power to authorise receipt of money by solicitor or banker.[ib.s.17.] Insurance of building and payment of premiums.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.18.] Power of trustee of renewable leaseholds to renew and raise money for the purpose.[ib.s.19.] Power under settlement to sell or exchange land.[23 & 24 Vict.c.145 s.1.] Power to make special stipulations on sale or exchange.[ib.s.2.] Power to convey on sale or exchange.[23 & 24 Vict.c.145 s.3.] Power of trustee to give receipts.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.20.] Power for executor or trustee to compound debt,etc.[ib.s.21.] Liability of executor in respect of rents,etc., in lease.[22 & 23 Vict.c.35 s.27.] Application by trustees of income of property of infant for maintenance,etc.[44 & 45 Vict.c.41 s.43.] Validity of payment by trustee under power of attorney without notice of death,etc.[44 & 45 Vict.c.41 s.47;56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s23.] Powers of two or more trustees.[ib.s.22.] Implied indemnity of trustee.[ib.s.24.] Power of the Court to appoint new trustees.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.25.] Vesting order as to land.[ib.s.26.] Order as to contingent right of unborn person.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.27.] Vesting order in place of conveyance by infant mortgagee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.28.] Vesting order in place of conveyance by heir,or devisee of heir,etc., or personal representative of mortgagee.[ib.s.29.] Vesting order consequential on judgment for sale or mortgage of land.[ib.s.30.] Vesting order consequential on judgment for specific performance,etc.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.31.] Effect of vesting order.[ib.s.32.] Power to appoint person to convey.[ib.s.33.] Vesting order as to stock and chose in action.[ib.s.35.] [cf.No.10 of 1899.] Persons entitled to apply for orde.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.36.] Powers of new trustee appointed by Court.[ib.s.37.] Power to charge costs of order,etc.,on trust estate.[ib.s.38.] Trustees of charities.[ib.s.39.] Order made upon certain allegations to be conclusive evidence.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.40.] Power to give judgment in absence of trustee.[ib.s.43.] Power to sanction sale of land or minerals separately.[ib.s.44;57 & 58 Vict.c.10 s.3.] Power to make beneficiary indemnify trustee for breach of trust.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.45.] Trust estate not affected by trustee becoming a convict.[ib.s.48.] Power for trustee,etc., to apply to the Court for advice as to management of trust property.[22 & 23 Vict.c.35 s.30.] Jurisdiction of the Court,to give relief in case of breach of trust.[59 & 60 Vict.c.35 s.3.] Right of trustee to plead statute of limitations.[51 & 52 Vict.c.59 ss.1,8.]See No.2 of 1901 s.5. Indemnity.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53x s.49.] Affidavit to be filed by trustee desiring to pay money to account of,or to deposit shares,etc., in name of,Official Trustee. Directions for payment of money,etc. Investment of moneys. Notice of payment,etc.,to cestuis que trustent.Applications relating to fund. Notice to trustee of application by cestui que trust. Notice to cestuis que trustent of application by trustee. Place for service on applicant. Title of petition,etc.

Abstract

Short title. Interpretation of terms.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.50.] No.5 of 1885. Appointment of Official Trustee. Payment of trust moneys into bank to credit of Official Trustee.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.1;56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.42.] Transfer of trust securities into name of Official Trustee.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.1.] Conveyance of land in trust to Official Trustee.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.1.] Certificate to be given by Official Trustee.[ib.] Order for payment,etc., by ,ajority of trustees without concurrence of others.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.42.] Administration of trust estate.[10 & 11 Vict.c.96 s.2.] Charges upon trust estate administered by Official Trustee. General rights and powers of Official Trustee. Limitation of liability of Official Trustee. Rules for summary administration of trust funds. Authorised investments.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.1.;63 & 64 Vict.c.62 s.2.] [40 & 41 Vict.c.59;55 & 56 Vict.c.62.][cf.No.20 of 1901.] Purchase at premium of redeemable stock.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.2.] Discretion of trustee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.3.] Application of preceding sections of Part II.[ib.s.4.] Enlargement of express powers of investment.[ib.s.5.] [27 & 28 Vict.c.114.] [38 & 39 Vict.c.83.] [43 & 44 Vict.c.8.] [28 & 29 Vict.c.78.] Power to invest,notwithstanding drainage charges.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.6.;9 & 10 Vict.c.101;10 & 11 Vict.c.11;11 & 12 Vict.c.119;13 & 14 Vict.c.31;19 & 20 Vict.c.9;10 & 11 Vict.c.32;27 & 28 Vict.c.114.] Trustees not to convert inscribed stock into certificates to bearer.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.7;26 & 27 Vict.c.73;33 & 34 Vict.c.71;38 & 39 Vict.c.83;40 & 41 Vict.c.59.] Loans and investments by trustees not chargeable as breaches of trust.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.8.] Liability for loss by reason of improper investment.[56 & 57 Vict.c. 53 s.9;57 & 58 Vict.c.10 s.4.] Power of appointing new trustees.[56 & 57 Vict.c.58 s.10.] Retirement of trustee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.11.] Vesting of trust property in new or continuing trustees.[ib.s.12.] Power of trsutee for sale to sell by public auction,etc.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.13.] Power to sell subject to de[reciatory conditions.[ib.s.14.] Case of married woman bare trustee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.16.] Power to authorise receipt of money by solicitor or banker.[ib.s.17.] Insurance of building and payment of premiums.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.18.] Power of trustee of renewable leaseholds to renew and raise money for the purpose.[ib.s.19.] Power under settlement to sell or exchange land.[23 & 24 Vict.c.145 s.1.] Power to make special stipulations on sale or exchange.[ib.s.2.] Power to convey on sale or exchange.[23 & 24 Vict.c.145 s.3.] Power of trustee to give receipts.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.20.] Power for executor or trustee to compound debt,etc.[ib.s.21.] Liability of executor in respect of rents,etc., in lease.[22 & 23 Vict.c.35 s.27.] Application by trustees of income of property of infant for maintenance,etc.[44 & 45 Vict.c.41 s.43.] Validity of payment by trustee under power of attorney without notice of death,etc.[44 & 45 Vict.c.41 s.47;56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s23.] Powers of two or more trustees.[ib.s.22.] Implied indemnity of trustee.[ib.s.24.] Power of the Court to appoint new trustees.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.25.] Vesting order as to land.[ib.s.26.] Order as to contingent right of unborn person.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.27.] Vesting order in place of conveyance by infant mortgagee.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.28.] Vesting order in place of conveyance by heir,or devisee of heir,etc., or personal representative of mortgagee.[ib.s.29.] Vesting order consequential on judgment for sale or mortgage of land.[ib.s.30.] Vesting order consequential on judgment for specific performance,etc.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.31.] Effect of vesting order.[ib.s.32.] Power to appoint person to convey.[ib.s.33.] Vesting order as to stock and chose in action.[ib.s.35.] [cf.No.10 of 1899.] Persons entitled to apply for orde.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.36.] Powers of new trustee appointed by Court.[ib.s.37.] Power to charge costs of order,etc.,on trust estate.[ib.s.38.] Trustees of charities.[ib.s.39.] Order made upon certain allegations to be conclusive evidence.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.40.] Power to give judgment in absence of trustee.[ib.s.43.] Power to sanction sale of land or minerals separately.[ib.s.44;57 & 58 Vict.c.10 s.3.] Power to make beneficiary indemnify trustee for breach of trust.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53 s.45.] Trust estate not affected by trustee becoming a convict.[ib.s.48.] Power for trustee,etc., to apply to the Court for advice as to management of trust property.[22 & 23 Vict.c.35 s.30.] Jurisdiction of the Court,to give relief in case of breach of trust.[59 & 60 Vict.c.35 s.3.] Right of trustee to plead statute of limitations.[51 & 52 Vict.c.59 ss.1,8.]See No.2 of 1901 s.5. Indemnity.[56 & 57 Vict.c.53x s.49.] Affidavit to be filed by trustee desiring to pay money to account of,or to deposit shares,etc., in name of,Official Trustee. Directions for payment of money,etc. Investment of moneys. Notice of payment,etc.,to cestuis que trustent.Applications relating to fund. Notice to trustee of application by cestui que trust. Notice to cestuis que trustent of application by trustee. Place for service on applicant. Title of petition,etc.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/914

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

29

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 5 of 1901

Number of Pages

32
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:28 +0800
<![CDATA[OUTLAWRY ABOLITION ORDINANCE, 1901]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/913

Title

OUTLAWRY ABOLITION ORDINANCE, 1901

Description

No. 4 of 1901

An Ordinavee to abolisli Oidlairry.
WHERFAS the Piocess ofin civil proceedings has beconle
obsolete, and it is expedient that it should be formally abolished:-

1. The Outlawry -Abolition Ordinance, 1901.
Is. 2, rep. No. 1 of 19122.1

3. No person shall be outlawed or waived in or in consequence of
any civil proceeding, and no proceedings to ontlawry or wai
or in consequence of any civil proceeding shall be taken at
the instance of the Crown or otherwise.

[ss. 4, 5, 6, rep. No. 1 of 1912.]
Short title. Abolition of outlawry in civil proceedings.[42 & 43 Vict.c.59 s.3.]

Abstract

Short title. Abolition of outlawry in civil proceedings.[42 & 43 Vict.c.59 s.3.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/913

Edition

1912

Volume

v2

Subsequent Cap No.

23

Cap / Ordinance No.

No. 4 of 1901

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 11:19:28 +0800